2002-04 Marylhurst University Catalog

MARYLHURST UNIVERSITY

Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog 2002-2004 Contents CONTENTS General Information on Undergraduate Admissions Registration Financial Aid Student Life Writing Center Shoen Library Page 8 Learning Assessment Center Prior Learning Assessment Program Page 25 Undergraduate Requirements in Liberal Arts Core Program Page 27 Department of Art Page 34 Department of Business and Management Page 44 Department of Communication Studies Page 50 Department of Cultural & Historical Studies Page 61 Department of English Literature & Writing Page 69 Department of Human Sciences Page 77 Department of Interdisciplinary Studies Page 90 Department of Music Page 93 Department of Real Estate Studies Page 104 Department of Religious Studies Page 107 Department of Science and Mathematics Page 115 Special Programs Pacific International Academy English as a Second Language Program Web-Based Learning Online Degree Completion Program Page 124 General Information on Graduate Admissions Registration Page 129 Master of Arts in Applied Theology/DMin Cooperative Program Page 133 Master of Arts in Art Therapy Page 146 Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies Page 154 Master of Business Administration Page 160 General Listing of Marylhurst University Faculty Page 165 1 President’s Message

Marylhurst University is a place where an innovative learning environment and accessible educational resources come together. The University places strong emphasis on the student being an active participant in the learning process; active learning rather than passive learning is the key to student success. As administrators and faculty, we believe in the ability of all students to achieve academic excellence and attain competence in their own chosen discipline. We encourage students to challenge themselves, pursue education with diligence and a sense of its value, and explore new ideas with vigor.

Whether a student is here for day, evening, weekend, or Web-based courses, the curriculum is designed to enable students to be good critical thinkers, responsible citizens, leaders in their work and community settings, and appreciative of education as a lifelong process.

Today, our culture faces a future of rapid change. Marylhurst is meeting that future by blending innovation with tradition as it leads its students into the next century. We are continually applying new ideas and strategies to our long- standing commitment that postsecondary education should be accessible to students of all ages, that education ought to fit our students’ needs, and that they continue to learn for life.

Marylhurst University is committed to bringing the most qualified faculty, the best academic resources, and the highest professional and ethical standards to the learning environment so that all students meet the future with creativity and excellence.

Dr. Nancy Wilgenbusch President Marylhurst University

2 Academic Calendar ACADEMIC CALENDAR: 2002-2003 FALL WINTER SPRING SUMMER 2002 2003 2003 2003

Registration begins, 8/14/02 11/21/02 2/17/03 5/12/03 Web site access

Classes begin 9/26/02 1/3/03 3/31/03 6/23/03

Late fee after 10/4/02 1/10/03 4/4/03 6/27/03

Last day to register for 10-week class 10/11/02 1/17/03 4/11/03 7/7/03

Last day to apply for graduation 8/13/02 11/20/02 2/17/03 5/7/03

Term ends 12/13/02 3/21/03 6/13/03 8/29/03

Posted Graduation Date 12/13/02 3/21/03 6/14/03 8/29/03

Commencement 6/14/03

Holidays 11/28-12/1/02 1/20/03 4/18-20/03 7/4/03 5/26/03

ACADEMIC CALENDAR: 2003-2004 FALL WINTER SPRING SUMMER 2003 2004 2004 2004

Registration begins, 8/13/03 11/24/03 2/16/04 5/13/04 Web site access

Classes begin 9/25/03 1/5/04 3/29/04 6/21/04

Late fee after 10/3/03 1/9/04 4/2/04 6/25/04

Last day to register for 10-week class 10/10/03 1/16/04 4/12/04 7/2/04

Last day to apply for graduation 8/12/03 11/21/03 2/16/04 5/5/04

Term ends 12/12/03 3/19/04 6/11/04 8/27/04

Posted Graduation Date 12/12/03 3/19/04 6/12/04 8/27/04

Commencement 6/12/04

Holidays 11/27-30/03 1/19/04 4/9-11/04 7/4-5/04 5/31/04

FOR CURRENT INFORMATION Web site: www.marylhurst.edu Consult the Marylhurst University Web site for a current Calendar of Events, application deadlines, and other up-to-date program and event information. The quarterly Schedule of Courses also contains a list of annual offerings broken down by quarter.

3 A Rich Heritage weekends, days and online, makes a college education available to working adults. Marylhurst was founded in 1893 by the Marylhurst provides a learning environment Sisters of the Holy Names of Jesus and in which education includes theory and Mary as the first liberal arts college for its application to experience. Marylhurst women in the Pacific Northwest. Reorganized assumes its student body brings experiential

A Rich Heritage in 1974, Marylhurst took a first bold step in knowledge and expertise to the classroom. pioneering educational programs for students As a result, students are empowered of all ages. to extrapolate from existing experience Marylhurst is now a co-educational toward general and abstract learning university serving a diverse student body – and increased professional proficiency. including students just out of high school, Students and faculty learn with and from each business executives, artists, musicians, and other. Marylhurst’s beautiful campus is those actively involved in the world around minutes from downtown Portland, Oregon, them. A wide variety of learning options and via the World Wide Web through enables students to study, research, and reflect Marylhurst’s delivery of courses online. on the important issues facing an increasingly Marylhurst University offers programs complex world. Building on the long tradition leading to a Bachelor of Arts degree in of excellence in education, Marylhurst is Art, Communication, Cultural and Historical recognized in the Pacific Northwest and has Studies, English Literature and Writing, an excellent national reputation. Human Studies, Interdisciplinary Studies, As a fully accredited liberal arts university, Interior Design, Music, Organizational Marylhurst offers both degree and non-degree Communication, Psychology, Religious programs designed to meet the learning needs Studies, Science, and Social Sciences. Also of students motivated toward professional and offered are Bachelor of Fine Arts degrees in personal excellence. Flexibility in scheduling Art and Interior Design, a Bachelor of Music and delivery of academic services, evening, Therapy, and Bachelor of Science degrees in Management and Real Estate. At the graduate level, a Master of Arts degree in Applied Theology, a Master of Arts degree in Art Therapy, a Master of Arts degree in Interdisciplinary Studies, and a Master of Business Administration are offered, as well as a Doctor of Ministry in cooperation with the San Francisco Theological Seminary.

4 Mission Statement SUPPORT ORGANIZATIONS Marylhurst University Marylhurst University is fortunate to have the support of many active volunteers. These include the Board of Mission Statement Trustees, the Renaissance Campaign Committee, the Alumni Association of Marylhurst University, the Marylhurst University is a private institution Marylhurst University Women’s Committee, the Stu- of higher learning open to men and women of any dent Ambassadors, the Marylhurst Symphony Guild, race or religion. It is dedicated to making the Art Advisory Board, The Art Gym Committee, the Friends of Shoen Library, the Founders Society, the innovative postsecondary education accessible to Marylhurst Circle, the Fountain Society, the Tower self-directed students of any age. Marylhurst offers Society, the Century Club Society, and the Century Club II. coursework leading to bachelor’s and master’s degrees, and to other goals such as career transition, professional development, and personal enrichment. Animated by its Catholic and liberal arts heritage, Marylhurst emphasizes the uniqueness and dignity of each person, and is committed to the examination of values, as well as to quality academic and professional training. Marylhurst University seeks to aid students in advancing their goals for responsible participation in a rapidly changing world by pursuing, and encouraging its students to pursue, the ideals of competence, leadership, and service.

ACCREDITATION AND AFFILIATIONS Marylhurst University is accredited by the Northwest Association of Schools and Colleges. The University is a full member of the National Association of Schools of Music, the National Association of Independent Colleges and Universities, the American Music Therapy Associa- tion, the Association of Graduate Liberal Studies Programs, the Oregon Independent Colleges Association, the Oregon Independent Colleges Foundation, the Council for Adult and Experiential Learning, the Coun- CATALOG CONTENT SUBJECT TO CHANGE cil for the Advancement and Support of Education, the This publication is certified as true and correct in content and Association of International Educators, the American policy as of the date of publication. The University, however, Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admissions reserves the right to make changes of any nature in programs, calendar, or academic schedules whenever these are deemed Officers, the Catholic College Admissions Association; necessary or desirable, including changes in course content, the National Association for College Admission Counsel- class rescheduling, and the cancelling of scheduled classes or ing, the National Communication Association, the other academic activities. Most recent changes are available American Association of University Women, the Ameri- from our Web site: www.marylhurst.edu can Association of Adult and Continuing Education and is approved by the Oregon Office of Educational Policy EQUAL OPPORTUNITY STATEMENT and Planning and the American Art Therapy Association. Marylhurst University is an equal opportunity employer and Marylhurst University is a member of two library consor- does not discriminate in its educational programs, admissions, tia, Orbis and PORTALS. or employment policies.

CHARTER AND GOVERNANCE Editor: Carole Strawn, SNJM, Marylhurst University, Marylhurst University was established by the Oregon University Communications, P.O. Box 261, 17600 Pacific Province of the Sisters of the Holy Names of Jesus and Highway, (Hwy. 43), Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Mary (the Congregation) to more fully “cooperate in the Photo credits: Cover Photo, pages 2, 5, David Brunkow; Church’s mission of education. This mission aims at the pages 4, 60, 76, 92, 106, 123, Dilek Ozmen. full development of the human person…” Marylhurst University is incorporated by the State of Oregon. Certain properties have been deeded to it by the Congregation, and its governance has been entrusted to a Board of Trustees. Degree-granting authority was bestowed on the Congregation by the State of Oregon in 1893. 5 PROGRAMS OF STUDY

UNDERGRADUATE Degree Major Concentration Certificate Minor Art B.A. ●● B.F.A. ● Painting ● Photography ●● Sculpture ● ●●

Programs of Study Communication B.A. Conflict Resolution & Mediation ● Human Communication ● Organizational Communication ● Public Relations ●●● Training & Development ●●● Cultural & Historical Studies B.A. ●● English Literature & Writing B.A. ● Creative Writing ●● Literature ●● Professional Writing ● Writing & Rhetoric ● Human Studies B.A. ● Interior Design B.F.A. ●● B.A. ● Interdisciplinary Studies B.A. ● Management B.S. ● Business & Management ● Music B.A. ●● Composition ● Piano Pedagogy ● Performance ● Sacred Music ● Vocal Pedagogy ● Music Therapy B.M.T. ● Organizational Communication B.A. ●● Psychology B.A. ● Real Estate Studies B.S. ● Appraisal & Finance ● Religious Studies B.A. ● Pastoral Care ● Science B.A. ● Environmental Science ● General Science ● Social Sciences B.A. ● Anthropology ● Political Science ● Psychology ● Sociology ●

GRADUATE Degree Major Concentration Certificate Art Therapy M.A. ● Art Therapy ● Counseling/Art Therapy ● Pre-Professional B.A. Tracks Business Administration M.B.A. ● Interdisciplinary Studies M.A. ● Gerontology ●● Liberal Arts ● Organizational Communications ● Spiritual Traditions & Ethics ● Ministry 1 D.Min. ● Theological Studies M.Div. equivalency ●● Theology (Applied) M.A. ●

1 Cooperative program with San Francisco Theological Seminary 6 How to Use This Catalog How to SECTION III (pages 27-33) USE THIS CATALOG LIBERAL ARTS CORE REQUIREMENTS FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES Section III outlines the University’s Liberal Arts Core requirements. The Marylhurst University Catalog is arranged in seven major sections as briefly summarized SECTION IV (pages 34-123) below. For specific information within any of these sections, please refer to the Index on UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM pages 175-76. This section provides specific curriculum requirements for the undergraduate academic departments and programs.

SECTION I (pages 1-7) SECTION V (pages 124-128) Section I contains: SPECIAL PROGRAMS Section V describes special programs that include INTRODUCTION TO MARYLHURST UNIVERSITY Pacific International Academy and the English as a This section includes an introduction to Marylhurst Second Language Program, and Web-Based Learning University and includes a message from University and the Online Degree Completion Program. President, Dr. Nancy Wilgenbusch; the Marylhurst University Mission Statement; information on accreditation and affiliations; Marylhurst Charter and Gover- SECTION VI (pages 129-164) nance; support organizations; and a description of Marylhurst’s heritage. Section VI contains:

ACADEMIC CALENDAR GENERAL INFORMATION Marylhurst University academic calendar for 2002- FOR GRADUATE STUDIES 2003 and 2003-2004. Information specific to graduate studies, including admission procedures, registration procedures, and PROGRAMS OF STUDY academic policies; and Marylhurst University’s undergraduate and graduate degrees, concentrations, minors, and certificates. GRADUATE CURRICULUM Detailed information and curriculum requirements on each of the graduate programs available at Marylhurst SECTION II (pages 8-26) University.

Section II contains: SECTION VII (pages 165-176)

GENERAL INFORMATION Section VII contains: FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES Information specific to undergraduate studies, including admission procedures, registration procedures, and FACULTY, BOARD OF TRUSTEES, academic policies; helpful information about services AND OTHER LISTINGS A general listing of the Marylhurst University faculty and resources available through the Office of and Prior Learning Assessment evaluators, the Board of Admissions and Enrollment Relations, the Office of the Trustees, and the University Officers. It also includes Registrar, the Financial Aid Office, the Center for maps of the Marylhurst University campus and the Campus Events and Student Life, Campus Ministry, local area, and the Index. the Writing Center, Shoen Library, and the Learning Assessment Center and the Prior Learning Assessment Program. FOR FURTHER INFORMATION If students are unable to find the information they need or have additional questions, they should contact the Students should read this resource section carefully, Office of Admissions and Enrollment Relations at since Section II provides answers to frequently asked 503.699.6268 or 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268, email questions. For example, it outlines policies governing [email protected], or visit the University the transfer of credit, alternative ways of earning credit, Web site at www.marylhurst.edu. and graduation requirements; it defines the course numbering system and the grading system; it explains the policies affecting changes in registration; and it describes loans, grants, and scholarships available Marylhurst is located just 10 minutes south of through financial aid. downtown Portland, Oregon. Marylhurst University 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, Oregon, 97036-0261 USA 7 STUDENT SERVICES • Official transcripts from all colleges/universities attended; • Recent high school students need to submit ACT/ SAT scores—minimum of ACT 19 and the SAT 900; transfer students need overall 2.00 GPA in People come to Marylhurst University for completed college work; many reasons—to improve their professional • Undergraduates born on or after January 1, 1957, careers, to enrich their personal lives, to begin or need to provide proof of measles immunization; complete their bachelor’s degrees, or to pursue • Letter of recommendation; graduate studies. The primary objective of the • Undergraduate admission fee. student services offices is to respond to the life Students who do not meet the minimum requirements and learning needs of students of all ages. will be considered on a case-by-case basis and may be More specifically, student services: aked to participate in an interview process conducted • provide a supportive entry point into Marylhurst by the Admissions Committee. University for beginning and returning students; Undergraduate admission is complete after the ad- Undergraduate Admissions • facilitate initial academic advising for mission form, non-refundable fee, and all official tran- prospective and new students; scripts have been received; assessment/placement tests • provide career direction for students through have been taken; and any other University requirements have been met. Applicants have six months to com- workshops and other resources; plete the admission process or their application will be • administer the admissions and registration administratively withdrawn. Any applicant having procedures for all undergraduate and graduate difficulty satisfying any of the requirements should degree students; contact the Office of Admissions and Enrollment Rela- • administer assessment/placement tests for tions for assistance. An applicant whose application has undergraduate students; been administratively withdrawn will have to reapply • provide academic advising for students who and pay the application fee. are undecided about their majors; Applicants declare their major at the time they • administer student financial aid; apply for admission. Admission to Marylhurst Universi- • provide accommodations for students with ty does not necessarily guarantee acceptance to a partic- disabilities; ular degree program. Some departments require additional materials to accept a student to a specialized • provide on-campus housing; area of study. Consult the department to determine • coordinate student activities and additional requirements. organizations; and • facilitate student grievances. The following describes undergraduate classifications and the appropriate admissions requirements and procedures.

FIRST-TIME STUDENTS First-Time Students are those students who are currently enrolled in high school or are recent graduates (with- Office of in the last two years). Students will need to submit ADMISSIONS & ENROLLMENT RELATIONS ACT/SAT scores—minimum of ACT 19 and the SAT 900; verification of high school completion or equiva- Dean: Marylee H. King lency; letter of recommendations from a teacher or counselor; a high school minimum grade point average (GPA of 2.50 on a 4.00 scale, or GED score 50). ADMISSION PROCEDURES FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS FIRST-YEAR STUDENTS Marylhurst University encourages prospective students First-Year Students are those adult learners who have to visit the campus and arrange an appointment with an completed fewer than 45 quarter college credits. Stu- academic advising specialist in the Office of Admissions dents will need to submit verification of high school and Enrollment Relations. This Office responds to all completion or equivalency; a letter of recommendation requests for information and admissions procedures for from either a current employer or an academic/profes- undergraduate and graduate programs. Most admission sional reference; overall 2.00 GPA in completed college decisions are made on a “rolling” basis. As soon as an coursework; official academic transcripts from all col- applicant’s file is complete, it is processed and the ap- leges and universities attended. plicant is notified by letter of the decision and assigned to an academic advisor. TRANSFER STUDENTS To complete the undergraduate admission process, Transfer Students are those students who have com- the applicant must submit the following: pleted more than 45 quarter college credits and will be • Application for Admission form; considered for admission primarily on the basis of their • Verification of high school completion or academic work at all transfer institutions as reflected by 8 equivalency; regionally accredited college/university transcripts. Undergraduate Admissions Students mus have a minimum 2.00 overall GPA in THE LANGUAGE FOUNDATION PROGRAM completed college work; a letter of recommendation Marylhurst University offers a “conditional” admission/ from either a current employer or an academic/profes- language foundation program which is designed for sional reference; verification of high school completion international students whose TOEFL is between 510 and or equivalency; and official transcripts from all college/ 550 who wish to pursue undergraduate degree study at universities attended. Marylhurst University but need to improve English language skills before being fully admitted. Students will LIFELONG LEARNERS be assessed for English language proficiency upon arrival, Lifelong Learners are students who are not formally participate in an interview process, and submit a writing admitted into degree programs at Marylhurst University sample. but wish to enroll in classes for professional develop- The program will provide ESL advanced writing ment; self-enrichment; CEU (Continuing Education courses and University culturally based courses designed Unit); audit, or as a visiting student in good standing. to assist international students to prepare for a successful • The Lifelong Learner needs to obtain a Marylhurst academic experience at Marylhurst University. ID number from the Office of the Registrar or the The “conditional” status of admission is removed Office of Admissions before enrolling in classes; upon successful completion of the program— a 2.50 • The Lifelong Learner must meet the stated GPA or better; a TOEFL score of 550 or higher; or prerequisites for coursework prior to enrollment; demonstrated equivalent English proficiency through • Coursework taken for credit as a Lifelong Learner assessment administered by Pacific International Acade- may subsequently apply towards a Marylhurst my (see page 124). University degree subject to review by the academic program advisor. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE International students wishing to study English as a INTERNATIONAL ADMISSIONS Second Language (ESL) whose TOEFL is below 510 must meet the following requirements to be considered DIRECT ENROLLMENT for admission to the ESL program conducted by Pacific International students desiring to enter Marylhurst International Academy (PIA) (phone: 503.699.6310; University directly on a student visa must meet the email: [email protected]). following requirements to be considered for full admis- 1. Completed Marylhurst University Application for sion to the University: Admission form. 1. Completed Marylhurst Undergraduate Application 2. Non-refundable one-time $50 application fee (check, form charge, or money order) in U.S. currency payable to 2. Non-refundable application fee. This fee must be Marylhurst University. paid in U.S. currency by draft/check payable to 3. Documentation of financial guarantee ensuring ability Marylhurst University or by charge card. The fee to fund studies and living expenses. will not be waived, deferred, or returned. 4. Proof of health insurance upon enrollment. Application for admission will not be processed 5. Proof of measles immunization upon arrival. (All without payment. students born on or after January 1, 1957, must show 3. Documentation of financial guarantee showing proof of measles immunization.) sufficient funds in U.S. dollars to cover tuition, fees, 6. Submission of Tuberculosis Clearance Certificate housing, and mandatory medical insurance. This completed by home country health provider. includes an affividat of support and an official bank statement certifying that adequate financial resources in U.S. dollars are available to meet UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE REQUIREMENTS educational expenses during the student’s stay. 4. Submission of official transcripts from every BACHELOR OF ARTS AND institute, college, university, or postsecondary BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES school attended along with a certified English 1. A minimum of 180 credits with a cumulative translation if transcripts are not in English. 2.00 GPA. 5. A minimum 2.00 cumulative GPA in all college 2. A minimum of 60 upper-division credits. coursework completed. 3. A minimum of 45 Marylhurst credits: The 45-credit 6. Transfer students from any college or school in the minimum must be taken at Marylhurst after the United States must provide a formal transfer release Application for Admission as a degree-seeking form from their current school. student has been processed. Credits taken prior to 7. Proof of health insurance upon enrollment. Health admission as a degree student may be applied toward insurance is available through the University. the 45-credit minimum at the discretion of the 8. Proof of measles immunization for all students who academic advisor. were born on or after January 1, 1957. 4. Liberal Arts Core requirements: All undergraduate 9. Tuberculosis Clearance Certificate completed by degrees require Liberal Arts Core credits. See Liberal home country health provider. Arts Core section for distribution requirements. See 10. Demonstrated TOEFL score of 550 or higher pages 27-33 or equivalent proficiency in English speaking, 5. Major area requirements: Consult specific major listening, writing, and reading evidenced by the department section for details. results of standardized tests administered by Pacific 6. Elective credits sufficient to reach the minimum International Academy upon arrival. 180-credit requirement. 9 DOUBLE MAJOR OTHER ADMISSIONS INFORMATION Students with a double major must complete all specified requirements for each of two distinct majors but STUDENT ID obtain only one degree. All new students are assigned a random student identification number. Marylhurst University may also use DOUBLE DEGREE the student’s Social Security number for the purpose of Students with a double degree must complete all speci- student identification. Providing the Social Security fied requirements for each of two distinct majors and an number is required by federal regulation. The Universi- additional minimum of 45 credits beyond those re- ty will use the Social Security number for keeping quired for a single degree (225 credits). They will obtain records, research, and reporting. The University will not two separate degrees. use the number to make any decision directly affecting the student or any other person. A student’s Social SECOND DEGREE Security number will be carefully protected and kept Students who hold a bachelor’s degree from a regionally confidential at all times. accredited college or university or a recognized interna-

Undergraduate Admissions tional university with a 2.00 cumulative GPA seeking a ACADEMIC ADVISING second bachelor’s degree must complete the following: Prospective student advising is provided by an academic • The residency requirement of 45 quarter credits, advising specialist in the Office of Admissions. At an • Demonstration of the following Liberal Arts Core initial meeting, students learn about program informa- learning outcomes: tion and planning, admissions information, transfer LLA1 Computer Literacy*, information, career planning, and advising referral. LLB1 Information Studies, Academic advisors are assigned to counsel admitted LLC1 Listening*, students on an ongoing basis in matters related to aca- LLE4 the writing intensive course in the major demic programs and career preparation. Students are & writing lab, AIA1 Making Ethical Decisions*, and assigned advisors according to their designated major SS1 through SS4 Senior Seminar. field of study. It is important for students to meet their *Equivalent transfer credit can be applied to LLA1, LLC1, advisor as soon as they are admitted in order to create and AIA1. (See pages 27-33 for further information on the an educational degree plan (EDP) which shows the Liberal Arts Core.) distribution of coursework completed and the remain- • All requirements in the major. ing coursework required to meet all major program and The Transfer Credit Committee of the Undergraduate Liberal Arts Core requirements. College and the Academic Dean must approve any While the student is ultimately responsible for en- exceptions to this policy. suring that all graduation requirements are met, the academic advisor stands ready to lend assistance, offer information, and check programs. Students should CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS consult their academic advisors regularly, or as needed, Certificate students seek specific, focused training by phone, email, or conference. Students may request a through the Departments of Communication Studies, change of advisor by contacting the University Regis- Art, Music, Religious Studies, and Business and Manage- trar. ment. Certificate students need to submit the completed appropriate Admissions form and non-refundable $20 fee. NOTE: The prerequisite for the Certificate in ASSESSMENT TESTING Interior Design is the prior completion of a baccalaure- Each entering student is required to take writing and ate degree. math skills tests through the Learning Assessment Cen- ter (see page 26). The assessment of these skills is for advising and placement purposes. DEFINITION OF TERMS Major: comprehensive study in a specific discipline, CAREER SERVICES courses outlined by each academic department, typically Marylhurst University Career Services provides sup- 60-72 credits. port, guidance and resources for career planning. The Liberal Arts Core: courses that meet Liberal Arts Core Career Services Office offers resume and cover letter outcomes required for graduation. critiques, interview coaching, job search strategies, Electives: courses selected by the student to fulfill grad- and career development workshops. Online career uation credit requirements. information is also available at www.marylhurst.edu/ student/career/. These services are free and available to Concentration within a Major: focused study in a disci- Marylhurst students, alumni and prospective students. pline. Minimum number of credits: 27. A Job Announcement Board is located in Flavia Minor: focused study in a discipline other than the Hall. Information and referral resources are available in major. The discipline offering the minor determines the the Career Services Office located in Flavia Hall, room courses that comprise the minor. Minimum number of 210. An employment kiosk maintained by the State of credits: 27. Oregon Human Resources is located in Clark Com- Professional Development Seminar: course offered to mons. Career Services are supplemental to admission provide currency in a field. May be offered with an advising and academic advising sessions. Call to sched- option for either college credit or Continuing Education ule an appointment with the Career Services Coordina- 10 Units (CEUs). tor, 503.699.6271. Undergraduate Admissions POLICIES GOVERNING TRANSFER OF CREDIT • Vocational/Technical or Occupational Marylhurst students may transfer credit for a variety of Marylhurst University may award credit for selective past learning experiences. Applicability of any credit classes or programs considered vocational/technical or toward a particular baccalaureate degree is governed by occupational from other accredited institutions, subject the age of the credits and the grade attained. The rele- to the approval of the student’s advisor and the vance of the credits toward a degree program and the Marylhurst Transfer Committee. appropriate placement of these credits within a student’s educational degree plan (EDP) are determined in • Military Service Schools consultation with an academic advisor. Marylhurst University may award credit to admitted degree students for training received through: • Articulation Agreements 1. Formal military service schools which have been In order to facilitate student transfer to Marylhurst evaluated by the Office of Educational Credit, University, articulation agreements are honored with American Council on Education (ACE), which are the following colleges/universities: found in the Guide to the Evaluation of Educational Chemeketa Community College Experiences in the Armed Services; and/or Clackamas Community College 2. The Oregon Military Academy. Official Clark College documentation for military education and training Heald College will be evaluated and college credit may be awarded Klamath Falls Community College Maricopa County Community College District based upon the recommendations of ACE. Mt. Hood Community College 3. Students with credits from military service must Portland Community College obtain and submit a Military Service Transcript. Western Governors University • Non-Collegiate-Sponsored Learning • Oregon University System Academic credit may be awarded for non-collegiate- Marylhurst University honors the Associate of Arts sponsored learning acquired through programs in busi- Oregon Transfer (AAOT) degree. ness and industry that have been approved by the American Council on Education (ACE). Marylhurst • Oregon Independent Colleges follows the recommendations published by ACE in the Marylhurst University accepts credits in transfer from National Guide to Educational Credit for Training Pro- college and university members of the Oregon Indepen- grams. Credit for non-collegiate learning not listed in dent Colleges Association (OICA). the National Guide may be included in the Prior Learn- ing Assessment Program for evaluation at Marylhurst. • Other Colleges and Universities For other alternative credit options, refer to the A student may receive credit through the evaluation of Registration section, page 12. official transcripts from colleges and universities that have been accredited by a regional accrediting body. Only grades of C- or above will transfer. Office of Admissions & Enrollment Relations Marylhurst University P.O. Box 261 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 800.634-9982, ext. 6268 FAX: 503.635.6585 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

11 Undergraduate COURSE CHALLENGE REGISTRATION An existing Marylhurst course which appears in the Catalog and for which a syllabus is on file may be chal- University Registrar: Susannah Valatka lenged. The existing course number is used. An application for course challenge must be completed. Guidelines and applications are available in the Office of the Registrar. Registration and changes in registration are coordinated through the Office of the Registrar in TUITION AND FEES the B.P. John Administration Building. Tuition is set by the Marylhurst University Board of Trustees. The University reserves the right to change its REGISTRATION PROCEDURES charges and policies at any time, and will endeavor to Students may register for classes in person, by fax, email notify students if such changes is necessary. For current or online at the University Web site. Registration dates University tuition and fees and payment deadlines, and complete instructions are published each term in consult each quarterly Schedule of Courses, or call the

Undergraduate Registration the quarterly Schedule of Courses. Some courses have Business Office at 503.699.6278, or the University limited enrollment; therefore, early registration is rec- Web site. ommended. Registrations cannot be processed after the Marylhurst University accepts various forms of pay- end of a course. ment including major credit cards and employer autho- Tuition and fees must be paid according to the dates rizations to bill. published in each quarterly Schedule of Courses. Admission to or registration with the University, conferring of degrees and issuance of academic transcripts may be withheld for failure to meet financial HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS obligations to Marylhurst University. High school students may enroll in Marylhurst Universi- ty classes after appropriate approval. Such students must have parent/guardian signature, written recommenda- TUITION REFUNDS tion from high school advisor, and approval from in- Students who drop one or more classes prior to the end structor or department chair. High school students are of the refund period receive 100 percent refund of typically in the top quartile of their class and their en- tuition. Students who withdraw from classes after the rollment will be limited to 100- and 200-level courses. end of the refund period receive no refund of tuition. See quarterly Schedule of Courses for refund period dates. LATE REGISTRATION Registration must be complete prior to attending class. A late fee is assessed for initial registrations received GRADE REPORTS after the first week of classes. Course adds are not Grades will be considered official two weeks after the charged the fee. end of the term and will be available on the University Web site at www.marylhurst.edu/grades/. CHANGES IN REGISTRATION Only the student may initiate course adds, drops, or TRANSCRIPTS changes in grade type. Ceasing to attend class or only A request for a transcript of all credits earned at notifying the instructor does not constitute official drop Marylhurst must be made in writing to the Office of or withdrawal. Classes may be added or dropped on the the Registrar. All requests must include the following: University Web site, in person at the Office of the Reg- • full name under which student was registered at istrar, by fax, or by email. Classes may also be dropped Marylhurst University; in person at the Main Reception desk in the B.P. John • Social Security number; Building after 6:30pm or during the weekend. No regis- • present address and telephone number; tration changes or withdrawals are accepted after a • approximate dates of attendance at Marylhurst; course ends. All changes in registration will be processed • the address where transcript copies are to be sent; as of the date and time the University receives notifica- • student’s signature; and tion. A processing fee is assessed for each dropped class. • fee payment to Marylhurst University enclosed. Students receiving federal financial aid or veterans (One copy costs $5, additional copies ordered at the benefits must notify the Financial Aid Office. same time are $2 each.) Transcript requests will be honored within seven to ten working days, when the CREDIT BY EXAMINATION above information and payment have been received. Credit may be awarded for both general and subject examinations. Please refer to the Learning Assessment ACADEMIC CREDIT Center in this Catalog, page 26. Academic credit is assigned not only on the basis of at least 30 hours or equivalent of academic involvement COOPERATIVE CREDIT by the student for one credit, but also on such factors as Admitted Marylhurst University students may enroll in level of course content, depth of research, assignments approved cooperative credit programs. Up to 45 cooper- and reading, and nature of the learning experience. ative credits may be applied to a Marylhurst University 12 degree. Cooperative credit is non-residency credit. Undergraduate Registration COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM NOTE: Admission into the University does not 000-009 No College Credit guarantee acceptance into a departmental major. No college credit is awarded, no grade is issued, and the Check the departmental section of this Catalog for course is not recorded on the transcript. additional admission requirements for specific 010-099 CEU majors. Continuing Education Units and professional development • Full-Time Student designates a student who is courses. No college credit granted. registered for at least 12 undergraduate credits per 100-299 Lower Division term. Basic introductory undergraduate level • Three-Quarter-Time Student designates a student 186/286/386/486 who is registered for 9 to 11 undergraduate credits Travel study per term. 195/295/395/495 Independent Study • Half-Time Student designates a student who is A plan involving research, library, intern, or agency registered for 6 to 8 undergraduate credits per term. experience. Independent study courses are initiated and • Less-Than-Half-Time Student designates a student designed by students in cooperation with a Marylhurst who is registered for 1 to 5 undergraduate credits instructor. An application for independent study must be per term. completed. Guidelines are available in the Office of the Registrar. STANDARDS OF ACADEMIC PROGRESS 197/297/397/497 Prior Learning Assessment FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS College-level prior learning that has been described, To remain in good academic standing all admitted assessed, documented, and accepted by the Marylhurst Prior Learning Assessment Review Committee students at Marylhurst are expected to maintain certain standards of satisfactory academic progress. 290/390/490 Directed Readings or Projects A project involving independent research Academic progress is measured in two ways: 300-499 Upper Division • Undergraduate students must maintain a cumulative Beyond introductory undergraduate level 2.00 GPA in all Marylhurst classes. 393/493 Research Project • Undergraduate students are permitted a maximum A project which provides an opportunity to complement a of seven years to complete a degree program. The student’s major area of study with specific research in an date of admission will determine when a program area of interest to the student. Arrangements for a research begins. If degree requirements cannot be completed project must be made with academic departments. within seven years, a student must reapply to the 394/494 Internship University. Degree requirements will be redefined A course which provides an opportunity to complement according to the catalog in effect when the student is formal learning through an internship in an approved readmitted. professional setting. An internship requires approval of the internship coordinator and academic advisor. An internship Academic and degree progress standards are monitored contract must be completed. Contact the Internship and through the advising process to ensure student success Career Service Coordinator in Room 210 in Flavia Hall for by: more information. • providing assistance to the student in setting and 496 Thesis Proposal or Senior Paper Proposal achieving academic goals; Undergraduate level • assisting the student in utilizing the facilities and 498 Thesis or Senior Paper personnel of the University; and Undergraduate level • alerting the student of academic difficulty or 499 Practicum deficiencies. A course which provides an opportunity to complement formal learning through a practicum in an approved ACADEMIC PROBATION professional setting. Undergraduate students who fall below the 2.00 minimum cumulative GPA may be placed on probation for ACADEMIC POLICIES one term. Students will be notified in writing of probationary status and will then need to meet with their UNDERGRADUATE STUDENT CLASSIFICATIONS academic advisor as soon as possible to identify reme- • Freshman designates a student who has accumulated dies. A student under academic probation may have fewer than 45 credits toward a Marylhurst their registration restricted and/or monitored. A stu- University degree. dent will be automatically removed from academic • Sophomore designates a student who has probation when their cumulative GPA rises to or above accumulated 45 or more credits but less than 2.00 during the probationary period. 90 credits. Financial Aid students should refer to the Financial • Junior designates a student who has accumulated Aid section for additional criteria, page 21. 90 or more credits but less than 135 credits. • Senior designates a student who has accumulated ACADEMIC SUSPENSION 135 or more credits but has not yet been awarded Failure to remedy the GPA deficiency may result in the baccalaureate degree. academic suspension. Students will receive written • Lifelong Learner designates a student who is not notification of academic suspension. Suspended stu- currently pursuing a degree at the University. dents may not enroll in additional classes for at least • Admitted Student designates a student who has two quarters. At that time, a student may petition the completed the admissions process for a degree. Office of the Vice President of Academic Administra- 13 tion for reinstatement. Incompletes must be changed to student’s GPA. For further information, see Pass/No a final grade within the allotted time. Pass Option below. Financial Aid students should refer to the Financial AU (Audit) indicates that the student is registered and Aid section for additional criteria, pages 19-20. attends a class for audit purposes only. Students are not Students who have received notice of academic required to do assigned work for the class and receive no suspension have the right to appeal suspension if there credit or grade. An AU is recorded on the student’s are extenuating circumstances. A written appeal must academic record for having successfully audited a class. be submitted to the Vice President of Academic Ad- For more information, see Audit Option below. ministration within 15 days of the date of notification. IP (In Progress) indicates satisfactory progress toward Extenuating circumstances should be explained fully in completion of theses, internships, research projects, and the appeal. senior projects. Appeals are initially reviewed by committee. Denied appeals may be taken to the Vice President for Aca- X (No Grade Submitted) indicates the student’s grade demic Administration. was not available at time of grade posting. The X remains until the grade is entered in the student’s record. ACADEMIC OVERLOAD APPROVAL W (Withdrawal) indicates official withdrawal.

Undergraduate Registration Registration for more than 21 credits per quarter is I (Incomplete) See Incomplete Grade below. considered academic overload and may not be taken R (Course Repeat) indicates that a course has been without prior approval. This policy applies to concur- repeated. Upon completion of the repeated course, the rent enrollments at other institutions by matriculated grade earned will be computed in the GPA. The grade Marylhurst University students. Students taking more in the original course will be changed to R, and the GPA than 22 credits must obtain prior approval from their will not be affected. A class may be repeated one time. advisor and department chair. The student’s academic advisor and the Registrar must be notified prior to an attempted course repeat. UNDERGRADUATE GRADING SYSTEM A choice of grade option for a letter grade (A-F) or Y (No Basis for Grade) indicates student did not attend Pass/No Pass (P/NP) is available in most Marylhurst class. classes. If a preferred grade option is not requested, a letter grade (A-F) will be awarded. Requests for chang- PASS/NO PASS OPTION es in grade options must be processed through the Marylhurst does not restrict the number of P/NP cours- Office of the Registrar no later than the equivalent of es a student may apply toward a degree; P is defined as the end of the second week of instruction. Only grades C or better. Individual departments may restrict the earned at Marylhurst University are computed in the number of P/NP courses in the major. P’s and NP’s are Grade point Average (GPA). not calculated into the GPA. Grades, grade points and evaluations are designated as follows: AUDIT OPTION This option must be chosen at the time of registration A (4.00), A- (3.67) indicates consistently outstanding and receives no credit. Recording of an audit (AU) on achievement. It demands initiative, originality, and a the academic record implies that the student has attend- thorough mastery of subject matter. ed the class on a regular basis, without needed participa- B+ (3.33), B (3.00), B- (2.67) indicates better-than- tion or evaluation, and without credit. An instructor can average achievement. The student completes assigned override an AU grade with an NP grade if the student work with originality and demonstrates a thorough does not attend at least 60 percent of class sessions. understanding of subject matter. C+ (2.33), C (2.00), C- (1.67) indicates satisfactory IN-PROGRESS GRADE achievement. All work is adequately completed and a The In-Progress (IP) grade is reserved for theses, intern- basic understanding of the subject matter has been a ships, research projects, and senior projects only. In achieved. order to be granted an IP the student must fill out an IP D+ (1.33), D (1.00), D- (0.67) indicates that the stu- Grade Request and Agreement Form, available from the dent has acquired the minimum essentials of the course Office of the Registrar. If the instructor agrees to the IP but performance is less than satisfactory at the college he or she must specify a date by which all requirements level. A D grade may not be acceptable in the major. are due; the maximum time allowed is one year but the instructor may set a shorter period. If the Registrar does F (0) indicates that the student has not acquired the not receive the new final grade from the instructor by minimum essentials of the course and work is below the specified deadline, an F or NP will automatically be college level. the final grade. P (Pass) indicates that the student receives credit for Pass grades, but the student’s GPA is not affected. A INCOMPLETE GRADE grade of Pass (P) indicates a C level (2.00) of achieve- An Incomplete (I) grade may be granted for reasons ment or better. Arrangements for the P/NP grade op- acceptable to the instructor when the quality of work is tion are made with the Office of the Registrar prior to satisfactory but all course requirements have not been the start of class. completed. In order to be granted an incomplete, the NP (No Pass) (0) indicates that the student receives no student must complete the following steps prior to the end of the term for which the incomplete is requested: 14 credit. The grade of No Pass (NP) does not affect the Undergraduate Registration 1. Consult with the instructor to request an Incomplete STUDENT RECORDS grade, and, if agreed to by the instructor, develop a formal agreement regarding the course requirements CONFIDENTIALITY yet to be completed and the date all requirements In accordance with the Family Educational Rights and are due. (The maximum time allowed to complete Privacy Act of 1974, as amended, and to ensure maxi- an incomplete grade is one year but the instructor mum safeguards of information contained in a student’s will usually set a shorter period.) personal record, Marylhurst University will disclose 2. In consultation with the instructor, complete the information of a confidential nature only to the student, Incomplete Grade Request and Agreement Form. to a parent/guardian claiming that student as a depen- Forms are available in the Office of the Registrar or dent (as demonstrated through provision of a copy of can be downloaded from the University Web site at the parent/guardian’s most recent federal income tax www.marylhurst.edu/pdflibrary/. return), or to a third party upon receipt of an original 3. Obtain signatures of approval from the instructor written release signed by the student concerned. and the department chair. File the completed form Certain exceptions to this include authorized with the Office of the Registrar. Marylhurst University personnel acting within the stu- 4. The Incomplete Grade Request and Agreement dent’s legitimate educational interest; organizations Form will specify a contingency grade. If the conducting studies for educational and governmental Registrar does not receive the new final grade from agencies; accrediting agencies; appropriate persons in the instructor by the specified deadline, the case of health or safety emergencies; agencies or offices contingency grade will automatically be the final in connection with the student’s application for or grade. Each department reviews outstanding receipt of financial aid; governmental officials as identi- incompletes before the start of each quarter. In fied by Public Law 93-380; an appropriate official in general, students will not be allowed to register for response to a court order or subpoena; and, in accor- new courses if they have more than 12 hours of dance with the National Defense Authorization Act for incompletes. Fiscal Year 1995, U.S. military recruiters filing name and address requests under the Solomon Amendment. Without a signed release, Marylhurst University can GRADUATION make only directory information available for public use Students graduate according to the degree requirements in campus directories, publicity of events, honors, and of the Marylhurst University Catalog in effect the term the like. For details refer to the next paragraph. they were admitted unless they choose to graduate under a later catalog. If degree requirements cannot be completed within seven years, the student must be DIRECTORY INFORMATION The following constitutes directory information and readmitted to the University and follow the require- may be released at the discretion of the University ments of the catalog in effect at the time of readmis- Registrar: name, address, telephone number, name(s) sion. Degrees are posted and dated to student and address(es) of parent(s), country of citizenship, transcripts at the end of each term. All coursework, major field of study, participation in recognized activi- including any outstanding incompletes, must be fin- ties, dates of attendance, degrees, honors and awards ished by the end of the term in which the degree will received, class year in school, and previous educational be posted. institutions attended. If a student does not wish any of this information to GRADUATION APPLICATION PROCESS be released, he or she must notify the Registrar in writ- The application for graduation process is coordinated ing by the end of the second week of classes. through the Educational Degree Plan (EDP) Coordina- Directory information is published in various forms tor in Room 306 in Flavia Hall. Graduation applications during the year and Marylhurst University will with- must be turned in along with the non-refundable fee by hold information only when written requests are re- the deadlines published in each quarterly Schedule of ceived in accordance with this procedure. Courses. CHANGE OF NAME COMMENCEMENT CEREMONY A certified copy of a court order, a marriage certificate, The Commencement Ceremony is held in June of each or a dissolution decree that includes a name change is year for all graduates. A student must be officially ad- required to support a request for a name change in mitted to Marylhurst University prior to initiating grad- University records. uation procedures. Students who have finished their degree in the previous 12 months before the ceremony or who will have all requirements completed by the end ACADEMIC HONESTY Since Marylhurst University is an academic community of the following term, may participate in the com- founded in the Catholic tradition, the pursuit of knowl- mencement ceremony. Students must be registered for edge and the development of ethical principles are of any remaining needed courses in the term following the utmost importance. A commitment to ethical academic ceremony, and for these students the degree will be integrity is essential. Every member of the college com- posted and dated at the end of the term in which they munity is responsible for upholding the highest stan- complete all requirements. dards of honesty at all times. Students, as members of this community, are also responsible for adhering to the principles and spirit of academic honesty. Violation of 15 honesty standards can result in denial of credit (F or 3. Fabrication: submitting contrived or altered NP) in a course, as well as dismissal from the Universi- information in any academic exercise. Examples: ty. Penalties are given at the discretion of the faculty making up data for an experiment; fudging data; member and offenders are reported to the Office of the citing nonexistent or irrelevant articles, and so forth. Vice President of Academic Administration. Students 4. Multiple Submissions: submitting, without prior charged with a violation have the right to appeal any permission, any work submitted to fulfill another disciplinary action. Contact the Office of the Vice academic requirement. Example: submitting the President for Academic Administration for details. same paper for two different classes without the instructor’s express prior approval. ACADEMIC DISHONESTY DEFINITIONS 5. Misrepresentation of Academic Records: Activities that have the effect or intention of inter- misrepresenting or tampering with or attempting to fering with education, pursuit of knowledge, or fair tamper with any portion of a student’s transcripts or evaluation of a student’s performance are prohibited. academic record, either before or after coming to Violation of honesty standards can result in denial of Marylhurst. Examples: forging a registration form or credit (F or NP) in a course as well as dismissal from a change of grade slip; tampering with computer the University. Penalties are given at the discretion of records, and so forth.

Undergraduate Registration the faculty member, and offenders are reported to the 6. Facilitating Academic Dishonesty: knowingly Academic Dean’s Office (503.699.6260). Students helping or attempting to help another violate any charged with a violation have the right to appeal any provision of this code. Example: Working together disciplinary action. Contact the Academic Dean’s Of- on a take-home exam or other assignment intended fice for details on the appeal process. to be an individual project without the instructor’s Examples of such activities include, but are not express prior approval. limited to, the following definitions. Additional non- 7. Unfair Advantage: attempting to gain unauthorized academic examples of inappropriate behaviors are spec- advantage over fellow students in an academic ified in the Student Conduct Code section of the exercise. Examples: gaining or providing Marylhurst University Student Handbook. unauthorized access to examination materials (either 1. Cheating: using or attempting to use unauthorized past or present); obstructing or interfering with assistance, material, or study aids in examinations or another student’s efforts in an academic exercise; other academic work, or preventing or attempting to lying about a need for an extension for an exam or prevent another from using authorized assistance, paper; destroying, hiding, removing, or keeping material, or study aids. Examples: using a cheat library materials, and so forth. sheet in a quiz or exam; altering a graded exam and 8. Computer Crimes: damaging or modifying resubmitting it for a better grade, and so forth. computer programs without permission. Examples: 2. Plagiarism: using the ideas, data, or language of piracy of copyright protected software; hacking; another without specific and proper harassing; constructing viruses; knowingly acknowledgment. Examples: misrepresenting introducing viruses into a system; copying programs another’s work (paper, lab report, article, or and data belonging to others, and so forth. computer work) as one’s own original creation and submitting it for an assignment; using someone else’s ideas without attribution; failing to cite a reference Office of the Registrar or to use quotation marks where appropriate, and so Marylhurst University forth. P.O. Box 261 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6267 Outside Portland Metro: 800.634.9982, ext. 6267 FAX: 503.697.5596 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

16 Financial Aid Office of • are available to undergraduate and graduate students FINANCIAL AID • are subject to annual and cumulative maximums

Director: Marlena McKee-Flores FEDERAL STAFFORD LOANS (SUBSIDIZED) • variable interest rate based on 91-day T-bill + 2.30% capped at 8.25% (subject to change based on legislative action) Recognizing that many students who want • interest is deferred and paid by the federal to attend Marylhurst University may not be government while students are in school able to meet all expenses of enrollment from • are arranged through a bank, credit union, or other personal or family sources, Marylhurst attempts private lender to provide financial assistance to all eligible • must be repaid with payments commencing 6 months after a student leaves school or ceases to be students. Nearly 66 percent of Marylhurst’s enrolled at least half time. students receive some form of financial assistance. • are available to undergraduate and graduate U.S. citizens and eligible non-citizens who students, based on need are admitted into a degree program at • are subject to annual and cumulative maximums Marylhurst University and attending at least half time are eligible to apply for the FEDERAL STAFFORD LOANS (UNSUBSIDIZED) financial assistance available at Marylhurst • variable interest rate based on 91-day T-bill + 2.30% University. capped at 8.25% (subject to change based on The quantity and composition of assistance legislative action) is based upon analysis of a student’s need, • interest may be deferred while students are in school which is determined by using standardized but is not paid by the federal government procedures defined by the U.S. Department • are arranged through a bank, credit union, or other private lender of Education regarding the Federal Financial • must be repaid with payments commencing 6 Aid program and based on information from the months after a student leaves school or ceases to be Free Application for Federal Aid (FAFSA). enrolled at least half time The FAFSA is available in paper format in the • are available to undergraduate and graduate Financial Aid Office or may be completed online students, based on cost of education, not need-based at www.fafsa.gov. • are subject to annual and cumulative maximums Applications are accepted at Marylhurst University throughout the academic year. FEDERAL PARENTS LOANS FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS (PLUS) • variable interest rate based on 52-week T-bill + FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE PROGRAM 3.10% capped at 9% (subject to change based on Marylhurst’s financial assistance program includes legislative action) grants, loans, work opportunities, and scholarships • are arranged through a bank, credit union, or other described in the sections that follow. private lender • must be repaid with payments commencing within GRANTS 60 days from date of disbursement Grants are federal, state, and Marylhurst funds awarded • are available to the parents of dependent on the basis of need to undergraduate students. undergraduate students, based on cost of education, • Pell Grants are federal funds available for the not need-based equivalent of three full-time terms. • Oregon Opportunity Grants are available fall, winter, and spring terms for full-time attendance SCHOLARSHIPS only. Students enrolled in a program leading to a Based on need and academic excellence Marylhurst degree in theology, divinity, or religious education University offers a number of scholarships from income are not eligible for these state funds. provided by gifts from friends of Marylhurst. The Uni- • Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grants are versity gratefully acknowledges the special gifts that federal funds available on a limited basis. have made the following scholarships possible. Students may apply for these scholarships by completing a schol- LOANS arship application form available on request from the Financial Aid Office or in a downloadable format from FEDERAL PERKINS LOANS our Web site. (5% interest rate) Alumni Association Scholarship • awarded by Marylhurst University, based on Miller Art Therapy Scholarship for graduate students Barbara Sue Seal Scholarship financial need Baxter Memorial Scholarship • limited funds are available Nicketti Buchanan Brant Memorial Scholarship for Religious • must be repaid with payments commencing 9 Studies students months after a student leaves school or ceases to be Charles Patrick Memorial Fund Scholarship enrolled at least half time. Hooker Creek Ranch Scholarship for students 18 to 24 years old 17 Delta Theta Tau Sorority Scholarship for scholastically Students should contact the Financial Aid Office for outstanding women more information. Juan Young Trust Scholarship for students under 21 years of age, preference given to lineal descendants of former VETERANS’ BENEFITS employees of Kienow’s Food Stores Mary DeMartini Scholarship for women in Business and Veterans’ benefits are available to students who quali- Management majors fy under the regulation of the Veterans Administra- Gillespie Scholarship tion; VA regulations vary among types of benefits. Financial Aid Graham-Huston Scholarship for African American students Veteran students should contact the VA Regional William Randolph Hearst Scholarship Office regarding eligibility for benefits and the appli- Imelda John Condon Scholarship cation process. After eligibility has been established James F. Miller Scholarship through the VA, students should notify the Financial Jean Sharp Memorial Piano Scholarship for Music students Aid Office. Jesse Paris Bassett Scholarship for Music students Knight Opportunity Fund Scholarship Lajos Balogh Orchestra Scholarship for Music students Lois Ball Scholarship APPLYING FOR FINANCIAL AID Maybelle Clark Macdonald Scholarship for single women with A student planning to attend Marylhurst any time children during the academic year should file the Free Applica- William Marsh Scholarship for Communication students tion for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) with the U.S. Miller MAAT Scholarship for Master of Arts Applied Theology Department of Education as soon after January 1 as students possible. Miller MAIS Scholarship for Master of Arts Interdisciplinary The awarding process can take several weeks. To Studies students ensure that funding is available when classes com- Miller MBA Scholarship for Master of Business Administration mence, students are encouraged to apply early. The students Marylhurst University Scholarship student must complete a FAFSA for each academic Mayer Art Scholarship for Art students year; the academic year commences with fall term Miller Music Scholarship for Music students and includes fall, winter, spring, and summer terms. Music Department Scholarship for Music students Applications are accepted at Marylhurst any time Bank of America for students at the junior or senior level during the year. Carpenter Foundation for students from Jackson or Josephine (Oregon) counties Coca Cola for first-generation-students PROCESSING OF APPLICATION Pacific Corp for students from communities served by The Financial Aid Application will be processed ac- Pacific Power cording to the regulations specified by the U.S. De- Portland General Electric for freshman partment of Education in order to determine the U.S. Bank student’s eligibility for the federal Pell Grant and the Union Pacific Railroad for minority students amount the student is expected to contribute toward United Parcel Service her/his education, referred to as the Expected Family Woodard Family Scholarship for students from Lane or Douglas Contribution (EFC). (Oregon) Counties If the student is an Oregon resident, the student’s Joe & Frances Naumes Family Foundation Scholarship J.R. Simplot for students from Idaho eligibility for an Oregon Opportunity Grant will be Washington Mutual Savings Bank for junior or senior minority determined by the Oregon Student Assistance Com- students mission, also based on the FAFSA information. Religious Education Scholarship for Religious Studies students If students have named Marylhurst University as Shelk Foundation Scholarship for single women with children the University they plan to attend, Marylhurst Univer- Shelk Family Scholarship for students from Prineville, Oregon sity will receive results of the student’s application Sister Anne Cecile Daigle Scholarship for Music students from the U.S. Department of Education and will Sister Emerentia Berndorfner Scholarship for Music students notify the student of any additional information and/ Sister Catherine Clare Malneritch Scholarship for single women with children or documents needed to complete the financial aid Sister Helena Brand Scholarship for English Literature & application process. Writing students Sister Loyola Mary Harnan Memorial Endowed Scholarship OFFER OF ASSISTANCE (The Award Letter) Sister Mary Theodoria Barr Memorial Scholarship for Religious When the Marylhurst Financial Aid Office has re- Studies or English Literature & Writing students ceived the student’s application information, all re- Sister Rebecca Mary Scholarship quested information and documents from the student, Sister John Mary Lane Scholarship for Religious Studies students Thomas Binford Writing Scholarship for English Literature & and has completed the required processing, the stu- Writing students dent will receive an Offer of Financial Assistance (an R.C. Warren Scholarship award letter). The student’s award letter will indicate Wentworth Foundation for Business & Management students what funds are available and will include information Vivienne & Arthur Wiese Scholarship regarding any further action the student needs to take in order to receive the aid she/he requests. WORK OPPORTUNITIES Employment allows students to work part time and gain REGISTERING FOR CLASSES valuable work experience while pursuing educational AS A FINANCIAL AID STUDENT goals. Federal College Work-Study and Marylhurst If the student has completed the financial aid applica- Institutional Work-Study opportunities are available. tion process outlined above, at the time of registration, 18 Financial Aid financial aid funds will be posted to the student’s ac- For undergraduate study, financial aid awards are based count; if financial aid funds cover all tuition and fees on the student’s enrollment status. Enrollment status charged, registration is complete and the student is categories and the number required for each are: considered enrolled in the classes specified at the time Full time * ...... 12 credits of registration. If financial aid funds do not cover all Three quarter time* ...... 9-11 credits tuition and fees charged, the student must make ar- Half time* ...... 6-8 credits rangements with the Business Office for the balance * When credits earned through Consortium Agreement are included in defining enrollment status, grade reports from owing. If financial aid funds are in excess of tuition and the host school are required one week after the end of the fees charged, the excess will be disbursed to the student term. after the beginning of the term. For graduate study, financial aid awards are based on CONCURRENT ENROLLMENT AT MARYLHURST the number of credit hours the student expects to com- UNIVERSITY AND ANOTHER COLLEGE plete each term. Federal Pell Grants and Oregon Opportunity Grants are awarded per enrollment status. Pell Grant amounts Prior Learning Assessment (PLA) classes (CM 310 PLA differ for half-time, three-quarter-time and full-time Workshop, CM 311 PLA Portfolio Development Stud- enrollment. Oregon Opportunity Grants are available ies) are included in defining enrollment. However, to full-time students only. For the purpose of determin- credits earned for PLA Portfolio cannot be included in ing enrollment status for these grant programs, students defining status for financial aid purposes. Credits who are admitted into a degree program and enrolled at earned by testing, such as through the College Level least half time at Marylhurst University, may enroll in Examination Program (CLEP), or by challenging a additional classes at another school and the total num- course cannot be included in defining enrollment status ber of credits from both institutions will determine for financial aid purposes. Courses that are repeated to enrollment status. Classes taken at another school must accomplish a satisfactory grade or improve a grade be courses which count toward degree requirements at cannot be included in defining enrollment status for Marylhurst. financial aid purposes.

SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS The following grades demonstrate successful comple- REGARDING ALL FEDERAL STUDENT AID tion of coursework: The Higher Education Act of 1965 (as amended) out- A, B, C, D (if overall GPA is at least 2.00), P. lines the federal regulations regarding student aid funds; within these regulations there are 1) specific academic The following grades may be included in meeting cred- progress requirements for all recipients of federal finan- it-hour requirements, however, certain stipulations are cial aid and 2) specific guidelines for repayment of attached: federal funds if a recipient of federal financial aid withdraws from the university prior to completing the term IP: In Progress (if an In Progress Grade Request and for which financial aid was received. Following are Agreement Form has been completed by the explanations of these requirements: student, instructor, and the academic department; subsequent completion of in-progress grades must be accomplished within the time frame agreed upon.) SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS PROGRESS TOWARDS A DEGREE I: Incomplete (if the total incomplete grades on record Students must be accepted in a Marylhurst University do not exceed 12 credits and an Incomplete Grade degree program. A maximum of five years attendance Request and Agreement Form has been completed for students enrolled full time continuously is allowed by the student, instructor, and the academic for completion of a bachelor’s degree. Any student department; subsequent completion of incomplete enrolled less than full time may be enrolled for a maxi- grades must be accomplished within the time frame mum of seven years for completion of a bachelor’s agreed upon). degree. All coursework for the master’s degree must be completed within five years. HOW SATISFACTORY ACADEMIC PROGRESS IS REVIEWED GOOD ACADEMIC STANDING Academic progress will be reviewed at the end of each • All bachelor’s degree students must maintain a term after grades have been recorded. A review of the cumulative 2.00 GPA. number of credit hours successfully completed relative • All master’s degree students must maintain a to the number for which funding was received and a cumulative 3.00 GPA. review of grades earned will define academic progress; three categories of progress are used and are described COURSE ENROLLMENT AND COMPLETION below. Students must register for and successfully complete the number of credit hours for which they receive GOOD STANDING funding each term. Successful completion of the total number of credits for which funding was received and a cumulative GPA equal to or greater than 2.00 for undergraduate students and 3.00 for graduate students. 19 PROBATION STATUS at least 60 percent of the term,** a portion of the aid received was not “earned” and must be returned to the The Review of Credit Hours Completed federal government. For example, a student who with- Successful completion of less than 100 percent but at draws after completing only 30 percent of the term will least 75 percent of the total number of credit hours for have “earned” only 30 percent of any Federal Financial which funding was received. Probation Status means Aid received. The remaining 70 percent must be re- that the student will remain eligible for financial assis- turned by the school and/or the student. In this exam- Financial Aid tance for the subsequent term, but while in probation ple the school would be responsible for returning 70 status must complete 100 percent of the credit hours percent of any tuition and fees charges (see Note on for which funding was received to remain eligible for page 21) and the student would be responsible for continued financial assistance. returning 70 percent of any federal financial aid funds received for other educational expenses such as books, The Review of GPA room and board. Cumulative GPA less than 2.00 but is at least 1.75 for • Federal Financial Aid includes: undergraduate student; cumulative GPA less than 3.00 Unsubsidized Stafford Loans, Subsidized Stafford but is at least 2.75 for graduate students. Probation Loans, Federal Perkins Loans, Federal Supplemental Status means that the student remains eligible for finan- Educational Opportunity Grants, and Pell Grants. cial assistance for two subsequent terms to allow the • A student’s withdrawal date is: opportunity to restore cumulative GPA. However, at – the date the student officially notifies Marylhurst the end of two subsequent terms, if cumulative GPA University of intent to withdraw; has not improved, eligibility for continued funding will — or — be suspended. – the midpoint of the period for a student who leaves without notifying Marylhurst University; AID-SUSPENDED STATUS — or — – the student’s last documented date of attendance in a class. The Review of Credit Hours Completed Successful completion of less than 75 percent (or while An explanation of the formula used by the Financial in probation status less that 100 percent) of the total Aid Office to calculate the percent of funds earned and number of credit hours for which funding was received. the shared responsibility of returning unearned funds is Aid-Suspended Status means that the student will not continued in Note on page 21. be eligible for financial assistance until deficiencies are made up. REPAYMENT OF FEDERAL FINANCIAL AID FUNDS Calculating percentage of aid earned, amount of aid The Review of GPA earned, and the amount of aid to be returned by Cumulative GPA less than 1.75 for undergraduate the University and by the student: study; cumulative GPA less than 2.75 for graduate students. Suspended Status means that the student is 1. Percentage of aid earned: Number of days not eligible for financial assistance until GPA has been completed divided by total number of days in term restored to at least 1.75 for undergraduate students and 2. Amount of aid earned: Percentage of aid earned 2.75 for graduate students (See Probation Status above.) (number from #1) multiplied by the total aid Students have the right to appeal suspended status. received for the term Reinstatement may be granted if there were extenuating 3. Amount of aid to be returned (the amount circumstances which prevented the student from mak- unearned): Subtract the amount of aid earned ing satisfactory academic progress. The Director of (number from #2) from the total aid received for the Financial Aid initially reviews appeals. Appeals denied term by the Director of Financial Aid may be taken to the Office of Vice President of Academic Administration. 4. Amount of unearned aid to be returned Appeal forms will be enclosed with aid suspended no- by the University: tices and are also available in the Financial Aid Office. Tuition & fees (plus room & board, if applicable) multiplied by the percentage of unearned aid (100-percent earned) WITHDRAWAL AND REPAYMENT OF FEDERAL The University must return the unearned aid for which FINANCIAL AID FUNDS the university is responsible by repaying funds to the The Higher Education Act of 1965 (as amended) out- following sources, in order, up to the total amount lines the federal regulations for all student aid funds; disbursed from each source: within these regulations is the requirement that if a Unsubsidized Stafford Loan recipient of Federal Financial Aid* withdraws from the Subsidized Stafford Loan Parent Loans to Undergraduate Students (PLUS) University prior to completing 60 percent of a term for Federal Perkins Loans which he/she received financial aid, a portion of the aid Federal Pell Grant received for that term must be returned to the Federal Federal SEOG financial aid programs. 5. Amount of unearned aid to be returned This requirement is based on the premise that the by the student: financial aid a student receives for educational costs Subtract the amount of aid due from the University (tuition, fees, books, room & board) is for the entire (number from #4) from the total amount of aid to be 20 term and that if he/she withdraws prior to completing returned (number from #3) etrfrCmu vnsadSuetLife Center for Campus Events and Student The student must return unearned aid for which the Center for student is responsible by repaying funds to the following sources, in order, up to the total net amount disbursed CAMPUS EVENTS AND STUDENT LIFE from each source, after subtracting the amount the Director: Sharon N. Brabenac University will return. Amounts to be returned to grants are reduced by 50 percent: Unsubsidized Stafford Loan* Subsidized Stafford Loan* Parent Loans to Undergraduate Students (PLUS)* In partnership with students, faculty, Federal Perkins Loans* administrators, and other members of the Federal Pell Grant x 50% Federal SEOG x 50% Marylhurst University community, the Center for *Loan amounts are returned in accordance with the terms Campus Events and Student Life assists students of the promissory note. No further action is required other in their pursuit of an education based on the than notification to the holder of the loan of the student’s Marylhurst University Mission Statement. Self- withdrawal date. directed students of all ages come to Marylhurst University as unique individuals with contributions NOTE: The University Tuition Refund policy is separate from this requirement to return unearned Federal to offer and talents to be developed. The Center student aid. Tuition Refunds will continue to be calcu- encourages students to commit to excellence, to lated using the University’s refund policy published in be active and responsible in all areas of their the Marylhurst University Schedule of Courses and based education, and to pursue the ideals of competence, on the student’s withdrawal date. The student is re- leadership and service. The Center is sensitive sponsible for any portion of their original tuition charg- and responsive to individual needs and treats es that are left outstanding after Federal aid funds have each student with dignity. been returned and any tuition refunds have been applied. CENTER FOR CAMPUS EVENTS AND STUDENT LIFE Financial Aid Office The Center for Campus Events and Student Life is Marylhurst University committed to serving students, alumni, and the com- P.O. Box 261 munity through special events and activities, leadership 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) development through student organizations, career Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 planning resources, advocacy, referrals to campus and Portland Metro: 503.699.6253 community resources, and the student residential learn- Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6253 ing community. FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] The Center for Campus Events and Student Life Web site: www. marylhurst.edu offers a number of opportunities to serve the community and to volunteer on campus. The Retreat Center is available throughout the year to host seminars, meetings, and corporate events. St. Anne’s Chapel is available for weddings, as well as several rooms available for wedding receptions.

STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS Students are encouraged to form and join organizations to promote their common interests. All such associations must lend themselves to the fulfillment of the mission of the institution and must be open for any Marylhurst student to join. Current student organizations are listed in the Student Handbook. For more information about a particular group or for assistance in organizing a student group, contact the Center for Campus Events and Student Life.

HOUSING On-campus housing is available in Thompson Hall. Thompson is open to all full-time undergraduate and graduate students and features 27 rooms. Students living in the residence hall are expected to comply with Marylhurst University’s Drug and Alcohol Policy, as listed below and detailed in the Student Handbook. A Housing Referral System is available to students. Contact the Student Housing Coordinator for more information. (email [email protected] or call 503.534.4038.) 21 INSURANCE FOR MARYLHURST STUDENTS based on an actual or perceived disability. They are Any enrolled student is eligible for health insurance entitled to access all University programs if “otherwise from a company contracted to provide such service for qualified” to participate. However, along with these Marylhurst University students. Coverage for spouses rights come responsibilities. and children is also available. Contact the Office of Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 stipu- Admissions and Enrollment Relations. lates that a student with a disability is obligated to provide documentation of their disabling condition to the STUDENT RIGHTS AND CONDUCT CODE college. To do this you must register with the Services Student rights and responsibilities are outlined in the Coordinator for Students with Disabilities. To register Student Handbook. This document outlines students’ 1) make an appointment for an intake/accommodation rights both in and out of the classroom, grievance pro- assessment, and 2) provide appropriate evidence (docu- cedures, and policies related to the Family Educational mentation) of your disability from a qualified medical or Rights and Privacy Act. The Student Conduct Code psychological professional. contained within the document includes a list of pro- Marylhurst University has rights and responsibilities, hibited behaviors and describes sanctions and investiga- too. These include ensuring access to all programs, tive processes which will be used to ensure due process evaluating applicants based on ability, and reviewing and to determine whether or not a violation of policies documentation supporting requested accommodations. has occurred. The institution has the right to refuse any accommoda- The Student Handbook is available online at tion that would fundamentally alter an academic pro- www.marylhurst.edu/studenthandbook/. Hard copies gram, or would pose an undue burden on the are available in the Office of Admissions and Enroll- University. ment Relations, with additional copies on reserve in For more information, contact the Services Coordi- Shoen Library. nator for Students with Disabilities at 503.636.8141, Marylhurst University reserves the right to require ext. 3344, or 800.634.9982, ext. 3344, or TTY

Center for Campus Events and Student Life the withdrawal of any student who fails to accept re- 503.699.6301, or email [email protected]. sponsibilities, as evidenced by conduct, poor scholastic achievement, or failure to meet financial obligations to CAMPUS SECURITY the University. The Student Handbook provides information on the process to be used to report a crime on campus. Statis- GRIEVANCES/DISCIPLINE tics on the number and type of crimes occurring on the An academic complaint or appeal should be discussed campus are given in the quarterly Schedule of Courses. first with the chair of the department in which the matter of concern took place. Most academic appeals SEXUAL ASSAULT are resolved at this level. If a resolution at the depart- There have been no reported assaults or rapes on the ment level is unsatisfactory, a grievance may be brought Marylhurst campus. Nevertheless, all students should to the Office of the Vice President for Academic Ad- avoid walking through the campus alone after dark. ministration who will appoint a grievance committee. If Students should plan their schedules so they arrive and a further appeal is needed, a final adjudication will be leave the campus when others are present. Marylhurst made by the Vice President for Academic Administra- encourages all students to enroll in one of the many tion. self-defense classes taught in the Portland Metropolitan area. The Student Handbook provides information on DRUG- AND ALCOHOL-FREE ENVIRONMENT the process to be used for reporting sexual assault on Marylhurst University is committed to providing a safe, campus. It also gives sanctions for committing the as- drug-free workplace and environment for students. sault and resources offering assistance to victims. Statis- In accordance with federal, state, and local laws, the tics concerning the number of assaults occurring on illegal use, possession, manufacture, sale, or distribution campus are in the quarterly Schedule of Courses. of illicit drugs by students while on campus or at any The Student Handbook is available online at University-sponsored event is strictly prohibited. The www.marylhurst.edu/studenthandbook/. possession or use of alcohol by students on campus is also prohibited except when approved for a University- COUNSELING sponsored event. In such instances, the use of alcohol is Personal counseling is available to Marylhurst students limited to those of legal age. for a sliding scale fee through the Psychological Service The Student Handbook outlines the effects of drugs Center at 503.220.0390. and alcohol, available treatment programs, and sanctions for violations. Center for Campus Events and Student Life DISABILITY SERVICES Marylhurst University Marylhurst University is committed to ensuring that all P.O. Box 261 students have equal access to its academic programs. 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Students with disabilities are entitled to reasonable Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6249 accommodations according to Section 504 of the Reha- Outside Portland Metro: 800.634.9982, ext. 6249 bilitation Act of 1973 and the Americans with Disabili- FAX: 503.636.9526 ties Act (ADA) of 1990. Students have the right not to Email: [email protected] 22 be discriminated against or treated with disrespect Web site: www.marylhurst.edu Writing Center CAMPUS MINISTRY WRITING CENTER Director: Sharon N. Brabenac Director: David Plotkin. Ph.D.

Campus Ministry at Marylhurst University Writing is discovering what you want to say and provides spiritual resources for students, staff, figuring out the clearest, most concise way to alumni, and faculty. Campus Ministry is engaged arrange your words and ideas. At the Writing in building community on campus, assisting Center, trained writing assistants give you individuals in exploring personal and spiritual feedback at all stages of the writing process: growth issues, and reaching out to the wider prewriting, developing and revising content, community with special programs. second language problems, and fine-tuning style. Writing assistants can also help you overcome ACTIVITIES writer’s block, develop a strong voice in your The celebration of Mass (Eucharistic Liturgy) is writing, develop strategies for organization and provided weekly. editing, and learn how to correctly document For other activities, consult the current Schedule of sources. Courses for days and times, call the Center for Campus Some people come to the Writing Center Events and Student Life or visit the University Web site because they are referred by their instructors; Calendar of Events. others come of their own accord. Regardless of the initial motivation, most people return to the MEDITATION ROOM The Blessed Marie-Rose Durocher Meditation Room, Center once they have seen that feedback can located in the B.P. John Administration Building, Room enable writers of all levels to make positive changes 312, provides a quiet, peaceful setting for contempla- in their writing process. Good writing emerges tion and reflection. from good conversation, and the Writing Center’s competent assistants are always ready to engage in a conversation about writing. Campus Ministry Marylhurst University LOCATION P.O. Box 261 The Writing Center, open free of charge to students, 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) faculty, and staff is located in room 307 of the B.P. Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6249 John Administration Building. Call 503.699.6277 for Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6249 an appointment, or just drop by. FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] Web site: www. marylhurst.edu Writing Center Marylhurst University P.O. Box 261 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6277 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6277 FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] Web site: www. marylhurst.edu

23 SHOEN LIBRARY STREFF GALLERY Works of students, alumni, and patrons are exhibited University Librarian: Jan Marie Fortier, Ph.D. regularly in the Streff Gallery. Arrangements to use the room may be made through the Office of Campus Events at 503.697.8730.

Shoen Library is open to Marylhurst students, INSTRUCTION The library staff provides a program of instruction in

Shoen Library faculty, and staff, as well as patrons of the tri- county area libraries, at no charge. Others may conjunction with classes. Librarians work with students borrow from Shoen Library by joining the Friends and faculty to provide a resource for learning library of Shoen Library. The library’s modern three- research skills. All Marylhurst undergraduate students story building includes seminar rooms, are required to take a one-credit course, LAC 373 Information Lab. comfortable lounges, an art gallery, computer labs, a music listening room, and specially designed MEDIA EQUIPMENT study carrels. Shoen Library is wheelchair The library provides some media equipment and also accessible. collaborates with the Web-Based Learning and Informa- tion Systems Departments in providing media services and resources. Marylhurst students and employees may THE COLLECTION check out cassette players, overhead projectors, and so The collection includes over 100,000 volumes, current forth. Contact the Circulation Department of the library subscriptions to over 500 print periodicals, and subscrip- or the Instructional Facilities Coordinator at tions to a variety of electronic databases that include full- 503.636.8141, ext. 3393. text options and electronic books. Special collections have been maintained in the areas of art, art therapy, Pacific Northwest history, and music. Access to Shoen’s MILDRED WHIPPLE MUSIC ROOM collection is provided by an online public access catalog, The Whipple Room provides a space for listening to nicknamed MOLLI (Marylhurst OnLine LIbrary). music, plugging in a laptop, watching a video or a DVD, or composing on the MIDI workstation.

SPECIAL SERVICES LIBRARY COMPUTER FACILITIES The library provides computer clusters in numerous COOPERATIVE AGREEMENTS locations throughout the facility. There is a teaching lab Through cooperative arrangements and with a current with PC workstations and digital projection capabilities; Marylhurst I.D. card, degree students and faculty have a media room with two high-end PC workstations and borrowing privileges at libraries throughout the Pacific specialty software; a drop-in lab equipped with PCs; a Northwest. Inquire at the library for specific procedures. reference area equipped with PCs; a fine arts area (Whipple Room) with PC and Mac capabilities; and ORBIS selective semi-private “nooks” for PC users who want to Shoen Library belongs to Orbis, a consortium that get away from it all. All PCs have full Internet access provides quick access to twenty academic libraries in and laser printing options. There is also a Mac-equipped the Pacific Northwest. Book requests generally arrive in design lab for students taking courses that utilize this two days. The union catalog of this consortium contains technology. over 8 million volumes and expands Shoen Library’s The computer equipment is available to Marylhurst access to books considerably. University students and faculty at no charge.

INTERLIBRARY LOANS HOURS Books and journal articles not available at Shoen Fall, winter, spring terms: Library are obtainable for faculty and students from Monday-Friday ...... 8:30 am-10 pm other libraries in Oregon, as well as nationally, through Saturday ...... 9 am-6 pm interlibrary loan. Sunday ...... Noon-5 pm Summer term and between terms: OREGON UNION LIST OF SERIALS (ORULS) Call the library regarding hours. The library maintains an updated list of all periodicals owned by Oregon libraries to enable quick location of those not at Shoen. Traditionally published in micro- fiche format, the list can also be accessed on the Web at Shoen Library http://db.osl.state.or.us/oruls2k.htm Marylhurst University P.O. Box 261 ELECTRONIC DATABASES 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Through computerized capabilities, library users can Portland Metro: 503.699.6261 search hundreds of indexes and databases online. Inter- Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6261 net access allows users to browse Portland-area library FAX: 503.636.1957 catalogs as well as libraries worldwide. Many of the Email: [email protected] 24 periodicals and books accessed on line are full text. MOLLI: http://shoen.iii.com Learning Assessment Center LEARNING ASSESSMENT CENTER vidual learning analysis and initial development of a goal- directed educational plan. The workshop is an ideal way Director: Denis Lawrence to plan either the beginning or completion of a degree. While the Learning Assessment Workshop is required for PURPOSE STATEMENT anyone planning to enroll in the PLA program, it is also The Learning Assessment Center (LAC) offers programs recommended for newcomers to Marylhurst University and services to assist students with initial educational and students who want to explore educational options planning, assessment of learning from prior experience, before focusing on advanced coursework in a major. and preparation to pursue academic credit for college- Participation in the Learning Assessment Workshop level prior learning experiences. The Learning Assess- requires that each student bring to the first class copies ment Center occasionally offers special workshops and of transcripts from previous colleges and universities classes that help develop skills and strategies for academ- attended, copies of all training certificates, a résumé, and ic success. In addition, the LAC coordinates math and a brief autobiography. Contact the Learning Assessment writing assessment testing; credit-by-examination pro- Center for further information on the development of grams, including DANTES (Defense Activity for Non- the autobiography. 1 cr. Traditional Education Support) and the New York University Foreign Language Proficiency Examinations; LRN 300 PLA WORKSHOP and non-credit institutional options for meeting Liberal The PLA Workshop provides an introduction to a step- Arts Core outcomes in computer literacy and informa- by-step method of developing a portfolio of academic tion studies. skills and knowledge drawn from life and work experienc- Marylhurst recognizes that some of the most valuable es. In classes and individual meetings held over a five- to education a student receives is often outside the class- six-week period, students learn how to describe, analyze, room. Such experiential learning can provide a context and document prior learning experiences. Verbal, analyti- for achievement in degree programs. At Marylhurst, you cal, and organizational skills necessary for the successful can earn up to 45 undergraduate credits (one year) for completion of the PLA program are addressed. Develop- documented life experience—employment, homemak- ment of a PLA portfolio is initiated during class meetings ing, specific military training, company-sponsored and proceeds during a limited number of individualized training, community service, volunteer activities, inde- sessions with a PLA instructor. pendent research and travel study. These credits may be The PLA Workshop culminates with the submission applied toward an undergraduate degree program. of essential elements of the student’s portfolio and a plan for its subsequent development and completion. If the PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT PROGRAM plan projects a portfolio credit request of more than 15 To receive University credit for experiential learning a credits or a need for continuing assistance with portfolio student must enroll in Marylhurst’s Prior Learning As- development, the student then registers, in the following sessment (PLA) Program. The PLA program involves term, for LRN 311 Portfolio Development Studies. If, four steps: 1) Learning Assessment Workshop (LRN instead, the plan projects a portfolio credit request of 150), 2) PLA Workshop (LRN 300), 3) Portfolio Devel- fewer than 16 credits and need for limited assistance opment Studies (LRN 311/312), and 4) PLA Portfolio with portfolio development, the student may be given an Evaluation. Once enrolled in the PLA program, a stu- extension of one term in which to submit the completed dent must remain continuously enrolled (or on exten- portfolio, in which case enrollment in LRN 311 is not sion) until portfolio development has been completed. required. While most credit received through the PLA program is Prerequisites: 1) LRN 150; 2) the completion of some graded on a Pass/No Pass basis, letter grades are available coursework in academic areas such as communication, in some areas. The PLA program courses are offered literature and writing, human sciences, science, math, or both on campus and online. business and management; 3) acceptable academic writing skills; and 4) approval of PLA Director. 3 crs. PLA AND THE LIBERAL ARTS CORE Portfolio Development Studies (LRN 311/312) meet LRN 311/312 Life and Learning Skills Writing outcomes 1, 2, and PORTFOLIO DEVELOPMENT STUDIES sometimes 3. Please see pages 27-33 for more informa- Each student is provided individualized guidance by tion about the Liberal Arts Core. program faculty, feedback from specialist evaluators, and critiquing of portfolio components under development. Each student meets on a regular basis with a PLA instruc- COURSES tor who reviews essays in development, collected docu- LRN 150 LEARNING ASSESSMENT WORKSHOP mentation materials, and the overall portfolio as it is A prerequisite for the PLA Program, this course pro- assembled. Students are tutored, as needed, in conven- vides an orientation to Marylhurst educational options tions of academic writing, advised as to the appropriate- and degree programs. In this workshop, students will: ness of credit requests and rationales, and taught how • clarify educational goals and priorities best to demonstrate learning for which credit might be • evaluate skills in writing and math received. Prerequisites: LRN 150 & LRN 300. Meets Life • discover whether they can receive credit for prior & Learning Skills Writing outcomes. 1 cr. learning • learn if previous credit may be transferred to a PLA PORTFOLIO EVALUATION degree program at Marylhurst. Upon completion of planned credit requests, the student The workshop culminates in completion of an indi- has the option of submitting the credits for evaluation to 25 a review committee composed of Marylhurst faculty in Learning Assessment Center. Marylhurst uses the AS- collaboration with resource people with academic spe- SET placement tests developed by American College cialties related to the subjects for which credit is request- Testing to help direct students to writing and math ed. As part of the evaluation, an evaluator on the review classes appropriate to their skill levels. committee may ask to interview the student about learn- Test dates and registration deadlines are posted in ing described in the portfolio. It is important that stu- each term’s Schedule of Courses. dents be ready to discuss their prior learning as presented in the portfolio in case an interview is requested. CREDIT BY EXAMINATION Upper- or lower-division credit is awarded in art, Administered through the Learning Assessment Center, business and management, communication, cultural but separate from the PLA program, are credit-by- and historical studies, human sciences, literature, mu- examination programs. College credit achieved through sic, math, religious studies, science, writing, and in these programs may be applied on a transfer basis to elective areas. These credits may be applied toward degree programs at Marylhurst. degree requirements with approval of the major advisor Marylhurst accepts credit earned through the Col- and toward Marylhurst residency requirements. lege-Level Examination Program (CLEP), the Defense Students are advised to work closely with their ma- Activity for Non-Traditional Education Support Learning Assessment Center jor advisors in planning their degree programs since (DANTES), New York University Foreign Language PLA credit does not satisfy all major coursework re- Proficiency Examination Program, and the Excelsior quirements. A limit of 90 experientially derived credits College Examination Program (formerly Regents Col- (from all sources: PLA, credit-by-examination, course lege). These programs enable students to obtain college challenge, and transfer credit for experiential learning credit in a variety of subjects where learning may have including internship or work experience credit) may be been acquired through self-study or instruction outside applied toward a bachelor’s degree from Marylhurst. Of of college. these 90 credits, no more than 45 may be earned While Marylhurst administers DANTES and NYU through PLA, and no more than 45 may be earned foreign language tests, it does not administer CLEP or through credit by examination. Excelsior examinations, but can refer interested students Students in the PLA program must complete PLA to local testing centers. evaluation at least one academic quarter before their A complete copy of Marylhurst University’s credit-by- graduation date. examination guidelines is available from the Learning As- sessment Center. These guidelines outline the minimum OTHER COURSES scores that must be attained for credit to be granted, the Special workshops and classes are offered through the maximum number of credits accepted by Marylhurst for Learning Assessment Center. These occasional courses each examination, general restrictions on the applicability provide support and skill development opportunities to of credits received, and the fees involved. Interested stu- increase the academic achievement potential of students are advised to speak with their degree advisor be- dents. Two such courses are described below. Students fore registering for any examinations. should check the current Schedule of Courses for information on other course offerings. NON-CREDIT INSTITUTIONAL OPTIONS FOR MEETING LIBERAL ARTS CORE OUTCOMES LRN 009 SAT PREP In addition to administering assessment testing and Research suggests that learning test-taking skills does credit-by-examination programs, the Learning Assess- improve test scores. This course is designed to provide ment Center offers non-credit institutional options for those skills to junior and senior high school students meeting Liberal Arts Core outcomes in computer litera- who plan to take the SAT. Students will learn how the cy and information studies. SAT is constructed and how this information can be There are a number of ways in which students may used to improve test scores. Emphasis will be placed on meet these outcomes, including taking the courses applying effective test-taking strategies to improve themselves, transferring comparable coursework from examination scores. Homework on practice tests will be other institutions, earning credit through the PLA pro- an integral part of the course. No credit. gram, direct course challenge, and DANTES testing. However, those students who must meet the outcomes LRN 270 LIFE/WORK PLANNING but do not need the credit itself should explore the non- This class is designed for persons changing careers, credit options. wanting more fulfillment in their lives and in their For more information, registration forms, and related work, entering or re-entering the job market, or return- materials, contact the Learning Assessment Center. ing to school. Participants learn how to self-assess what life/work transitions require, how to design a specific action plan, and the tools needed. Highly recommend- Learning Assessment Center ed for anyone thinking of making personal or profes- Marylhurst University sional changes in life. 2 crs. P.O. Box 261 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 OTHER SERVICES Phone: 503.699.6260 Toll-free: 800.634.9982, ext. 6260 ASSESSMENT TESTING FAX: 503.636.9526 Marylhurst University requires new degree students to Email: [email protected] 26 take math and writing assessment tests through the Web site: www.marylhurst.edu Liberal Arts Core Program LIBERAL ARTS CORE PROGRAM Core to provide the greatest possible choice while assuring a solid breadth in the liberal arts. Director: Simeon Dreyfuss The Liberal Arts Core learning outcomes are organized in four broad areas framed by three seminars. The one-credit Entering Student and MAP Completion Seminars provide students of all levels with the oppor- The Liberal Arts Core at Marylhurst University tunity and tools to assess their learning in all areas of provides a multidisciplinary foundation for the liberal arts, and to take responsibility for those areas learning and is designed to foster a love for inquiry, that still need development. The capstone three-credit critical thinking, intellectual breadth, and ethical Senior Seminar provides students with the opportunity action. The program’s goal is to cultivate informed to reflect on the meaning of their undergraduate educa- and supple citizens who are well grounded in the tion and to examine means for becoming agents of ethical action in the future application of their college intellectual traditions of those who have gone learning to their career or profession. before us. For information about how to complete The four broad areas of the Liberal Arts Core—Life the Liberal Arts Core, see Requirement Detail, and Learning Skills, Arts and Ideas, Human Communi- below. ty, and the Natural World—are each divided into categories. Students select Marylhurst courses or transfer coursework to meet outcomes in each of the categories. THE LIBERAL ARTS CORE The Entering Student Seminar, LAC 115/315, pro- The Liberal Arts Core is built around an extensive set vides students with lists of courses designed to meet of learning outcomes. A learning outcome is a state- each outcome, as well as lists of typical transfer courses ment that describes what someone can do as the result that meet the outcomes. Current versions of these of a learning experience. Marylhurst’s Liberal Arts Core advising documents are also available on the University program was not designed simply to measure the hours Web site. students spend in a variety of differently focused class- Most outcomes in the Liberal Arts Core can be met rooms. Rather the Liberal Arts Core begins with the within the context of a three-credit course. Students outcomes of the program, not the paths to those out- must meet a total of twenty-three learning outcomes comes. Many different courses can provide the knowl- within the four broad areas, in addition to six outcomes edge and abilities required to demonstrate a single associated with the Entering, MAP Completion, and learning outcome. Because students come to the Uni- versity with a wide variety of different goals and experi- The chart below shows the required distribution of ences, Marylhurst’s faculty developed the Liberal Arts outcomes and credits within the Liberal Arts Core.

LIBERAL ARTS CORE PROGRAM INTEGRATED LEARNING (IL) 1 outcome, 1 credit LIFE & ARTS & IDEAS (AI) HUMAN COMMUNITY NATURAL WORLD (NW) LEARNING SKILLS (LL) (HC) 9 outcomes, 23 credits 5 outcomes, 15 credits 6 outcomes, 18 credits 3 outcomes, 9 credits A: Computer Literacy A: Making Ethical Decisions A: Intercultural Literacy A: Scientific Method 1 outcome, 1 outcome 1-3 outcomes, 1 outcome 3 credit or test 3 credits 3-9 credits 3 credits B: Information Studies B: Creating & Interpreting B: People & Power B: Connections Within 1 outcome, the Arts 1-3 outcomes, Natural Systems 1 credit 1-3 outcomes, 3-9 credits 1 outcome, 3-9 credits 3 credits C: Listening & Speaking C: Understanding Values C: Individuals & Systems C: Science, the 2 outcomes, & Beliefs 1-3 outcomes, Individual, & Society 6 credits 1-3 outcomes, 3-9 credits 1 outcome, 3-9 credits 3 credits D: Quantitative Skills D: Cultures & Media 2 outcomes, 1-3 outcomes, 6 credits 3-9 credits E: Writing 3 outcomes, 6 credits plus 1-credit Writing Lab MARYLHURST ACADEMIC PORTFOLIO COMPLETION (MAP) 1 outcome, 1 credit registered for prior to or simultaneously with the Senior Seminar SENIOR SEMINAR (SS) 4 outcomes, 3 credits 27 Senior Seminars. Thus students are required to meet a media; identify, analyze, and evaluate infor- total of 29 learning outcomes to fulfill the Liberal Arts mation; and organize that information in a Core requirements. As many as 6 outcomes, or approxi- manner useful to their own stated goals. mately eighteen credits of coursework, used to meet major requirements can also be used to meet Liberal C: LISTENING AND SPEAKING (6 crs.): Arts Core requirements (Bachelor of Music Therapy Students will be able to do both of the following: students can meet 12 outcomes and 36 credits of the LLC1 Identify the different types of listening, their Liberal Arts Core with coursework in music, human purposes, and their role in critical thinking; sciences, science and mathematics, required in the de- know and be able to use skills specific to each gree, see page 94). kind of listening; recognize general barriers to In the areas of Arts and Ideas and Human Communi- effective listening including several miscon- ty several of the categories have a variable number of ceptions; and demonstrate strategies for outcomes. In each case the total number of outcomes in listening effectively in specific contexts the broad area is fixed and students need at least one including use of critical listening skills in the outcome in each category. In each case students have

Liberal Arts Core Program evaluation of oral, written, or mediated the freedom to distribute two additional outcomes in messages. the categories according to their interests and the needs LLC2 Design and deliver clear and purposeful oral of their major. LAC 115/315, the Entering Student messages considering such factors as analyzing Seminar, provides detailed information on the structure key characteristics of each audience and of the Liberal Arts Core and the process and options by occasion, choosing an appropriately narrow which students meet the Liberal Arts Core learning topic, and employing effective organization, outcomes. support, word choice, and both vocal and physical behavior. LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR THE LIBERAL ARTS CORE D: QUANTITATIVE SKILLS (6 crs.): Students will be able to LLD1 Use computation, estimation, proportion, INTEGRATED LEARNING basic algebra, basic statistics, and effectively Outcomes in this area provide an overview of the read and analyze data in tables, graphs, and entire Liberal Arts Core. charts to solve problems. 1 outcome - 1 cr. In addition, students will be able to do one of the following INTEGRATED LEARNING (1 cr.): LLD2 Demonstrate knowledge of college algebra Students will be able to including polynomial and rational expressions, IL1 Understand and appreciate the scope of the logarithmic and exponential functions, Liberal Arts, understand the structure of the quadratic equations and systems in two Marylhurst Academic Portfolio and Action Plan variables. (MAP) and demonstrate an ability to complete it, LLD3 Demonstrate knowledge of calculus including and identify and discuss their educational goals limits, continuity, derivatives, and integrals. and career planning in a brief narrative form. LLD4 Demonstrate knowledge of statistics including probability, strategies for measuring and representing variables, distribution, correla- LIFE & LEARNING SKILLS tion, confidence intervals, and differences. Outcomes in this area are those for essential skills to LLD5 Analyze and discuss the philosophy of succeed in an undergraduate education and beyond. mathematics including an ability to cite 10 total outcomes - 25 crs. principal events that have led to the development of mathematics as a language of analysis, A: COMPUTER LITERACY (3 crs., or test): describe the contributions of mathematics to Students will be able to the progression of human history and to the LLA1 Identify and utilize basic computer hardware solution of complex problems in today’s and media; navigate graphical user interface; society. understand file management and file types; LLD6 Analyze assertions or arguments using create, modify, save, and retrieve basic word symbolic descriptions of logical reasoning processor, spreadsheet, Web, and presentation including propositional notation, truth value documents; and compare, contrast, and be able analysis, and deductive techniques for to apply the underlying logic of these computer determining consistency and validity. applications in an ever-changing technological context. E: WRITING & CRITICAL THINKING (6 crs. plus 1-cr. Writing Lab): B: INFORMATION STUDIES (3 crs.): Students will be able to do all three of the following: Students will be able to LLE1 Show critical thinking through careful reading LLB1 Define their information needs; conduct an and analytic writing that uses clear, grammati- 28 effective search in a variety of formats and cal sentences and well-ordered paragraphs. Liberal Arts Core Program LLE2 Formulate and support a line of argument in questions pertaining to the nature of truth, writing. goodness, beauty, meaning, language, and LLE3 Demonstrate advanced-level skills and formats human happiness. for writing academic research papers in the AIC3 Compare and contrast the worldviews of two student’s major discipline. major religious traditions, including their different understandings of what counts as a self, the divine, good and evil, and the ARTS & IDEAS afterlife. Outcomes in this area broadly address all areas of the AIC4 Locate their own spiritual tendencies in the arts and issues such as the nature of thought and spirit, major religious traditions while at the same of right and wrong, of reality and the divine. time developing a sense of wonder and respect 5 total outcomes - 15 crs. for the diversity of spiritual expression.

A: MAKING ETHICAL DECISIONS (3 crs.): HUMAN COMMUNITY Students will be able to do the following: Outcomes in this area address the variations and com- AIA1 Discern where responsibility rests and plexities of the human enterprise. recognize the values operating in specific 6 total outcomes - 18 crs. human actions, and the implications for resolving ethical dilemmas from recognizable A: INTERCULTURAL LITERACY (3-9 crs.): ethical traditions. Students will be able to do one to three of the following HCA1 & HCA2 Demonstrate current proficiency at an B: CREATING & INTERPRETING THE ARTS elementary level in a foreign language in these (3-9 crs.): areas: speaking, reading, writing, and listening Students will be able to do one to three of the following comprehension. (Proficiency is defined as at AIB1 Create a work of art or design, and be able to least two terms of study in a particular foreign discuss that work in the context of the formal language, or equivalent; this outcome counts considerations for that medium. as two outcomes.) AIB2 Perform a work of music, dance, or theater, HCA3 Distinguish, discuss, and interpret the cultural and be able to analyze the elements that context, musical concepts, characteristic contribute to valid interpretation. instruments, and vocal styling of a variety of AIB3 Interpret works of art and understand how types of music from Africa, Asia, Eastern their own experiences influence interpreta- Europe, and/or the music of indigenous tion. people. AIB4 Explore how works of art embody and/or HCA4 Describe and interpret the works of writers of contest socio-cultural contexts and values. fiction, poetry, or drama originally written in a AIB5 Examine the dynamic relations among creator, language other than English. audience, and works of art. HCA5 Demonstrate awareness of their own cultural AIB6 Use two or more interpretive perspectives to perceptual filters, and compare and contrast analyze works in fine and/or popular arts. their own cultural values and verbal and AIB7 Analyze how the form or structure of a work nonverbal behavior patterns with those of of art or literature is both an expression of and other cultures. factor in forming the work’s content or meaning. B: PEOPLE AND POWER: (3-9 crs.): AIB8 Understand and articulate the mutual influences between works of art in various forms: Students will be able to do one to three of the following literature, visual arts, film, theater, dance, HCB1 Explain fundamental concepts of economics music, and others. and their application to such phenomena as AIB9 Describe and interpret the works of writers of money and banking, international trade, fiction, poetry, or drama originally written in a factors affecting national income, the role of language other than English. government in achieving economic growth and stability, and how humans behave in the face of scarcity. C: UNDERSTANDING VALUES AND BELIEFS HCB2 Understand and discuss the theory behind the (3-9 crs.): practical functioning of the United States Students will be able to do one to three of the following political system. AIC1 Acquire a sense of history that includes a time HCB3 Explain the emergence, maintenance, and line of the major philosophical or religious evolution of an economic or political system. movements in the great civilizations, and that HCB4 Discuss and analyze examples of social pays respect to both the uniqueness of any inequality, explain their dimensions and given time period as well as the timeless consequences. nature of many human questions. HCB5 Understand and illustrate change over time AIC2 Be able to explain the philosophical or through an historical analysis of social, theological system of one major thinker, cultural, economic, and/or political trends and including her or his positions on the perennial dynamics. 29 HCB6 Discuss and analyze the premises and validity HCD4 Analyze and discuss the social consequences of of various interpretations for an historical technological change. period or event. HCD5 Understand and apply principles of interaction HCB7 Interpret primary sources in their historical and communication that are unique to virtual context. communities and work spaces. HCB8 Understand the processes and structures that HCD6 Analyze and discuss the cultural roots of create and maintain organizational cultures and perceptions about nature and how such social demonstrate the practical use of recognized institutions as capitalism, language, or religion strategies for fostering organizational change. have shaped human interactions with the HCB9 Understand how to manage change, plan natural world. change within a community, and assess its HCD7 Understand how national and local cultures likely impact. manifest the emergence of an increasingly global culture. C: INDIVIDUALS AND SYSTEMS (3-9 crs.): HCD8 Interpret artifacts or events as products of cultural, economic, and social processes.

Liberal Arts Core Program Students will be able to do one to three of the following HCC1 Describe how human identity and experience is embedded in and shaped by multilayered NATURAL WORLD social, cultural, and environmental contexts. Outcomes in this area examine the power and limits of HCC2 Identify and compare at least two psychological science as a tool of inquiry for apprehending the more- theories as they relate to an aspect of the than-human world as well as the place of scientific emotional, mental, and behavioral characteris- knowledge and inquiry in the human enterprise. tics of individuals. 3 total outcomes - 9 crs. HCC3 Critique and apply various theories of human development to understand one’s own experience or the experience of others. A: SCIENTIFIC METHOD (3 crs.): HCC4 Analyze and discuss the impact of social Students will be able to do the following institutions on individual human development. NWA1 Understand and apply the scientific method as HCC5 Assess and evaluate one’s own interpersonal a process of analysis—observation, hypothesis, communication skills through an analysis of testing, limiting—and gain experience in the such factors as self-concept, self-disclosure, observation and identification of patterns and perception, verbal, and nonverbal behavior, processes. and in such common contexts as family, employment, or public service. B: CONNECTIONS WITHIN NATURAL SYSTEMS HCC6 Articulate the positive role of conflict in (3 crs.): interpersonal relationships, set and clarify goals Students will be able to do one of the following for conflict resolution, and identify styles of NWB1 Understand and discuss the integrative connec- engaging in conflict and the consequence of tions between two or more disciplines of those styles for how conflict proceeds. science. HCC7 Examine the patterns of interconnection and NWB2 Describe the application of integrative science interdependence between and within systems, to the understanding of ecosystems. both living and non-living, and determine how NWB3 Identify and compare the contributions of at to intervene effectively to accomplish specific least two scientific disciplines in the solution of goals. environmental problems. HCC8 Discuss and analyze strategies for functioning NWB4 Analyze and discuss the relationships between and flourishing within the context of complex, mind, body, and environment in understanding interrelated systems. human beings. NWB5 Explain an aspect of the earth’s design and D: CULTURES AND MEDIA (3-9 crs.): evolution using perspectives from two or more Students will be able to do one to three of the following of the earth sciences: astronomy, biology, HCD1 Explain how two or more of the factors of age, geology, meteorology, and oceanography. ethnicity, gender, nationality, race, religion, NWB6 Understand and discuss the relationship sexual orientation, or socioeconomic status between the basic physical sciences such as shape communities. physics and chemistry and the importance of HCD2 Explain the concept, function, and expression these basic sciences in the field of discovery. of culture and illustrate this with one or more cultures considering such factors as kinship and C: SCIENCE, THE INDIVIDUAL, AND SOCIETY (3 crs.): belief systems, social organization, artistic Students will be able to do one of the following expression, physical characteristics, and NWC1 Demonstrate an enhanced sense of curiosity material wealth. and wonder from discoveries within the design HCD3 Identify the fundamental workings of various of nature. mass media including newspapers, film, NWC2 Understand and discuss the potential and television, radio, and the Internet; analyze purpose of science as a tool of inquiry, as well media messages; and illustrate the media’s as those areas of learning which are beyond 30 impact on society. science and require other modes of inquiry. Liberal Arts Core Program NWC3 Use scientific method and knowledge to Academic Portfolio and Academic Plan (see below) analyze and critique conflicting perspectives with the following two exceptions: on a public policy issue. • The Liberal Arts Core is satisfied through an NWC4 Critically analyze scientific information within Associate of Arts Oregon Transfer (AAOT) degree the health-care industry in order to make and the following additional outcomes: IL1, decisions about individual care. Integrated Learning; LLA1, Computer Literacy; NWC5 Discuss and analyze the economic and socio- LLB1, Information Studies; LLC1, Listening; LLE4, political influences on how scientific knowl- the writing intensive course in major and writing lab edge is generated and used. (see below), AIA1, Making Ethical Decisions, NWC6 Discuss the evolution of Euro-American MAP1, MAP Completion, and SS1 through SS4, perceptions on human relationships with Senior Seminar. ecosystems and contrast these with those of • The Liberal Arts Core is satisfied through any other cultures. previous bachelor’s degree and the following additional outcomes: LLA1, Computer Literacy, LLB1, Information Studies, LLC1, Listening, LLE4, MARYLHURST ACADEMIC PORTFOLIO & ACTION the writing intensive course in major and writing lab PLAN (MAP) COMPLETION (see below), AIA1, Making Ethical Decisions, and Outcomes in this area emphasize the central role of SS1 through SS4, Senior Seminar. reflection in learning. For both exceptions, equivalent transfer credit can be 1 outcome - 1 cr. applied to LLA1, LLC1, and AIA1.

MAP COMPLETION (1 cr.): MAP, THE MARYLHURST ACADEMIC Students will be able to PORTFOLIO AND ACTION PLAN: MAP1 Reflect meaningfully on their own educational The Marylhurst Academic Portfolio and Action Plan, or and professional strengths, challenges, and MAP, is a two-way exercise in learning. It is designed to opportunities as a means of strategic planning help students see clearly the Liberal Arts Core out- for postgraduate endeavors. comes they have already met and to plan for ways to meet outcomes they either have not met or for which they would like to deepen their understanding. It also SENIOR SEMINAR serves as a tool in the strategic planning process for Outcomes in this area serve as a capstone for the postgraduate endeavors. liberal arts. In turn, the contents of the MAP help Marylhurst to 4 outcomes - 3 crs. determine how effectively our graduates have gained Students will be able to do the following basic skills in a cross-section of academic areas. This SS1 Demonstrate research writing skills appropri- aids Marylhurst in the ongoing assessment process of ate to the college senior level. improving our Liberal Arts Core program and degree SS2 Analyze and discuss ways in which their own requirements. Students learn about the MAP in academic discipline has shaped such social LAC 115/315, the Entering Student Seminar. phenomena. SS3 Understand how different disciplinary COMPUTER LITERACY perspectives both enable and restrain learning AND INFORMATION STUDIES: and the production of knowledge. These outcomes are met through LAC 172, Computer SS4 Analyze the possibilities and limitations for Technology Survey, and LAC 373, Information Lab. becoming agents of ethical action in the See below for complete descriptions. The computer application of their college learning after literacy outcome, LLA1, and information studies out- graduating from Marylhurst. come, LLB1, may also be met through a no-credit outcome assessment—contact the Learning Assessment HOW TO COMPLETE THE LIBERAL ARTS CORE Center for details. For handouts delineating require- Complete and detailed information about the classes ments for challenging these outcomes for credit, con- which have been designed to meet the Liberal Arts tact the Liberal Arts Core program. Core requirements is contained in the Entering Student Seminar, LAC 115/315, which all undergraduate stu- QUANTITATIVE SKILLS OUTCOMES: dents are required to take within the first two terms Outcome LLD1, can be met by MTH 102, Under- following admission to Marylhurst University. Current standing Math 2, or above. MTH 101 does not meet versions of advising documents distributed in the Enter- LLD1. Information about MTH 102 can be found ing Student Seminar are also available on the University under the Department of Science and Mathematics, see Web site. page 122.

WRITING OUTCOMES: The following REQUIREMENT DETAIL summarizes The following are specific requirements necessary to policies relating to the LIBERAL ARTS CORE. meet the writing outcomes: All undergraduate degree-seeking students must com- • Students completing the writing outcomes must plete the Liberal Arts Core. Students must address the complete six credits of college-level writing. This is learning outcomes in the core through the Marylhurst defined as WR 221, Introduction to Critical Think- 31 ing, its transfer equivalent, or any more advanced LAC 172 COMPUTER TECHNOLOGY SURVEY academic writing class. In addition they must This survey course provides a foundation for the under- complete WR 303, the one-credit Writing Lab, see standing and use of computing technology. Students below. will combine hands-on learning of computer logic, • Incoming students must take the ASSET or COM- hardware, operating systems, interfaces, and major PASS test and follow the placement recommenda- applications with an exploration of the history and tions indicated by their test scores. Those who wish development of computing, as well as the interrelation- to appeal their placements should contact the ship of technology and society. Meets Liberal Arts Core Learning Assessment Center or the Department of outcome LLA1. 3 crs. English Literature and Writing. • All undergraduate departments will identify Writing LAC 373 INFORMATION LAB Intensive Courses (WIC) within their major The ability to find and manage information is an essen- requirements that students should take soon after tial skill for all educated people. Students will learn declaring their major. Students should consult their how to define and focus their information needs in any academic advisor for details about WIC classes in subject area, how to access needed information, how to

Liberal Arts Core Program their major. evaluate information, and how to transform informa- • The research paper outcome, LLE4, may be met tion into a foundation for learning and the basis for through completion of WR 303, the one-credit informed action. Writing Lab. Students must sign up for WR 303 in Prerequisites: Completion of requirements for the conjunction with their WIC class. Students must Computer Literacy outcome, LLA1. Meets Liberal Arts pass WR 303 with a C or better to graduate from Core outcome LLB1. 1 cr. Marylhurst University. Students interested in NOTE: Must be taken in conjunction with an Infor- options for challenging this outcome should contact mation-Focused Course (IFC). Information-Focused the Liberal Arts Core program for information. courses are courses in the major that require students to Information about all writing courses may be found in find, evaluate, and use information beyond assigned this catalog under the Department of English Literature class materials. A class project from the IFC becomes and Writing, see pages 74-76. the subject of research in LAC 373. IFCs are identified in the Liberal Arts Core Program section of each term’s Course Descriptions Elsewhere in this Catalog: Schedule of Courses. Information about CM 323 Effective Listening, and CM 320 Public Presentations, which meet outcomes LAC 415 MAP COMPLETION SEMINAR LLC1 and LLC2 respectively, may be found under the This seminar is designed to provide students with a Department of Communication Studies, see page 54. collaborative environment in which to review and syn- Information about ETH 323 Making Ethical Deci- thesize their learning and conduct strategic planning on sions, the course that meets outcome AIA1, can be behalf of their future endeavors. The central objective found under the Department of Religious Studies, see is the completion of the Marylhurst Academic Portfolio page 110. and Action Plan (MAP). In addition students initiate an inventory of knowledge, a learning project that will assist them in identifying educational and professional LIBERAL ARTS CORE COURSE DESCRIPTIONS strengths, challenges, and opportunities. Prerequisites: Completion of coursework to meet all LAC 115/315 ENTERING STUDENT SEMINAR Liberal Arts Core learning outcomes with the exception The Entering Student Seminar introduces students to of MAP1 and SS1-4. Students cannot receive a passing the significance of and requirements for completing the grade for LAC 415 unless all Liberal Arts Core out- Liberal Arts Core at Marylhurst University. Students comes have been addressed in their MAP. Meets Liberal will clarify their individual educational goals and will Arts Core outcome MAP1. 1 cr. learn about the role of the Marylhurst Academic Port- NOTE: LAC 415 must be taken prior to or simulta- folio and Action Plan (MAP) in planning, assessing, and neously with the LAC 450 Senior Seminar. Not re- achieving their own educational goals and the Liberal quired for students seeking a second bachelor’s degree. Arts Core learning outcomes. Prerequisites: 1) must be an admitted student, and LAC 450 SENIOR SEMINAR 2) must have completed ASSET (math and writing The Senior Seminar provides students the opportunity assessment tests). Meets Liberal Arts Core outcome IL1. to draw together their liberal arts education at 1 cr. Marylhurst University in a meaningful way. The semi- NOTE: Must be taken within the first two terms nar emphasizes research, writing, philosophical reading, following admission to Marylhurst. Students with fewer and critical thinking. Students analyze and discuss ways than 90 completed credits on admission to Marylhurst in which their own academic discipline has shaped University should sign up for LAC 115. Students with social phenomena and develop an understanding of how more than 90 completed credits on admission to different disciplinary perspectives both enable and Marylhurst University should sign up for LAC 315. restrain the production of knowledge. The course en- Not required for students seeking a second bachelor’s courages students to analyze the possibilities and limita- degree. tions for becoming agents of ethical action after graduating from Marylhurst. Prerequisites: 1) strong research and writing skills, 2) 32 Liberal Arts Core Program completion of or simultaneous registration in LAC 415, porary texts that provide perspectives on the people, and 3) senior status. Meets Liberal Arts Core outcomes themes, and signal events from this period in our cul- SS1 through SS4. 3 crs. tural history. Subject matter specialists from the social sciences, humanities, and fine arts will guide students through a multidimensional experience of this fascinat- INTEGRATED LEARNING MODULES ing period in U.S, history—a period that speaks vol- The Integrated Learning Modules are an efficient and umes to our experience of the current turn of the stimulating way to satisfy several Liberal Arts Core century. Meets outcomes AIB4: Literature and Culture; requirements in a single term. These courses, open to HCB5: History; & HCD1: Sociology. 3, 6, or 9 crs all Marylhurst students, are thematically focused classes that are team-taught in an integrated format by special- HC 315, LL 331, NW 336 ists in a variety of fields. The integrated format and LISTENING TO THE WORLD: DEVELOPING multipurposed learning projects create a unique per- ENVIRONMENTAL AND INTERCULTURAL LITERACY spective on course themes but without the potentially This course will use a focused interdisciplinary ap- repetitive requirements of separate stand-alone courses. proach to explore the key themes and events in envi- Integrated Learning Modules are offered in a variety ronmental issues. Using the lens of the environment, of fixed and variable credit formats. In the variable students will 1) acquire knowledge about how humans credit format students may sign up for as few as three impact the environment; 2) increase awareness of how credits to as many as nine credits, in three-credit incre- historical events and world views influence practice, ments. Students should register for the modules by policy, and communication; and 3) explore how careful choosing the outcomes they need to fulfill outstanding and discriminating listening is central to both of the Liberal Arts Core requirements. Student work in the preceding as well as an essential component in any course will only be assessed on the basis of learning effective communication. Course materials will include outcomes they have chosen. Student experience in all scientific and communications sources. Subject matter the subject matters in the module will be documented - experts from the sciences and communications fields if a student signs up for three credits in one area, the will guide students through a multidimensional experi- other outcomes in the modules will be transcribed as ence of this important contemporary topic. Meets out- audits. comes HCA5: Intercultural Literacy; LLC1: Critical NOTE: The Integrated Learning Modules are in- Listening; & NWC6: Environmental Science. tended primarily to satisfy Liberal Arts Core require- 3, 6, or 9 crs. ments or elective interests. Please contact your academic advisor for information on whether the mod- LL 353, HC 322, HC 343 ules might be also used to meet requirements within POLITICAL CAMPAIGNS: MEDIA AND MONEY your major. This course will use a focused interdisciplinary approach to explore concepts and skills needed to run a political campaign in the age of mass media. Using Examples of Integrated Learning Modules communication and political science theories, students The following are examples of Integrated Learning will analyze current campaigns and design their own. Modules. These and others will be offered over the life Students will gain an historical understanding of cam- of this Catalog. paigning, learn to articulate a position, persuade an audience, and write a financial plan. Subject matter AI 311, HC 348, NW 335 experts from the fields of communication, political READING THE GENOME: IDENTITY, POLITICS, AND science, and writing will guide students through con- BIOTECHNOLOGY IN THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY ceptualization of a campaign. Meets outcomes LLE3: In June 2000 the “draft” of the human genome se- Argumentation; HCB2: Political Science; & HCD3: Me- quence was completed. How the information from the dia Literacy. 3, 6, or 9 crs. genome is interpreted—and by whom—will determine the social implications of this enormous biotechnologi- cal event. This interdisciplinary course will examine Liberal Arts Core Program some of the scientific, political, and ethical implications Marylhurst University of our new understanding of human identity. Meets P.O. Box 261 outcomes AIA1: Ethics; HCD8: Cultural Studies; & 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) NWC5: Science and Society. 3, 6, or 9 crs. Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 AI 324, HC 325, HC 341 FAX: 503.636.9526 RE-ENVISIONING AMERICA: GENDER AND CULTURE Email: [email protected] AT THE END OF THE NINETEENTH CENTURY Web site: www.marylhurst.edu This course will use a focused interdisciplinary approach to explore the key themes and events in U.S. culture at the end of the nineteenth century. Using the lens of issues in gender, creativity, and culture, we will view the entire spectacle of U.S. culture in the Gilded Age. Course materials will include sociological, literary, and visual arts sources, as well as historical and contem- 33 Department of 3. Demonstrate a fundamental knowledge of the

Art ART history of art 4. Demonstrate fundamental knowledge of professional Director of Art Programs business practices in art & Co-chair of Art Department: Paul Sutinen Director of the Interior Design Program Major Requirements for & Co-chair of Art Department: Kelcey Beardsley the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art Director of The Art Gym: Terri Hopkins A minimum of 129 credits in art which must include the following: DRW 115/116/117 Design ...... 9 crs. DRW 231/232/233 Drawing ...... 9 crs. The Marylhurst University art program provides PHO 241 Introduction to Photography ...... 3 crs. PRN 245 Introduction to Printmaking students with solid training applicable to a OR DIG 201 Introduction to Digital Art Tools ...... 3 crs. wide range of visual arts careers. The SCP 345 Introduction to Sculpture ...... 3 crs. Art Department recognizes the richness of ART 288 Orientation to the Visual Art Community ...... 3 crs. the diversity among its students and HTC 212/213/214/315/316/317 Art History ...... 18 crs. DRW 317/318/319 Life Drawing* ...... 9 crs. accommodates both those going to school full ART 423/424/425 The Artist’s Enterprise ...... 9 crs. time for professional training and those who ART 426/427/428 Critical Response...... 9 crs. wish to take a class or two to acquire a basic ART 489 Professional Practices ...... 3 crs. appreciation of art. Consistent discussion and Area of Concentration** (see below) ...... min. 30 crs. Art studio electives at 300-level ...... 18 crs. evaluation among the faculty of practicing Art studio electives at 400-level ...... 9 crs. professional artists ensures that the program is ART 498A/498B/498C Art Thesis ...... 12 crs. directly related to the world of contemporary art * Not required for Photography Concentration (see below). outside the classroom. ** The B.F.A. Concentration is a designed program in The Art Gym hosts a highly respected program a specific discipline (for example, painting, photography, of exhibitions of contemporary art from the Pacific sculpture) approved by the student’s academic advisor and Northwest. the Art Department Chair. Some concentrations are pre- designed and others may be designed especially to fit indi- The Marylhurst University Interior Design vidual student needs. The twelve thesis credits may Program provides students with several options be included within the B.F.A. Concentration thirty credits. for pursuing their interest in interior design. See pages 40-43 for Interior Design Program descriptions. Painting Concentration Requirements • PNT 381/382/383 Painting, 9 crs. • 400-level Painting, 9 crs. THE PURPOSE OF • Thesis project in painting, 12 crs. A BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE The B.F.A. degree program prepares the student to Photography Concentration Requirements enter a career in art. Study includes not only studio • PHO 241 Introduction to Photography, 3 crs practice, but also the context of history and thought • PHO 311/312/313 History of Photography, 6 crs. that informs today’s art. In the B.F.A. program, two- • PHO 342 Photography 2, 3 crs. thirds of the credits required for the degree are ob- • PHO 343 Photography 3, 3 crs. tained from art courses including a fourth-year • PHO 344 Photography: Color, 3 crs pre-professional thesis project. The concentrations • PHO 445 Photographic Seminar, 9 crs. within the B.F.A. curriculum are designed to match • PHO 494 Internship: Blue Sky Gallery, 1-3 crs. • Thesis project in photography, 12 crs. contemporary professional practice.

CAREER PATHS Sculpture Concentration Requirements For the most part, artists today work independently. • SCP 345/ 346/347 Sculpture, 9 crs. Their careers may include regular exhibitions in com- • 400-level sculpture, 9 crs. including SCP 441 mercial galleries, work on public or private commis- Sculpture: Studio & SCP 451 Sculpture: Metal • Thesis project in sculpture, 12 crs. sions, or consultation on design teams. The B.F.A. degree is also preparation for application to a master’s degree program in art. Special Concentration Requirements • 18 crs. in a coherent program of coursework chosen GENERAL PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR by the student and academic advisor, and approved by the Art Department Chair. THE BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS DEGREE IN ART • Thesis project, 12 crs. Students with a B.F.A. degree in Art will be able to: 1. Produce artworks in the area of concentration informed by the concepts, concerns, and techniques of the contemporary artist 34 2. Critically discuss their artworks and the art of others Art THE PURPOSE OF A BACHELOR ART MINORS OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART The B.A. degree in Art allows for elective courses in THE PURPOSE OF AN ART MINOR general education while maintaining the fundamental The art minor provides basic skills in the visual arts. core of study in the visual arts. This degree is appropriate for the student who has a general interest in the Art Minor (Studio Focus Option) visual arts, but who may not seek to be a professional artist, or who needs to complete their bachelor’s degree DRW 116 Design: Color ...... 3 crs. DRW 231/232 Drawing 1 ...... 6 crs. in an expeditious manner. Eighty of the 180 total credits PRN 245 Introduction to Printmaking ...... 3 crs. required are from art courses. SCP 345 Introduction to Sculpture ...... 3 crs. PHO 241 Photography 1 ...... 3 crs. CAREER PATHS Art History (must include HTC 315 & HTC 317 ) ...... 9 crs. Students who include a significant amount of studio Upper-Division Art Studio Electives ...... 9 crs. work in their program may be prepared to work as a TOTAL: 36 crs. studio artist. For the most part, artists today work independently. Their careers may include regular Art Minor (Art History Focus Option) exhibitions in commercial galleries, work on public or DRW 116 Design: Color ...... 3 crs. private commissions, or consultation on design teams. DRW 231 Drawing 1 ...... 3 crs. Students who include business coursework and PRN 245 Introduction to Printmaking internships may seek employment in galleries or OR SCP 345 Introduction to Sculpture museums. The B.A. degree is also preparation for OR PHO 241 Photography 1 ...... 3 crs. application to a master’s degree program in art. HTC 212/213/214/315/316/317 Art History ...... 18 crs. ID 311/312/313 History of Architecture & Interiors AND/OR PHO 311/312/313 GENERAL PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES History of Photography ...... 9 crs. FOR THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART TOTAL: 36 crs. Students with a B.A. degree in art will be able to: 1. Utilize fundamental skills and concepts of Photography Minor contemporary art in order to produce artworks DRW 115 Design: Basic 2. Fundamentally participate in critical discussion OR DRW 116 Design: Color ...... 3 crs. of their artworks and the art of others DRW 231 Drawing 1 ...... 3 crs. 3. Demonstrate a fundamental knowledge of the Art History (HTC 315 & HTC 317) ...... 6 crs. history of art PHO 241 Photography 1 ...... 3 crs. 4. Constructively participate in the art community PHO 342 Photography 2 ...... 3 crs. PHO 343 Photography 3 Major Requirements for OR PHO 344 Photography: Color ...... 3 crs. the Bachelor of Arts Degree in Art PHO 445 Photographic Seminar ...... 9 crs. PHO 311 A minimum of 80 credits as follows: AND/OR PHO 312 DRW 115/116/117 Design ...... 9 crs. AND/OR PHO 313 History of Photography ...... 6 crs. DRW 231/232/233 Drawing ...... 9 crs. TOTAL: 36 crs. PHO 241 Photography 1 ...... 3 crs. PRN 245 Introduction to Printmaking OR DIG 201 Introduction to Digital Art Tools ...... 3 crs. TRANSFER CREDITS SCP 345 Introduction to Sculpture ...... 3 crs. Generally, all art courses given credit at accredited ART 288 Orientation to the Visual Art Community ...... 3 crs. HTC 212/213/214/315/316/317 Art History ...... 18 crs. institutions are transferable to the Marylhurst art pro- Art electives (100-level or above) ...... 3 crs. gram. If, for example, one has taken basic design or 300-level art electives ...... 18 crs. drawing or photography elsewhere and received college- 400-level art electives ...... 9 crs. level credit, these classes need not be repeated in order ART 450 Studio Seminar ...... 2 crs. to meet Marylhurst requirements if they have been taken for equivalent credits. PLEASE NOTE: For persons completing the B.A. in Art in order to prepare to apply to the MASTER OF ARTS IN ART PLEASE NOTE: THERAPY PROGRAM. The University reserves the right to photograph, use, In order to meet minimum prerequisites for the M.A. in display, or reproduce for University publications works Art Therapy program, within the 27 credits of 300/400- of art produced by students enrolled in its coursework. level art electives, at least 9 credits must be in painting, Students should retain all coursework until the end 9 credits must be in life drawing, and 9 credits must be of the term and grades are finalized. Students should in sculpture. pick up papers and portfolios within two weeks after Because a strong portfolio is important in applying to the end of the term through the Art Department Of- the Art Therapy program, it is suggested that other fice. All works left in studios should be removed within elective requirements be met through art studio course- two weeks after the end of the term. Unless arrange- work. Also required are: art therapy classes, 5 credits, ments are made with the Art Department Office, art- and psychology prerequisites, 18 credits. works and projects left after this time may be discarded See the Master of Arts degree in Art Therapy section because of lack of space. The University is not responsi- of this Catalog for further information, pages 146-153. ble for loss of or damage to student work. 35 PLEASE NOTE: ART 426/427/428 CRITICAL RESPONSE 1, 2, 3

Art Courses numbered in sequence (for example, Painting 1, This three-term course surveys art theory and criticism 2, 3) are intended to be taken in order with each course from Plato to Postmodernism. Students participate in being a prerequisite for the higher numbered course. weekly group discussions based on readings, slide presentations, and assignments. This course should be Coursework with a grade less than C- will not be accept- taken concurrently with ART 423/424/425 The Artist’s ed toward any art degree requirement. Enterprise. Prerequisites: HTC 212/213/214, HTC Directed Study may be arranged for students when a 315/316/317. Meets Arts & Ideas or Human Community course listed in the catalog is otherwise unavailable to be Liberal Arts Core outcomes. 3 crs. taken at a regularly scheduled time. Permission of the instructor and the Art Department Chair are required. ART 450 STUDIO SEMINAR This course is designed to be taken in the final spring Most art courses may be taken by non-majors who have term by the student pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree the appropriate prerequisites completed. This symbol in Art. The student meets with the 400-level studio ( ✔ ) denotes classes especially recommended for begin- course in their area of choice in order to participate in ners or non-majors. critique and discussion while pursuing an independent project under the guidance of the instructor. The COURSE RECOMMENDATIONS project includes both a studio component and a re- FOR THE LIBERAL ARTS CORE search/writing component. Prerequisites: Open only to Students completing degrees in art should use studio art B.A. in Art majors; 9 crs. 400-level art studio course- coursework to meet outcome AIB1 in the Creating and work or 6 crs. 400-level art studio coursework, & con- Interpreting the Arts category. Courses in Art History, current registration in 3 crs. 400-level art studio and History of Architecture and Interiors may be used to coursework, & HTC 212/213/214, HTC 315/316/317. meet outcomes AIB4 and AIB6 in the Creating and 2 crs. Interpreting the Arts category, and outcomes HCB5, HCB6, and HCB7 in the People and Power category. ART 489 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES Please see course syllabi, available in the Art Depart- This is an advanced-level course for the student plan- ment office, for specific information. Please see pages ning a career in the visual arts. Basic art business prac- 27-33 for more information on the Liberal Arts Core. tices, slides, résumé, portfolio, taxes, presentation, and planning for life in the art world. Prerequisites: B.F.A. COURSES candidate or consent of instructor; minimum 70 crs. in art coursework, including ART 288 & HTC 320/321/ 322, or ART 426/427/428. 3 crs. ART 193 ART FOR THE BEGINNER ✔ This class for non-art majors encourages students to explore their hidden talents and to develop confidence ART 494A INTERNSHIP IN ARTS for their own abilities and perceptions. Students explore ADMINISTRATION: ON CAMPUS a variety of media in drawing and painting, and will be In this internship with the art exhibition program of given a background in art history to help them under- Marylhurst University, students will work with the stand the context. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core organization, preparation, and follow up of regular outcome. 3 crs. exhibition programming, along with related duties and assignments. Prerequisite: ART 288. Contact Art De- partment Office prior to registration. Variable credit by ART 288 ORIENTATION TO arrangement. THE VISUAL ART COMMUNITY This course is an introduction to the art community. ART 494B INTERNSHIP IN ARTS ADMINISTRATION: Through discussions, field trips, and presentations by OFF CAMPUS guest speakers, it provides an overview of the social, Students will work with an arts organization, for exam- political, and commercial context in which artists work. ple, 1) Regional Arts and Culture Council, 2) Blue Sky Prerequisite: art major or consent of instructor. 3 crs. Gallery, 3) Contemporary Crafts Association, 4) Port- land Art Museum, 5) Northwest Film Center, and ART 423/424/425 others. Prerequisite: ART 494A. Contact Art Depart- THE ARTIST’S ENTERPRISE 1, 2, 3 ment Office prior to registration. Variable credit by In this third-year course, the student is encouraged to arrangement. explore a variety of ways of approaching the process of making art. Building on skills and knowledge from previ- ART 494C INTERNSHIP: APPRENTICESHIP ous coursework, the course involves the student in prob- Work with professionals in art, photography, and design lem-solving exercises which move toward individual fields is arranged for advanced students with substantial directions. Work will be done outside of class for weekly backgrounds in the disciplines in which they plan to be discussion.This course should be taken concurrently apprenticed. Graded on a Pass/No Pass basis. 2-9 crs. with ART 426/427/428 Critical Response. Prerequisites: DRW 115/116/117, DRW 231/232/233, HTC 212/ 213/214, HTC 315/316/317, & 9 crs. 300-level art studio coursework. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core 36 outcome. 3 crs. Art ART 498A ART THESIS: PROPOSAL DIG 320 INTRODUCTION The first quarter of the 12-credit art thesis. The art TO DIGITAL ILLUSTRATION thesis proposal is a written document prepared in con- Building on fundamentals learned in Introduction to sultation with the thesis advisor which outlines the Digital Art Tools this is an introduction to the comput- project to be completed. During the first quarter, the er as a tool for creating and manipulating illustrations student prepares the proposal and begins artwork in and images for artwork. Students will become familiar line with the proposal. Prerequisites: ART 423/424/ with Adobe Illustrator, its desktop, basic concepts, and 425/426/427/428 & 9 additional studio credits at 400- basic tools. Prerequisite: DIG 201 or consent of instruc- level; maintenance of 3.50 grade point average in up- tor. 3 crs. per-division major coursework; Art Department approval through application, portfolio, letter of intent. DRW 115 DESIGN: BASIC ✔ Students must register concurrently for LAC 450 Se- The first step toward understanding how and why art nior Seminar. Contact Art Department Office for spe- works for the student just beginning the study of art cific information. 3 crs. making. Assignments and discussion topics include texture and composition. 3 crs. ART 498B ART THESIS: STUDIO WORK Second quarter of the 12-credit art thesis. Studio work DRW 116 DESIGN: COLOR as described in the proposal developed during ART Basic color theory course designed to encourage devel- 498A. Prerequisite: ART 498A. 6 crs. opment of sensitivity to color relationships. Explores the formal and expressive possibilities of color interac- ART 498C ART THESIS: PRESENTATION, tion. 3 crs. EXHIBITION, AND REVIEW Final quarter of the 12-credit art thesis. Studio work is DRW 117 DESIGN: THREE-DIMENSIONAL completed and artworks are prepared for the spring Introductory problems in working in three dimensions: thesis exhibition. Students assist in mounting the exhi- form, scale, interior and exterior space. 3 crs. bition; preparation of written report on the thesis project; and review of written thesis report and art- DRW 231 DRAWING 1 ✔ works by thesis committee. Prerequisite: ART 498B. A basic drawing course for the beginning student with 3 crs. emphasis on the development of perceptual skills and understanding of the vocabulary of drawing. Covers DIG 201 INTRODUCTION TO DIGITAL ART TOOLS composition, the relationship of line, shape, and surface This is an introduction to the computer as a tool for quality. Employs a variety of media and techniques. artmaking, in order to learn how images created or Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. manipulated in the computer may be integrated into artworks. Students will be introduced to Adobe DRW 232/233 DRAWING 2, 3 Photoshop and Adobe Illustrator—fundamental comput- Continuation of the basic drawing course. Exercises in a er imaging applications—the desktop, basic concepts, variety of media further develops perceptual skills, the and basic tools. 3 crs. drawing vocabulary, and an awareness of the perceptual qualities of drawing. 3 crs.

DIG 310 INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOSHOP DRW 317/318/319 LIFE DRAWING 1, 2, 3 Building on fundamentals learned in Introduction to The first term is an introduction to drawing the human Digital Art Tools this is an introduction to the comput- form. Emphasis will be on understanding relevant anat- er as a tool for the exploration of personal imagery. omy and the ability to translate that understanding into Students will become familiar with Adobe Photoshop— drawing. After the first term, students will be given the primary imaging computer application—its desktop, assignments appropriate to their individual needs. Pre- basic concepts, and basic tools. Negative and print requisites: DRW 115/116/117 & DRW 231/232/233, scanning, beginning image control and manipulation or equivalent, or consent of instructor. Meets Arts & with a variety of selection techniques, and creation of Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. composites using layers and adjustment layers will be covered. Prerequisites: DIG 201 or consent of instructor. 3 crs. DRW 420 LIFE DRAWING: ADVANCED Students will determine their own direction in working from the figure through discussion with the instructor. DIG 311 PHOTOSHOP 2 Finding an individual approach will be stressed. This This is a continuation of the Introduction to Photoshop course may be repeated for up to three terms. Prerequi- class, designed to further embed the techniques learned sites: three terms of life drawing or consent of instruc- in the first class while expanding on their use and ex- tor. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ploring new methods, shortcuts, and ideas for creating meaningful images. Layers, masks, channels, adjustment DRW 440 DRAWING SEMINAR layers, text and blending modes will be covered in This course is open to students working on paper in any much greater detail while exploring their relationship medium and is intended to bring together a variety of to multiple image design as it relates to the form and approaches, philosophies, and technical interests for content of personal imagery. Prerequisite: DIG 310 or intensive discussion and critique. It is appropriate for consent of instructor. 3 crs. those interested in areas such as advanced drawing, 37 experimental printmaking, collage, or advanced water- ernism and the context in which it is made and seen. In

Art color. This course may be repeated for up to 18 cred- addition to classroom lectures, there will be visits to its.Prerequisites: DRW 317/318/319, or consent of Portland-area galleries and museums and selected read- instructor. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. ings and discussion. Prerequisite: HTC 315. Meets Arts 3 crs. & Ideas or Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. HTC 212 ART HISTORY: FROM CAVE TO CATHEDRAL ✔ PHO 241 INTRODUCTION TO PHOTOGRAPHY ✔ The reasons for the beginning of art are unknown, but Emphasis is on acquiring basic skills, camera ease, and human beings were compelled to paint the walls of knowledge of darkroom procedures. This course in- caves 30,000 years ago. This course will be a whirlwind cludes shooting assignments, personal/group critique, tour from prehistoric art, through the splendors of an- printing concerns, technical and visual exercises, and an cient Egypt, Greece, and Rome, to the modest art of introduction to the esthetics of photography. Meets Arts manuscripts in the Middle Ages and the glory of Gothic & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. cathedrals in the fourteenth century. Meets Arts & Ideas or Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. PHO 311 HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY: NINETEENTH CENTURY ✔ HTC 213 ART HISTORY: This course is a survey of the development of photogra- FROM RENAISSANCE TO REVOLUTION ✔ phy through discussion of major figures, new inven- The Renaissance of the fifteenth century was a rebirth of tions, discoveries, and the broader context of changing learning and culture in Europe. The class will follow attitudes toward photography and the world. Meets European art from the Renaissance through Mannerism, Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. the Baroque, Rococo, and neo-Classicism to the Age of Enlightenment that produced revolution in America and PHO 312 HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY: France. Meets Arts & Ideas or Human Community Liberal 1900-1940 ✔ Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. This term begins with the fight for photography as a fine art and continues through an exploration of the HTC 214 ART HISTORY: evolution of changing styles, ideas, attitudes, and objec- THE NINETEENTH CENTURY ✔ tives of the major photographers of this period as they This was a century that saw the inventions of photogra- try to define the world they live in and their relation- phy, the telephone, and the automobile. Artists also ships to and with it. Meets Human CommunityLiberal were alive with the spirit of “progress” resulting in art Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. movements such as Classicism, Romanticism, and Im- pressionism. Meets Arts & Ideas or Human Community PHO 313 HISTORY OF PHOTOGRAPHY: Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. 1940-PRESENT ✔ The third term of photographic history examines the HTC 315 THE PRACTICE OF ART HISTORY major figures and movements of the last five decades of Students will examine selected artworks in depth in the medium, beginning with Robert Frank’s ground- order to have a greater understanding of the impact of breaking vision and continuing to the pluralistic present. the larger society on the works of its artists and to see Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. how art historians shape the understanding of works of 3 crs. art. Readings will explore the subject matter from a variety of perspectives, and writing exercises will focus PHO 342 PHOTOGRAPHY 2 on the language, style, and variety of art writing culmi- This continuation of the basic photography course nating in a significant research paper. Prerequisite: one examines new visual and aesthetic methods. While term of art history, & WR 221 (or ASSET 50+) or exploring the traditions of photography (portrait, self- equivalent. Student must concurrently be registered for portrait, landscape, street photography, fabricated-to- WR 303 Writing Lab. 3 crs. be-photographed, multiple prints, and rip, tear, damage, destroy), students will use a variety of films, HTC 316 ART HISTORY: MODERNISM developers, and papers so that each student will begin At the turn of the twentieth century Paul Cézanne to understand what choices are available to them in provided the bridge from the lusciousness of Impression- creating their personal visual statement. Prerequisite: ism to the structure of Cubism and art has never been PHO 241. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. the same since. This course will follow art as it moves 3 crs. through a world of war and revolution and spawns art movements such as Fauvism, Expressionism, Futurism, PHO 343 PHOTOGRAPHY 3 Dada, Surrealism, and Abstract Expressionism. Prerequi- This class revolves around the clarification of technical site: HTC 315. Meets Arts & Ideas or Human Communi- abilities in traditional and contemporary fine printing ty Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. techniques and coming to an understanding of how photographic exposure, film, and chemistry interact in HTC 317 ART HISTORY: ART SINCE THE SIXTIES black-and-white photography so that the student can Philosopher/critic Arthur Danto has said that art as it use these tools comfortably in their visual exploration of was traditionally known ended with Andy Warhol in the the world. Prerequisite: PHO 342. Meets Arts & Ideas 38 1960s. This course examines art from Pop to Postmod- Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Art PHO 344 PHOTOGRAPHY: COLOR PRN 245 INTRODUCTION TO PRINTMAKING ✔ The emphasis of this course is on shooting and printing From the hand-rubbed woodcut print to the color pho- color photographs. Students will gain a basic under- tocopy, mechanical reproduction has become ever more standing of the relationships among light, film, expo- important for the artist. This course provides a general sure, and development in color negatives and Type C introduction to the usefulness of the discipline through print materials. Students will explore the difference historical presentations and sample exercises in a variety between black-and-white and color pictures, discuss of printmaking processes. 3 crs. basic color theory from the viewpoint of photography, and examine the history of color photography and PRN 360/361/362 BLOCK PRINTING 1,2,3 contemporary trends. Prerequisite: PHO 241. Meets The earliest method of reproducing pictures, block Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. printing has today reached a highly sophisticated level as a fine art print medium. Students will cover block print- PHO 445 PHOTOGRAPHIC SEMINAR ing techniques from basic to advanced. Prerequisites: This course is open to students working photographical- DRW 115/116/117, DRW 231/232/233. 3 crs. ly in the broadest sense of the term. For example, students in the course may be working to become studio PRN 370/371 photographers or photojournalists, or they may be ETCHING AND INTAGLIO TECHNIQUES incorporating photographic images into paintings, mak- Since the time of Rembrandt etching has been valued by ing color photocopied books, or creating their work artists because of its great variety of rich effects. This utilizing video or digital media. This course is intended class emphasizes the unique qualities of the etched plate to bring together a variety of approaches, philosophies, as a printing medium. Prerequisites: DRW 115/116/ and technical interests for intensive discussion and 117, DRW 231/232/233. 3 crs. critique. This course may be repeated for up to 18 credits. Prerequisites: 6 crs. of photography. Meets Arts PRN 443 PRINTMAKING SEMINAR & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome.3 crs. This course is open to students working with printmaking in the broadest sense of the term. For example, PHO 494 INTERNSHIP: BLUE SKY GALLERY students in the course may be working in traditional Students work with Blue Sky Gallery, one of the most printmaking techniques such as etching, block print or important photography exhibition centers in the United monotype, or they may utilize color photocopying or States. 1-3 crs. computer-generated prints. They may be producing editions, or they may incorporate printmaking tech- PNT 334/335/336 WATERCOLOR 1, 2, 3 niques into unique works. This course is intended to Demonstrations and step-by-step instruction will teach bring together a variety of approaches, philosophies, and the beginning student how to use the materials, employ technical interests for intensive discussion and critique. the techniques, and control the medium. Projects will This course may be repeated for up to 18 crs. Prerequi- include the necessary fundamental exercises and en- sites: PRN 245 & 3 crs. in one print medium, or consent courage individual direction. Intermediate students will of instructor. 3 crs. explore additional techniques, abstract and non-objective approaches, painting the figure, and personal sub- SCP 345 INTRODUCTION TO SCULPTURE ject matter with emphasis on improving composition This class will introduce the beginning student to a and technical skills. Advanced students will develop a variety of materials including clay, wire, plaster, wood, body of work in consultation with the instructor. Pre- and mixed-media. Discussion of technical information requisites: DRW 115/116, DRW 231/232/233. 3 crs. and basic sculptural concepts will be augmented by discussion of contemporary artists working in three PNT 381/382/383 PAINTING 1, 2, 3 dimensions and historical context. Prerequisites: This course focuses on fundamentals of painting, devel- DRW 117, DRW 231/232/233. 3 crs. opment of perceptual skills, and basic painting vocabulary. Specific problems are designed to focus on SCP 346 SCULPTURE 2 observation, color, and control of the medium. Prereq- This is a continuation of the basic sculpture course with uisites: DRW 115/116/117 & DRW 231/232/233. a focus on sculpture of the human figure. Students will 3 crs. work from the model in clay, experiment with alternative modes of figurative representation, and study a PNT 484 PAINTING STUDIO sampling of figurative work from the twentieth century. Over the course of the year, the student will move from Prerequisites: DRW 117, DRW 231/232/233. 3 crs. assignments designed to stretch conceptual and technical skills toward independent work in painting. A wide SCP 347 SCULPTURE 3 variety of subject matter may be approached through This is a continuation of the basic sculpture course with this class. The course will include discussions of the a focus on mixed-media. Students will explore technical development of painting and contemporary approaches basics which might be applied to a variety of materials. while focusing on developing critical awareness and Projects involve the use of alternative materials and studio abilities. This course may be repeated for up to found objects, and the implications of context on their 18 credits. Prerequisites: PNT 381/382/383, DRW constructions. Prerequisite: SCP 345 or SCP 346. 3 crs. 115/116, DRW 231/232/233. 3 crs. 39 SCP 441 SCULPTURE STUDIO construction management, journalism, and architectural

Art This class will work with issues and ideas found in con- photography. temporary sculpture. The class is conceptually based, not technically oriented. Students may work in a variety LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR THE BACHELOR of materials including wood, ceramic, or found objects OF FINE ARTS DEGREE IN INTERIOR DESIGN in a workshop atmosphere with regular group discussion Students completing a B.F.A. degree in Interior Design and critiques. This course may be repeated for up to 18 will be able to: credits. Prerequisites: DRW 232/233/234, DRW 117, 1. Apply a working knowledge and skills in and previous work in sculpture or painting. 3 crs. programming, space planning, concept design, design development, and professional presentation SCP 451 SCULPTURE: METAL techniques. An advanced sculpture course for the student already 2. Apply a working knowledge and skills to appropriate familiar with sculptural concepts, this course will intro- material and finish selection, lighting design, duce basic techniques of metal working for the artist; materials specifications, preparation of construction the course will include work in gas and electric welding documents, and coordination with related building of mild steel with an emphasis on functional objects. technologies. This course may be repeated for up to three terms. 3. Understand and apply regulatory codes, accessibility Prerequisite: three terms of sculpture or consent of standards, and practices protecting the health, safety instructor. 3 crs. and welfare of the public. 4. Demonstrate awareness of professional ethics, project Program of management, and business methods. INTERIOR DESIGN 5. Analyze an interior design problem, develop design concepts that are aesthetic, appropriate and The Marylhurst University Bachelor of Fine Arts functional, and communicate options effectively. in Interior Design program prepares the student 6. Synthesize and apply Interior Design knowledge and for the professional practice of interior design by skills within a real-world context through an integrating interior design, architecture, and art in internship in the field of interior design. a collaborative process that demonstrates the 7. Develop an in-depth independent research and design interaction of the disciplines. The Interior Design project through the completion of the Interior Design program also offers a Bachelor of Arts in Interior Thesis project. Design, and a Certificate of Interior Design Studies. Requirements for the Bachelor of Fine Arts Degree INTERIOR DESIGN DEGREE OPTIONS in Interior Design For the person directed toward professional practice in A minimum of 129 credits as follows: interior design, the Bachelor of Fine Arts in Interior DRW 115/116/117 Design ...... 9 crs. Design will prepare the student for the widest range of DRW 231/232/233 Drawing ...... 9 crs. career opportunities. For a person interested in a broad- ID 311/312/313 History of Architecture& Interiors ...... 9 crs. based liberal arts education including integrative think- ID 343/344 History of Furniture ...... 6 crs. ing and creative imagination, the Bachelor of Arts in HTC 316/317 Art History ...... 6 crs. ID 214 Architectural Drawing ...... 3 crs. Interior Design provides the student with a course of ID 215/216/217 Interior Design Studio 1, 2, 3 ...... 9 crs. study covering the main body of interior design practice ID 318/319/320 Interior Design Studio 4, 5, 6 ...... 9 crs. with emphasis on residential and small commerical ID 421/422/423 Interior Design Studio 7, 8, 9 ...... 9 crs. design. For a person interested in investigating their ID 336 Presentation ...... 3 crs. attraction to the interior design field with a less exten- ID 337/338 Construction Documents ...... 6 crs. sive program commitment, the Certificate of Interior ID 353 Interior Materials ...... 3 crs. Design Studies provides a basic exposure to interior ID 354 Textiles for Interiors ...... 3 crs. design principles. ID 355 Interior Lighting Design ...... 3 crs. ID 356/357 Structures & Building Systems ...... 6 crs. ID 375 Introduction to CAD ...... 3 crs. THE PURPOSE OF A BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS ID 376 3-D Digital Modeling ...... 3 crs. DEGREE IN INTERIOR DESIGN ID 387 Interior Design Portfolio ...... 3 crs. The B.F.A. degree program in Interior Design prepares ID 489 Professional Practices for Interior Design ...... 3 crs. the student to enter professional practice in Interior ID 494 Interior Design Internship ...... 3 crs. Design. The B.F.A. is aimed at the highest level of pro- Approved Art or Interior Design electives ...... 9 crs. fessionalism and at preparing the student for commeri- ID 498A/498B/498C Thesis ...... 12 crs. cal practice, contract design, and national level TOTAL: min. of 129 crs. qualification examinations. THE PURPOSE OF A BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE CAREER PATHS IN INTERIOR DESIGN Career opportunities range from full service commercial The B.A. in Interior Design serves the student interested and residential design to specializations within the field in a broad-based liberal arts education including integra- in hospitality, medical, education, retail and tenant tive thinking, and both verbal and visual creative imagi- improvement work. Other specialized areas of practice nation. This degree provides a person interested in include museum and exhibit design, lighting design, as interior design practice with a complete course of study well as historic preservation, facilities planning, show- aimed toward a self-directed career in small commercial 40 room management, product sales representation, project and residential design specializations. Art CAREER PATHS 1. Apply fundamental knowledge and skills in Career opportunities are found in many residentially programming, space planning, design development, related specialites such as custom interiors, mult-family and visual presentation techniques. residences, affordable and planned unit developments, 2. Apply fundamental knowledge and skills in material and other housing specializations. Other related career and finish selection and lighting design. directions include space planning, showroom manage- 3. Use fundamental knowledge and and demonstrate ment, product sales representation, interior design ser- exposure to professional ethics, project management vices managment, marketing, and other design practice and business methods. specialities.

LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR THE BACHELOR Requirements for the OF ARTS DEGREE IN INTERIOR DESIGN Certificate of Interior Design Studies Students completing a B.A. degree in Interior Design The certificate requires 60 credits in the following courses: will be able to: DRW 115/116/117 Design ...... 9 crs. 1. Apply a working knowledge and skills in DRW 231/232/233 Drawing ...... 9 crs. programming, space planning, concept design, design ID 214 Architectural Drawing ...... 3 crs. ID 215/216/217/318/319/320 ID Studios 1-6 ...... 18 crs. development, and professional presentation ID 336 Presentation ...... 3 crs. techniques. ID 343/344 History of Furniture ...... 6 crs. 2. Apply a working knowledge and skills to appropriate ID 353 Interior Materials ...... 3 crs. material and finish selection, lighting design, ID 355 Interior Lighting ...... 3 crs. materials specifications, preparation of construction ID 375 Introduction to CAD ...... 3 crs. documents, and coordination with related building ID 489 Professional Practices ...... 3 crs. technologies. (A maximum of 12 credits may be transferred in from 3. Understand and apply regulatory codes, accessibility other colleges, upon approval of the program director.) TOTAL: 60 crs. standards, and practices protecting the health, safety and welfare of the public. 4. Demonstrate awareness of professional ethics, TRANSFER CREDITS AND GRADES Generally, all interior design courses given credit at project management, and business methods. accredited institutions are transferable to the 5. Analyze an interior design problem, develop design Marylhurst Interior Design Program. If, for example, concepts that are aesthetic, appropriate and one has taken basic design or drawing, interior materi- functional, and communicate options effectively. als, or lighting elsewhere and received college-level credit, these classes need not be repeated in order to Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts Degree meet Marylhurst requirements if they have been taken in Interior Design for equivalent credits. A minimum of 86 credits is required. Marylhurst Interior Design Program has an articula- DRW 115/116/117 Design ...... 9 crs. tion agreement with the Portland Community College DRW 231/232/233 Drawing ...... 9 crs. (PCC) Interior Design Program which allows the trans- ID 311/312/313 History of Architecture & Interiors ...... 9 crs. fer of credit from PCC to Marylhurst for courses speci- ID 343/344 History of Furniture ...... 6 crs. ID 214 Architectural Drawing ...... 3 crs. fied in the articulation agreement. The student must ID 215/216/217 Interior Design Studio 1, 2, 3 ...... 9 crs. earn a minimum of B (3.00) grade to transfer these ID 318/319/320 Interior Design Studio 4, 5, 6 ...... 9 crs. credits into the Interior Design Program. The Interior ID 421 Interior Design Studio 7 ...... 3 crs. Design Program Director maintains a current list of ART 450 Studio Capstone ...... 2 crs. classes covered in the articulation agreement. ID 336 Presentation ...... 3 crs. Any coursework with a grade less than C- will not ID 375 Introduction to CAD ...... 3 crs. be accepted toward any interior design degree require- ID 337/338 Construction Documents ...... 6 crs. ment. All interior design coursework required for the ID 353 Interior Materials ...... 3 crs. ID 355 Interior Lighting Design ...... 3 crs. professional degree programs must be taken for a letter ID 356/357 Structures & Building Systems ...... 6 crs. grade. Pass/No Pass grading is not acceptable. ID 489 Professional Practices ...... 3 crs. TOTAL: 86 crs. RETENTION OF STUDENT WORK The University reserves the right to photograph, use, THE PURPOSE OF display, or reproduce for University publications work A CERTIFICATE OF INTERIOR DESIGN produced by students enrolled in its coursework. The The Certificate of Interior Design Studies is designed Interior Design Program further reserves the right to for the person who already holds a bachelor’s degree, retain selected exemplary student work in its archives and would like to study areas of interest within interior for display during periodic accreditation visits. The design, and to develop their skills for a career such work will be available to students from the archives and as residential designer, sales representative, or space will be returned to the student after the required ac- planner. creditation site visit. Students are to retain all coursework until the end of LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR CERTIFICATE the term and grades are finalized. Student work not OF INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIES archived can be picked up within two weeks after the Students completing a Certificate of Interior Design end of the term through the Art Department Office. Studies will be able to: All works left in studios should be removed within two 41 weeks after the end of the term. Unless arrangements ID 337/338 CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS

Art are made with the Art Department Office, artworks and This course introduces the requirements of drawn and projects left after this time may be discarded because of written documents necessary to clearly specify informa- lack of space. The University is not responsible for loss tion necessary to contract construction. Prerequisites: ID of or damage to student work. 318/319/320. 3 crs.

ID 343/344 HISTORY OF FURNITURE INTERIOR DESIGN COURSES An introduction to the history of furnishings for the interior designer. 3 crs. ID 214 INTRODUCTION TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING ID 353 INTERIOR MATERIALS Students will develop skills in the use of drafting tools An introduction to interior components, finishes, and and understanding of the technical drawings that archi- trade resources through lecture, discussion, demonstra- tects and designers use to convey space such as sections, tion, and field trips. Prerequisites: ID 215/216/217. elevations, and floor plans. 3 crs. 3 crs.

ID 354 TEXTILES FOR INTERIORS ID 215 INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO 1 An introduction to textiles (for example, upholstery and This is an introduction to space analysis and design. carpeting) and trade resources through lecture, discus- Simple projects will focus on single spaces or simple sion, demonstration, and field trips. Prerequisites: ID sequences of spaces in order to build a strong founda- 215/216/217. 3 crs. tion for spacemaking. Field trips will reinforce class discussions on design principles, and presentations will ID 355 INTERIOR LIGHTING familiarize the student with critique, review, and rede- An introduction to interior lighting and trade resources sign. Prerequisites: ID 214 must be taken prior to, or through lecture, discussion, demonstration, and field concurrently with, Interior Design Studio 1. 3 crs. trips. Prerequisites: ID 215/216/217. 3 crs.

ID 216 INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO 2 ID 356/357 STRUCTURES AND BUILDING SYSTEMS This course will utilize the student’s elementary under- A basic course in the structure of architecture and build- standing of space to begin to formulate design solutions ings, including mechanical, electrical, and HVAC sys- within the framework of a program and a site. Prerequi- tems, geared to the needs of the interior designer. sites: ID 214/215. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core Prerequisites: ID 318/319/320. 3 crs. outcome. 3 crs. ID 375 INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER-AIDED DRAFTING (CAD) ID 217 INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO 3 An introduction to computer-aided drafting (CAD) in Students will move through a full-term project that will interior design. Includes lab time working on the com- be the synthesis of both the student’s development of puter with an emphasis on two-dimensional representa- spatial perception and their technical drafting skills for tion. Prerequisite: LAC 172 or equivalent computer this first year. Prerequisites: ID 214/215/216. Meets Arts experience. 3 crs. & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ID 376 3-D DIGITAL MODELING ID 311/312/313 HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE A continuation of study in computer-aided drafting AND INTERIORS (CAD) in interior design. Emphasis will be on three- An introduction to the history of Western architecture dimensional rendering and color. Prerequisite: ID 375 with special attention paid to the making of interior or equivalent CAD experience. 3 crs. space and the relation of other art forms to architecture. Prerequisites for ID 313: one term of architecture histo- ID 387 INTERIOR DESIGN PORTFOLIO Discussion of basic professional portfolio development ry, & WR 221 (or ASSET 50+) or equivalent. Student and presentation. Prerequisites: ID 318/319/320. 3 crs. must register concurrently for WR 303 Writing Lab. Meets Arts & Ideas or Human Community Liberal Arts ID 388 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES Core outcomes. 3 crs. FOR INTERIOR DESIGN Discussion of basic professional practice, business stan- ID 318/319/320 INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO 4, 5, 6 dards, and ethics. Prerequisites: ID 318/319/320. 3 crs. This course will involve lectures on basic interior design concepts and studio work in application of those con- ID 421/422/423 INTERIOR DESIGN STUDIO 7, 8, 9 cepts. Prerequisites: ID 215/216/217. Meets Arts & Studio work in application of design concepts to the Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. more advanced design of a range of interior project types. Prerequisites: ID 318/319/320. 3 crs.

ID 336 PRESENTATION ID 450 STUDIO CAPSTONE PROJECT This course expands on architectural drawing skills This course is designed to be taken in the winter term learned in ID 215/216/217 specifically focusing on following completion of ID 421 Interior Design Studio 7 drawings and presentation boards which illustrate interi- by the student pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree in or spaces for the purpose of communication with cli- Interior Design. The capstone project will continue 42 ents. Prerequisites: ID 215/216/217. 3 crs. design development of the studio project undertaken in Art Studio 7. The capstone project includes a research and • THEMATIC GROUP EXHIBITION: Large writing component, a design development component, exhibitions that illustrate the concerns of several artists and a final design presentation. Prerequisites: Open only working with a particular subject. Examples of exhibi- to B.A. in Interior Design majors; all interior design tions include Japanese/American: The In Between; Land- studio coursework must be completed; ID 336, ID 337, scape Photography by Northwest Artists; As the War ID 343/344, ID 353, ID 355, ID 356, ID 375 course- Ended: Artists’ Responses to War in Our Lifetime; New work must be completed; ID 338 & ID 357 may be Dimensions in Printmaking; and Residue: Art from the taken concurrently. 2 crs. Portland Music Underground. • SITEWORK: Special artworks designed specifically ID 494 INTERIOR DESIGN INTERNSHIP for The Art Gym exhibition space. Artists who have A working internship in the interior design field. May be designed works or installations for the space include Ken repeated for up to 6 crs. Prerequisites: ID 311/312/313, Butler, Christine Bourdette, Tad Savinar, Fernanda ID 336, ID 337/338, ID 353/354/355, ID 356/357, D’Agostino, Kay Slusarenko, Paul Sutinen, and the artist open to juniors and seniors only. 3 crs. or 6 crs. collaborative Rigga. Art classes use the exhibitions as laboratories for the ID 498A INTERIOR DESIGN THESIS: PROPOSAL discussion of the form, content, and methods of making The thesis is an intensive program for the advanced art. Artists whose work has been exhibited in the gallery student. It encompasses three quarters and involves the frequently speak to classes or teach special workshops. student in developing all design materials for a complete The internship program is open to Marylhurst stu- project. The interior design thesis is temporarily graded dents to enable them to become familiar with current on an In Progress (IP) basis for the first two terms (ID art gallery practices. The Marylhurst B.F.A. Thesis Exhi- 498A/498B). The final grade for the full 12-credit art bition is held in the gallery at the conclusion of each thesis project, given at the completion of ID 498C, is academic year. applied to all three terms. During the first term, the thesis proposal is written in consultation with the thesis NORTHWEST FILM CENTER advisor. This document outlines the project to be completed. During the first term the student also begins COOPERATIVE PROGRAM Coursework offered by the Northwest Film Center work on the proposal concept design. Prerequisites: (NWFC) in its certificate program in film may be taken maintenance of 3.50 grade point average in upper-divi- for credit through Marylhurst University and utilized in sion interior design coursework; approval by thesis facul- art degree programs. NWFC courses are generally of- ty committee through application, portfolio, and letter fered in a semester format with variable credits. of intent. Students must register concurrently for LAC To receive cooperative credit for NWFC courses 450 Senior Seminar. 3 crs. through Marylhurst, students must 1) apply and register ART 498B INTERIOR DESIGN THESIS: for classes through NWFC and 2) register for coopera- DESIGN DEVELOPMENT tive credit through the Marylhurst University Registrar’s Design work as described in the proposal and concept Office. Students should contact the Art Department design developed during ID 498A is developed and pre- Office prior to registration for current information on sented at term-end review. Prerequisite: ID 498A. 6 crs. credits available for coursework. The Northwest Film Center certificate program in ID 498C INTERIOR DESIGN THESIS: film prepares self-directed individuals for careers in PROJECT COMPLETION media arts and independent filmmaking. The curriculum Design work is completed and presented for final thesis in film, aesthetics, production, and business offers an review. Prerequisite: ID 498B. 3 crs. opportunity to develop basic hands-on skills, a portfolio (reel) of work, and professional contacts in the field EXHIBITIONS while focusing on media aesthetics, one’s personal vi- The Art Gym exhibition program is an important re- sion, and the critical elements of fund raising and distri- source for the Marylhurst art student. The working bution. For more information on the certificate program philosophy underlying the Exhibition program is to in film, or to receive a schedule of current course promote public understanding of contemporary art of offerings and fee information, contact the NWFC at the Pacific Northwest through exhibitions, publications, 503.221.1156. and discussion. The NWFC is a regional media arts resource and Since the 3,000-square-foot space opened in 1980, service organization founded in 1971 to encourage the the work of over 500 artists from Oregon, Washington, study, appreciation, and utilization of the moving image Alaska, and Canada have been shown, published over 40 arts, foster their artistic and professional excellence, and exhibition catalogs, and held numerous public discus- help create a climate in which they may flourish. sions with artists and curators. Several kinds of exhibitions are produced: Department of Art • INDIVIDUAL ARTIST RETROSPECTIVE: Marylhurst University A decade or more of work by an artist is surveyed. Ex- P.O. Box 261 amples of this type of show include a 23-year retrospec- 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 tive of the art of Tad Savinar, three decades of large- Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 scale outdoor sculpture by Lee Kelly, a 15-year survey of Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 photographs by Terry Toedtemeier, ten years of painting FAX: 503.636.9526 by Laura Ross-Paul, and a tribute to landscape architect Email: [email protected] Barbara Fealy. Web site: www.marylhurst.edu 43 Department of PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT FOR B.S. IN BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT Students completing a B.S. in Management at Chair: Merrill M. Watts Marylhurst University will: 1. Understand the management process of planning, organizing, leading, and controlling, in order to make effective use of an organization’s internal resources The Bachelor of Science in Business and and to create economic value. Management is designed for busy working 2. Demonstrate an understanding of the external adults who want more than a piece of paper economic, technological, regulatory, and industry that says they have a degree. The flexible, adult- forces and their effect on business practices. 3. Communicate effectively as individuals and in friendly curriculum delivered evenings, weekends, business, interpersonal, and intercultural groups. and online integrates business courses with a 4. Demonstrate an understanding of data systems, Business & Management liberal arts education. The business core is simple show mastery in communicating with technology, but rigorous. Aided by a skilled advisor, students and apply technology in small or large business customize a degree plan that leverages their unique environments. skills, experience, and interests. The resulting 5. Use methods of economic and statistical analysis to graduates can think, write, and speak coherently. understand business problems and opportunities. They possess the critical analysis and business 6. Understand the wider cultural context of business skills required to manage and lead in the rich, and articulate how the process of creating economic dynamic environments that drive today’s economy. value may have local, regional, and global impact. 7. Know codes of professional conduct and understand the systems of personal and professional THE PURPOSE OF THE BUSINESS AND accountability that lead to principled and ethical MANAGEMENT DEGREE action. Constant change is the engine of commerce. Nimble 8. Demonstrate the necessary skills to continuously lifelong learners survive. Students interact with out- create, achieve, and re-evaluate personal and career standing classmates and expert faculty to make theory goals, and become a valued professional in the come to life in current-event and case-based discussion. community. A premium is placed on helping students explore and identify key issues and alternative courses of action. Major Requirements for the Our graduates learn early that effective communication Bachelor of Science in Management (writing, speaking, listening) can be the difference Required Business Core between success or failure in business. We prepare our BUS 300 Managing in Dynamic Environments ...... 6 crs. students to think of managing as a constantly moving BUS 310 Business Economics ...... 3 crs. three-dimensional proposition. Successful alumni are BUS 320 Business Statistics ...... 3 crs. strategic managers who fully understand and link: BUS 330 Information Technology Strategies ...... 3 crs. 1) The Management Process (planning, organizing, Gateway following Core leading, and controlling) BUS 391 Business Strategy ...... 3 crs. 2) The Internal Business Functions (Marketing, Sales, Required Perspective Courses Human Resources, Organization Behavior, Finance, BUS 400 Personal Ethics in Organizations...... 3 crs. Accounting, Operations, Customer Service, BUS 431 Career Design Strategic Planning, Research & Development, OR BUS 432 Career Management ...... 3 crs. Information Systems) CM 333 Intercultural Communications ...... 3 crs. 3) The External Environment (industry structure, Capstone Course globalization, government/law/ethics, and BUS 491 Applied Management Principles ...... 3 crs. technology). Business Electives ...... 30 crs. TOTAL CREDITS IN MAJOR: 60 crs. CAREER PATHS Graduates are prepared to successfully pursue manage- By design, we have kept our required core lean in order rial careers in corporations, government organizations, to accommodate the wide variety of backgrounds and non-profit institutions, or to start or run a small busi- needs of adult students. Frequent one-on-one consulta- ness. In addition to traditional business electives, stu- tion with an advisor or the department chair helps dents can choose from a range of communication, real students not only select courses that are right for them, estate, international business, or other approved courses but also ensures students get exposure to important to meet their personal and professional goals. Graduates functional topics such as basic marketing or managerial are also prepared to pursue graduate-level studies such accounting—critical for most students. Department as Marylhurst’s outstanding Master of Business Admin- electives include an array of course offerings on tradi- istration (MBA) program. See pages 160-164 for infor- tional topics such as marketing, finance, accounting, mation about the MBA program. human resources, business law, economics, entrepreneurship, technology, and international business. Addi- tional specialty focus areas include courses from the Real Estate and Communication Studies Departments. 44 Business & Management With advisor approval, students can even draw their BUS 400 PERSONAL ETHICS IN ORGANIZATIONS business electives from a broader departmental base or From a business and management perspective, students from resources outside of the University in order to will examine the age-old questions people have asked craft a unique program to match their exacting career about the “Good” and our “Duty” in making “Good” goals. decisions. The relationship between effective business leadership and ethics, as well as an increased awareness of personal value systems, will be explored. Meets Arts REQUIRED COURSES & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

BUS 300 MANAGING IN BUS 431 CAREER DESIGN DYNAMIC ENVIRONMENTS Students at the “start point” of a career, uncertain about This course provides an overview of business essentials a career field, or those considering a major career focusing on the strategic interconnectivity of the man- change are best suited for this course. A variety of exer- agement process (plan, organize, lead, control), the cises, tools, and challenges will provide students oppor- internal business functions (marketing, finance, human tunity to clarify what they have to bring to the world of resources, etc.), and the external environmental forces work. Understanding today’s work world, exploring (globalization, industry structures, technology, and career possibilities, and building the bridge between legal). Writing, research, and class-participation stan- who you ARE (self) and what you want to DO (career) dards for the entire program are established in this are key to the course. 3 crs. foundation course. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 6 crs. BUS 432 CAREER MANAGEMENT Students best suited for this course are those estab- BUS 310 BUSINESS ECONOMICS lished in their careers and those who feel confident and This course will focus on topics in economics of partic- secure with their career choices. Today’s work world ular value to students studying business and manage- calls for a conscious and active involvement for maneu- ment. These topics include concepts of scarcity, supply vering one’s career path. A “stand alone” professional and demand analysis, behavior of the individual con- identity coupled with “free agent” mentality and behav- sumer, decision making by a profit maximizing firm ior enhances one’s abilities to make sound short- and under perfect competition, and the economic analysis long-term career decisions. 3 crs. of projects. 3 crs. BUS 491 APPLIED MANAGEMENT PRINCIPLES BUS 320 BUSINESS STATISTICS This capstone course requires the student develop a The emphasis of this course is for students to be able to business plan or strategy. Students will demonstrate recognize and apply practical statistics in everyday life. their ability to synthesize the management process Students will learn descriptive statistics of sampling, across all key internal business functions as well as estimation, and hypothesis testing. Other statistical incorporate the external forces that drive competitive- concepts such as multiple and linear regression, correla- ness when developing sound strategy and implementing tion, chi-square, ANOVA, and non-parametric statistics change. Students will be required to present their busi- will be reviewed. Prerequisite: MTH 111. Meets Life & ness or strategic plan to the class. Prerequisites: senior Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. standing, core courses, & BUS 391. 3 crs.

BUS 330 INFORMATION CM 333 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY STRATEGIES Work, travel, and evolving friendships and families This course examines the critical role of information engage persons in communications with others whose system strategies and technology in driving competition lifestyles and values differ from their own. Such interac- and industry structure. Using case studies, students will tions may make individuals uncomfortable, unsure of take the general manager’s view as they survey informa- what to say and do or how to get along. This course tion systems, applications, and integration options. examines face-to-face intercultural communications, 3 crs. raises cultural awareness regarding personal values and beliefs, and examines diversity as a resource. 3 crs. BUS 391 BUSINESS STRATEGY This course is designed to solidify the skill sets developed in the early business and management core curric- ELECTIVE COURSES ulum and to provide a gateway for understanding some The following is a list of sample elective courses offered of the critical elements of business strategy. Emphasis recently or planned in the near future. Please consult a will be placed on market segmentation, financial mod- current Schedule of Courses for offerings and descrip- eling, information technology, and organizational moti- tions by term or contact the Business Department. vation, as the development of these key strategies usually drive the entire strategic management process. EC 201 INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMICS Prerequisites: BUS 300, BUS 310, BUS 320, BUS 330. This course explores the fundamental concepts of eco- 3 crs. nomics and their application to such phenomena as money and banking, international trade, factors affecting national income, the role of government in achieving economic growth and stability, and how humans 45 behave in the face of scarcity. Meets Human Community planning, just-in-time inventories, break-even analysis, Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. and capital budgeting. Prerequisite: FIN 341. 3 crs.

EC 312 MICROECONOMICS FIN 345 UNDERSTANDING The purpose of this course is to help students gain an MANAGERIAL FINANCE understanding of the behavior, interaction, objectives, This course combines basic accounting and economics and limits of individual units of the market system. concepts in order to 1) evaluate the financial position of Particular emphasis is placed on consumer demand, a business entity and then 2) develop strategies to make production, business structures, the price system, re- the business increasingly stronger and more profitable. source allocation, and the application of government Emphasis is placed on financial analysis and stock valua- policies in achieving economic stability and growth. tion, sources of financing, and managing working capi- Prerequisite: EC 201 or BUS 310. 3 crs. tal. Prerequisites: FIN 341, FIN 343. 3 crs.

EC 324 MACROECONOMICS FIN 415 DYNAMICS OF INTERNATIONAL FINANCE

Business & Management The course focuses on the fundamental aspects of the The globalization of the business environment affects capitalist system from the perspective of economic all organizations. One of the most significant impacts aggregates, such as Gross National Product, inflation, comes from the nature of how the various world finan- unemployment, money, and banking. Other key topics cial markets interact and react on a daily basis to both include the relationship between the government and world and regional events. This course will explore the the economy, the functioning of the price system, the important impact various world markets may have on character and nature of national economies, the founda- even the most local of organizations. The course consid- tions of free trade, and alternative economic systems. ers the elements of various markets that produce effects Prerequisite: EC 201 or BUS 310. 3 crs. beyond national boundaries and provides guidelines for managers to monitor this component of the organiza- EC 336 APPLIED ECONOMICS tion’s environment and develop appropriate organiza- This course is designed to inform the “average citizen” tional responses. Prerequisites: FIN 341. 3 crs about personal financial planning and economic decision making, as well as about economic concepts, prob- FIN 422 FINANCING TECHNOLOGY PROJECTS lems, and philosophies. A comparison of conservative, The technology and information industries are charac- liberal, and radical views will be covered. Prerequisite: terized by their high velocity, making it even more EC 201 or BUS 310. 3 crs. important that the financial analysis of projects requiring significant investment on the part of the organiza- EC 364 COMPARATIVE ECONOMICS tion be both accurate and timely. This course focuses In this course, students will explore and compare eco- on corporate finance initiatives that are both short term nomic experiences of different countries and systems and high impact in nature. Prerequisite: FIN 341. 3 crs. and between periods of time. Beyond the characteristics of the U.S. economic system, the aspects of socialist, FIN 451 ENTREPRENEURIAL FINANCE communist, mixed, and developing structures will also Successfully financing entrepreneurial ventures requires be explored. Prerequisite: EC 201 or BUS 310. 3 crs. an inordinate amount of luck and a product or service with a market, a strong business plan, the right timing, EC 372 INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS networks, management team, and then more luck. In this course, international trade, exchange rate sys- Students will learn about the benefits and costs of ac- tems, and mechanisms of currency adjustment are cessing and using other people’s money as well as strat- examined. In addition, particular focus is placed on egies to minimize personal equity dilution. Prerequisite: international investment and the movement of capital FIN 341. 3 crs. across national borders. Prerequisite: EC 201 or BUS 310. 3 crs. LAW 334 BUSINESS LAW Protect yourself, your team, your department, or your FIN 341 FINANCIAL ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS company by building a solid foundation in the practical This course offers a balanced approach to the basic aspects of business law. Students will get a broad intro- concepts and practices of financial accounting. Students duction as to how laws and the legal system can protect first learn to analyze economic events in terms of the vital interests such as intellectual property, or how just accounting equation and to prepare income statements, as easily, through ignorance or design, those same laws balance sheets, and statements of cash flow. Emphasis can lead to bankruptcy. 3 crs. then shifts to understanding how to read and interpret financial reports in order to analyze and evaluate busi- LAW 424 LEGAL ISSUES OF ness performance. 3 crs. MANAGING THE HUMAN ORGANIZATION Know your rights and the rights of workers. Labor law FIN 343 MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING CONCEPTS is a dynamic area that is constantly being re-defined; This course explores the use of accounting as a critical therefore it is important to stay current on this topic. management tool for planning, controlling, and analyz- Recent rulings, regulations, and their interpretations ing business operations. Emphasis is placed on how to have profound impact on interactions between organi- develop and interpret accounting information for deci- zations and their employees and contractors. Prerequi- 46 sion making. Key topics include cost behavior, profit site: LAW 334. 3 crs. Business & Management LAW 426 GLOBAL PERSPECTIVES response. Students will start by exploring best-practices ON LAW AND ETHICS templates for voicemail, email, attachments, memos, The legal environment of business—including various letters, executive summaries, reports, etc., and end with business forms, the tort, and criminal systems as they consultant-level reports and analysis richly embedded apply to business and contract law—varies widely from with eye-catching color tables, charts, graphics, and country to country as do the moral frameworks from hotlinks. Prerequisites: WR 221, WR 222, WR 303, which managers make ethical judgments. This course LAC 373, BUS 300. 3 crs. explores the unique circumstances managers face when doing business across different legal and ethical bound- MGT 435 ADVANCED BUSINESS STATISTICS aries that are becoming more and more common with This course builds upon the foundation tools, concepts, increasing globalization of the economy. Prerequisite: and applications introduced in the required BUS 320 LAW 334. 3 crs. Business Statistics. Here the emphasis shifts to managerial analysis of statistical data used to make critical MGT 303 PROJECT MANAGEMENT decisions in product development, marketing, person- The intent of the course is to introduce the student to nel, and customer service. Prerequisite: BUS 300. 3 crs. the basic concepts and techniques useful for planning, implementing, and finally terminating a project. The MGT 450 TECHNOLOGY AND INFORMATION student will be introduced to the nature of the projects, FOR DECISION SUPPORT the growing importance of effective project manage- Managers in organizations face significant decision- ment in both the private and public sectors, and the making responsibilities every day. Their role is to make major reasons for project failure. 3 crs. decisions in contexts where important information is missing. This course considers how managers use exist- MGT 332 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT ing information and current technologies (such as DSS, Students taking this course will understand that effec- ESS, and GSS among others) to assist them in making tive operations management has as much to do with organizational decisions and minimizing the exposure enterprise-wide communications as it does with specific to faulty decisions caused by incomplete information. techniques or design features. Both manufacturing and Consideration is also given to how such information service operations will be addressed from a systems technologies are incorporated into the organizations and approach, particularly focusing on how individual deci- what impact they may have on structure and culture. sions impact the overall operations. 3 crs. Prerequisite: BUS 330. 3 crs.

MGT 338 TOTAL QUALITY— MGT 451 MANAGING TECHNOLOGY AND CONTINUOUS IMPROVEMENT INFORMATION PROJECTS This is a fast-paced, intensive course examining the Project management skills are essential to managers in theoretical and practical elements of total quality man- high-tech environments. Such dynamic and high veloci- agement and continuous improvement (QM/CI). The ty environments mean new projects, initiatives, and foundations of TQM, cultural aspects, and emerging skill sets are coming online more frequently and have management paradigm will be reinforced through prac- shorter lifecycles than organizations may have been tical exercises using TQM tools. 3 crs. accustomed to in the past. Technology initiatives in particular may present their own unique challenges to MGT 345 NON-PROFIT MANAGEMENT creating a positive impact in the organization. Efficient This course provides an overview of the non-profit project management techniques are essential to creating organization: How is it similar to a for-profit business? successful projects in this environment. This course will How is it different? Emphasis will be placed on learning focus on developing project management skills with an and implementing management tools necessary for non- emphasis on generating quick positive impact in the profits not only to survive but to thrive, including stra- organization. Prerequisite: BUS 330. 3 crs. tegic management, financial management, and sound operational management. 3 crs. MGT 452 TECHNOLOGY AND INFORMATION FLOW IN ORGANIZATIONS MGT 350 ENTREPRENEURIAL MANAGEMENT This course examines how technology, information, and Thirty years of research has transformed what once was structure interact to create strategic advantages for deemed an unteachable personality trait into a well- organizations. Students will explore how new organiza- understood skill set. Entrepreneurship and its associated tional forms such as networked organizations and virtu- risk is not for everyone, but students taking this course al organizations capitalize on the value of technology will get the foundation to avoid common mistakes and and information. They will consider how innovation to increase chances of successfully starting, growing, and technology change impact organizations and the and ultimately exiting a business. 3 crs. sociotechnical systems within. Prerequisite: BUS 330. 3 crs. MGT 380 ADVANCED BUSINESS WRITING The line between business writing and speech continues MGT 494 INTERNSHIP to blur (voice/email, voice-activated digitization, etc.). An internship may fulfill major elective credits and may Regardless of the format, one constant is that effective be designed by the student to satisfy individual goals or business writing is not only well-organized, thorough, interests. The internship orientation is required prior to and concise, it gets read or opened and it precipitates a registration. Prerequisite: BUS 391. 3 crs. 47 MKT 300 PRINCIPLES OF MARKETING tough international competition, advancing technology, This course introduces the basic concepts of marketing and workforce diversification. In addition to the strate- and provides a framework for analyzing marketing op- gic human resource issues, this course covers the specif- portunities and challenges. Students will look at the ic functions such as job design, employee performance important role marketing plays in modern business orga- evaluations, staffing, compensation/benefits, employee nizations. Specific topics include the marketing process, assistance, labor relations, personnel policies, and labor consumer behavior, customer relationships, social re- law. 3 crs. sponsibility, market segmentation, branding, pricing, distribution, advertising, promotion, public relations, and sales. Students will learn how to develop and ORG 342 CULTURAL INFLUENCES ON present a marketing plan. 3 crs. PERFORMANCE MANAGEMENT The relationship between the person and the organization can vary widely across cultures though our under- MKT 402 MARKETING BEYOND BORDERS standing is predominantly Western in its origins. This This course provides students with an overview of inter- Business & Management course examines how that relationship is influenced by national marketing. Topics will include the global busi- different cultural contexts and how persons must alter ness environment, business customs and practices, their understanding to fit other cultures. The concepts political environments, legal issues, and the fundamen- of leadership, motivation, communication, decision tals of importing and exporting goods and services. Stu- making, teams, conflict, and change have different dents will discuss what a company needs to do to meanings and evoke different responses in other cul- develop a product, price, place, and promotion strategy tures. Prerequisite: ORG 300. 3 crs. for competing in international markets. Prerequisite: MKT 300. 3 crs. ORG 430 FOSTERING CREATIVITY MKT 403 MARKETING RESEARCH IN ORGANIZATIONS This course studies the planning, data collection, analy- Some organizations are creative even during critical sis, and reporting issues relating to marketing research. situations, while others develop a stifling siege mentali- Specific topics include defining information needs, sam- ty. Students will become deliberately creative by prac- pling, sources of primary and secondary data, survey ticing nuts-and-bolts methods and techniques as they design, statistical analysis, data interpretation and re- examine the underlying theoretical foundations of porting. Students will discuss the fundamental impor- creativity. New and enlightening approaches to business tance of marketing research in an effective marketing problem solving will help students see ways to improve campaign. Students will learn how to conduct marketing their skills and the skills of organizations they work research and analyze the results. Prerequisite: MKT 300. with in today’s high-pressure world. Prerequisite: 3 crs. ORG 300. 3 crs.

MKT 404 PROFESSIONAL SALES For the following courses, see Communication Studies This course is a practical introduction to the art and Department for details and prerequisites. pages 54-60. science of selling. The topics covered in this course CM 320 Public Presentations include overview of the sales profession, the key role of CM 321 Small Group Communication sales in an organization’s marketing efforts, the sales CM 340 Organizational Communication process, managing large accounts, business development, CM 341 Interviewing organizing and managing a sales territory, and ethical CM 345 Team Building issues faced by sales professionals. Students will learn CM 346 Conflict Management basic sales techniques and will practice using them. CM 347 Negotiation Prerequisite: MKT 300. 3 crs. CM 348 The Mediation Process CM 407 Principles of Instructional Design (for Trainers) CM 420 Professional Presentations: Advanced Techniques MKT 431 MARKETING STRATEGY for Speakers This course puts into action the basic concepts of mar- CM 426 Facilitating Work Groups keting from the perspective of a strategic marketing CM 432 Leadership Communication manager. Students will look at the role market analysis, CM 433 Advanced Intercultural Communication positioning, brands, pricing, distribution, advertising, CM 442 Assessment & Evaluation for Trainers promotion, public relations, sales, and international CM 446 Helping Adults Learn (for Trainers) marketing play in a successful marketing strategy. CM 447 Designing Creative Training CM 448 High-Impact Training Materials Through case studies, lectures, guest speakers, assign- CM 450 Classroom Communication Techniques for Trainers ments, and readings, students will put themselves in the CM 456 Open Thinking: Creativity & Conflict role of marketing manager and develop an understand- CM 458 Managing Transitions ing of what it takes to use marketing as a key part of an PR 360 Principles of Public Relations organization’s overall business strategy. Prerequisite: PR 361 Research & Planning for Business Communications MKT 300. 3 crs. PR 362 Ethics & Law for Communications Professionals PR 363 Advertising & Promotion PR 365 Writing & Production for Business Communications ORG 300 HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT PR 368 Graphics & Electronic Media for Business Human Resource Management has moved from a low- Communications level support-staff appendage to the center of strategic PR 367 Marketing Communications & Public Relations— 48 management as twenty-first century companies face An Integrated Approach Business & Management SPECIAL PROGRAMS PROJECT MANAGEMENT ARTICULATION AGREEMENT: BUSINESS AND MANAGEMENT CLACKAMAS COMMUNITY COLLEGE CERTIFICATE PROGRAM The Marylhurst University and Clackamas Community In addition to our B.S. in Business and Management College Business Departments have partnered since degree, the undergraduate Business Department offers 1999 to facilitate the credit-transfer process and Bache- an 18-credit Business and Management Certificate. lor of Science degree completion for students complet- Students completing the certificate program would ing the Building Construction Project Management have an essential toolkit for business competency in the program at Clackamas Community College. This part- areas of general management principals, financial ac- nership has been expanded into a formal articulation counting concepts, marketing, and human resource agreement. management. Clackamas Community College Project Manage- Additionally, with the help of an advisor, students ment courses, BC 201, BC 202, and BC 203, will trans- would select one specialty focus course aligned with fer to Marylhurst University as 18 credits of their career interest (Information Technology Strate- upper-division business electives (6 credits per course). gies, Entrepreneurial Management, Non-Profit Manage- Additionally, BC 170 and BC 270 (Industry Perfor- ment, Business Strategy, etc.). mance, Health & Safety I and II) will each transfer for This certificate program is designed to meet the between 1 to 6 credits of upper-division business elec- needs of three specific groups of students and working tives based on the credits awarded by Clackamas Com- professionals: munity College (up to 12 credits). BC 107 1. Students, who, for a variety of reasons, may want to (Construction Career Portfolio) will transfer for be- be better prepared in business concepts before tween 1 to 6 credits of lower-division business electives starting the MBA program or before launching a and may replace BUS 432 (Career Management), a career in a professional or specialty field (music, art, required business course at Marylhurst. design, consulting, trades, start-up, family business, By accepting all of these credits (up to 36 credits) entrepreneurial ventures). The 18-credit certificate into the business program, Marylhurst allows the could easily fit within general electives category of project management students to take full advantage of many Marylhurst degree programs. their extensive on-the-job training, journeyman work 2. International students desiring a stronger business experience, and classroom studies to accelerate the background before entering our MBA program. process of completing a four-year degree in Business 3. Professionals or graduates with a bachelor, master’s, and Management. or Ph.D. in a non-business field who would benefit As soon as students express interest in finishing their by having a condensed business certificate program degree at Marylhurst, they will have the opportunity to but who may not be interested in a B.S. or MBA. work one-on-one with a Marylhurst advisor to ensure that an educational degree plan is created that allows them to get the mutual benefits of both schools. This Business and Management Certificate process helps students take the right classes at the right Required Certificate Core school saving time, saving money, and maximizing the BUS 300 Managing in Dynamic Environments ...... 6 crs. quality and value of their education. FIN 341 Financial Accounting Concepts ...... 3 crs. MKT 300 Principles of Marketing ...... 3 crs. ORG 300 Human Resource Management ...... 3 crs. Department of Business & Management Business Elective ...... 3crs. Marylhurst University TOTAL CREDITS IN CERTIFICATE: 18 crs. P.O. Box 261 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

49 Department of CAREER PATHS COMMUNICATION STUDIES The study of communication provides pathways to careers or advanced study in business and high technol- Chair: Jeff Sweeney ogy industries; public relations, marketing and advertising; government, social and human services; counseling; law; and education. Concentrations within the Communication major Effective communication is the process by which provide professional preparation for careers in corpo- we establish and express ourselves through rate communications, community relations, organiza- friendships, families, groups, organizations, tional development, training and consulting. Moreover, communities and cultures. To listen responsively, regardless of other knowledge and technical skills, increased value is placed by organizations on employees speak persuasively, contribute to team success, who can demonstrate proficiency in communication

Communication Studies and cope constructively with conflict: these skills (i.e., listening, leadership, teamwork, collaborative are essential to professional achievement, social problem solving, conflict management, persuasion, and relationships, personal health and lifelong presentation design and delivery.) learning. Contemporary communication is complicated by the advancing pace and reach of information technologies and a global marketplace LEARNING OPTIONS constrained by deep, often violent, divisions among cultural communities. MAJORS The Communication Studies Department offers The following options for the degree programs, professional certificates and UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR are available: coursework to help learners meet the challenges • Bachelor of Arts degree in Communication of the information age, master professional with a concentration in communication skills, and foster a mindful Human Communication understanding of communication concepts and Public Relations their skillful application at work and in daily life. Training and Development • Bachelor of Arts degree in Communication (individualized plan) THE PURPOSE OF • Bachelor of Arts degree in COMMUNICATION STUDIES Organizational Communication The study of communication challenges students to (Also available in an integrated, fully Web-based master a wide spectrum of technical skills and knowl- degree-completion format. See Online Degree edge. Studying communication promotes: Completion (ODC) on pages 127-128.) • individual career success and the vitality of commercial enterprises; MINORS • personal health, social proficiency and Students in a different undergraduate major (i.e., Art, interpersonal satisfaction; Business, Cultural Studies) may chose a MINOR in any • lifelong learning skills, including critical thinking of the following: and creative problem solving; • Communication Studies • constructive public dialogue and the humane, non- • Public Relations violent resolution of disputes. • Training and Development Throughout the program, students are asked to • Organizational Communication listen, reason, question, present, and persuade in a more responsive, informed, coherent, and effective manner. Students enlarge their familiarity with the theory and CERTIFICATES practice of human communication. Students increase PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATES are offered in their communication confidence in ethically, culturally, the following areas: or technologically complex contexts, as well as learn to • Public Relations apply effective communication strategies in a variety of • Training and Development social systems and professional settings. • Conflict Resolution and Mediation

50 Communication Studies BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE CM 363 Understanding Media IN COMMUNICATION CM 432 Leadership Communication CM 441 Communication & Aging CM 457 Organizational Cultures PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES CM 458 Managing Transitions FOR THE B.A. IN COMMUNICATION X/47X (Special Topics) Students who receive a Bachelor of Arts degree with an *Advanced Effectiveness Courses ...... 10 crs. major in Communication will be able to: Choose two from the following: 1. Formulate ideas and express them with clarity and CM 421 Advanced Small Group accuracy in both written and oral communication; CM 420 Professional Presentations 2. Demonstrate effective communication skills in at CM 422 Advanced Interpersonal CM 423 Advanced Listening least two settings (interpersonal, intercultural, small CM 433 Advanced Intercultural groups, organizational, technology-mediated); CM 493 Research Project in Communication 3. Accomplish a practical professional task in a specific *Senior Field Experience/Project (4 crs.) communication setting; Choose or combine any of the following: 4. Use recognized concepts from the field of CM 494/PR 494 Internship in Comm./PR communication to investigate human interaction; CM 490/PR 490 Project in Comm./PR 5. Discuss analytically the fundamental principles and CM 397/497 or PR 397/497 (PLA Portfolio credit) contemporary perspectives in communication; and 6. Develop solutions to specific communication CONCENTRATION OPTIONS problems. The following designed concentrations in communication studies are available. Communication majors who select and complete coursework required for one Major Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts of these options will have their area of concentration in Communication identified on their transcript and diploma upon gradua- Overall, a minimum of 61 credits (including 45 upper- tion. division) required for the B.A. in Communication: Communication Perspectives ...... 9 crs. Effectiveness in Communication Settings ...... 9 crs. Human Communication - 24 crs. Communication Theory & Analysis ...... 9 crs. Choose from the following: Advanced Effectiveness Courses ...... 10 crs. CM 326 Invisible Gifts: Family of Origin Concentration Coursework ...... 24 crs. CM 327 Emotion in Communication TOTAL FOR MAJOR: 61 crs. CM 328 Communication of Affirmation CM 329 Healing Communication Communication majors are encouraged to select a CM 330 Becoming the Healer degree track with a concentration that best fits their CM 335 Communication Anxiety professional objectives. Courses/course categories CM 346 Conflict Management marked below with an asterisk are required of Commu- CM 347 Negotiation nication majors regardless of concentration. An individ- CM 348 Mediation Process CM 366/466 Professional Development Seminars ualized major may also be created with the assistance of [Other CM Effectiveness, CM Theory, and CM-related the major advisor (see Requirements for an Individual- coursework may be substituted with advisor consent.] ized Major in Communication below).

Public Relations - 27 crs. Core Requirements - 37 crs. Communications Foundation Courses ...... 6 crs. *Communication Perspectives ...... 9 crs. To be completed before enrolling in other PR courses. Choose either: PR 261 Writing for the Media CM 200 Introduction to Communication Studies PR 360 Principles of Public Relations OR CM 322 Interpersonal Communication Communications Techniques Courses ...... 12 crs. *CM 300 Patterns & Principles in Communication 4 credits each. Prerequisites: PR 261, PR 360, *CM 400 Research & Discovery in Communication and admission to degree or certificate program. Effectiveness in Communication Settings ...... 9 crs. PR 361 Research & Planning for Business Comm. CM 321 Small Group Communication PR 365 Writing & Production for Business Comm. Choose two from the following: PR 368 Graphics & Electronic Media for Business Comm. CM 320 Public Presentations Communications Context Courses ...... 9 crs. CM 322 Interpersonal Communication May be taken without prerequisite. CM 333 Intercultural Communication PR 362 Ethics & Law for Communications Professionals CM 340 Organizational Communication PR 363 Advertising & Promotion CM 345 Team Building PR 367 Marketing Communications CM 346 Conflict Management CM 352 Media Production Communication Theory & Analysis ...... 9 crs. Training & Development - 24 crs. CM 324 Nonverbal Communication AND CM 407 Principles of Instructional Design ...... 3 crs. Choose two from the following: CM 442 Assessment & Evaluation for Trainers ...... 3 crs. CM 336 Humor & Communication CM 446 Helping Adults Learn ...... 3 crs. CM 337 Gender & Communication CM 447 Designing Creative Training ...... 3 crs. CM 344 Power & Influence CM 448 High-Impact Training Materials ...... 3 crs. CM 350 Persuasion in Information Age CM 450 Classroom Communication Techniques CM 351 Media & Reality for Trainers ...... 3 crs. 51 Professional Application Courses ...... 6 crs. Choose two or more from the following: Major Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts CM 420 Professional Presentations in Organizational Communication CM 423 Advanced Listening Marylhurst students may complete requirements for the CM 426 Facilitating Work Groups B.A. in Organizational Communication through on CM 458 Managing Transitions campus coursework (described below) or through ad- CM 466 (Professional Development Seminars) mission to the Online Degree Completion (ODC) CM 490 Project in Communication (also selected Business/Management coursework program. For details, refer to pages 127-128. with advisor approval) Overall, a minimum of 61 crs. (including 45 upper-division) is required for the B.A. in Organizational Communication: Effectiveness in Communication Settings ...... 12 crs. INDIVIDUALIZED MAJOR CM 321 Small Group Communication CM 322 Interpersonal Communication

Communication Studies INDIVIDUALIZED MAJOR REQUIREMENTS FOR CM 333 Intercultural Communication THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATION CM 340 Organizational Communication Communication Theory and Analysis ...... 9 crs. Communication majors may apply for an individualized CM 432 Leadership Communication major when their educational goals include professional CM 457 Organizational Cultures & Climate applications or related areas of study not part of a de- CM 458 Managing Transitions signed concentration. Created in consultation with the Professional Focus/Problem Solving ...... 12 crs. academic advisor, an individualized major is designed to Choose four from the following: fulfill all communication program outcomes by means CM 341 Interviewing of a unique combination of regular and alternative CM 345 Team Building CM 346 Conflict Management coursework and projects. The individualized major is CM 347 Negotiation indicated on transcripts and diploma as Bachelor of Arts CM 407 Principles of Instructional Design Degree with a major in Communication (no concentra- PR 360 Principles of Public Relations tions are specified). Business Management Courses ...... 18 crs. After consulting the Communication Studies advi- BUS 300 Managing in Dynamic Environments (6 crs.) sor, the student must submit a Proposal for an Individu- BUS 400 Personal Ethics in Organizations alized Major. Acceptable proposals become the basis of Choose three from the following: an approved individualized degree plan (proposals not BUS 330 Information Technology Strategies BUS 431 Career Design accepted may be revised and resubmitted). Acceptable FIN 341 Financial Accounting Concepts proposals identify general goals, a tentative, feasible LAW 334 Business Law plan for how required communication studies program MKT 300 Priniciples of Marketing outcomes and personal objectives will be met, and a ORG 300 Human Resource Management projected senior project demonstrating overall achieve- [Other Business or Communication courses may ment or integration of learning. The senior project be substituted with advisor consent.] (including an updated individualized degree plan) must Advanced Effectiveness Courses ...... 10 crs. submitted for advisor review at least 6 weeks prior to CM 400 Research & Discovery in Communication Choose one from the following: graduation. CM 420 Professional Presentations: A format for Individualized Major proposals is avail- CM 421 Advanced Small Group Communication able from the Communication Studies advisor. CM 426 Facilitating Work Groups Internship/Senior Project (4 crs.) Choose from the following: BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN CM 494 Internship in Communication ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION CM 397/497 (PLA Portfolio credit in Communication Topics) PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR THE B.A. CREDIT SUMMARY IN ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION Effectiveness in Communication Settings ...... 12 crs. Students who complete the B.A. degree with a major in Communication Theory & Analysis ...... 9 crs. organizational communication will be able to: Professional Focus/Problem Solving ...... 12 crs. Business Management ...... 18 crs. 1. demonstrate effective communication skills in at Advanced Communication Effectiveness ...... 10 crs. least two settings (organizational and one or more of TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 61 crs. the following: interpersonal, intercultural, small group, electronically mediated); 2. recognize business trends transforming the human environment, leadership, and how change comes about in organizations; 3. accomplish a practical professional task in organizational communication; and 4. relate communication concepts to business practices and management principles 5. develop solutions to specific problems in organizational communication.

52 Communication Studies MINORS IN COMMUNICATION PROFESSIONAL CERTIFICATES IN COMMUNICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR A MINOR IN COMMUNICATION STUDIES Certificate in Public Relations - min. 36 crs. Students majoring in another field of study may also minor in Communication, Public Relations, Training and Development The Communication Studies Department offers a pro- or Organizational Communication. Specific course require- fessional Certificate in Public Relations designed to de- ments for each minor appear below. velop, broaden and upgrade the professional expertise of managers of public relations, integrated communications, Minor in Communication - 36 crs. community relations, and marketing communications. Public relations professionals fill a critical role for any or- CM 200 Introduction to Communication Studies ganization: that of primary communicator and liaison. CM 320 Public Presentations CM 321 Small Group Communication Communications work may involve any of the following: CM 322 Interpersonal Communication writing, editing, media relations, special events planning, CM 323 Effective Listening speaking, consulting, research, management, multimedia CM 324 Nonverbal Communication production or training. The certificate program prepares CM 333 Intercultural Communication you to meet these challenges. CM 337 Gender & Communication CM 340 Organizational Communication A minimum of 36 credits or CEUs are required for the CM 341 Interviewing Certificate in Public Relations. CM 346 Conflict Management Public Relations Foundation Courses ...... 6 crs. CM 363 Understanding Media These should be completed before enrolling in Communications Techniques courses: Minor in Public Relations - 36 crs. PR 261 Writing for the Media PR 360 Principles of Public Relations See requirements for Public Relations Certificate on page 53. Communications Techniques Courses ...... 12 crs. Prerequisites: PR 261, PR 360, and admission Minor in Training & Development - 36 crs. to degree or certificate program: PR 361 Research & Planning for Business Comm. Communication Concepts & Skills ...... 9 crs. PR 365 Writing & Production for Business Comm. CM 200 Introduction to Communication Studies PR 368 Graphics/Electronic Media for Bus. Comm. CM 320 Public Presentations Communications Context Courses ...... 9 crs. CM 340 Organizational Communication PR 362 Ethics & Law for Comm. Professionals Training and Foundations ...... 21 crs. PR 367 Marketing Communications CM 407 Principles of Instructional Design PR 363 Advertising & Promotion CM 429 Professional Presentations Capstone Courses ...... 6 crs. CM 442 Assessment & Evaluation for Trainers PR 494 Internship (by arrangement - 4 crs.) CM 446 Helping Adults Learn PR 490 Project (by arrangement - 2 crs.) CM 447 Designing Creative Training Professional Electives ...... 3 crs. CM 448 High Impact Training Materials For example: CM 450 Classroom Communication Techniques PR 366/466 Professional Development Seminars for Trainers PR 470-479 Topics in Public Relations Organizational Applications ...... 6 crs. CM 350 Persuasion in the Information Age Choose two from the following: CM 363 Understanding Media CM 426 Facilitating Work Groups CM 432 Leadership Communications CM 445 Prof. Practices in Consulting & Training Certificate in Training & Development - min. 21 crs. CM 458 Managing Transitions CM 466 Professional Development Seminars The Communication Studies Department offers a Cer- tificate in Training and Development. This focuses on communication skills and knowledge appropriate as Minor in Organizational Communication - 36 crs. preparation for a career as a trainer, training designer or Communication Skills & Problem Solving ...... 24 crs. consultant providing training. The curriculum is based CM 321 Small Group Communication CM 322 Interpersonal Communication on standards set by the International Board of Standards CM 333 Intercultural Communication for Training, Performance and Instruction and the CM 341 Interviewing American Society for Training and Development. CM 345 Team Building A minimum of 21 credits or CEUs are required for the CM 346 Conflict Management Certificate in Training & Development CM 347 Negotiation Recommended prerequisites: A minimum of three years work Choose one from the following: experience within a business management or human service CM 426 Facilitating Work Groups organizational setting (or equivalent professional credential). CM 420 Professional Presentations CM 456 Open Thinking: Creativity & Conflict The following areas of learning are recommended for Concepts of Organizational Communication ...... 12 crs. preliminary or concurrent study to students with no previous CM 340 Organization Communication academic background in Communication Studies: CM 407 Principles of Instructional Design Introduction to Communication or Public Speaking; PR 360 Principles of Public Relations Small Group Communication or Team Building; Choose one from the following: Interpersonal Communication or Interviewing; CM 432 Leadership Communication Organizational Communication CM 457 Organizational Culture & Climate or Conflict Management. CM 458 Managing Transitions Required Certificate Courses ...... 18 crs. 53 CM 407 Principles of Instructional Design CM 220 SPEAKING TO AN AUDIENCE CM 442 Assessment & Evaluation for Trainers A practical introduction to the art of public speaking. CM 446 Helping Adults Learn Topics include how to find out about listeners; choos- CM 447 Designing Creative Training ing interesting, useful information for a speech; coping CM 448 High Impact Training Materials CM 450 Classroom Comm. Techniques for Trainers with nervousness, perfectionists, too little preparation time; learning from what listeners say about a presenta- Related Professional Application Courses ...... 3 crs. tion. Students deliver in-class presentations of their Choose two or more from the following: CM 420 Professional Presentations own design. Intended for those with no previous in- CM 426 Facilitating Work Groups struction in public speaking. Meets Life & Learning Skills CM 458 Managing Transitions Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. CM 466 Professional Development Seminars CM 300 PATTERNS AND PRINCIPLES OF COMMUNICATION

Communication Studies Certificate in Conflict Resolution & Mediation - The study of communication provides a unique per- min. 20 crs. spective on human interaction, including personal, The Communication Studies Department offers a Cer- interpersonal, group, and public situations. By explor- tificate in Conflict Resolution and Mediation focused ing the important concepts and applications of commu- on techniques of dispute resolution, mediation, and nication, participants discover the individual’s roles and intercultural interaction. The certificate is designed to responsibilities in relating communication to self and prepare students for positions requiring skill in dispute society. Prerequisite: CM 200 & WR 122, or equiva- resolution, negotiation, advocacy, and third-party medi- lent. Writing Intensive course co-requisite: WR 303. 3 crs. ation applicable to a variety of professional, personal, or community settings. CM 303 GLOBAL MEDIA AND CONSUMER CULTURE A minimum of 20 credits or CEUs are required for Television, film, music, advertising, and the Web are the Certificate in Conflict Resolution & Mediation. breaking down political borders and cultural hierarchies Required Certificate Courses ...... min. 20 crs. in an intense global search for new consumers. What Choose one or more from the following: does this spread of popular culture mean for the politics CM 322 Interpersonal Communication of daily life? Is popular culture an authentic production CM 323 Effective Listening of the people or a tool of domination imposed on a Choose one or more of the following: passive audience by a multinational “culture industry?” CM 321 Small Group In this course students will pose these questions as they CM 341 Interviewing CM 333 Intercultural Communication think about what it means to be situated as a consumer CM 346 Conflict Management of popular culture in an increasingly “globalized” econo- CM 347 Negotiation my. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core out- CM 348 Mediation come. 3 crs. Choose one from the following: CM 494 Internship in Communication CM 320 PUBLIC PRESENTATIONS CM 490 Project in Conflict Communication The professional environment demands that people express ideas clearly and confidently. This course re- COMMUNICATION STUDIES COURSES views the methods and practice of public speaking, concentrating on interpersonal delivery style, speech organization, and succeeding in a variety of speaking CM 101 SPEAKING TUTORIAL: situations. Class activities include practice of speaking INDIVIDUAL ASSISTANCE For students who wish to develop basic public commu- skills in a supportive setting. Meets Life & Learning Skills nication skills or improve on those they already possess. Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Students have three consultations with the instructor to work on development of a specific skill, preparation for CM 321 SMALL GROUP COMMUNICATION a particular event, or practice to improve one’s image as In our complex and interdependent society, communi- an effective oral communicator. 1 cr. cating effectively in groups is a necessity. Decision making, problem solving, conflict resolution, and presentation all demand special skills in group settings. CM 200 INTRODUCTION Drawing on current theory and research in communica- TO COMMUNICATION STUDIES An overview of the field of human communication tion, this course explores the concepts and teaches the including personal, social, and cultural dimensions, skills necessary for improved leadership and member- verbal and nonverbal elements of interaction, and basic ship in groups. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts features of common contexts: interpersonal, organiza- Core outcome. 3 crs. tional, small group, speaker and audience-event, technology-mediated and mass communication. The CM 322 INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION relationship of communication studies to professional Increase effectiveness in both personal and professional opportunities and employment options is explored. interaction through developing one’s interpersonal Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. communication skills. The course focuses on awareness 3 crs. and adaptation, social roles, conflict management, and systems of relating. Meets Human Community Liberal 54 Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Communication Studies CM 323 EFFECTIVE LISTENING: FROM CM 329 HEALING COMMUNICATION COMPREHENSION TO CRITICAL EVALUATION Illness is a message that communication has broken Careful and discriminating listening is essential to down on a cellular, personal, or community level. effective communication. In this course, students Developing effective intrapersonal and interpersonal examine the effects of listening style on personal rela- communication is essential to establishing health. tionships and public interaction. Students will assess Students learn practical techniques to diagnose their listening strengths and weaknesses, and work to im- own state of health and nurture wellness on a physical, prove listening proficiency through in-class exercises emotional, and spiritual level. 3 crs. and other activities. Meets Life & Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. CM 330 BECOMING THE HEALER The ways persons chose to communicate with friends, CM 324 NONVERBAL COMMUNICATION family, and colleagues can have the potential to harm Explore the nonverbal messages that are intrinsic to or heal. This course explores communication tech- interpersonal and public communication settings. niques to help others find greater health in mind, Students increase awareness of their body language as body, and spirit. Students discover and develop their well as their understanding of concepts and principles own healing skills and learn how to apply them to of nonverbal communication. Meets Human Communi- others in their lives. 3 crs. ty Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. CM 332 HONORING DIVERSITY: PRACTICAL CM 325 COMMUNICATION OF SELF-ESTEEM STRATEGIES FOR DEALING WITH DIFFERENCE A person’s sense of self inescapably influences the Through application of intercultural communication degree of success experienced when communicating concepts, this course explores the dynamics of differ- with others. One’s feeling of self-worth is closely ences that occur in interpersonal relationships, in linked to motivation, aspiration, and achievement. small groups, and in the culturally diverse work envi- Students examine perspectives on self-esteem, review ronment. Includes interaction with guest speakers methods of enhancing personal pride, and explore representing a variety of socio-cultural perspectives. approaches to communicating self-esteem in personal 3 crs. and professional contexts. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. CM 333 INTERCULTURAL COMMUNICATION What does it mean to be thrown into contact with CM 326 INVISIBLE GIFTS: FAMILY OF ORIGIN others whose lifestyles and values differ from one’s INFLUENCES ON COMMUNICATION own? Such interactions are often complex and confus- This class focuses on family of origin—where beliefs, ing. This course examines face-to-face intercultural attitudes, and communication styles are learned. Val- communication—focusing on cultural awareness, ues and norms that originate in the family of origin, values, perception, and recognizing differences as a taken into adult life, affect relationships at home and resource. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core work. Students focus on their own families of origin to outcome. 3 crs. gain insights into the formation of their communication habits and preferences. Meets Human Community CM 334 SELF-MARKETING: COMMUNICATING Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. CONFIDENCE AND PROFESSIONALISM Whatever the career path, success depends on how CM 327 EMOTION IN COMMUNICATION confidently and professionally one presents oneself. In Expressing emotion is regarded as a healthy thing to this workshop, students practice techniques to en- do, yet emotions are often feared as uncomfortable hance their credibility, self-image, and marketability. and destructive. This course will examine the nature of Recommended for job/promotion seekers or others communicating emotion effectively: how to identify who desire to shape their reputations. 3 crs. what one is feeling; taking responsibility for one’s feelings; and appropriate and assertive communication CM 335 COMMUNICATION ANXIETY of feelings. 3 crs. In a supportive environment, participants explore ways in which different communication contexts may CM 328 THE COMMUNICATION affect anxiety level; identify personal areas of commu- OF AFFIRMATION nication confidence and apprehensions; and learn The capacity to communicate affirmation to others is practical information and tools to reduce anxiety and critical to the development of individual self-esteem, increase communication confidence. Meets Human nurturing relationships, and organizational excellence. Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Through affirming messages people communicate acceptance, respect, appreciation, caring, love, and CM 336 HUMOR AND COMMUNICATION intimacy. This course will examine verbal and nonver- “Humor is the shortest distance between two people.” bal strokes, listening, and touch. Selected research will —Victor Borge. This class will explore the creation focus on the effects of these messages, or lack thereof, and uses of humor, theories of humor, humor in print on children, primary relationships, and employee and audiovisual media and in personal and group satisfaction within organizations. Meets Human Com- interactions, and humor as a tool in communications. munity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. 3 crs. 55 CM 337 GENDER AND COMMUNICATION simulations. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core Students examine the role of gender in communication outcome. 3 crs. and identify many of the personal and public factors involved in communication between men and women. CM 347 NEGOTIATION Topics include sex-differentiated language and conver- Opportunities for resolving conflict through negotiation sational styles; the impact of the mass media on sex present themselves frequently in one’s personal and roles; how intimacy is expressed in same and opposite professional life. Successful conflict resolution through sex friendships; and the question of what constitutes interest-based negotiation involves self-awareness, com- ethical communication when it comes to “gender talk.” munication skills, and specific techniques. Students Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. explore and develop awareness and communication 3 crs. skills and practice the processes utilized in win-win negotiation. 3 crs. CM 340 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION Communication Studies Whether participants are frustrated by a particular CM 348 THE MEDIATION PROCESS “corporate culture” or merely curious about developing Mediation is a specific third-party intervention that is a more productive climate, this course assists them in becoming widely recognized as an effective conflict improving organizational environments through com- management strategy. The mediation process is an munication. Students examine the organizational com- extension of negotiation, offering a valuable approach munication paradigm, explore the communication to resolving differences when negotiations fail to reach implications of organizational structure, assess formal a settlement. This course explores basic skills to en- and informal network relationships, and learn strategies hance one’s experience of the mediation process. 3 crs. for organizational diagnosis and change. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. CM 350 PERSUASION IN THE INFORMATION AGE CM 341 INTERVIEWING The world has never been more saturated with messag- The complex nature of the interview situation demands es competing for attention and response. This course a high level of professional skill, whether conducting or investigates the persuasion process, the values underly- participating in an interview. This course examines a ing persuasive campaigns, the motives to which per- variety of interviewing contexts, including employment, suaders appeal, and contemporary ethical standards. correction, counseling, and information gathering, and Through the analysis of real-world persuasive cam- develops appropriate skill in reducing defensiveness, paigns in advertising, politics, change-agentry, and news initiating and maintaining communication, questioning, media, the course helps participants understand how closure, and effective listening. 3 crs. they can respond effectively to influence. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. CM 344 POWER AND INFLUENCE According to Bertrand Russell, “The fundamental con- CM 351 MEDIA AND REALITY cept in social science is Power, in the same sense in The power of mass media to influence the public agen- which Energy is the fundamental concept in physics.” da and personal values is one of the most studied and The course examines agents exercising power, types of controversial topics in our culture. How much does power, uses and abuses of power, and particular power society internalize media reality and with what effect? issues, including power at work and power between Students examine the relationship between themselves women and men. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts and media, explore the impact of media messages on Core outcome. 3 crs. major social concerns, and discuss issues of censorship, media ethics, and public education. Meets Human Com- CM 345 TEAM BUILDING munity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. It takes more than just a gathering of people to be a “team.” In a team, individuals work effectively together CM 352 MEDIA PRODUCTION 1A: THE ART to achieve a common goal—and enjoy doing it. Team OF COMMUNICATING WITH VISUAL IMAGES building is the deliberate process of creating such a Participants combine images, music, and editing to tell team. This course will explore the process of creating their stories with power and imagination. Through an effective team, including relationships, individual extensive hands-on exercises, students create a narrative and team dynamics, trust building, valuing team mem- structure, combine pictures and sounds, and learn how ber differences, and the development of open team to plan to communicate via the media of print, televi- feedback. 3 crs. sion, and film. 3 crs.

CM 346 CONFLICT MANAGEMENT CM 353 MEDIA PRODUCTION 1B: Since conflict is inevitable in life and even necessary for PRE-PRODUCTION—STRATEGIES positive change, the intelligent action is to manage the FOR MEDIA CREATION conflict. A constructive approach is developed by learn- Participants will learn the essentials of production man- ing to diagnose conflict, clarify values, and select appro- agement including understanding the rules and risks of priate interventions. Listening, assertiveness, and the media business, how media creation projects are conflict communication will be practiced in structured successfully executed, and the process of moving an idea from concept into production. May be taken con- 56 currently with CM 352. 3 crs. Communication Studies CM 354 MEDIA PRODUCTION 2: CM 420 PROFESSIONAL PRESENTATIONS: VIDEOGRAPHY AND THE PRODUCTION PROCESS ADVANCED TECHNIQUES FOR SPEAKERS Participants receive hands-on training as videographers, Speaking well gets results whether representing an orga- producers, writers. Using broadcast-quality equipment, nization, a proposal, a product, a lesson, or oneself. students design and video a production concept. Pre- Topics include effective rehearsal and delivery tech- requisite: CM 352/353 or consent of instructor. 3 crs. niques; using automated visual aids, coping with disin- terested and “difficult” listeners; persuasive presentation CM 355 MEDIA PRODUCTION 3: strategies; facilitating group activities. For those who POST-PRODUCTION TECHNIQUES want a more effective presentation and a “polished” This course focuses on basic and advanced editing and presence. Prerequisite: CM 320 & CM 220, or equiva- media post-production techniques. The goal is the lent training and experience with instructor consent. production of a professional-quality, finished video. Meets Life & Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. Prerequisite: CM 352/353/354 or consent of instructor. 3 crs. 3 crs. CM 421 ADVANCED SMALL GROUP CM 363 UNDERSTANDING MEDIA COMMUNICATION How do the mass media persuade, educate, entertain, Drawing on current theory and research in communica- and sell? Do the media shape—or merely reflect— tion, this course reviews the structural properties of society? This course provides tools for understanding groups, motivational processes, group functions and the languages of film, television, and print media. This cultures, and the dynamics of power. Prerequisite: course builds a foundation for media literacy, enabling CM 321 or equivalent training and experience with participants a more fluid movement between the role of instructor consent. Meets Human Community Liberal consumer and product of images and ideas. Meets Hu- Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. man Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. CM 422 ADVANCED INTERPERSONAL COMMUNICATION CM 366 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINARS This course goes beyond the fundamental issues ad- Practical instruction to improve specific professional dressed in the interpersonal communication course. communication skills. Topics vary; check Schedule of Topics such as self-disclosure, listening, conflict resolu- Courses for current offerings. 1-3 crs. tion, and patterns of communication are looked at in greater depth with attention given to differences within CM 386/486 INDIVIDUALIZED TRAVEL STUDY the general population. Students examine their commu- A variety of individualized options are available for nication behavior as well as develop individual commu- those seeking college credit while traveling and studying nication skills. Prerequisite: CM 322 or equivalent abroad. If students are traveling independently and wish training and experience with instructor consent. Meets to earn credit in communication through individualized Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. study with a Marylhurst instructor, contact Communi- cation Studies Department, 503.699.6269. 1-6 crs. CM 423 ADVANCED STUDY IN LISTENING Students will learn about the effects of listening behav- CM 400 RESEARCH AND DISCOVERY ior through observation of listening in practice. Readings IN COMMUNICATION and student-led discussions will prepare students to Effective research is an essential component in develop- observe, analyze, and evaluate listening behavior in a ing and writing about concepts related to human com- selected decision-making group. Non-majors welcome. munication. This overview introduces skills, knowledge, Prerequisite: CM 323 or instructor consent. Meets Life & terminology, and process important in training and Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. development, including the use of training and development in solving organizational problems, and instruc- CM 426 FACILITATING WORK GROUPS tional design steps used to plan, present, and evaluate Designed for those who have worked with groups and training. Prerequisite: CM 300, LAC 373, Writing have a basic understanding of group process and theory, Intensive Course. 3 crs. this course focuses on developing leadership skills and facilitative functions in groups. Issues of confidence, CM 407 PRINCIPLES competence, and accuracy of perceptions are addressed IN INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN through experiential and practice-oriented sessions. This overview introduces skills, knowledge, terminolo- Prerequisite: CM 321, or CM 345, or equivalent train- gy, and processes important in training and developing or experience with instructor consent. 3 crs. ment, including the use of training and development in solving organizational problems, and the instructional CM 432 LEADERSHIP COMMUNICATION design steps (ADDIE model) used to plan, present, and Leadership can be defined as communication behavior evaluate training. The ADDIE model is the framework that is designed to influence the attitudes and actions of for the Training Series so students taking the series are others, something people do each day. Models of leader- encouraged to take this course first. 3 crs. ship behavior, theories of power and influence, and a review of leadership research are presented. Students identify their own leadership style, and learn to antici- pate the impact of their style on different types of organizations. Prerequisite: CM 321 or CM 340. 3 crs. 57 CM 433 ADVANCED INTERCULTURAL CM 447 DESIGNING CREATIVE TRAINING COMMUNICATION Aimed at those presenting training, this course focuses In this course, students sharpen their ability to antici- on selecting and using a variety of creative training pate alternative cultural perceptions; learn how decision techniques and learning activities (guided teaching, making in cross-cultural situations is undermined by group role-plays, games, and simulations) to achieve group-think, fatigue, stress, time-constraints, and other training goals, while enhancing and accelerating adult out-of-awareness factors; explore the roles of culture learning. The course also covers the design and planning and language on identity development and cognitive process necessary to create active results-oriented train- change; and investigate the global implications of social ing. Prerequisite: CM 407 recommended. 3 crs. constructivism on defining ethical behavior in intercultural contexts. Prerequisite: CM 333 or equivalent CM 448 HIGH-IMPACT TRAINING MATERIALS training and experience with instructor consent. Meets This course focuses on developing training materials Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. that aid learning and support the participant’s training Communication Studies objectives. The class is a creative, hands-on experience CM 441 COMMUNICATION AND AGING for trainers, teachers, and presenters in selecting, de- Late life can be a time of creativity and personal growth signing, and producing effective written handouts, as well as adaptation to changing needs and physical overhead transparencies, flipcharts, posters, computer limitations. This course explores the normal transitions slides, audio- and videotapes. It will cover techniques of aging and the communication needs that accompany using both computer-generated materials and manual, those transitions. It is designed to broaden the student’s non-computer production. Prerequisite: CM 447 or understanding of the aging process and to provide skills equivalent training and experience with instructor that enhance relationships with older adults. Prerequi- consent. 3 crs. site: junior standing in communication major or instructor consent. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core CM 450 CLASSROOM COMMUNICATION outcome. 3 crs. TECHNIQUES FOR TRAINERS Students learn competencies important for instructors CM 442 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUATION and trainers in the face-to-face class or training room FOR TRAINERS environment. Topics include maintaining instructor Training needs assessment and assessment of training credibility; working with different learning environ- results are two critical elements assuring that training ments; using effective communication, presentation, meets the organizations as well as the learners’ needs. and questioning skills; providing learning and task clari- For each of these two kinds of assessment, these topics fication; providing feedback to learners; informally are explored: rationale for assessment, planning, gather- evaluating learning during the training; and preparing ing data (surveys, interviews, record analysis, etc.), learners for other types of evaluation. Prerequisite: data/causal analysis, and writing final reports. Prerequi- CM 320 & CM 447, or instructor consent. 3 crs. site: CM 407 recommended. 3 crs. CM 451 HUMAN COMMUNICATION CM 445 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES IN AND TECHNOLOGY CONSULTING AND TRAINING This course explores the changing landscape of commu- Being a consultant—is it an attainable ambition, an nication technologies and how these tools are trans- unrealistic dream, or a little of both? Many people with forming the way persons work, learn, play, and in-department backgrounds in the social sciences, com- communicate with each other. Participants will explore munication, and business have developed ideas and through critical readings, discussion, demonstration, approaches which they want to disseminate through and presentations from a variety of professionals in- workshops, conferences, and free-lance consulting. This volved in developing and using these tools. Prerequisite: course is designed to help students examine the profes- junior standing. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts sional field of consulting and training, including market- Core outcome. 3 crs. ing, contracting, and partnerships. Prerequisite: CM 407 recommended. 3 crs. CM 456 OPEN THINKING: CREATIVITY AND CONFLICT CM 446 HELPING ADULTS LEARN Creativity and conflict co-exist as distinct realities in As an adult, one learns every day. It is important for people’s daily lives. Although seemingly opposites, one adult educators and trainers to understand the dynamics cannot exist without the other. Connections, relation- of adult learning in order to facilitate effective and ships, and ambiguities between conflict and creativity impactful learning environments for their students. will be explored, especially the correlation between Participants learn how to apply current principles of creative problem solving and conflict resolution. adult development, the psychology of learning, and Through readings, lecture, exercises, discussion, and experiential training techniques. Topics also include dialogue, the class examines theoretical elements of motivation and performance, adult learning styles, and both concepts with emphasis on practical applications. experiential strategies. Prerequisite: CM 407 recom- Prerequisite: CM 346 or equivalent training and experi- mended. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core ence with instructor consent. Meets Human Community outcome. 3 crs. Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

58 Communication Studies CM 457 ORGANIZATIONAL CULTURES PR 261 WRITING FOR THE MEDIA The concept of culture applied to corporations is more Writing is indisputably the basic tool of the public than a passing trend in organizational development. relations practitioner. To produce clear, concise, correct Through the use of anthropology, intercultural commu- writing requires well-developed language skills. Profes- nications, and organizational psychology, this course sional standards of writing for print and electronic me- examines how culture is created, manifested, main- dia are introduced. Topics include grammar and tained, and influenced in the organizational context. spelling, AP style, data-gathering techniques, and edit- Prerequisite: junior standing. Meets Human Community ing for readability and interest. Prerequisite: college- Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. level composition coursework or equivalent writing proficiency. Required for PR Certificate students. 3 crs. CM 458 MANAGING TRANSITIONS This course investigates the systemic dynamics of PR 360 PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC RELATIONS change in organizations and large systems—its types, This course introduces the purposes and practices of phases, facilitators and inhibitors, and its ripple effects. public relations and its importance and function in the The roles of various participants in the change process community. Topics covered include career paths of the will be discussed. Attention will be devoted to under- public relations professional, the public relations pro- standing theories of organizational change as well as cess, an overview of the media, and public relations behaviors and techniques known to influence the out- history. Required for PR Certificate students. 3 crs. come of change processes. Prerequisite: junior standing. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. PR 361 RESEARCH AND PLANNING FOR BUSINESS 3 crs. COMMUNICATIONS This course explores practical and cost-effective meth- CM 466 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINARS ods of research available to public relations profession- Practical instruction to improve specific professional als and use of research results to accurately budget and communication skills. Some seminars may be available write public relations plans. Prerequisite: PR 261 & PR for graduate credit. Topics vary; check Schedule of 360. Must be admitted to degree or certificate program. Courses for current offerings. 1-3 crs. 4 crs.

CM 490 PROJECTS IN COMMUNICATION PR 362 ETHICS AND LAW Students interested in pursuing independent research or FOR COMMUNICATIONS PROFESSIONALS an application project utilizing skills and knowledge Legal questions and ethical issues involving the public acquired in regular coursework may contract with the relations and marketing professions are increasingly Communication Studies Department to receive credit complex, yet communicators must be vigilant of laws for their activities. An appropriate member of the facul- and regulations while strongly committed to ethical ty is assigned to help the student develop a plan for the requirements of their field. This course examines the project, standards for evaluation, and achievement relationship between ethical principles and legal stan- dates. Learning contracts are subject to approval by the dards in light of pressures that may be created by clients Communication Studies Department and degree advisor or corporate employers. Prerequisite: PR 261 or equiva- prior to registration. 1-3 crs. lent writing experience, approved by the instructor. Required for PR Certificate students. 3 crs. CM 494 INTERNSHIP IN COMMUNICATION Students majoring in Communication Studies are re- PR 363 ADVERTISING AND PROMOTION quired to complete four credits in supervised field work This course offers a streetwise look at advertising and in one or more voluntary placements during their senior marketing. Students will learn the merits of buying year. Completion of a total of 120 hours on site enables radio over television, newspapers over magazines, students to utilize knowledge and skills from course- telemarketing over direct mail. Other topics include work in actual work or service settings. The internship product analysis, creative strategies, agency operations, culminates in a Senior Project report to be submitted to ethics in advertising, developing a marketing plan, the department prior to graduation. Prerequisite: advanced realities of research, and the importance of internal as standing in a communication major, consent of the well as external marketing. Required for PR Certificate internship coordinator. 4 crs. students. 3 crs.

PUBLIC RELATIONS COURSES PR 365 WRITING AND PRODUCTION FOR BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS PR 007 PREPARING FOR Essential for career success in public relations and mar- ACCREDITATION IN PUBLIC RELATIONS keting is the ability to communicate clearly in writing— An in-depth review of public relations theory, practice, to write “lean and clean” on demand. This course and procedures designed specifically to prepare candi- prepares participants to write in a range of professional dates for the accreditation examination of the Public contexts—including brochures, backgrounders, speech- Relations Society of America. The seminar updates stu- es, newsletters, and collateral pieces. Prerequisite: dents on developments in the field, refreshes knowledge PR 261 & PR 360. Must be admitted to degree or cer- of effective practices, and provides test-taking strategies, tificate program. 4 crs. techniques, and sample examinations. Experience or knowledge of public relations required. No credit. 59 PR 366/466 PROFESSIONAL PR 490 PROJECTS IN PUBLIC RELATIONS DEVELOPMENT SEMINARS Students may contract with the Communication Stud- Practical instruction to improve specific professional ies Department to receive credit for performing a pro- communication skills. Check Schedule of Courses for fessional task utilizing skills and knowledge acquired in current listing. 1-2 crs. public relations coursework. A member of the public relations faculty is assigned to help the student plan PR 367 MARKETING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS— goals, procedures, and critical features of the project. AN INTEGRATED APPROACH 1-6 crs. Integrated marketing and public relations is an approach that blends two different but overlapping man- PR 494 PUBLIC RELATIONS INTERNSHIP agement disciplines. This course explores a values-based Designed to advance the student toward career goals, process for responding to the needs and interests of strengthen existing skills, and provide opportunities to consumers. Topics include market segmentation, buyer practice new skills, the student develops an individual- Communication Studies behavior, marketing mix, relationship marketing, per- ized internship with the assistance of the internship suasion, branding, research and metrics, and creative coordinator. A variety of internships are currently avail- tactics for corporate, government, and non-profit orga- able at local and regional agencies, corporations, and nizations. Prerequisite: PR 360 recommended, but not non-profit organizations, including Marylhurst Universi- required. 3 crs. ty. Prerequisite: a minimum of 15 credits in public relations courses. Instructor consent required. Required PR 368 GRAPHICS AND ELECTRONIC MEDIA for PR Certificate students & seniors majoring in Commu- FOR BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS nication with a PR Concentration. Variable credit From designers to desktop publishing systems, this course explains how to use the graphic tools that often Department of Communication Studies confront (and confuse) communication professionals. Marylhurst University Printing terms and technology, typography, and graphic P.O. Box 261 special effects will be defined and demonstrated, in- 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) cluding e-technology terms and techniques with specif- Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 ic considerations for design of Web sites and Internet Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 graphics. Prerequisite: PR 261, or equivalent writing Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 FAX: 503.636.9526 experience approved by instructor, & PR 360. 4 crs. Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

Students may register in person in the Office of the Registrar, by FAX, by email at [email protected] or online at www.marylhurst.edu/reg/.

60 Cultural & Historical Studies Department of • Required Categories of Study: CULTURAL & HISTORICAL STUDIES The required categories of study provide a more advanced exposure to the key questions and Chair: David Denny, Ph.D. problems considered in Cultural and Historical Studies, such as historical representations of identity, nature, art, science, technology, film, multiculturalism, gender, and the body. The Department of Cultural & Historical Studies is dedicated to interdisciplinary inquiry about • Focus Area Courses: historical and contemporary cultures, informed by A key feature of the Cultural and Historical Studies current theories and methods from philosophy, major is that students customize their course of literary theory, social sciences, social history, media study by determining the content of their focus area. studies, gender studies and film. In consultation with the academic advisor, students The Department offers a variety of courses in create a program of courses from Cultural and cultural, historical and philosophical topics, cross- Historical Studies and allied disciplines that define listed courses with other academic departments, and support a particular field of interest. For especially with the English Literature Department, example, a student can focus in greater depth on one and is the home of History and Language courses. or two of the topical categories listed below, or focus on a related discipline such as literature, history, the Human Sciences, Philosophy, or Environmental THE PURPOSE OF Studies. CULTURAL AND HISTORICAL STUDIES Cultural Studies emerged as an academic discipline CAREER PATHS about fifty years ago as a response to society’s increasing Graduates are positioned to make significant contribu- demand to better understand the rapid changes occur- tions in fields that require analytical skills and practical ring on a global and local scale. The two World Wars, sensitivity to cultural differences such as education, the independence of colonized peoples, the Civil Rights international policy and business, the non-profit sector, movements, the Cold War, and major advancements in international policy organizations, community organiza- technology and media profoundly shook the authority of tion and activism, and the news media. This new disci- the traditional disciplines in academia. pline is increasingly being recognized in the work place Because traditional disciplines were not always able as a field of study with tremendous potential, especially to address such emerging issues as feminism, class, race, in the way it provides a foundation of critical, interpre- ethnicity, nation, media, popular culture, historical tative, communicative, and writing skills. In a job mar- identity, and film, Cultural Studies was born from with- ket that demands agile and flexible minds, people who in the academy as a way to ask in new ways the most can think on their feet, and who are intellectually savvy, relevant and vital questions of its time. For as it contin- Cultural Studies is the perfect fit for our changing ues to embody a reverence for the rich literary, histori- world. It also prepares students for graduate work in cal, and philosophical tradition of the West, it most fields, especially law, education, the social scienc- understands that this past must be read through a lens es, and the disciplines within Humanities. that is politically and ethically sensitive to the myriad complexities of contemporary life. LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR A Integral to the discipline of Cultural Studies is the B.A. IN CULTURAL AND HISTORICAL STUDIES study of history. Thus the Cultural and Historical Stud- Students graduating with a B.A. in Cultural and Histor- ies program at Marylhurst has combined the disciplines ical Studies will be able to: of Cultural Studies with Historical Studies to create a 1. Understand culture as a network of social multidisciplinary approach in order to enable students institutions and relationships and be able to interpret to explore how social, political, ethical, and economic texts, objects, and events as meaningful in the issues of the present are shaped by the past—and how context of social processes and power relations. our study of the past is influenced by the present. 2. Describe how self and subjectivity are constructed The B.A. in Cultural and Historical Studies includes by the socio-cultural categories of race, class, gender, a required core sequence of courses in the theoretical and age in a particular historical moment. methods and perspectives, a range of required categories 3. Demonstrate how Cultural Studies offers a critique of study, a midpoint advanced theory course, and a of what has been accepted to be “common sense” or senior capstone project. “natural.” 4. Discuss how the interdisciplinary nature of Cultural • Required Core Courses: Studies affects discourses that exist in any one The first 300-level courses are designed to expose discipline. students to the central theoretical, methodological, 5. Demonstrate how popular culture is a legitimate and practical approaches utilized in this field of subject for academic inquiry. inquiry. The midpoint seminar is designed to bring 6. Apply a cultural theoretical perspective to a specific this exposure into sharper focus and to apply it to ethical or political problem. specific ethical and political issues in contemporary 7. Apply the methodology and practice of Cultural society. The senior capstone project prepares Studies to an area of specialization. students to apply their theoretical understanding to a research project. 61 challenge, contest, and subvert the dominant hegemon- Major Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts ic ideology. in Cultural & Historical Studies Required Core Courses CHS 301 Introduction to Cultural Studies ...... 3 crs. GLOBAL STUDIES: CHS 302 Foundations: Marx, Nietzsche, Freud ...... 3 crs. This category of courses provides students with funda- Midpoint seminar: Studies in mental geographic and cultural knowledge of so-called Cultural & Literary Studies ...... 3 crs. “third world” or non-Western countries and their com- CHS 490 Senior Project ...... 3 crs. plex relations to Western modernization and globaliza- Total Required Core Credits: 12 crs. tion. Moreover, these classes examine the diverse Required Categories for Study cultural values (religious, political, economic) held by (students take a minimum of one course in each category) peoples of different ethnic groups, races, and classes, American Ethnic Studies ...... 3 crs. and how their relation to the contemporary economic Global Studies ...... 3 crs. scene radically affects these values. Studies in Art, Media and Technology ...... 3 crs. Science Studies ...... 3 crs. Gender Studies ...... 3 crs. STUDIES IN ART, MEDIA AND TECHNOLOGY: Histories of Modern Identity ...... 3 crs. This category of courses explores questions that deal

Cultural & Historical Studies Total Required Credits from Categories for Study: 18 crs. with the political and ethical relationship between art Total Required Credits: 30 crs. and society, with attention paid to the current evolu- Focus Area Courses ...... 15 crs. tion of mass media and the influence of technology on In consultation with the academic advisor, students what has been previously defined only as artistic en- take 15 or more credits from an area of study that deavor. Courses in this category examine the effects of works within the discipline of Cultural & Historical social and historical context, including technological Studies. For example, a student can choose to focus change, on the production and reception of art as well on one of the “Required” Category subjects above, as the way art can influence a given society. Depending or choose a related discipline, such as History, on the class, a range of artistic, political, and cultural Literature, Journalism, Celtic Studies, the Human phenomena will be discussed, such as film, literature, Sciences, Environmental Studies, or Philosophy. advertising, popular music, consumerism, global media, CHS Electives ...... 15 crs. television, virtual reality, and the Internet. CREDIT SUMMARY Total crs. for Required Core courses ...... 12 crs. GENDER STUDIES: Total crs. for Required Categories for Study courses ..... 18 crs. Total crs. for Focus Area ...... 15 crs. This category of coursework will examine historical Total crs. for CHS Electives ...... 15 crs. issues around the definition and construction of gender. TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 60 crs. Gender roles and position in society will be discussed through literature, art, cinema, conduct manuals, and CULTURAL & HISTORICAL STUDIES MINOR feminist criticism. Many, but not all, of these courses will more specifically focus on the ways in which men Minor in Cultural & Historical Studies and women are questioning the definitions, roles, and stigmas imposed on the body. CHS 301 Introduction to Cultural Studies ...... 3 crs. CHS 302 Marx, Nietzsche, Freud ...... 3 crs. Categories of Study ...... 9 crs. SCIENCE STUDIES: (Students take a least one course from 3 of Distinctions between nature and culture have long the following 6 categories) preoccupied Western cultures. Whether nature is used Studies in Art, Media & Technology to model political or social identity or is perceived as an American Ethnic Studies unruly and primitive force that must be tamed, the Global Studies difference between nature and culture has been insis- Gender Studies Science Studies tently applied and maintained. However, some recent Histories of Modern Identity theories and practical advances in science are making Studies in Literary & Cultural Theory ...... 3 crs. the nature/culture distinction problematic in very prag- Electives in Cultural & Historical Studies ...... 9 crs. matic ways. The Science Studies classes will examine TOTAL CREDITS FOR MINOR: 27 crs. the historical framework of this distinction as well as how modern technologies have heightened the ethical RATIONALE AND DESCRIPTIONS stakes of this ancient debate. OF THE CATEGORIES OF STUDY HISTORIES OF MODERN IDENTITY: AMERICAN ETHNIC STUDIES: This category of courses examine the historical and This category of courses is designed to specifically ex- conceptual changes, from Ancient Greece through the amine the minority and/or marginalized histories and twenty-first century, concerning the understanding of cultures existing within the United States and Latin human imagination, subjectivity, identity, nature, and America. Courses may address the historical and cultur- the body. The objective is to trace the way a specific al emergence of specific groups such as African-Ameri- attribute or quality of human subjectivity, like madness, can, Asian-American, Latino-American, Native- evil, punishment or sexuality, is socially constructed American, or Arab-American. Strong emphasis will be and thus transformed through history. The interest will placed on literature, film, music, history, and philoso- be exploring ways to invent our relation to the present 62 phy, especially the way in which these cultural forms by critically re-evaluating the past. Cultural & Historical Studies STUDIES IN CULTURAL AND LITERARY THEORY: CHS 303 GLOBAL MEDIA These midpoint seminars examine in detail some of the AND CONSUMER CULTURE most influential cultural and literary theories to emerge Television, film, music, advertising, and the Web are after World War II, such as, semiotics, French post- breaking down political borders and cultural hierarchies structuralism, postcolonial thought, psychoanalysis, and in an intense global search for new consumers. What feminism. The objective of these courses is to not only does this spread of popular culture mean for the politics provide historical background to this contemporary of daily life? Is popular culture an authentic production theory but also to apply these theories pragmatically to of the people or a tool of domination imposed on a current ethical and political issues. passive audience by a multinational “culture industry?” In this course students will pose these questions as they think about what it means to be situated as a consumer COURSE DESCRIPTIONS of popular culture in an increasingly “globalized” economy. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core out- CULTURAL STUDIES come. An Art, Media, & Technology course. 3 crs.

CHS 201 EXPLORING AMERICAN CULTURE CHS 311 VEIL ON THE MASK: THROUGH MINORITY AND MAJORITY ISSUES WOMEN IN ASIAN SOCIETY This course is part of the English as a Second Language This course will examine the lives of Asian women’s Foundation program and is integrated with a Pacific struggle for greater autonomy in the unequal, unjust, International Academy writing course. It is primarily and exploitative social system in which they live. Meets intended for international students with conditional Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Gen- admission to Marylhurst University. Students will ex- der Studies course. 3 crs. plore U.S. culture through contemporary critical essays, literature, and film while developing their argumenta- CHS 313 CULTURAL REPRESENTATIONS tive skills. Prerequisites: permission of instructor & OF AFRICAN-AMERICANS department chair. Meets Human Community Liberal From the antebellum period through the present, Afri- Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. can-Americans have struggled for self-definition in the face racial discrimination. This course closely analyzes CHS 210 CRITICAL THINKING masculinity and femininity in African-American con- AND SOCIAL JUSTICE texts and how these ideas play out in the individual, This course gives students a solid understanding of the societal, and political levels. How have social, political, dramatic effects of culture and language on our thinking and economic motivations shaped how African-Ameri- about social justice. By analyzing language and culture, can women, men, and the entire community are por- students apply these methods of analysis to ideas of trayed in U.S. culture? This course answers that social justice as they express themselves in history, question through primary and secondary source materi- politics, economics, and society. Meets Human Commu- als, including experiential narratives, historical exami- nity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. nations, public policy, film, music, literature, and art. Meets Human Communityand Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts CHS 301 INTRODUCTION TO CULTURAL STUDIES Core outcomes. An American Ethnic Studies course. This course focuses on questions of interpretation and 3 crs. meaning in media, art, and other cultural and political phenomena. Students will examine how people use CHS 320 NARRATIVE, MEMORY, different kinds of social texts to understand and orga- AND POSTMODERN IDENTITIES nize their experience of the world and to coordinate “Identity” is a word persons use to help express and their activities in social groupings. Students will use distinguish themselves, a way, that is, of narrating their objects and events in popular culture, media, and the selfhood through the construction of stable and endur- arts to study theories of interpretation, and actively ing images. This class examines the various ways in engage in practices of interpreting the structures of which the narration of self-identity becomes the subject everyday life. Required core course. Meets Human Com- of fragmented and tormented experiences (for example, munity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. experiences that involve trauma, amnesia, virtual reality, or sexuality). The question students will ask is how CHS 302 MARX, NIETZSCHE, FREUD people can bear witness to these experiences, and how, The purpose of this class is to give students an introduc- subsequently, this witnessing offers important insights tion and working relationship to the way these three into the conditions of postmodernity. Meets Human thinkers set the theoretical framework for much of the Community and Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. theories that animate cultural studies. The value of An Art, Media, & Technology course. 3 crs. their work is the way they have incited critical thinking to cross disciplines, and thus question the status of CHS 330 ART, CULTURE, AND TECHNOLOGY knowledge and power within any given discipline. How has the Socratic quarrel between art and philoso- Required core course. Meets Human Community and Arts phy become, in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcomes. 3 crs. a quarrel between art and technology? By examining such concepts as mimesis (imitation), authenticity, aura, creativity, reproducibility, and translatability, this seminar will discuss how this quarrel is played out in 63 cultural terms. Students will discuss a range of artistic CHS 356 WOMEN’S LITERATURE forms: from Greek Tragedy, to Baudelaire, to Andy AND FEMINIST THEORY Warhol. Meets Human Community and Arts & Ideas This course is a study of women’s changing role in Liberal Arts Core outcomes. An Art, Media, & Technolo- society during the nineteenth and twentieth century gy course. 3 crs. through literature, film, and feminist theory. The primary works will comprise novels, short stories, and CHS 345 NATURE, CULTURE, AND SCIENCE poetry by European, North American, and Latin Amer- Human beings have been long-preoccupied by the ican women writers. Following the historical trajectory distinction between nature and culture. Whether nature of feminist literature and thought, students will study is used to model political or social identity or is per- the preoccupations of classical liberal feminism, Marxist ceived as an unruly and primitive force that must be feminism, French feminism, and “postmodern” theory. tamed, the difference between nature and culture has Students will read literary works by Kate Chopin, Doris been insistently maintained. This course will examine Lessing, Virginia Woolf, Gilman, M.L. Bombal, Rosario the historical framework of this distinction as well as Ferre, Clarice Lispector, Laura Esquivel, L. Valenzuela, how modern technologies have heightened the stakes of and others. Meets Human Community and Arts & Ideas the ancient debate. Meets Human Community Liberal Liberal Arts Core outcomes. A Gender Studies course. Cultural & Historical Studies Arts Core outcome. A Science Studies course. 3 crs. 3 crs.

CHS 346 NONVIOLENCE AS POLITICAL PRACTICE CHS 357 FATHERS AND SONS: This course will examine the life and work of Mahatma OEDIPUS AND HISTORICAL CONTINUITY Gandhi and Martin Luther King, Jr. Classes will include The oedipal model, embodied in the father-son rela- discussions of their views of religion, politics, world tionship, is the tenuous psycho-social tissue through peace, and social reform, and will consider their rele- which historical continuity is guaranteed or called into vance for today’s political injustices. Meets Human question. In this seminar students will study the chang- Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ing role of the Father during the nineteenth and twentieth century, as reflected in European, North American, CHS 350 SURVEY OF CELTIC CULTURES: and Latin American literature. How is the private (sub- THE CELTIC MYSTIQUE jectivity) interrelated with the public (authoritarianism, This class will study the literature, history, language, capitalism, etc)? What historical forces are at work in music, spirituality, and general culture of the six Celtic the shaping of male subjectivity? What effect does nations. Using film, lectures, and guest speakers, stu- rationalization-bureaucratization, the transformation of dents will focus on the Irish, Welsh, and Scottish, with structures of power through the rise of capitalism de- brief forays into the Cornish, Breton, and Manx. Stu- scribed by Max Weber, have on the paternal model? dents will be encouraged to research their own ethic Has paternal authority, as claimed by the Frankfurt background or a country that holds special appeal. School, declined in the wake of the emergence of mo- Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. nopoly capitalism? Meets Human Community and Arts 3 crs. & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcomes. A Gender Studies course. 3 crs. CHS 351 CELTIC MYTH AND LEGEND It has been said that myths are the “stories by which we CHS 358 THE CITY IN live.” In this course, students explore Celtic mythology LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE AND FILM and the epic cycles in the context of Celtic culture, This class will introduce students to the political and history, and spirituality. They will examine Celtic myth social transformations in Latin America in the nine- and legend in light of the claim that Celtic epic like teenth and twentieth centuries. Students will explore Greek Tragedy is dramatic liturgy, a sacramental perfor- modernity and the decades that have become associated mance of faith that was continually re-enacted every with the term “postmodernity” through literary works Samhain and Beltene. Meets Arts & Ideas and Human (novels, short stories, poetry), theoretical texts, and Community Liberal Arts Core outcomes. 3 crs. film. Since modernizing forces have their greatest impact in the urban environment, all of the class materials CHS 355 NINETEENTH-CENTURY CULTURAL will portray historical change in Latin Americans. Meets AND LITERARY CONSTRUCTIONS Arts & Ideas and Human Community Liberal Arts Core OF FEMININE IDENTITY outcomes. A Global Studies course. 3 crs. Concentrating primarily on the nineteenth century, students will explore the evolution of women’s work CHS 359 METROPOLIS: and women’s politics through such topics as feminism THE CITY IN LITERATURE AND FILM and abolitionism, the politics and practice of class, as In this class students will study the representation of well as criminality and madness. Looking at literature, the urban environment in literature and film. Partici- art, and contemporary feminist theory, students will use pants will begin their geographical journey in early these historical examples as stepping stones to consider nineteenth-century Russia set in St. Petersburg. From and critique the present. Meets Human Community and there they will move on to nineteenth-century England, Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcomes. A Gender portrayed in Charles Dickens novel Hard Times. Stu- Studies course. 3 crs. dents will then witness the reconstruction of the city, as reflected in Baudelaire’s Parisian Scenes. As students move into the twentieth century, massification and 64 Cultural & Historical Studies bureaucratization will be the hallmarks of the modern- at times affirm) so-called dominant or mainstream ized urban sphere. With Spike Lee’s film Do the Right culture. Meets Arts & Ideas and Human Community Thing they will move into the heart of the modern U.S. Liberal Arts Core outcomes. An Art, Media, & Technolo- City. A final destination in the journey will be the gy course. 3 crs. postmodern Latin American city. Meets Arts & Ideas and Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcomes. An CHS 375 MODERNIZATION TO GLOBALIZATION Art, Media, & Technology course. 3 crs. This course will provide students with fundamental geographic knowledge of third-world countries and CHS 365 POPULAR CULTURE their paths toward development. Students will become What is popular culture? Is it consumer products man- familiar with regional (that is, cultural, economic, polit- ufactured by the dominant ideology to control and ical, and environmental) similarities and differences dupe the gullible masses, or is it a resistance site of throughout the developing world. In addition, students marginalized groups, who appropriate it and endow it will examine the global processes that connect all re- with meaning in ways unanticipated by its producers? gions into an interdependent web. Meets Human Com- (Is it a little bit of both?) Are popular films just mind munity Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Global Studies candy cooked up to pacify the ignorant multitudes or course. 3 crs. are they a vehicle for members of society to contemplate the meaning of life, explore paths to the good life CHS 376 GLOBAL CAPITALISM and more fully understand what it means to be human? AND CONSUMPTION In this class, students will attempt to answer these This course examines the contemporary global con- questions by looking at some contemporary films and sumption patterns and related issues such as environ- what they mean to producers and consumers. Meets mental degradation, ethnic conflicts, political Human Community and Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core instability, weapons proliferation and the arms industry. outcomes. An Art, Media, & Technology course. 3 crs. Students will become familiar with the continuing process of economic growth and the impact that this CHS 366 ENGAGING THE SELF trend of growth has on the health of the natural envi- The question of the self, in its labor of validation and ronment, and international relations. Meets Human fulfillment, its embarking and disembarking on its jour- Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Global Studies ney to know itself will be the central focus of this course. 3 crs. course as it is represented in contemporary film. The films that students will examine focus on individuals CHS 401 CONTEMPORARY coming to terms with themselves and their relations ETHICO-POLITICAL THOUGHT with others. Societal influence and the internal projec- Literary and cultural theory has radically affected the tions of society upon the self will be taken up repeated- political and ethical climate of contemporary life, bring- ly in different ways, as will the questions of how ing to the foreground questions that have often been persons create identities for themselves in order to ignored or even repressed by traditional ethical philoso- respond to these influences. Meets Human Community phy. This class begins by familiarizing students with the and Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcomes. An Art, two dominant schools of modern ethical philosophy Media, & Technology course. 3 crs. (Kant’s deontology and Mill’s utilitarianism), and then explores how these theories begin to breakdown under CHS 367 ENGAGING THE OTHER the very rich and complex strains of contemporary life. This course will explore what it means to engage the The objective is to locate and articulate emancipatory other. The course will begin with such questions as ways to think through some of the more difficult ques- What is the other? How has the notion of otherness tions of the times. Prerequisite: CHS 302 or LIT 321 or changed in recent history? How and why is the other HS 304. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core suppressed in the realm of normativity? How can this outcome. A Studies in Literary & Cultural Theory suppression of the other be subverted both as a political course. 3 crs. and spiritual gesture? And finally what is the difference between the other and the self? Students will examine CHS 402 PSYCHOANALYSIS AND CULTURE several genres such as film, the novella, poetry, and Psychoanalysis is a field of study that derives its dynam- several short philosophical excerpts from contemporary ic approach to interpreting human behavior by combin- thinkers. Meets Human Community and Arts & Ideas ing elements of literature, philosophy, and meta- Liberal Arts Core outcomes. An Art, Media, & Technolo- pyschology. If the appeal to psychoanalysis lies in the gy course. 3 crs. way it helps alleviate the pressure of “too-much” existing in one’s psyche, a pressure that causes neurotic CHS 370 POPULAR MUSIC AS SUBCULTURE symptoms, then think of how interesting psychoanalysis In this course students will examine the relationship will prove in trying to understand the “symptoms” that between music and subculture by asking how subcul- presently haunt and even threaten the future of con- tures become sites where identities are (re)negotiated temporary culture. Prerequisite: CHS 302 or LIT 321 and social politics are played out. In particular, they or HS 304. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core will explore how subcultures are constructed in relation outcome. A Studies in Literary & Cultural Theory to how the genres of folk, punk, and hip hop resist (and course. 3 crs.

65 CHS 462 MADNESS AND CIVILIZATION lapses to repression. Meets Human Community Liberal Around the sixteenth century, during a time of tremen- Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. dous optimism and anxiety over scientific advancements, the need for civilization to forcibly detain and HST 202 WESTERN CIVILIZATION II: rationally understand madness offers persons today RENAISSANCE TO GLOBALIZATION compelling insights into some to the more problematic Students will develop an understanding of the spheres assumptions of the modern humanistic tradition. Why? of cultural influence and the changes in social struc- What is madness? How can it simultaneously be tures, economics and religious institutions, and political thought as a condition for creativity and a threat to a patterns by which Western Civilization has developed healthy society? In this class students will examine from the Renaissance to today. Meets Human Commu- literary, philosophical, artistic, and medical representa- nity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. tions of madness in order to gain a richer understanding of the meaning(s) of human identity, subjectivity, imag- HST 220 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES: ination, illness, and the body. Prerequisite: CHS 302 or EXPLORATIONS TO 1870 LIT 321 or HS 304. Meets Human Community and Arts This survey course encompasses the history of the Unit- & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Histories of Mod- ed States from early attempts at exploration and discov-

Cultural & Historical Studies ern Identity course. 3 crs. ery to the reconstruction of the Union following the Civil War. It will examine colonial beginnings, rebellion CHS 463 VIOLENCE AND REPRESENTATION against colonial rule, development of democratic insti- From the L.A. Riots and Desert Storm to Columbine tutions, and reform movements such as abolition and and September 11, the past decade has been marked by women’s rights. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts extreme and diverse events of violence. This course will Core outcome. 3 crs. take a critical look at the “gap” existing between the event of these singular disasters and the way they have HST 221 HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES: been represented and historicized in the media. Its 1870 TO PRESENT approach will consider the relation between violence This survey course encompasses the history of the Unit- and representation from a historical and philosophical ed States from Segregation to the rise of the global perspective: from Greek Tragedy through the Enlight- economy. In addition, it will examine Populism, the enment and nineteenth-century positivism to contem- Depression, the New Deal, World War II, the Red porary thinkers like Michel Foucault. Prerequisite: CHS Scare, the Cold War, the Civil Rights Movement, femi- 302, or LIT 321, or HS 304. Meets Arts & Ideas or nism, and Vietnam. Primary sources will be utilized. Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Histo- Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. ries of Modern Identity course. 3 crs. 3 crs.

CHS 490 SENIOR PROJECT HST 240 MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY: This final project, required of all majors, forms a group 1789-1914 of writers and scholars who support each other through In this course students will learn about changes in forms the research and writing process. The endpoint of the of government, economic and industrial development, course will be a research essay created through peer- imperialism, and the causes of World War I. Students review, intensive work in class, Web-based exchanges will focus on the political, social, and economic context and resources, and one-on-one conferences. Required of these major trends and look at many specific exam- core course. 3 crs. ples in a variety of countries in Europe. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. HCD 308 IDENTITY, POLITICS, AND BIOTECHNOLOGY IN TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY HST 241 MODERN EUROPEAN HISTORY II: In June 2000 the “draft” of the human genome se- 1914 TO PRESENT quence was completed. How the information from the In this course, students will learn about economic, genome is interpreted—and by whom—will determine political, and social developments in Europe since the social implications of this enormous biotechnologi- World War I. Students will explore liberalism, democ- cal event. This interdisciplinary course will examine racy, fascism, and socialism as they developed as intel- some of the scientific, political, and ethical implications lectual concepts as well as the economic recovery of of this new understanding of human identity. Meets Europe since World War II, the consolidation and disin- Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Sci- tegration of the Soviet Union and its satellites, the ence Studies course. 3 crs. development of the two blocs during the Cold War, the emergence of the welfare state, results of decoloniza- tion, and the creation of the European Union. Meets HISTORY Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

HST 201 WESTERN CIVILIZATION I: HST 321 ISLAM IN HISTORY ANTIQUITY THROUGH THE MEDIEVAL AGE This course will be an introduction to the history and This class examines Western Civilization’s mighty civilization of Islam to the present. It will begin with a achievements and dismal failures from the first urban survey of the early history of the Middle East, which is dwellers to the gateways of the Renaissance, including the cradle of three major religions. Students will then 66 its periodic experiments in freedom and its frequent trace the zenith and decline of the great pre-modern Cultural & Historical Studies empires, and then move to the Middle Eastern reform- HST 353 HISTORIES OF THE 1960s ist attempts to meet the European pressures in modern The 1960s is arguably a watershed decade in U.S. life, times. They will also analyze the age of colonialism, the not only dividing eras but pitting Americans against rise of nationalism, and the resurgence of the Islamist each other. Some like to recast the sixties as a time of ideology today. Lastly students will end by analyzing ludicrous, even dangerous, infantilism. This course, the impact of the petroleum factor and the geo-political however, will explore how the sixties engendered a problems of the present day. Meets Human Community spirit of revolution in spirit and imagination that and Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Global changed the culture, politics, and aesthetics in the Studies course. 3 crs. “American” way of life. Meets Human Community Liber- al Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. HST 325 HISTORY OF FILM This course concentrates on nine phases in the history HST 360 THE HISTORY AND of film between 1898 and 1970: cinema prehistory, CULTURE OF THE LAKOTA PEOPLE D.W. Griffith and the development of film technique, This course examines how the Lakota culture and histo- Soviet montage theory, early documentary, German ry remains economically and politically affected by the Expressionism, French Realism, Italian Neorealism, film “white man’s rule,” and will discuss how the Lakota noir, and the French New Wave. By studying and writ- people struggle against forgetting by renewing their ing about these milestones of film history, students may spiritual practices. Meets Human Community Liberal become more fully conversant with the nature and Arts Core outcome. An American Ethnic Studies course. aesthetics of film today. Meets Human Community and 3 crs. Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. An Art, Media, & Technology course. 3 crs. HST 361 REFORMERS AND SOCIAL MOVEMENTS IN THE UNITED STATES HST 329 WOMEN’S POLITICAL CULTURE: In this course students are introduced to a variety of 1820 TO PRESENT reforms and social movements in nineteenth- and twen- This class will examine how the connection between tieth-century U.S. history. The intent is to understand culture, gender, and politics impacted women’s lives in the successes and failures of reformers and the social, the past. What active role did women play in creating political, and religious movements they mobilize. Em- the world around them, and how was that action “polit- phasis will be placed on analyzing the historical context, ical?” A variety of topics may be discussed, including the issues at stake, the role of the media and of public the cult of domesticity, temperance, suffrage, the poli- opinion, and the strategy and tactics of each movement. tics of the welfare state, and the rise of feminism. Meets Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Gen- 3 crs. der Studies course. 3 crs. HST 370/371 U.S. COLD WAR HISTORY I: 1945-70/ HST 330 SOCIETY AND CULTURE U.S. COLD WAR HISTORY II: 1970-90 IN COLONIAL AMERICA The Cold War dominated U.S. life for almost fifty years This course examines causes of European settlement, at a cost of over two trillion dollars. These two courses settlement along the Eastern seaboard and frontier, will include the origins of the Cold War, governmental implications of European colonization on native popu- policies, the scientific and technological developments, lations, the origins of American slavery, and the signifi- institutions, and programs arising from this new con- cance of the frontier in early U.S. history. Meets Human flict. In addition, students will examine how U.S. soci- Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ety was reshaped by the specter of a cold war that cast a pall over the victorious Allies in World War II. Meets HST 331 THE KENNEDY AND JOHNSON YEARS Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. This course will examine JFK’s New Frontier, and look at the glowing tributes and revisionist criticism directed HST 373 COMMUNIST AND at him from both the right and left. Students will also POST-COMMUNIST IDENTITIES study LBJ’s Great Society and learn how it became a This class will explore the Communism in Eastern casualty of the Vietnam War. Meets Human Community Europe since World War II to the present, with special Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. focus on the intellectual and everyday life. Particular attention will be devoted to social aspects of transition HST 351 HOLLYWOOD’S HISTORY OF AMERICA and the problems of post-Communist cultural recon- Hollywood has frequently compressed, stretched, and struction. The approach will be interdisciplinary, using twisted the history of the United States. This course films, memoirs, and literature to add to the ideas of examines those audience-embraced distortions and historians. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core looks at how many of them have actually been trans- outcome. A Global Studies course. 3 crs. formed into what is considered to be the past, thus influencing our collective worldview, politics, and ac- HST 381 ANCIENT CELTIC HISTORY tions. The lone cowboy drives the highways with a gun This course examines the history of the people known under the seat, pirates pillage Wall Street, boys become to the ancients as the Celts from the dimness of antiqui- soldiers, and happy endings rule the day. Meets Human ty through their migration throughout Europe and into Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Asia and Northern Africa. Students will explore why classical writers called them one of the “four great bar- 67 barian peoples” and the “last stronghold of hellenistic CROSS-LISTED COURSES culture,” while Caesar called them “illiterate madmen.” English Literature & Writing The course will conclude with a look at the contribu- LIT 321 Literary Theory tion of the ancient Celts to western civilization. Meets LIT 380 Eighteenth-Century Culture Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. LIT 382 Nineteenth-Century Culture LIT 384 Modernist Culture LIT 385 Postmodern Culture HST 383 TECHNOLOGY, HISTORY, LIT 414 The Legends of King Arthur AND GLOBAL POWER For descriptions, see English Literature & Writing, pages 72-73. Beginning with a review of the effect inventions such as Human Sciences the printing press, the steam engine, television, and the ANT 364 Peoples and Societies of the World computer have had on the way humans think, this SOC 332 Race and Ethnic Relations course examines how contemporary issues have been For descriptions, see Human Sciences, pages 86-88. affected and shaped by technological change. Meets Science & Mathematics Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ENV 329 Deep Ecology For description, see Science & Mathematics, page 120. HST 385 HISTORY OF FOOD

Cultural & Historical Studies This course explores the many relationships between history, food, and technology. Topics include the influ- FOREIGN LANGUAGE AND CULTURE COURSES ence of Columbus’ voyages upon European diet; sugar The Foreign Language and Culture courses provide and spice: the motivating factors behind Western explo- students with skills in speaking, listening comprehen- ration and the slave trade; the evolution of national sion, reading, and writing, as well as a basic introduction cuisines; and “fast food” and the history of diet and into the culture of the respective language under study. health. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. LNG 221/222/223 ELEMENTARY SPANISH I, II, III HST 399 U.S. ETHNIC Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. AND IMMIGRATION HISTORY 3 crs. each This course is an introduction to the history of immigration to North America from the time of European LNG 251/252/253 colonialism to the present. Whether concerning slave ELEMENTARY JAPANESE I, II, III plantations of Virginia, potato fields of Ireland, Japa- Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. nese internment camps in California, or barrios of East 3 crs. each Los Angeles, this course will cover topics including immigrant life, work, and culture. Specific topics will LNG 261/262/263 include the causes of mass migration; its effect on gen- ELEMENTARY IRISH I, II, III der and family relations; changing ethnic identity in the Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. United States; and federal immigration policy. Meets 3 crs. each Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. An American Ethnic Studies course. 3 crs. LNG 321/322/323 INTERMEDIATE SPANISH I, II, III HST 419 MIGRANTS AND IMMIGRANTS: Depending on the student’s level of proficiency, the DREAMS NOT BOUND TO PLACE Intermediate Spanish courses may be taken as directed What is the significance of a geographical home when studies if the need of certain students do not match the one aspires to a better life? Through historical examples professor’s course syllabus. Meets Human Community and analysis students will study the fortunes and misfor- Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. each tunes of different groups of peoples as they moved. Prerequisite: CHS 301, or HST 220/221, or HST 201/ 202. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core out- Department of Cultural & Historical Studies come. An American Ethnic Studies course. 3 crs. Marylhurst University P.O. Box 261 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

68 English Literature & Writing Department of ism, creative writing, law, or business. Graduate schools ENGLISH LITERATURE AND WRITING and prospective employers recognize and value the specific skills in interpretation, writing, and speaking Chair: David Plotkin, Ph.D. that a degree in English Literature and Writing provides. They also recognize the insight and problem- solving ability that come with this major’s broad-based explorations of culture, literary art, and history. By investigating the complex relationship between language, self, and society, students in PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES the English Literature and Writing program WITH A LITERATURE CONCENTRATION achieve a rich sense of the cultural values that Students completing the Literature Concentration inform specific uses of language. Learners also will be able to: 1. Compose varied forms of writing with a confident develop their abilities in interpreting and voice and a clear understanding of convention and composing works in English by reflecting on their audience. own language practices while exploring human 2. Discuss the relationship between writing, culture, creativity. The interdisciplinary nature of the and the demands of critical citizenship in a curriculum reveals the larger role of language and democratic society. writing in human life and promotes critical 3. Articulate the differences and connections between understanding and eloquence. the study of English Literature and other disciplines in the humanities and social sciences. 4. Demonstrate familiarity with current research and THE PURPOSE OF THE ENGLISH LITERATURE thinking about literary history and literary theory AND WRITING DEGREE through research projects. The English Literature and Writing Department pro- 5. Develop well-argued interpretations of literary texts vides students with a broad-based exposure to and based on close reading. understanding of different types of writing, including a 6. Understand the concept of literary genre and apply critical awareness of the history of literature in the it in the analysis of literature. English language; a practitioner’s knowledge of profes- 7. Discuss critically the relationship between literature sional, journalistic, or creative writing; and insight into and socio-historical context. the imaginative processes which are the basis of all writing. Students who are curious about literature and lan- Major Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts guage will find that the coursework in English in English Literature and Writing, Literature and Writing intensifies their interest, ability, with a Literature Concentration and knowledge. Majors entering the program gain cru- Required Core for all Majors cial skills in written and oral communication and WR 222 Introduction to Literature & Writing ...... 3 crs. become adept at understanding and interpreting chal- LIT 223 Introduction to Literary Genres ...... 3 crs. LIT 321 Literary Theory...... 3 crs. lenging texts. Two topical Surveys in Literature, There are three concentrations available to students: (e.g., LIT 331/333/338) ...... 6 crs. • Literature, which emphasizes the act of SUBTOTAL: 15 crs. interpretation with a knowledge of literary, Required Courses in Literature Concentration historical, and social contexts to guide the An additional Surveys in Literature course understanding of meaning; (e.g., LIT 331/333/338) ...... 3 crs. • Writing and Rhetoric, which emphasizes the skill of LIT 370 Major Author: Shakespeare to 1600 composition, with a grounding in rhetorical and OR LIT 371 Major Author: Shakespeare 1600-1612 ... 3 crs. communications theory; and LIT 380 Studies in Lit.: Eighteenth-Century Culture • Creative Writing, which combines core courses in OR LIT 381 Studies in Literature: The Romantics literature and writing with specialized workshops OR LIT 382 Nineteenth-Century Culture ...... 3 crs. LIT 384 Studies in Literature: Modernist Culture designed to refine skills in creative writing. OR LIT 385 Postmodern Culture ...... 3 crs. While each concentration stresses different aspects of A Studies in Literary Genre course language practice, all students investigate the interrelat- (e.g., LIT 326/327/328/329) ...... 3 crs. ed aspects of the program—interpretation, composi- A Literature in Translation course (e.g., LIT 357/358) .... 3 crs. tion, and creativity. A Topics in Literature course (e.g., LIT 414/415/420) ... 3 crs. WR 490 Senior Project ...... 3 crs. SUBTOTAL: 24 crs. CAREER PATHS CREDIT SUMMARY Graduates with this major are well-prepared to enter a Total English Literature & Writing core ...... 15 crs. variety of professions which require strong writing Total crs. in Literature Concentration ...... 24 crs. ability coupled with critical thinking skills, for instance Electives for English Literature & Writing Major ...... 21 crs. teaching, law, communications, journalism, and busi- TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 60 crs. ness. In addition, students will find that the English Literature and Writing curriculum provides a strong foundation for a range of postgraduate work—such as degrees in English, rhetoric and composition, journal— 69 PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR voice and a clear understanding of convention and WRITING AND RHETORIC CONCENTRATION audience. Students completing the Writing and Rhetoric Concen- 2. Discuss the relationship between writing, culture, tration will be able to: and the demands of critical citizenship in a 1. Compose varied forms of writing with a confident democratic society. voice and a clear understanding of convention and 3. Articulate the differences and connections between audience. developing skills in Creative Writing and other 2. Discuss the relationship between writing, culture, disciplines in the humanities and social sciences. and the demands of critical citizenship in a 4. Demonstrate familiarity with current research and democratic society. thinking about literary history and literary theory. 3. Articulate the differences and connections between 5. Develop well-argued interpretations of literary texts the study of Rhetoric and Composition, including based on close reading. writing pedagogy, and other disciplines in the 6. Understand the concept of literary genre and apply it humanities and social sciences. in the creation of literary works. 4. Demonstrate familiarity with current research and 7. Demonstrate technical skills appropriate to the thinking about rhetorical history, rhetorical theory, student’s chosen genre in such areas as plot;

English Literature & Writing and literary theory. characterization; pacing; use of the sounds and 5. Develop well-argued interpretations of literary texts rhythm of language appropriate to form; application based on close reading. of narrative tools in non-fiction; or writing dialogue. 6. Demonstrate, through coursework or writing projects, an understanding of the processes, conventions, and demands of writing in a Major Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts professional setting, for example, technical writing, in English Literature and Writing, business writing, journalism, publishing, or some with a Creative Writing Concentration other writing-centered vocation. Required Core for All Majors 7. Discuss critically the relationship between writing WR 222 Introduction to Literature & Writing ...... 3 crs. LIT 223 Introduction to Literary Genres ...... 3 crs. and socio-historical context. LIT 321 Literary Theory...... 3 crs. Two topical Surveys in Literature, Major Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts (e.g., LIT 331/333/338)) ...... 6 crs. SUBTOTAL: 15 crs. in English Literature and Writing, with a Writing and Rhetoric Concentration Required Courses in Creative Writing Concentration A Surveys in Literature Required Core for all Majors OR Studies in Literature course WR 222 Introduction to Literature & Writing ...... 3 crs. (e.g., LIT 331/334/338/380/382/384/385)...... 3 crs. LIT 223 Introduction to Literary Genres ...... 3 crs. A Literature in Translation course LIT 321 Literary Theory ...... 3 crs. (e.g., LIT 357/358) ...... 3 crs. Two topical Surveys in Literature, A Studies in Literary Genre. (e.g., LIT 331/333/338) ...... 6 crs. Course (e.g., LIT 326/327/328/329) ...... 3 crs. SUBTOTAL: 15 crs. Three Writing Seminar I Courses Required Courses in Writing & Rhetoric Concentration (e.g., WR 366/367/368/369) ...... 9 crs. WR 322 Writing as Rhetoric ...... 3 crs. A Writing Seminar II course An Expository Writing (e.g., WR 466/467/468/469) ...... 3 crs. OR Professional Writing course WR 490 Senior Project ...... 3 crs. (e.g., WR 261/323/340/364/365/366/466 ) ...... 3 crs. SUBTOTAL: 24 crs. A Rhetorical Studies course CREDIT SUMMARY (e.g., WR 344/350/351)...... 3 crs. Total English Literature & Writing core ...... 15 crs. A Literature in Translation Course Total crs. in Creative Writing Concentration ...... 24 crs. (e.g., LIT 357/358) ...... 3 crs. Electives for English Literature & Writing Major ...... 21 crs. LIT 380 Studies in Literature Eighteenth-Century Culture TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 60 crs. OR LIT 382 Studies in Lit.: Nineteenth-Century Culture OR LIT 384 Studies in Lit.: Modernist Culture OR LIT 385 Studies in Lit.: Postmodern Culture ...... 3 crs. ENGLISH LITERATURE AND WRITING PORTFOLIO A Topics in Literature Course, (e.g., LIT 414/415/420) ... 3 crs. The requirements for the portfolio are introduced in WR 430 Writing Pedagogy: Teaching & Tutoring Writing . 3 crs. WR 222 Introduction to Literature and Writing. The WR 490 Senior Project ...... 3 crs. portfolio is completed in WR 490 Senior Project, and SUBTOTAL: 24 crs. must be turned in at the end of that class to receive a CREDIT SUMMARY passing grade. The portfolio is intended to track and Total English Literature & Writing core ...... 15 crs. reflect student learning in the major. It includes: Total crs. in Writing & Rhetoric Concentration ...... 24 crs. • An analytical essay from WR 222 or other ELW Electives for English Literature & Writing Major ...... 21 crs. course taken early in an English Literature and TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 60 crs. Writing student’s career at Marylhurst. • A research essay, preferably from the Writing PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR Intensive Course taken to fulfill University CREATIVE WRITING CONCENTRATION requirements, or another ELW course taken after the Students completing the Creative Writing Concentra- Writing Intensive Course is completed. Majors with a tion will be able to: Creative Writing Concentration should substitute a 70 1. Compose varied forms of writing with a confident representative sample of their creative work. English Literature & Writing • The research essay from the senior project. works in translation, arranged around a major author, • A short reflective essay on the program and period, or topic. These courses consider the problems student’s learning. of translation and the relationship between writer, English Literature and Writing Majors should plan to reader, and a linguistic community. Studies in Litera- gather these materials as they proceed through the ture allow students to focus on a particular period or program, selecting their strongest work. topic, providing for in-depth explorations and specialized knowledge. Topics in Literature are narrowly focused on a sub-genre, author, or form. Students in ENGLISH LITERATURE AND WRITING MINORS these courses can pursue a very specialized topic at a more advanced level. THE PURPOSE OF ENGLISH LITERATURE AND WRITING MINORS WRITING CATEGORIES The English Literature and Writing minors provide a Professional Writing courses are often cross-listed with basic understanding of English studies as a discipline, communication studies and provide students with competence in interpreting literature, and core skills in knowledge about writing in a business or professional writing. setting. They provide strategic understanding of how to write for specific audiences and technical experience English Literature Minor working with particular writing conventions. Writing Seminar I courses are workshop-style creative writing WR 222 Introduction to Literature & Writing ...... 3 crs. LIT 223 Introduction to Literary Genres ...... 3 crs. courses that emphasize writing, critique, and revision. LIT 321 Literary Theory ...... 3 crs. Students will typically be asked to read closely and Two topical Surveys in Literature courses ...... 6 crs. critically each others’ work as well as the best examples A Studies in Literary Genre course ...... 3 crs. from significant authors in a given genre. In Writing A Literature in Translation course ...... 3 crs. Seminar II courses, students with a particular interest Electives from Literature or Writing ...... 6 crs. in a specific genre work at an advanced level to hone TOTAL FOR MINOR: 27 crs. their skills. Students will typically be asked to read closely and critically each others’ work as well as the Creative Writing Minor best examples from significant authors in a given genre. In Rhetorical Studies courses, students examine issues WR 222 Introduction to Literature & Writing ...... 3 crs. LIT 223 Introduction to Literary Genres ...... 3 crs. in communication studies, rhetorical theory, and cul- A topical Survey in Literature ...... 3 crs. tural studies. These courses are intended to provide an Three Writing Seminar I courses ...... 9 crs. understanding of the role of writing and persuasion in A Writing Seminar II course ...... 3 crs. contemporary society. Electives from Literature or Writing ...... 6 crs. Specific examples of regularly scheduled courses TOTAL FOR MINOR: 27 crs. that fall within the literature or writing categories are listed below; however, other course topics may be Professional Writing Minor developed and offered. WR 222 Introduction to Literature & Writing ...... 3 crs. LIT 223 Introduction to Literary Genres ...... 3 crs. LITERATURE WR 322 Writing as Rhetoric ...... 3 crs. A topical Survey in Literature course ...... 3 crs. Two Expository or Professional Writing Courses ...... 6 crs. LIT 200 EXPLORING U.S. CULTURE A Rhetorical Studies Courses ...... 3 crs. THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM Electives from Literature or Writing ...... 6 crs. This course is part of the English as a Second Language TOTAL FOR MINOR: 27 crs. Foundation program and is integrated with a Pacific International Academy writing course. It is primarily COURSES intended for international students with conditional Both Literature and Writing courses are divided into admission to Marylhurst University. Students will two types: 1) specific individual courses which are explore U.S. culture through contemporary literature offered regularly and 2) categories of courses with and film while developing their analytical writing skills. shared outcomes, but varying topics. The categories, Prerequisites: permission of instructor & department described below, are designed to fulfill specific out- chair. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. comes in the major while allowing for current or rele- 3 crs. vant topics. LIT 223 INTRODUCTION TO LITERARY GENRES LITERATURE CATEGORIES Students in this course investigate the theory of genre Studies in Literary Genre courses provide students with and its application to interpreting literature through an an intensive look at a particular genre, giving them an exploration of the various forms that literary creation in-depth study of a specific form and its relation to can take: poetry, fiction, drama, film, the many variet- interpretation. The thematic Surveys in Literature ies of literary essays, and other literary non-fiction. The courses provide breadth of literary knowledge and a evolution of these forms over time and their relation- strong understanding of literary history while still focus- ship to culture will provide a context for approaching ing on a particular theme as it is found in literary works literature. Core requirement for the major. Meets Arts & across time. Literature in Translation courses focus on Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. 71 LIT 321 LITERARY THEORY LIT 333 FROM UTOPIA TO DYSTOPIA This course examines definitions of literature and con- When writers, filmmakers, and theorists imagine the siders the history of literary theory while focusing on society of the future, they are actually judging the significant contemporary approaches to literary interpre- world of the present and how it seems destined to tation. Students will explore the relationship between evolve in the future. Increasingly in the modern era, the literature and various other disciplines such as philoso- representations of society, factual or fictional, are more phy, history, linguistics, psychology, and women’s stud- critical than congratulatory, portrayed not as utopias ies. Core requirement for the major. Meets some Arts & but dystopias. Students will examine some of these Ideas and Human Community Liberal Arts Core out- works, literary and cinematic, not only to understand comes. 3 crs. their critique of society and culture but also to discern possibilities for social change. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal LIT 326 DRAMA Arts Core outcome. A Surveys in Literature course. Theater reflects our individual and collective psyche as 3 crs. it entertains, provokes, and informs. This course presents the major sub-genres of tragedy, comedy, and LIT 338 THE LITERATURE OF HOME tragicomedy across the historical and multicultural This class explores works which center around the

English Literature & Writing continuum with a focus on the depiction of characters concept of home, whether that be a physical building, in ambiguous and ethically paradoxical situations. It one’s own roots, or simply what ties one down but also provides an overview of the development of theatrical gives a foundation and sense of connection. Using this representation and stagecraft from the ancient Greek thematic approach the course will discuss works from festival of Dionysus to the feminist and postmodern the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, including writ- theater. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. A ers such as Willa Cather, Marilynne Robinson, Tracy Studies in Literary Genre course. 3 crs. Kidder, Scott Russell Sanders, and Nancy Mairs. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Surveys in LIT 327 POETRY Literature course. 3 crs. Poetic texts shape and are shaped by the socio-cultural contexts in which they are written. This course empha- LIT 341 WRITTEN BY HERSELF sizes the elements of poetic form and genre while also The evolution of literary canons and feminist and other asking the following questions: How does the poetry of forms of critical thought form the background of this last half of the twentieth century comment on the major broad-based discussion of literature by women. Writers social movements of this era? What role does poetry with diverse backgrounds and lifestyles are studied to play in influencing these social movements? And, final- expose elitism, racism, prejudice, and oppression. Meets ly, what is poetry’s place in contemporary U.S. society? Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Surveys in Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Studies Literature course. 3 crs. in Literary Genre course. 3 crs. LIT 342 FANTASTIC VOYAGES LIT 328 THE SHORT STORY The renaissance is often marked as opening up the age How do writers make the ordinary extraordinary? To of discovery (both intellectual and geographic) in such a find out, students read innovative stories by masters of way that is different from, yet echoing, such classical the form. The course focuses on elements of craft, pre- voyages as Homer’s Odyssey and Virgil’s Aeneid. An sents short stories from a writer’s perspective, and pro- attendant subtext to discovery is that of power and vides a deep understanding and appreciation for this domination. This intensive survey of modern literature literary form. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core out- will examine the repercussions of such an opening, come. A Studies in Literary Genre course. 3 crs. exploring the nexus of subjectivity and knowledge, of LIT 329 THE NOVEL wonder and bewilderment, of change and disenchant- The origins, history, and development of the novel ment, as students embark on the many fantastic voyages are the main elements of this course. Students read offered in these texts. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts several classic works, which could include Daniel Core outcome. A Surveys in Literature course. Defoe’s Robinson Crusoe, Jane Austen’s Pride and Preju- dice, Leo Tolstoy’s Anna Karenina, or Virginia Woolf’s LIT 356 IRISH LITERATURE Mrs. Dalloway. The discussion will embrace such con- Literary imagination has been a powerful force in shap- cepts as point of view, stream of consciousness, the ing Ireland’s history and culture. Is the “fanatic heart” Bildungsroman, realism, the unreliable narrator, etc., and possessed by Yeats and other writers inherent in the will look at current and future directions of the novel. culture or a product of centuries of oppression? To find Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Studies out, students will read and discuss ancient myths, mod- in Literary Genre course. 3 crs. ern short stories, and contemporary novels and poems. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts core outcome. A Studies LIT 331 NATURE LITERATURE in Literature course. 3 crs. The course begins with short works from nineteenth- century nature writers Thoreau and Muir, moves LIT 357 EXISTENTIAL LITERATURE through the turn of the century, and ends with contem- Existentialism is a loosely defined but highly controver- porary nature writing, including works by Annie Dillard. sial and influential philosophical and literary movement Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Surveys that began taking hold in the mid-nineteenth century 72 in Literature course. 3 crs. and became widely popular around World War II. English Literature & Writing Existentialism has mapped the foundations of the criti- LIT 382 NINETEENTH-CENTURY CULTURE cal, philosophical, and literary movements of our time. Nineteenth-century literature in relation to social and Students will focus on the works of Kierkegaard, historical texts and contexts is the focus of this interdis- Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre, Camus, and Simone ciplinary course. The course focuses on a special topic de Beauvoir. Meets some Arts & Ideas and Human Com- each term, using cultural studies methodology to think munity Liberal Arts Core outcomes. A Literature in critically about the period. Examples of special topics Translation course. 3 crs. include women’s writing; the construction of childhood; or culture and ethnography. Meets some Arts & LIT 358 THE CITY IN LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE Ideas and Human Community Liberal Arts Core out- This class will introduce students to the political and comes. LIT 382 can be taken as a Writing Intensive social transformations in Latin America in the nine- Course to fulfill writing requirements. A Studies in Litera- teenth and twentieth centuries. Students will explore ture course. 3 crs. modernity and the decades that have become associated with the term “postmodernity” through literary works LIT 384 MODERNIST CULTURE (novels, short stories, poetry), theoretical texts, and This interdisciplinary course examines early twentieth- film. Since modernizing forces have their greatest im- century literature in relation to social and historical pact in the urban environment, all class materials will texts and contexts. The course focuses on a special portray historical change in Latin American cities. topic each term, using cultural studies methodology to Meets some Arts & Ideas and Human Community Liberal think critically about the period. Examples of special Arts Core outcomes. A Literature in Translation course. topics include feminist modernism; surrealism and 3 crs. psychoanalysis in art and literature; or fragmented and marginal identities. Meets some Arts & Ideas and Human LIT 370 MAJOR AUTHOR: Community Liberal Arts Core outcomes. A Studies in SHAKESPEARE TO 1600 Literature course 3 crs. This course looks at Shakespeare’s early dramas, emphasizing close and critical reading of the texts. Stu- LIT 385 POSTMODERN CULTURE dents may explore some of the following topics: the This interdisciplinary course examines contemporary relationships between the texts and Renaissance cultur- literature in relation to social and historical texts and al contexts, issues of practical stagecraft, and Shakes- contexts. The course focuses on a special topic each peare’s use of language. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts term, using cultural studies methodology to think criti- Core outcome. 3 crs. cally about the period. Examples of special topics include literature and chaos; hybrid identities; virtual LIT 371 MAJOR AUTHOR: culture; or global literacies. Meets some Arts & Ideas and SHAKESPEARE 1600-1612 Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcomes. A Stud- This course focuses on Shakespeare’s later tragedies, ies in Literature course 3 crs. “problem” comedies, and romances, emphasizing close and critical reading of the texts. Students may explore LIT 414 THE LEGENDS OF KING ARTHUR some of the following topics: the relationships between This class will study the complex interwoven elements the texts and Renaissance cultural contexts, issues of of Celtic legends, Christian symbolism, and medieval practical stagecraft, and Shakespeare’s use of language. philosophy that contribute to the King Arthur stories. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Prerequisites: WR 221, or equivalent introduction to literature course & one upper-division literature course. LIT 379 THE ROMANTICS Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts core outcomes. A Topics This course explores the literature and culture of the in Literature course. 3 crs. romantic period, focusing on a special topic each term. Romanticism as a period is discussed, with attention LIT 415 SCIENCE FICTION paid to standard figures such as Blake, Coleridge, New science fiction has integrated the cyberpunk of the Wordsworth, Byron, or Shelley, while discussing special ’80s and ’90s with a whole new exploration of the topics such as monstrosity or revolution. Meets some impacts of technology on social organization and social Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcomes. A Studies in being. In this course students will read the work of a Literature course. 3 crs. new generation of science fiction writers such as Molly Gloss and Maureen McHugh, and also see how the LIT 380 EIGHTEENTH-CENTURY CULTURE generation of the ’80s and early ’90s—William Gibson, In this interdisciplinary course, students examine eigh- Neil Stephenson, and others—has evolved its style to teenth-century literature in relation to social and histor- address the cultural, ethical, and technological issues ical texts and contexts. The course focuses on a special that confront denizens of the twenty-first-century. topic each term, using cultural studies methodology to Prerequisites: WR 221, or equivalent introduction to think critically about the period. Examples of special literature course, & one upper-division literature topics for a particular term include home and domestic- course. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts core outcomes. ity; enlightenment religious and philosophical belief A Topics in Literature course. 3 crs. systems; or empire and colonialism. Meets Arts & Ideas and Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcomes. A Studies in Literature course. 3 crs. 73 LIT 420 IRISH LITERATURE WR 301 WRITING CONFERENCES AND NATIONAL IDENTITY These intensive, one-on-one conferences provide guid- This course will explore the literary responses of Yeats, ance and assistance with concepts, techniques, and Joyce, O’Casey, and Synge to Ireland’s transition from a mechanics for self-motivated writers. This advanced British colony to an independent nation. Students will tutorial works through private, informal discussion and study the political and cultural background to major critique and is designed to help experienced writers texts by these authors and see how the texts both influ- bring their projects to effective completion. Prerequi- enced and were influenced by the socio-political dis- sites: 12 crs. upper-division writing; permission of in- course of the time. Prerequisites: WR 221, or equivalent structor and department chair. 1-3 crs. introduction to literature course, & one upper-division literature course. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core WR 303 WRITING LAB outcomes. A Topics in Literature course. 3 crs. This workshop is a co-requisite to Writing Intensive Courses (WIC) and provides a structure for reviewing WRITING the writing process, working on revision, and receiving feedback and assessment from a writing teacher. Stu- dents should take WR 303 when they take the Writing English Literature & Writing WR 205 EXPRESSIVE WRITING: MEMORIES, PLACES, AND PEOPLE Intensive Course in their major. Prerequisites: Developing self-confidence in the student’s writing ASSET score of 50 or COMPASS equivalent, or skills is a major objective of this course. Students will WR 221; & registration in Writing Intensive Course in enjoy the challenge of experimenting with a number of major. Meets Writing Liberal Arts Core outcome. 1 cr. writing techniques focused on personal insights and memories. Required for some students based on their WR 322 WRITING AS RHETORIC ASSET or equivalent COMPASS score in writing. 3 crs. How is writing, including literary writing, an act of persuasion? What are the roles the writer plays in a WR 221 INTRODUCTION TO EXPOSITORY democratic society? Through the lens of contemporary WRITING AND CRITICAL THINKING rhetorical theories, students will examine the nature of This course will help students learn the conventions of writing as a rhetorical act and apply that understanding academic writing and critical thinking through reading, to a variety of writing projects. Students will examine analytical writing, and discussions. Required for some how different authors make appeals to readers while students based on their ASSET or equivalent COMPASS exploring their own voice and skills. Meets some Arts score in writing. Meets Writing Liberal Arts Core outcome. and ideas and Writing Liberal Arts Core outcomes. 3 crs. 3 crs. WR 323 EXPOSITORY WRITING: WR 222 INTRODUCTION REVIEWING THE ACADEMIC ESSAY TO LITERATURE AND WRITING College writers are expected to produce good academic This course serves as an introduction to the major by essays on a variety of subjects, often outside their major familiarizing students with three central activities in or area of expertise. This advanced class will help stu- literature and writing: the interpretation of literary dents who want to write high quality papers with mini- works, creative and expository writing, and the explora- mal stress by reviewing the writing process and the tion of the imaginative process. Students explore and conventions for various types of college writing. Prereq- create various forms of writing through the lens of a uisites: ASSET score of 50, or COMPASS equivalent, special topic, which may change from term to term. or WR 221. Meets Writing Liberal Arts Core outcome. Core requirement for the major. Meets some Arts & Ideas 3 crs. and Writing Liberal Arts Core outcomes. 3 crs. WR 340 PRINCIPLES OF JOURNALISM WR 225/226/227/228 This exploration of the fundamentals of journalism DIRECTED WRITING FOR PLA STUDENTS focuses on clear, concise, accurate writing. Students will These directed study courses help Prior Learning As- learn how the demands of writing for a general audi- sessment (PLA) students develop and refine essay writ- ence can sharpen their writing and improve their pow- ing skills for PLA by focusing on foundational writing ers of observation. A Professional Writing course. 3 crs. skills such as syntax, composition techniques, and awareness of style and audience. 1-2 crs. WR 344 POWER AND INFLUENCE This course examines agents exercising power, types of WR 261 WRITING FOR THE MEDIA power, uses and abuses of power, and particular power Writing is indisputably the basic tool of the public rela- issues, including power at work and power between tions practitioner. To produce clear, concise, correct women and men. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts writing requires well-developed language skills. Profes- Core outcome. A Rhetorical Studies course. 3 crs. sional standards of writing for print and electronic media are introduced. Topics include grammar and WR 350 PERSUASION spelling, AP style, data-gathering techniques, and edit- IN AN INFORMATION AGE ing for readability and interest. Prerequisite: college- This course investigates the persuasion process, the level composition coursework (e.g., WR 221) or equiv- values underlying persuasive campaigns, motives to alent writing proficiency. A Professional Writing which persuaders appeal, and contemporary ethical 74 course. 3 crs. standards. Through analysis of real-world persuasive English Literature & Writing campaigns in advertising, politics, and news media, the WR 369 WRITING SEMINAR I: SCREENWRITING course helps participants understand how they can Students will do the groundwork for and begin writing respond effectively to influence. Meets Human Commu- a 120-page screenplay. Students will choose a story idea nity Liberal Arts Core outcome. A Rhetorical Studies appropriate to the medium, research their subject, course. 3 crs. develop characters, and structure their story. The story idea will be developed into a screenplay treatment. WR 351 CONTEMPORARY RHETORICAL THEORY Students will then write the first act (approximately 30 This course explores the intersections of rhetorical pages) in proper format. Completion of this workshop studies with contemporary critical and literary theory. will give students the necessary foundation and tools to Students will consider the relationships between writer, write their screenplay. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts language, audience, and culture through analyses of Core outcome. 3 crs. such central categories as gender, power, ethnicity, and class. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core out- WR 430 WRITING PEDAGOGY: come. A Rhetorical Studies course. 3 crs. TEACHING AND TUTORING WRITING In this seminar, students will explore current composi- WR 364 GRANT WRITING tion theory and pedagogy for tutors and potential teach- The main elements of this course are the processes and ers. Through the lens of the tutorial process, students procedures for writing successful grant proposals. Di- will reflect on the educational significance and interper- verse funding opportunities are covered and then relat- sonal richness of the teaching and tutoring experience, ed to a student’s specific area of interest. Each student coming to terms with important philosophical and will review and evaluate a sample of proposals and psychological implications of writing pedagogy. Prereq- develop a specific proposal in a particular interest area. uisites: one upper-division writing course & permission A Professional Writing course. 3 crs. of department chair. 3 crs.

WR 365 PUBLIC RELATIONS WRITING WR 432 WRITING/READING IN PRACTICE AND PRODUCTION Students can earn credit through internships that stress Essential for career success in public relations is the professional writing, by tutoring at the Writing Center, ability to communicate clearly in writing—to write or via service learning projects that stress literacy activ- “lean and clean” on demand. This course prepares ism. Prerequisites: permission of department chair. 1- participants to write in a range of professional contexts, 3 crs. including brochures, backgrounders, speeches, newsletters, and collateral pieces. Prerequisites: PR 261 & WR 466 WRITING SEMINAR II: PR 360. A Professional Writing course. 3 crs. CREATIVE NON-FICTION This nonfiction seminar will focus on the “postmodern WR 366 WRITING SEMINAR I: memoir,” i.e., non-fiction that purposely blurs the lines CREATIVE NON-FICTION between nonfiction and fiction. Students will read and In this course, students read and write a variety of cre- write several essays, and there will be writing exercises, ative non-fiction, with a specific emphasis during a discussions of the assigned readings, and informal cri- given term, such as the personal essay or nature writing. tiques of student work, i.e., the workshop. Some of the Students critique work in class and compose a portfolio readings might include Susanna Kaysen’s memoir, Girl, of their best work. The focus of the class is reading interrupted; David Shields’ book, Black Planet: Facing creative non-fiction, generating ideas, and writing and Race During An NBA Season; and David Foster Wal- critiquing new pieces. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts lace’s epic essay “A Supposedly Fun Thing I’ll Never Core outcome. 3 crs. Do Again.” Prerequisites: a Writing Seminar I course & permission of the instructor or department chair. Meets WR 367 WRITING SEMINAR I: POETRY Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. This class will involve participants in the study of selected poets whose works reveal the dynamics of poetic WR 467 WRITING SEMINAR II: POETRY expression. Through selected reading, writing activities, This advanced course will explore poetry in all its vari- and classroom discussion, students will identify their ety. Students will be expected to write regularly, to own creative voice. Constructive feedback will assist share their work with the class, to read a wide range of students in developing writing style and technique. published poetry and essays about poetry, and to en- Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. gage in a ten-week dialogue about the very nature of poetry. Students will also consider the larger issues of WR 368 WRITING SEMINAR I: SHORT FICTION the creative process, poetic form and technique, histori- This course will examine the development of the short cal context, strategies for disarming the inner critic, and story form. There will be guided discussions, written whatever else draws their attention throughout the exercises, two stories written from models studied in term. Prerequisites: a Writing Seminar I course & per- class, informal critique of student work, and mutual mission of the instructor or department chair. Meets assistance and encouragement. Meets Arts & Ideas Liber- Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. al Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

75 WR 468 WRITING SEMINAR II: SHORT FICTION WR 469 WRITING SEMINAR II: SCREENWRITING Student work is discussed in this class in a supportive Students with a strong interest in a screenwriting work atmosphere that encourages risk-taking in the creative at an advanced level to hone their skills. Students must process and respect for the writer, with the understand- read closely and critically each other’s work as well as ing that students have mastered the basics of writing instructive examples of successful screenplays. Prereq- fiction. Students concentrate on sharpening the lan- uisites: a Writing Seminar I course & permission of the guage and focus of their work, and the course investi- instructor or department chair. Meets Arts & Ideas gates by what means writers engross readers in their Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. fictional world. A range of representative short fiction is used as a point of reference for discussing how voice, WR 490 SENIOR PROJECT dramatization, significant detail, and other elements can Students work together in this course in peer writing be improved in student own work. Prerequisites: a groups and one-on-one tutorials with the instructor to Writing Seminar I course & permission of the instructor develop and research a topic for their research or cre- or department chair. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts ative project. The completed project serves as the cap- Core outcome. 3 crs. stone piece for the English Literature and Writing major. Prerequisites: completion of core courses for

English Literature & Writing major & senior status. 3 crs.

Department of English Literature & Writing Marylhurst University P.O. Box 261 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

Marylhurst students exchange ideas during a class discussion.

76 Human Sciences Department of in utilizing a critical systems approach to consider the HUMAN SCIENCES complex contexts that shape and are shaped by individuals as they develop and learn, enact their understand- Chair: Jennifer Sasser, Ph.D. ings, and travel through the life course. A “critical systems approach” emphasizes the holistic nature of human and non-human systems, and the ways these systems organize, interconnect, and relate, and evolve The Human Sciences include a wide variety new forms and processes. of academic disciplines and fields of study Human Studies is an excellent choice for learners that take as their primary focus understanding who are self-directed, critically and actively engaged in the complexities of human behavior and what their own learning, and interested in doing academic work that resists and transcends traditional disciplinary it means to be a human being. At Marylhurst, categories. the disciplines under the Department of Human Sciences include Human Studies, Coursework Within the Major Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology, and Coursework within the major is organized into four Political Science. clusters: Human Studies Integrative Foundation Three undergraduate degree options are Colloquia; Required Topics; Related Electives; and available: a Bachelor of Arts in Human Studies; a Inquiry/Action. Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences; and a Bachelor of Arts in Psychology. Each course of study • Human Studies Integrative Foundation Colloquia represents a variation on the theme of studying provide the theoretical and methodological human beings. grounding for the Human Studies major. Each of the six colloquia are predicated on the assertion that human beings are holistic, functioning GENERAL LEARNING OUTCOMES systems—minds, bodies, and spirits—and further, FOR HUMAN SCIENCES Students completing an undergraduate degree in the that human existence is a relational phenomenon. Department of Human Sciences will: As such, the integrative foundation colloquia HS1. Develop a basic understanding of the historical synthesize a wide-range of disciplinary perspectives and philosophical origins of the Human Sciences. and traditions—literature, cultural studies, natural HS2. Develop a basic understanding of how knowledge sciences, social sciences, communication, in a discipline or field of study is produced and philosophy, ethics, religion and spirituality, and used. systems science—to explore the intra-personal, HS3. Demonstrate a working understanding of social, environmental, and transcendent facets of disciplinary perspectives, theoretical frameworks, human experience. methodologies, and practices used in the Human Sciences. • Human Studies Required Topics: Required HS4. Use critical reflection to synthesize personal Topics courses are designed to provide focused experiences and insights with academic inquiry in each of four thematic areas: 1) Learning understanding. —the nature and processes of thought, knowledge, creativity, and memory; 2) Development—growth and change in the mind, body, and spirit over the THE HUMAN SCIENCES SEMINAR life course; 3) Systems—the ways human and non- human systems organize, interrelate, and evolve HS 304 THE PHILOSOPHY AND new forms and processes; and 4) Methods— HISTORY OF THE HUMAN SCIENCES perspectives and tools for collecting, interpreting, All students pursuing undergraduate study in the and using information. Department of Human Sciences are required to participate in the Human Sciences Seminar. The purpose of • Related Electives: This cluster allows learners HS 304 The History and Philosophy of the Human to customize their Human Studies degree by Sciences is to provide Human Studies, Social Science, utilizing courses from the Human Sciences and and Psychology majors with a common meeting-place other academic departments, as well as prior for engagement in a rich and comprehensive survey of learning and transfer credits. In consultation with the historical and intellectual contexts out of which the their academic advisor, learners craft their related central theories, methodologies, and practices in the electives cluster around their educational and Human Sciences developed. HS 304 can be taken as a professional interests and commitments. Writing Intensive Course and an Information-Focused Course in conjunction with WR 303 and LAC 373 to • Inquiry/Action: The Human Studies degree is fulfill Liberal Arts Core requirements. 3 crs. predicated on the idea that learning is incomplete until meaningfully and responsibly enacted. The THE PURPOSE STATEMENT inquiry/action requirement provides learners with FOR THE HUMAN STUDIES DEGREE the opportunity to demonstrate and use their The Human Studies program provides an integrated, understanding of issues related to Human Studies interdisciplinary course of study for learners interested through an internship or research project. 77 CAREER PATHS COURSES By intent and design, the Human Studies program exposes learners to a powerful holistic intellectual sensi- INTEGRATIVE FOUNDATION COLLOQUIA bility that can be harnessed on behalf of a wide variety of personal, educational, and professional endeavors. HMS 388 HUMANS BEING: Human Studies majors participate successfully in post- DEVELOPING A PERSPECTIVE baccalaureate and graduate-level training and education In this colloquium students examine many facets of in disciplines such as social work, education, rehabilita- human nature and existence. Personal and scholarly tion, art therapy, and interdisciplinary studies. Human inquiry, assessment, and dialog provide the means for

Human Sciences Studies students often go on to work in the helping this community of learners to develop perspectives on professions, the social services, consulting, business and the issues selected for consideration by the class. Pro- marketing, and elementary and secondary education. cess and content will contribute to understanding the connectedness and integration of humans being. Meets PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 4 crs. FOR THE B.A. IN HUMAN STUDIES In addition to demonstrating the learning outcomes for HMS 480 HUMAN STUDIES PERSPECTIVES the Department of Human Sciences, students earning In this seminar learners gather amid the voices of poets, their B.A. in Human Studies will: fiction writers, spiritual sages, philosophers, and their HMS1. Understand and apply a systems theory own ripening to listen, press down roots, contemplate approach to consider the complex the nature of humanity, their relationships with others, interconnections between individual, social, the earth, the transcendent, and the self. Meets Human cultural, ecological, spiritual, and historical Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 4 crs. contexts. HMS2. Understand and enact theoretical frameworks, HMS 481 HUMAN STUDIES: methodologies, and practices used in Human RELATIONSHIP WITH THE SELF Studies. Perceptions of self, others, and the world all contribute HMS3. Think critically and holistically about to the development of a self-concept and an apprecia- perennial and contemporary issues related to tion of one’s living experience. In this course, students human experience. study their experience of being, the personal and social HMS4. Demonstrate a working knowledge of ways processes at work, and the effects of change. Models of human beings learn, adapt, and develop over human experience will also be examined and used to the life course. promote growth of awareness and understanding of self HMS5. Develop increased skills and confidence in and others and how humans relate to all aspects of their thinking and writing in an integrative, existence. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core interdisciplinary, and scholarly fashion. outcome. 4 crs.

Major Requirements for the HMS 482 HUMAN STUDIES: Bachelor of Arts in Human Studies RELATIONSHIP WITH OTHERS Human Sciences Seminar This course is designed to enhance students’ awareness HS 304 History & Philosophy of the Human Studies ...... 3 crs. of human interactions as affected by their perceptions, Integrative Foundation Colloquia attitudes, and behaviors. Both theoretical contributions HMS 388 Humans Being, 3 crs. and personal experiences are examined as a basis for HMS 480 Human Studies Perspectives, 4 crs. understanding individual and group dynamics. While HMS 481 Relationship with the Self, 4 crs. emphasis is placed on family and social interactional HMS 482 Relationship with Others, 4 crs. processes, cultural groupings are also examined. Meets HMS 483 Relationship with the Environment, 4 crs. Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 4 crs. HMS 484 Relationship with the Transcendent, 4 crs. Total Human Studies Foundation Colloquia: ...... 23 crs. HMS 483 HUMAN STUDIES: Required Topics (choose 3 of the 4 topic areas) Topic 1: Learning, 3 u.d. crs. RELATIONSHIP WITH THE ENVIRONMENT Topic 2: Development, 3 u.d. crs. “Environment” encompasses everything that surrounds Topic 3: Systems, 3 u.d. crs. us, both natural and constructed, and may be experi- Topic 4: Methods , 3 u.d. crs. enced in any number of ways from functional to aes- Total Required Topics: ...... 9 crs. thetic. This course is designed to increase awareness of Research and Action human aesthetic, ecological, and economic relations HMS 494 Human Studies Internship with the surrounding and supporting ecosystems and OR HMS 493 Human Studies Research Project ...... 3 crs. the values that we impose upon and derive from our Related Electives (min. 12 u.d) ...... 22 crs. environments. Modern and historical effects of human TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 60 crs. actions and belief systems on the health and sustainabil- ity of ecosystems and society are examined. Meets Hu- man Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 4 crs.

78 Human Sciences HMS 484 HUMAN STUDIES: course. A holistic, interdisciplinary approach is used to RELATIONSHIP WITH THE TRANSCENDENT examine a variety of learning theories, as well as the This course guides students in a critical inquiry into the application of these theories in practice. This seminar nature and experience of transcendence. Our relation- can be used to fulfill the Learning course requirement for ship with the transcendent will be explored from his- Human Studies majors. Meets Human Community Liber- torical, psychological, biological, religious, and personal al Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. perspectives. Students will endeavor to understand more clearly the role of the transcendent in their lives HMS 373 LIVING INTERCONNECTIONS and how numinous experience impacts their relation- Living interconnections are dynamic networks of rela- ship with self, others, and the environment. Meets Hu- tionships, the “oneness of things.” This seminar will use man Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 4 crs. the theoretical lenses of deep ecology and living systems to focus on the profound relationships humans share with all the living world: the cell, the organism, and the REQUIRED TOPICS ecosystem. Current and emerging texts in the natural and social sciences, science studies, and philosophy will HMS 301 METHODS OF be used. This seminar can be used to fulfill the Systems INTERDISCIPLINARY INQUIRY course requirement for Human Studies majors. Meets In this course students are introduced to the various Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. modes and methods of inquiry common to academic disciplines and the assumptions different disciplines HMS 380 THE JOURNEY THROUGH CHANGE make about the nature of knowledge. Students will This course explores and integrates the change process learn tools for navigating these often-complimentary within the systems we live in: body, self, family, group, though sometimes-dissonant assumptions. Emphasis organization, and societal. Various models of change are will be placed on understanding selected methods of examined: Campbell’s writings on the hero’s journey; academic inquiry and the unique contribution of inter- the readiness to change model; Schutz’s integrative disciplinary thought and scholarship. The class is valu- biological/psychological/organizational/societal model; able for students in any discipline who are undertaking and the family life cycle model of Carter and McGold- a major interdisciplinary project. The seminar can be rick. Useful and practical strategies to deal with the used to fulfill the Methods course requirement for Human change process are discussed. This seminar can be used Studies majors. HMS 301 can be taken as a Writing to fulfill the Systems course requirement for Human Stud- Intensive Course and an Information-Focused Course in ies majors. 3 crs. conjunction with WR 303 and LAC 373 to fulfill Liberal Arts Core requirements. 3 crs. HMS 382 WOMEN AND CHANGE This course focuses on the change process and women’s HMS 302 SYSTEMS THINKING: major life transitions within a systems theory context. THEORY AND APPLICATION Included are theories of human development, feminist What is systems theory and why is it an important and interactionist models of adult development, women theoretical perspective? The intent of this seminar is to and work, emerging life issues, challenges and barriers 1) familiarize learners with the core concepts and struc- for self-fulfillment, cross-cultural perspectives on tures of systems theory; 2) explore some current appli- change and large systems change. This seminar can be cations; and 3) consider Human Studies and other used to fulfill the Development course requirement for course content from a systems theory perspective. This Human Studies majors. Meets Human Community Liber- seminar can be used to fulfill the Systems course require- al Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ment for Human Studies majors. Meets Human Commu- nity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. HMS 431 EMBODIMENT IN LATER LIFE This seminar focuses on discourses surrounding embod- HMS 352 BIO/PSYCHO/SPIRITUAL INTEGRATION ied aspects of the aging experience. Equal attention is Throughout the life span, humans experience constant devoted to the bodily changes thought to be a normal change and growth in body, mind, and spirit. Exploring part of aging, and chronic illnesses and disabilities asso- different views and practices from around the world ciated with aging (but not caused by aging per se) and through readings, discussion, and experiential exercises, how these bodily changes inter-relate with and impact the goal of this seminar is to expand one’s awareness psychological and social aging processes. Students will and understanding of the processes involved in holisti- explore the meanings of biophysical aging changes at cally integrating the growth of body, mind, and spirit. the individual and sociocultural level, as well as how This seminar can be used to fulfill the Systems or Develop- states of health and illness may impact one’s relation- ment course requirement for Human Studies majors. Meets ship with one’s bodily self. This seminar can be used to Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. fulfill the Development course requirement for Human Studies majors. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts HMS 360 LEARNING: Core outcome. 3 crs. A FUNDAMENTAL HUMAN PROCESS Learning is fundamental for human survival and devel- HMS 433 THEORIZING AND opment—at both the individual and cultural level. This RESEARCHING IN GERONTOLOGY course explores learning as a lifelong process, beginning This course has a dual intent: 1) to engage students in a at birth and continuing throughout the entire life more sophisticated exploration and examination of 79 important and exemplary theorizing and researching in HMS 476 HUMAN PROCESSES IV: WORLDWORK gerontology; and 2) to encourage students to formulate In this course participants will open themselves to and pursue their own questions about adult develop- thinking and feeling in new ways. They will inquire into ment and aging, and thus, participate in the ongoing changes in how leadership is perceived and what hap- scholarly conversation in gerontology. This seminar can pens when it is regarded as a role accessible to all. And, be used to fulfill the Methods course requirement for Hu- they will experiment with tools for processing issues man Studies majors. Meets Human Community Liberal like racism, sexism, privilege and hierarchy, nationalism Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. and classism. Prerequisite: HMS 321 or junior status. This seminar can be used to fulfill the Development or Human Sciences HUMAN PROCESS SERIES Systems course requirement for Human Studies majors. Process Work is on the cutting edge of the interface Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. between psychology, contemporary physics, education, 3 crs. conflict resolution, organizational development, and spirituality. The Human Process series of courses pre- HMS 477 HUMAN PROCESSES V sents an introduction to this transdisciplinary field. At This is the capstone course in the Human Process series the heart of Process Work is the assumption that the and is devoted to exploring the link between the theory seeds to a problem’s resolution are present within the and practice of process work. The focus will be on problem itself. Learning to uncover those seeds and unfolding the dreaming process as it manifests in per- allow them to grow is a primary goal. Upon completion sonal feelings, physical symptoms, and the tensions in of the series students will have acquired new knowledge group relationships. Students explore the connections and skills, together with a growing ability to move more between sensory-grounded information and the mean- fluidly in and out of the various systems encountered in ing embedded in that information. Prerequisite: HMS daily life. 321 or junior status. This seminar can be used to fulfill the Development course requirement for Human Studies HMS 321 HUMAN PROCESSES I majors. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core This is a course for learning about the connections outcome. 3 crs. between dreaming and waking, physical symptoms and relationship conflicts, addictions and spirituality, inner HMS 493 HUMAN STUDIES RESEARCH PROJECT work and work in the world. Throughout the course This arranged course takes the student through the students will be looking for ways to acknowledge the steps of designing and implementing a research project Spirit behind the spirits and to enact understanding selected by the student. Arrangements must be made through just actions based on deep compassion. This with the Chair of the Department of Human Sciences seminar can be used to fulfill the Methods or Development prior to registration. Variable crs. course requirement for Human Studies majors. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. HMS 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN HUMAN STUDIES HMS 322 HUMAN PROCESSES II This is an arranged course for students wishing to do Students explore human processes in relationships, advanced study in a specialized area of Human Studies. considering a range of issues such as dreaming, trust, Students must prepare a brief proposal. Permission of sexuality, spirituality, emotions, roles, and conflicts. In the Chair of Department of Human Sciences and in- addition, the connection between physical symptoms structor is required prior to registration. Variable crs. and relationship problems, and the ways individual and world systems affect relationships, are examined. Stu- dents also explore relationship myths and develop skills THE PURPOSE STATEMENT for resolving conflicts. Prerequisite: HMS 321. This FOR THE SOCIAL SCIENCE DEGREE seminar can be used to fulfill the Development course The Social Science degree program offers learners a requirement for Human Studies majors. Meets Human rich, multidisciplinary approach through which to gain Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. broad exposure to the Social Science disciplines emphasized at Marylhurst while doing concentration work in one discipline in Psychology, Sociology, Anthropology, HMS 422 HUMAN PROCESSES III: THE SPIRIT At the heart of human processes is a sense of the un- or Political Science. known or the mysterious. As a process unfolds, experiences looking and feeling like the primordial Concentrations experiences that gave rise to the major religions of the • Psychology aims to understand the intra-personal world emerge. In this course, students will explore and interpersonal causes, correlates, and some of these primordial experiences, the place where consequences of human behavior. Through theory, Spirit and spirits meet; where Mystery interrupts the case study, observation, experiment, and therapeutic familiar; and where not-doing interrupts doing. Prereq- intervention, psychology provides insight into uisite: HMS 321 or junior status. This seminar can be development, personality, behaviors, and attitudes used to fulfill the Development course requirement for throughout the human life span. Human Studies majors. Meets Human Community Liber- • Sociology examines society—social behavior, social al Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. institutions, social movements, and social development and change. How groups form, relate, 80 discriminate, influence, aggress, acquiesce, worship, Human Sciences educate, work, adjudicate, and endure are just a few discipline are demarcated in course descriptions of the collective transactions that are addressed in with an asterisk. sociological theory, research, and application. • Concentration Electives: By selecting strategically • Political Science describes and explains the theoretical advanced electives in their concentration discipline basis for and the structure and functioning of the Social Science majors can create a dynamic, component parts of governments. Considering topics customized course of study. such as political campaigns, elections, public assistance, national security, and international CAREER PATHS relations, political scientists show the ways in which Social Science majors participate successfully in post- individuals, groups, and political institutions exercise baccalaureate and graduate-level training and education power and help conceive, implement, and change in all the Social Sciences disciplines. Because of the policy. multidisciplinary scope of the Social Science major, • Anthropology is concerned with examining and learners receive excellent preparation for occupational describing the full range of human cultural and pursuits in counseling and social work, the legal system, biological variations. Often but not always achieved politics and government, business, public relations and through fieldwork and naturalistic description, administration, journalism, and the helping professions. anthropologists focus on all aspects of human culture—such as language, art, child-rearing, and PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES means of sustenance—as well as physical FOR THE B.A. IN SOCIAL SCIENCES characteristics of modern humans and their In addition to demonstrating the learning outcomes for ancestors. the Department of Human Sciences, students earning Focused work within the concentration discipline pro- an undergraduate degree in the Social Sciences will: vides majors with a solid foundation in theory, method- SS1. Demonstrate a basic working knowledge of the ology, and application. This course of study is a good fit distinctions between and commonalties among for learners who prefer to telescope out as they consider each of the five social science disciplines. and research human behavior, cultural systems, and SS2. Understand and enact the process of scholarly social institutions. inquiry to answer questions appropriate for social science research. Coursework Within the Major SS3. Demonstrate a basic working knowledge of Coursework within the major is organized into four methods used for collecting and analyzing data in clusters: Required Social Science Core; Required Multi- social scientific research. disciplinary Core; Required Concentration Core; and SS4. Develop a rich understanding of the predominant Concentration Electives. theories of their concentration discipline and a • Required Social Science Core: The courses in the basic understanding of at least two additional Required Social Science Core are designed to Social science disciplines. provide learners with a multidisciplinary exposure to SS5. Think critically about the elements of sound re- the central theoretical, methodological, and practice search methodology, including when and how approaches in the Social Science disciplines. different statistical methods are used to aid de- Throughout the core curricula learners have the scription and explanation. opportunity to acquire and practice academic SS6. See the personal and public application of Social researching and writing skills. In addition, Social Scientific theories and findings, especially but not Science majors participate in an internship or exclusively within their concentration discipline. advanced research project related to their disciplinary focus and future educational and professional interests and goals. Major Requirements for • Required Multidisciplinary Core: The Required the Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences Multidisciplinary Core is responsible for delivering Required Social Science Core learners a broad exposure to the four Social Science HS 304 History & Philosophy of the Human Sciences, 3 crs. disciplines emphasized at Marylhurst. In addition to SS 202 Introduction to Social Science Inquiry, 4 crs. completing the introductory seminars in each of the SS 212 Research Methods & Statistics I, 3 crs. four Social Science disciplines, majors select three SS 304 Research Methods & Statistics II, 3 crs. SS 394 Social Science Action or Research, 3 crs. upper-division courses from among the non- Total Required Social Science Core: ...... 16 crs. concentration disciplines. For example, a learner Required Multidisciplinary Core concentrating in Sociology might supplement the PSY 201 Introduction to Psychology, 3 crs. introductory courses within each of the four SOC 201 Introduction to Sociology, 3 crs. disciplines with an upper-division Psychology ANT 201 Introduction to Anthropology, 3 crs. course, an upper-division Anthropology course, and PS 201 Introduction to Political Science, 3 crs. an upper-division Political Science course. Additional course in each non-concentration discipline , 9 crs. • Required Concentration Core: This cluster is Total Required Multidisciplinary Core: ...... 21 crs. composed of nine additional credits and provides Required Concentration Core ...... 9 crs. learners the opportunity to strengthen their (see course descriptions for list of required courses understanding of the key content areas and in each concentration discipline) perspectives in their chosen concentration discipline. Concentration Electives ...... 15 crs. The required concentration core courses in each TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 61 crs. 81 THE PURPOSE STATEMENT different statistical methods are used to aid FOR THE PSYCHOLOGY DEGREE description and explanation. The Psychology degree program by intent and design P6. Demonstrate a basic working knowledge of the allows learners to pursue a more focused, disciplinary distinctions between and commonalties among study of the influences on, correlates of, and outcomes each of the four social science disciplines. for human behavior and experience. Students selecting P7. Understand and enact the process of scholarly this major receive a solid foundation in Social Science inquiry to answer questions appropriate for social theories, methodologies, and applications, but conduct science research. the majority of their major work in Psychology. The Human Sciences Psychology major is a good fit for students who antici- Major Requirements for pate pursuing a graduate degree in psychology and the Bachelor of Arts in Psychology working in a clinical or research setting. Required Social Science Core HS 304 History & Philosophy of the Human Sciences, 3 crs. Coursework Within the Major SS 202 Introduction to Social Science Inquiry, 4 crs. Coursework within the Psychology major is organized SS 212 Research Methods & Statistics I, 3 crs. into three clusters: Required Social Science Core; Re- SS 304 Research Methods & Statistics II, 3 crs. quired Psychology Core; and Related Electives. PSY 394 Psychology Internship, 3 crs. • Required Social Science Core: The courses in the OR PSY 493 Research Project, 3 crs. Required Social Science Core are designed to Total Social Science cores: ...... 16 crs. provide learners with a multidisciplinary exposure to Required Psychology Core the central theoretical, methodological, and practice PSY 201 Introduction Psychology, 3 crs. approaches in the Social Science disciplines. PSY 334 Personality Theory, 3 crs. Throughout the core curricula learners have the PSY 336 Abnormal Psychology, 3 crs. PSY 320 Learning: Fundamental Human Process, 3 crs. opportunity to acquire and practice academic OR PSY 308 Behavior Modification, 3 crs. researching and writing skills. In addition, OR PSY 432 Cognitive Psychology, 3 crs. Psychology majors participate in an internship or PSY 328 Developmental Psychology, 3 crs. advanced research project related to their OR PSY 363 Child Psychology, 3 crs. disciplinary focus and future educational and OR PSY 364 Adolescent Psychology, 3 crs. professional interests and goals. OR PSY 360G Adult Development & Aging, 3 crs. • Required Psychology Core: The courses in this PSY 375 Disorders of Personality, 3 crs. cluster provide Psychology majors with a OR PSY 338 Roots of Psychopathology, 3 crs. PSY 316 Social Psychology, 3 crs. comprehensive consideration of the foundational OR PSY 318 Cultural Psychology, 3 crs. content areas, theories, methodologies, and practice OR PSY 377 Psychology of Groups, 3 crs. approaches in Psychology. PSY 370 Biopsychology, 3 crs. • Related Electives: This cluster allows learners to OR PSY 371 Individual Differences, 3 crs. customize their Psychology degree by utilizing Total Required Psychology Core: ...... 24 crs. courses in Psychology and other Human Sciences Electives for Psychology Major disciplines, as well as prior learning and transfer Psychology & other Human Science courses ...... 21 crs. credits. In consultation with their academic advisor, TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 61 crs. learners craft their related electives cluster. SOCIAL SCIENCE COURSES CAREER PATHS The narrow, disciplinary focus of the Psychology major prepares learners for advanced educational and profes- SS 202 INTRODUCTION sional work in research, clinical, and applied psychology. TO SOCIAL SCIENCE INQUIRY By intent and design, this course provides students with an introduction to inquiry in the Social Sciences. “In- PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES quiry” has to do with the entire systematic process FOR THE B.A. IN PSYCHOLOGY through which we pose and explore and attempt to In addition to demonstrating the learning outcomes for answer our questions about human phenomena. Inquiry the Department of Human Sciences, students complet- also has to do with the sources from and the procedures ing an undergraduate degree in Psychology will: with which we collect information and the standards P1. Trace the history and progression of psychological and forms for how we communicate our understanding theory and practice. through scholarly writing. Students will consider the P2. Attain an understanding of the processes of issues and problems scientists working within each thought, learning and development. discipline are interested in, and the ways they describe, P3. Recognize the ways in which theory, scientific define, and study the subject of their inquiry. This investigation, politics and public opinion influence course will also provide the student with a collaborative the classification and treatment of psychological environment in which to explore more systematically disorders. what it means for them to be a Psychology and Social P4. Develop an understanding of the contributions of Science major, and, perhaps, a future Social Scientist. social and biological influences on human behavior. Required course for all Social Science and Psychology P5. Think critically about the elements of sound majors. 4 crs. research methodology, including when and how 82 Human Sciences SS 212 RESEARCH METHODS AND STATISTICS IN PSY 318 CULTURAL PSYCHOLOGY THE SOCIAL SCIENCES I This course examines the area of cross-cultural psychol- This course focuses on the interrelationship between ogy. Students learn about differences in the experiences data collection and analysis and is designed to equip the of diverse ethnic groups and how those differences budding researcher or anyone who encounters research influence client needs and affect the therapeutic or findings in their daily lives (all of us!) with a basic un- consultative process. Gender and age differences within derstanding of the research methodologies and statistics cultures will be examined as well as the student’s own used in the Human Sciences. Topics will include ethical multicultural identity. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equiva- considerations, research designs, sampling and generaliz- lent. This course is an option for the required Psychology ability, central tendency, variability, hypothesis testing, core for Psychology majors. Meets Human Community and meta-analysis. Prerequisites: Math 95, 102, 107 or Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. equivalent. Required course for all Social Science and Psychology majors. 3 crs. * PSY 320 LEARNING: A FUNDAMENTAL HUMAN PROCESS SS 304 RESEARCH METHODS AND STATISTICS IN Learning is fundamental for human survival and devel- THE SOCIAL SCIENCES II opment—at both the individual and cultural level. This The second course in the sequence, SS 304 will delve course will explore learning as a lifelong process, begin- more deeply into research methods and statistics that ning at birth and continuing throughout the entire life support discovery and understanding. Topics covered course. Students will utilize a holistic, interdisciplinary include instrumentation, experimental design and group approach to examine a variety of learning theories, as comparison, observational design and correlational anal- well as the application of these theories in practice. ysis, reliability and validity, and statistical and practical Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. Required course for significance tests. Prerequisite: SS 212. Required course all Social Science majors concentrating in Psychology, and for all Social Science and Psychology majors. 3 crs. is an option for the required psychology core for Psychology majors. 3 crs. PSYCHOLOGY SEMINARS PSY 325 LEFT BRAIN/RIGHT BRAIN: POWER OF THE TWO-SIDED MIND * PSY 201 INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY This course provides a theoretical and experiential This course provides a survey of the basic principles and understanding of basic functions of the brain, as well as theories of psychology. Topics include the nature of neurological differences between men and women. consciousness, intelligence, emotion, stress, motivation, Topics include modes of thinking and problem solving, personality, and development as well as psychological communication between left-brain and right-brain disorders, therapy, and interpersonal issues. This course people, multi-sensory learning in art, music, and move- is a prerequisite for many upper-division psychology ment, and the use of intuition in business decisions. courses. Required course for all Social Science and Psychol- Emphasis is on right hemispherical functions. Prerequi- ogy majors. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core site: PSY 201 or equivalent. 3 crs. outcome. 3 crs.

PSY 304 APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY *PSY 328 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY The focus of this course is on the application of central This course, which is required for all students majoring psychological concepts and principles to issues of every- or concentrating in psychology, examines the central day life. In addition, the relevance of psychological theo- theories of psychological development. Emphasis is ries for understanding interpersonal relationships and placed on processes of growth and maturation through- professional activities is addressed. 3 crs. out the life course. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. Required course for all Social Science majors concentrating PSY 308 BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION in Psychology, and is an option for the required psychology This course provides a survey of recent developments in core for Psychology majors. Meets Human Community the application of behavioral modification theory to Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. understanding and treating psychological problems. Topics considered include sexual dysfunction, stress, * PSY 334 PERSONALITY THEORY phobias, and anxieties, as well as depression, marital This core course in the Psychology curriculum looks at discord, addictions, and interpersonal conflict. Prerequi- the history and critiques of selected theories of person- site: PSY 201 or equivalent. This course is an option for ality, including Humanistic, Psychoanalytic and Behav- the required psychology core for Psychology majors. 3 crs. ioral models. Particular attention is focused on the principles of personality development, the concept of PSY 316 SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY the self, and identity. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equiva- This course examines the phenomena of social behavior lent. Required course for all Psychology majors and Social and the psychological experience of individuals in social Sciences majors concentrating in Psychology. 3 crs. contexts. Special attention is given to the formation of attitudes, values, and beliefs, as well as to the ways * PSY 336 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY social groups and societal structures influence individual This seminar examines distortions in behavior, emo- behavior. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. This tions, thoughts, and perceptions. Topics include anxi- course is an option for the required Psychology core for ety, depression, schizophrenia, and other psychotic Psychology majors. 3 crs. disorders. Students also learn about approaches for 83 diagnosis and treatment. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or PSY 364 ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY equivalent. Required course for all Psychology majors. This course explores normal adolescent psychology and 3 crs. issues that interfere with the process of development. Normal as well as problematic cognitive, social, and PSY 338 ROOTS OF PSYCHOPATHOLOGY emotional development will be explored. Topics in- How do emotional and behavioral disorders develop? clude the impact of family functioning on the teen, What are historical as well as state-of-the-art theoreti- identity development, development of healthy relation- cal and practice approaches to analyzing and treating ship and communication skills, and issues leading to psychopathologies? This seminar addresses these ques- adolescent problems such as substance abuse, aggres- Human Sciences tions, emphasizing the history of psychiatry and psy- sion, depression, and feelings of isolation. Prerequisite: chotherapy as professional disciplines, the development PSY 201 or equivalent. This course is an option for the of psychoanalysis, and the cultural and historical con- required psychology core for Psychology majors. 3 crs. texts that shape how we think about and treat psychological disorders. Prerequisites: PSY 201 & PSY 336, or PSY 368 FAMILY DYNAMICS equivalent. This course is an option for the required psy- The purpose of this course is to examine how families chology core for Psychology majors. 3 crs. organize themselves over time. Students will explore the family system as a collection of relationships—at PSY 340 UNDERSTANDING TRAUMA the individual, group, and sociocultural levels. Prerequi- AND ITS TREATMENT site: PSY 201 or equivalent. 3 crs. The course introduces students to the range of psychological, emotional, and behavioral problems associated PSY 369 FAMILY AND COUPLES THERAPY with the experience of traumatic events. Students learn This course teaches fundamental interpersonal skills about physiological and psychological consequences of such as forming a relationship, deciding which behav- trauma and the range of treatments used in helping iors are important, analyzing what the problems are, clients resolve these symptoms. Attention is also given and strategies for intervention. The foremost theories to the role of the mental health professional in helping will be compared. The format includes simulated family communities cope with disasters and extraordinary interviews where students will practice their skills, events. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. 3 crs. training films of master clinicians, and videotaped demonstrations. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. 3 crs. PSY 360 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PSYCHOLOGY Courses numbered 360 are topical courses designed to PSY 370 BIOPSYCHOLOGY address important and timely subject areas in psycholo- Recent technological changes and increasing under- gy. Content will vary from term to term. 3 crs. standing of the brain have fortified the union between psychology and neuroscience—that is, to understand PSY 361 YOUTH AT RISK why we behave as we do, we must address such ques- This course explores the challenges faced by youth in tions as how and why does the brain develop as we the United States, with a focus on psychological, famil- grow and age? Which genetic and environmental factors ial and sociocultural risk factors, and prevention and are influential? What structures and functions are asso- intervention. Subjects include pregnancy, substance use ciated with memory, learning, addiction, love, personal- and abuse, school life, and aggressive behaviors. Prereq- ity, intellect, disorders, or disability? What are the uisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. 3 crs. implications for enhancement or treatment? How far can we, or should we, go? Prerequisite: PSY 201 or PSY 362 COUNSELING THEORIES equivalent. This course is an option for the required psy- AND STRATEGIES chology core for Psychology majors. Meets Human Com- This course introduces students to several counseling munity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. theories. These theoretical approaches are blended with relevant skill training in order to increase student PSY 371 INDIVIDUAL DIFFERENCES knowledge of and effectiveness in counseling roles. This course examines the relative contributions of genes Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. 3 crs. and the social environment to account for individual differences among people. Attention is given to such PSY 363 CHILD PSYCHOLOGY topics as intelligence, personality, interests, social atti- This course examines development of the child from tudes, occupation, and abnormal behavior, and how conception to preadolescence, emphasizing the theories genetic inheritance and social experience influence associated with the development of cognition, physical these. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. This course and visual-motor skills, personality, and social behavior. is an option for the required psychology core for Psychology Consideration will be given to the impact of family and majors. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core environment on the child. Application of principles for outcome. 3 crs. helping the troubled child will be addressed. Prerequi- site: PSY 201 or equivalent. This course is an option for PSY 372 EVOLUTIONARY PSYCHOLOGY the required psychology core for Psychology majors. 3 crs. This course explores the origins of human behavioral predispositions from the perspective of natural selection. Questions addressed include why we tend to think in stereotypical ways when we are taught to value indi- 84 vidualism, why many commit adultery when we are Human Sciences taught to respect the vows of marriage, why we con- equivalent. This course is an option for the required psy- sume large quantities of salt, sugar, and fat despite chology core for Psychology majors. Meets Human Com- repeated warnings, why men resist stopping for direc- munity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. tions, and women know where the ketchup is. Prereq- uisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. 3 crs. PSY 378 INTRODUCTION TO GROUP THERAPY This course will explore the history and ethical guide- PSY 373 ISSUES AND ETHICS lines of group therapy and delineate different types of IN THE HELPING PROFESSIONS therapy groups. The Stage Theory of group develop- This course provides a comprehensive overview of ment and group dynamics will be examined. Leadership professional issues and ethical standards in mental and group membership skills for each stage of develop- health practices. Topics include professional burnout ment will be addressed. Practical tools for developing and self-care, values and the helping relationship, cli- therapy groups and leading group therapy will be em- ents’ rights, professional responsibilities, confidentiality, phasized. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core ethical and legal issues, managing boundaries and multi- outcome. 3 crs. ple relationships, training and supervision, and multicultural and diversity issues in individual, marital, PSY 379 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL WORK family, and group treatment and current issues in the This course considers the fundamental principles of managed health care industry. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or social work practice, its historical background, values equivalent. 3 crs. and ethics. It is intended to provide information to help the student assess their interest in social work as a pos- PSY 374 PSYCHOLOGY OF LOSS AND GRIEF sible career. Some of the key topics considered include The course examines processes of attachment, separa- personal empowerment, managed mental health, and tion, and loss. Different types of loss, including sudden welfare reform. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equivalent. and anticipated, and the grief reaction experienced by 3 crs. the bereaved, will be covered along with a task-based model for mourning. Facilitation of adjustment to loss PSY 432 COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY will also be explored. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or equiva- This upper-division seminar provides students with an lent. 3 crs. introduction to the history, theory, and research of the subdiscipline of cognitive psychology. The application PSY 375 DISORDERS OF PERSONALITY of cognitive techniques in the treatment of depression, This course examines disorders of personality, focusing anxiety, and interpersonal conflicts is emphasized. PSY on the contributions of ego psychology, object relations 201, or equivalent, and junior status. This course is an theory, and self-psychology, and the origins of personal- option for the required psychology core for Psychology ity disorders. In addition, the implications of therapeu- majors. 3 crs. tic diagnosis and treatment options are considered. Psychodynamic, behavioral, and biological approaches PSY 446 INTRODUCTION TO will be covered. Prerequisite: PSY 201 & PSY 334, or JUNGIAN PSYCHOLOGY equivalents. This course is an option for the required This seminar provides an introduction to Carl Jung’s psychology core for Psychology majors. Meets Human theoretical system. The primary focus is on interrela- Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. tionships between Jungian concepts and how they are applied in therapy and interpersonal relations. PSY 201, PSY 376 EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN or equivalent, and junior status. 3 crs. IN THE SCHOOLS This course explores some of the common childhood PSY 447 PSYCHOLOGY OF WOMEN exceptionalities encountered by educators in the school The psychological dynamics that shape a women’s system, including learning disabilities, sensory impair- experience are addressed from a Jungian standpoint as ments, and talented youth. These exceptionalities will well as more recent theory and research. Topics include be considered from educational, developmental, and feminine archetypal patterns, the kinds of knowledge psychological perspectives. Emphasis will be on identi- that women value and how that knowledge is con- fication and intervention in the schools, as well as on structed, women’s perspectives on relationships, and relevant special education laws. Prerequisite: PSY 201 goals for individual development. PSY 201, or equiva- or equivalent. Required course for all Music Therapy lent, and junior status. 2 crs. majors. 3 crs. PSY 448 PSYCHOLOGY OF RELATIONSHIPS PSY 377 PSYCHOLOGY OF GROUPS From a Jungian perspective, the factors that bring peo- This course explores group dynamics from a Jungian- ple together in intimate relationships and the circum- oriented, depth psychology perspective. Emphasis is stances that separate them are studied. Attention is placed on how groups impact individual authenticity, given to the stages of relationship development, the creativity, and autonomy, how group dynamics can lead development of the self as crucial to creating greater to destruction, and processes for creating healthy group intimacy, and techniques for resolving the usual con- environments. Types of groups explored include reli- cerns that couples face and for improving relationship gious cults, mobs, hate groups, extremists, and econom- satisfaction. PSY 201, or equivalent, and junior status. ic and political organizations. Prerequisite: PSY 201 or 3 crs. 85 PSY 449 JUNGIAN DEVELOPMENT: of instructor & department chair. Meets Human Com- PATHWAYS TO INDIVIDUATION munity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. This seminar is designed for learners to deepen and enhance their understanding of the individuation pro- ANT 304 APPLIED ANTHROPOLOGY cess and what is meant by consciousness. The focus will This course addresses the application of anthropological be on the practical and personal, as well as collective concepts and principles to everyday life by examination and cross-cultural examples. PSY 201, or equivalent, & of music, dance, play, art, humor, and values as well as junior status. 3 crs. reproduction and child-rearing practices. Prerequisite: ANT 201 or equivalent. Meets Human Community Human Sciences PSY 450 DREAMS IN PSYCHOTHERAPY Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. In this seminar, Gestalt, Jungian, Senoi Indian, Psycho- drama, and other techniques will be the tools for ex- * ANT 310 CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY ploring in-depth the world of dreams. Additional topics This course offers students an opportunity to engage in will include the use of a dream journal and the applica- a comparative study of culture. In particular, variations tion of the various techniques in counseling and therapy in the socio-cultural organization, customs, values, and settings. PSY 201, or equivalent, & junior status. 3 crs. beliefs of human groups around the world are examined, as well as the role that cultural anthropologists PSY 451 ANIMA AND ANIMUS: play in gathering and disseminating information about THE FEMININE AND MASCULINE PRINCIPLE cultures familiar and not. Prerequisite: ANT 201 or IN JUNGIAN PSYCHOLOGY equivalent. Required course for all Social Science majors According to Jung, within every man there is a reflec- concentrating in Anthropology. Meets Human Community tion of a woman and within every woman there is a Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. reflection of a man. This class focuses on the inner masculine principle and the inner feminine principle ANT 316 AMISH/LAS VEGAS: within each of us, the understanding of which can lead POLARITY IN AMERICAN LIFESTYLES to a deeper and more profound understanding of our- The Amish and Las Vegas are subcultures symbolizing selves and of our relationships. PSY 201, or equivalent, the polarities that exist within society and ourselves: & junior status. 3 crs. simplicity, plainness, selflessness, community, slow- change, and humility versus complexity, materialism, PSY 493 RESEARCH PROJECT IN PSYCHOLOGY individualism, instant gratification, risk, impulse, and This arranged course takes the student through the excitement. This course will explore and reflect upon steps of designing and implementing a research project the everyday societal, familial, educational, and person- selected by the student. Arrangements must be made al tensions that mirror the conflicts within and between with the Chair of the Department of Human Sciences these two subcultures. Meets Human Community Liber- prior to registration. Variable crs. al Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

PSY 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY * ANT 338 HUMAN EVOLUTION IN PSYCHOLOGY This course examines how evolution has occurred This is an arranged course for students wishing to do through natural selection, and events and patterns of advanced study in a specialized area in psychology. human evolution over the last five million years as Students must prepare a brief proposal. Permission of informed by the methods and findings of primatolo- the Chair of the Department of Human Sciences and gists, biologists, chemists, geographers, and anthropolo- instructor is required prior to registration. Variable crs. gists. Other topics covered will include the nature of the similarities and differences among modern human ANTHROPOLOGY SEMINARS populations and medical anthropology. Prerequisite: ANT 201 or equivalent. Required course for all Social * ANT 201 INTRODUCTION Science majors concentrating in Anthropology. 3 crs. TO ANTHROPOLOGY This seminar focuses on the study of human culture, ANT 340 ARCHAEOLOGY origins, and history, and the wide array of theories and In this course students will learn about the practice of methods used by anthropologists. The four major fields archaeology through “excavation” of a computer-based, of inquiry—cultural anthropology, physical anthropolo- virtual recreation of a Middle Paleolithic site. Students gy, linguistics, and archeology—will be explored to will model the process used by archaeologists in re- show how and why anthropologists produce the results search formulation, data acquisition, analysis and inter- they do. Required course for all Social Science majors. pretation to see the relationship between theory, Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. methodology, planning, technique, and understanding. 3 crs. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcomes. 3 crs. ANT 202 EXPLORING UNITED STATES CULTURE THROUGH ETHNOGRAPHIC RESEARCH This Marylhurst course is part of ESL Foundation pro- ANT 360 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANTHROPOLOGY gram and is integrated with a PIA writing course. Pri- Courses numbered 360 are topical courses designed to marily for international students with conditional address important and timely subject areas in anthro- 86 admission to the University. Prerequisites: permission pology. Content will vary from term to term. 3 crs. Human Sciences * ANT 364 PEOPLES AND SOCIETIES citizens of the United States. Prerequisite: PS 201 or OF THE WORLD equivalent. Required course for all Social Science majors Students in this course will gain a better understanding concentrating in Political Science. Meets Human Commu- of the interrelationship between human activities (cul- nity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ture) and the physical environment (nature). Emphasiz- ing populations outside of the United States, students PS 360 SPECIAL TOPICS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE will see the mosaic of lifestyles of various peoples and Courses numbered 360 are topical courses designed to their prevailing values and beliefs through a survey of address important and timely subject areas in political population and human movement, language, religion, science. Content will vary from term to term. 3 crs. race, politics, economics, rural and urban development. Prerequisite: ANT 201 or equivalent. Required course PS 360S STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT for all Social Science majors concentrating in Anthropolo- This course considers state and local government struc- gy. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. tures, processes, and policies, including the importance 3 crs. of political culture, socialization, political parties, and participation. Focusing on Oregon politics, as well as ANT 493 RESEARCH PROJECT IN ANTHROPOLOGY other states of student interest, we will learn about sub- This arranged course takes the student through the national politics, federalism and the problems of feder- steps of designing and implementing a research project al-state-local cooperation, elections, and specific policy selected by the student. Arrangements must be made areas including pollution, law, taxation, and education. with the Chair of the Department of Human Sciences Prerequisite: PS 201 or equivalent. Meets Human Com- prior to registration. Variable crs. munity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

ANT 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY * PS 428 INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS IN ANTHROPOLOGY This course surveys international relations with refer- This is an arranged course for students wishing to do ence to major political paradigms, current political advanced study in a specialized area in anthropology. happenings, and how international affairs affect all of Students must prepare a brief proposal. Permission of our lives. Topics to be considered are increasing world the Chair of the Department of Human Sciences and interdependence, the globalized political economy, the instructor is required prior to registration. Variable crs. United Nations, the changing character of military power, national security, and the liberal institutional paths to peace. Prerequisite: PS 201, or equivalent, & POLITICAL SCIENCE SEMINARS junior standing. Required course for all Social Science majors concentrating in Political Science. Meets Human * PS 201 INTRODUCTION Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. TO POLITICAL SCIENCE This is a beginning-level course that examines the fun- * PS 436 POLITICAL THEORY damental concepts of politics and government. The In this course students will examine basic concepts in course is designed to help citizens to better understand political theory—for example, sources of power, human the operation of their political system as well as other rights, and human nature—and how different views of systems in the world. Attention is given to topics in- those concepts lead to ideological variations such as cluding the distribution and legitimacy of political democracy, socialism, Marxism, and fascism. Prerequi- power, the relationship between individuals and the site: PS 201, or equivalent, & junior standing. Required state, how individuals can participate in and shape course for all Social Science majors concentrating in Politi- public policy, and the expression of political positions. cal Science. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core Required course for all Social Science majors. Meets Hu- outcome. 3 crs. man Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. PS 460 WOMEN AND POLITICS PS 302 APPLIED POLITICAL SCIENCE This course uses an interdisciplinary approach to under- This course is designed to allow students to see how standing the political status and situation of women in politics influence our daily lives—how we educate, the United States and around the world. Subjects cov- work, provide health care, and form family units. The ered include women’s social movements, psychological power of ideology, history, media, social influence, and gender differences important in the political arena, the technology will be assessed. Prerequisite: PS 201 or “gender gap” in voting behavior, and women as candi- equivalent. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core dates and elected officials. Prerequisite: PS 201, or outcome. 3 crs. equivalent, & junior standing. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. * PS 322 UNITED STATES POLITICS This course examines the U.S. Constitution, political PS 493 RESEARCH PROJECT participation, and elections. Students will consider the IN POLITICAL SCIENCE three branches of government: how Congress operates, This arranged course takes the student through the including the politics of pleasing constituents and insid- steps of designing and implementing a research project er politics; the powers, politics, and bureaucracy of the selected by the student. Arrangements must be made Presidency; and the Supreme Court’s decision-making with the Chair of the Department of Human Sciences process and the implications those rulings have on all prior to registration. Variable crs. 87 PS 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY SOC 332 RACE AND ETHNIC RELATIONS IN POLITICAL SCIENCE In this class students will look at the issues of race, This is an arranged course for students wishing to do ethnicity, and gender, study their interrelationships advanced study in a specialized area in political science. with the contemporary global patterns of political fac- Students must prepare a brief proposal. Permission of tionalism, economic disparity, religious fervor, and the Chair of the Department of Human Sciences and ethnic nationalism. Students will also consider the instructor is required prior to registration. Variable crs. impact of these issues for developed and developing countries throughout the world. Prerequisite: SOC 201 or equivalent. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Human Sciences SOCIOLOGY SEMINARS Core outcome. 3 crs.

* SOC 201 INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY * SOC 341 SOCIETY BECOMES VISIBLE: CLASSICAL This beginning-level course introduces students to SOCIAL THEORY sociology as a social science, and to some of the meth- In this course attention is given to the works of the ods of social research. Students will learn about the founders of sociology—Durkheim, Marx, Weber, and basic concepts and principles of sociology, such as social Simmel—who examined the relationship between the structure, norms, deviance, stratification and change, individual and society. This is the first of a three-course and about micro- and macro-social institutions, social sequence dealing with modern, contemporary, and interactions, and the meaning of culture. Required postmodern theories in sociology. Prerequisite: SOC course for all Social Science majors. Meets Human Com- 201 or equivalent. Required course for all Social Science munity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. majors concentrating in Sociology. Meets Human Commu- nity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. SOC 310 APPLIED SOCIOLOGY The purpose of this course is to intentionally apply * SOC 350 THE SOCIOLOGICAL IMAGINATION sociological principles to everyday life. Students will This course investigates how individual lives are linked examine the impact that sociological processes have on to and are influenced by society and history. It explores individuals and their families as well as on their com- how personal experiences result from social change and munities. Topics include socialization and social reality, social conflict, and the actions taken by individuals to urban relations, friendship and love, and health and cope with and/or overcome them. The focus will be on illness, among others. Prerequisite: SOC 201 or equiva- the works of C. Wright Mills whose rich analyses of lent. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core out- contemporary American society inspired many social come. 3 crs. thinkers; Erving Goffman, who examined strategies individuals employ in their social behavior under vary- * SOC 316 SOCIAL PROBLEMS ing conditions; George Herbert Mead whose investiga- This course presents the sociological approach to con- tions led to an understanding of how individuals temporary social problems, including crime, violence, become social beings; and Harold Garfinkel who ex- gender relations, urban growth, racism, homelessness, plored how everyday human interactions assume invisi- and poverty. Analytical thinking and methodological ble and unarticulated social rules. 3 crs. Prerequisite: study of social problems will be emphasized in regard SOC 201 or equivalent. Required course for all Social to understanding and reducing the impact of these Science majors concentrating in Sociology. Meets Human issues. Prerequisite: SOC 201 or equivalent. Required Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. course for all Social Science majors concentrating in Sociol- ogy. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core out- SOC 360 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY come. 3 crs. Courses numbered 360 are topical courses designed to address important and timely subject areas in sociology. SOC 325 MINORITIES IN THE UNITED STATES Content will vary from term to term. 3 crs. In this course students examine minorities in the Unit- ed States, paying particular attention to the perspec- SOC 364 SOCIOLOGY OF FAMILIES tives and experiences of such groups as The family as a social institution. Topics include alter- African-Americans, Latinos, Native Americans, Middle native family forms, interaction patterns in families, Easterners, and Asians. Prerequisite: SOC 201 or equiv- marriage, divorce, parenthood in all its variations, dual- alent. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core out- worker families, and the future of the family as a social come. 3 crs. institution. 3 crs.

SOC 329 GENDER RELATIONS SOC 372 SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION Men and women are different in many ways—though In this course students consider the educational institu- less so than most of us suppose. This advanced course tion in the United States, the issues surrounding public examines issues related to women’s and men’s socializa- schools, and pressures on those in the teaching profes- tion, emergent identities, and experiences. Theory and sion. Emphasis is placed on the realities and potentiali- research on gender formation are reviewed with special ties of education from a sociological-educational attention paid to the influence of social institutions. perspective. Prerequisite: SOC 201 or equivalent. Meets Prerequisite: SOC 201 or equivalent. Meets Human Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. 88 Human Sciences SOC 402 SOCIAL MOVEMENTS AND CHANGE the holocaust and the gulags, others remain hopeful This course dissects the relationship between the indi- about the ultimate achievement of the goals of the vidual and society, and the ways that people act collec- enlightenment and modernity. In the end, each of these tively to change their social and economic situations. theorists contributes to deepening our understanding of Students will explore social movements of the twenti- the individual’s position in contemporary society. Pre- eth century that affect us locally and as a nation. Atten- requisite: SOC 201, or equivalent, & junior standing. tion is given to the major classical and contemporary Required course for all Social Science majors concentrating theories of social movements and change. Prerequisite: in Sociology. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core SOC 201 or equivalent and junior standing. Meets outcome. 3 crs. Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. * SOC 442 FUTURE OF SOCIETY SOC 430 MULTIDISCIPLINARY This course focuses on where society is headed over the PERSPECTIVES ON AGING next several decades—the ways in which society might This course provides students with an introduction to reorganized, develop and function. The sources and rate and comprehensive overview of the multidisciplinary of, reactions to, and costs and assessments of change are field of Gerontology. Substantive, conceptual, and a few of the topics that will be covered as we examine methodological issues central to the study of adult components of change. Prerequisite: SOC 201, or development and aging are explored. Particular atten- equivalent, & junior standing. Required course for all tion is given to the following topics: the origins and Social Science majors concentrating in Sociology. Meets intent of Gerontology as a discipline and practice; de- Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. mographics; cross-cultural perspectives; multidisciplinary theoretical approaches; ageism and age * SOC 476 SOCIOLOGY OF SEXUALITY stereotypes; economics and aging; social policies and This course examines sociocultural discourses surround- programs; mid- and late-life transitions; diversity and ing human sexualities. Attention is given to the contri- aging; bio-psycho-social aspects of aging; and health and butions of biology and culture to the meanings ascribed illness. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts Core to sexualities, as well as the impact of gender, class, outcome. 3 crs. race/ethnicity, and sexual orientation of the individual’s self-identity and self-image. In addition, the connection SOC 432 PSYCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS OF AGING between violence and sexuality, and notions about Recognizing that aging is a dynamic, multidimensional “appropriate” behaviors, are also examined. This course process, this course addresses the complex interface concludes with analysis of possible future perturbations between the psychological and social aspects of aging. of sexuality in U.S. society. Prerequisite: SOC 201, or Students will explore topics such as the relationship equivalent, & junior standing. Required course for all between perceptions of control, self-efficacy, and Social Science majors concentrating in Sociology. Meets health; change and stability in personality characteris- Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. tics; and age consciousness and identity. 3 crs. SOC 493 RESEARCH PROJECT IN SOCIOLOGY SOC 434 SOCIAL SYSTEMS IN LATER LIFE This arranged course takes the student though the steps This course focuses on the multi-layered social context of designing and implementing a research project se- in which individuals age. Through the learning projects lected by the student. Arrangements must be made in this course students become acquainted with each with the Chair of the Department of Human Sciences layer of the social system, including informal to formal prior to registration. Variable crs. social programs and agencies for older adults; aging- supportive living environments and neighborhoods; and SOC 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SOCIOLOGY interpersonal relationships with friends, family, and This is an arranged course for students wishing to do pets. 3 crs. advanced study in a specialized area in sociology. Stu- dents must prepare a brief proposal. Permission of the *SOC 440 CRITICAL AND Chair of the Department of Human Sciences and in- POSTMODERN SOCIOLOGY structor is required prior to registration. Variable crs. This is the third of a three-course sequence dealing with modern, contemporary, and postmodern theories in sociology. In this course the focus is mainly on theo- Department of Human Sciences rists from the Frankfurt School, as well as those associ- Marylhurst University ated with Postmodernism. Attention will be given to P.O. Box 261 the study of the works of Habermas, Foucault, Bourdi- 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) eu, Baudrillard, and feminist scholars. While some of Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 these theorists wrestle with the disappointments of Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 bureaucratic, consumerist society, and by the terrors of FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

89 Department of of such an integrative approach. Students work closely INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES with the interdisciplinary studies advisor throughout their degree, ensuring that all aspects of the degree plan Chair: Simeon Dreyfuss are well connected to the student’s mission statement and long-term goals. The program culminates with a senior project composed of two parts: 1. Action: an internship or service project that applies The undergraduate interdisciplinary studies the mission articulated by the student (this may be program offers students the opportunity to to waived if students are already active in the field they design their own degrees. In the process, students are studying), and take more responsibility for their learning. 2. Reflection: a senior research paper of sound academic quality that explores learning from the Working closely with the department chair, internship, service project, or work or volunteer students plan a focused study of their own experience and applies research, theories, and tools

Interdsiciplinary Studies definition that combines two or more academic of analysis in a way that integrates the disciplines disciplines according to their interests, utilizes represented in their concentrated study. relevant transfer credit, and takes advantage of credit for prior learning. The majority of CAREER PATHS coursework in an undergraduate interdisciplinary Career paths for Interdisciplinary Studies majors range major is composed of studies in academic as widely as the human imagination. The degree teach- disciplines either taught at Marylhurst or es skills in articulating attainable goals and achieving transferred to the University. Students learn them. It provides a solid foundation in at least two academic disciplines, at the same time it fosters the both the theories and methodologies for the creative application of ideas, methods, and critical disciplines they combine as well as techniques perspectives. It teaches intellectual flexibility and the and methods for undertaking a major ability to solve problems from a variety of perspectives. interdisciplinary project. These are foundational skills for accomplishment in all areas. Because the degree is highly customizable students THE PURPOSE OF have designed majors which prepared them for an THE INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES DEGREE astonishing variety of long-range goals. Some students The interdisciplinary studies program is designed with pursue an interdisciplinary degree for personal fulfill- serious students in mind—students with eclectic inter- ment, and remain in positions they held prior to coming ests, a clear sense of academic mission, and high expec- to Marylhurst. tations for their undergraduate experience. It’s a great Other graduates have started their own businesses in program for students who have followed a few twists areas as varied as financial planning, theatrical manage- and turns in their life and schooling and need to design ment, and picture framing. They have secured new a degree around their intellectual history and diverse positions with major high-tech multinational firms and interests. It’s the right program for students who don’t other regional manufactures, both in management and like to be told what to study and are looking for the design functions. They have become successful free- opportunity to shape their own learning. It is a perfect lance writers, graphic designers, photographers, artists, program for students with an abiding passion and who and managers of art galleries . They have become teach- are looking for a program that will let them follow their ers from the early childhood years through the colle- dreams. giate level. Graduates have entered traditional M.A. or The undergraduate interdisciplinary studies degree Ph.D. programs in English, Psychology, Ministry, and offers benefits to students in three areas. First, through the environmental sciences. They have also entered a structured process students gain experience in defin- interdisciplinary graduate programs such as Law, Art ing a major goal and systematically attaining it. The Therapy, or the Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary interdisciplinary degree process encourages students to Studies. plan their degree design in broad terms at the same time it assists students in articulating the details of their PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR B.A. learning goals and the coursework needed to achieve IN INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES those goals. This experience in long-term planning and Students completing a B.A. in Interdisciplinary Studies follow-through is a central outcome of the degree. will be able to: Second, through concentrated study in two or more 1. Develop and fulfill an academic plan that is rooted areas of scholarship, students learn the rich disciplinary in a sense of personal mission. traditions that are directly relevant to their goals. This Specifically, students will: apprenticeship to academic disciplines is one of the a) Write their own mission statement that reflects most important components to the solid foundation the their personal, academic, career, and life goals. interdisciplinary degree gives for future study and appli- b) Demonstrate the common thread that connects cation. the disciplines they are integrating. Third, academic excellence and interdisciplinary c) Identify the discipline-specific content of their methodologies are stressed throughout the degree pro- individual academic plan by identifying appropri- gram. Students begin with a mission statement that ate learning outcomes within the disciplines and 90 outlines their plan for study and the particular benefits the courses that deliver the desired learning. Interdisciplinary Studies d) Develop a plan for attaining their defined goals INT 009 INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES PORTFOLIO and objectives, and take responsibility for The requirements for the Interdisciplinary Studies monitoring, evaluating, and updating that plan. Portfolio are introduced in INT 300, Introduction to 2. Achieve an interdisciplinary perspective based on Interdisciplinary Studies. The finished portfolio signals solid academic attainments. the completion of the Senior Project. Students should Specifically, students will: register for INT 009 in the quarter they plan to gradu- a) Demonstrate strong research and writing skills. ate and contact your advisor to arrange for final submis- b) Clearly articulate and apply theories, methods, sion of portfolio. The portfolio is used to organize, and critical perspectives from at least two integrate, and demonstrate the structure of the stu- academic disciplines in a manner consistent with dent’s major. It includes such items as: the traditions of those disciplines. • Mission statement and learning outcomes c) Solve problems using methodologies from various • Individual Degree Plan (detailed plan of intended disciplines. coursework made in INT 300) d) Discuss critically the points of convergence and • Course papers dissonance between the disciplines central to their • Course Rationales and Evaluations (brief statements mission. on how the courses taken relate to the student’s e) Synthesize complementary and divergent theories, mission and learning outcomes) information, methods, and critical perspectives. • Internship evaluation 3. Share these accomplishments with the community • Final draft of senior paper through personal, civic, professional, or scholarly life. • Program evaluation and post-baccalaureate plan (the Specifically, students will: student’s evaluation of the educational process and a) Synthesize and apply the academic disciplines in plan for the next steps in fulfilling their mission) their major through real-world application and 0 credits action. b) Develop a plan for utilizing their completed COURSES interdisciplinary degree for further study or professional life. INT 300 INTRODUCTION TO INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES Major Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts This course introduces students to interdisciplinary in Interdisciplinary Studies studies, both as an academic major and as a contemporary trend in scholarship. Students will explore the rich Core (to be taken within one year of declaring a major in Interdisciplinary Studies) history of liberal and interdisciplinary studies. The INT 300 Introduction to Interdisciplinary Studies ..... 3 crs. interdisciplinary major is self-designed; this is the INT 301 Methods of Interdisciplinary Inquiry ...... 3 crs. course in which students design their major. The course Concentrated Study also introduces the interdisciplinary studies portfolio, Coursework in at least two disciplines ...... min. of 48 crs. which provides students with a forum to both see and No more than one-third of total Concentrated Study may be show how the disciplines within the major blend into a lower-division credit unified field of study. Prerequisites: Students should be Senior Project composed of the following components: declared interdisciplinary majors and have met with INT 003 Senior Project Proposal ...... 0 crs. their advisor. Students majoring in interdisciplinary INT 494 Internship or Service Project ...... 3 crs. studies must take this class within the first two terms INT 498A Senior Paper...... 3 crs. after declaring the major. 3 crs. INT 009 Interdisciplinary Studies Portfolio ...... 0 crs. TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: minimum of 60 crs. INT 301 METHODS OF INTERDISCIPLINARY INQUIRY SPECIAL NOTE about non-credit-bearing requirements for In this course students are introduced to the various the Interdisciplinary major: modes and methods of inquiry common to academic disciplines and the assumptions different disciplines INT 003 SENIOR PROJECT PROPOSAL make about the nature of knowledge. Students will This proposal is due prior to or concurrent with register- learn tools for navigating these often—complimentary ing for INT 494 or INT 498A. To complete the propos- though sometimes—dissonant assumptions. Emphasis al, register for the class and contact your advisor. The will be placed on understanding selected methods of proposal identifies the subject of your senior project, the academic inquiry and the unique contribution of interrelationship of that project to your Mission Statement, disciplinary thought and scholarship. The class is valu- and resources in terms of books, journals, articles, or able for students in any discipline who are undertaking individuals that will be useful in fulfilling your senior a major interdisciplinary project. Prerequisite: INT 300 project. The proposal also identifies the relationship or approval of department chair. INT 301 can be taken between the kind of internship or service project you as a Writing Intensive Course and an Information-Focused will seek and the overall subject of your senior project. Course in conjunction with WR 303 and LAC 373 to Those students seeking to waive the internship require- fulfill Liberal Arts Core requirements. 3 crs. ment use the proposal to describe and document the professional or volunteer work they feel has already met the intent of the internship requirement. 0 credits 91 INT 494 INTERDISCIPLINARY INTERNSHIP research, and write their senior paper. The senior paper OR SERVICE PROJECT synthesizes the lessons gained though INT 494 and/or Through the interdisciplinary internship or service life experience with the cumulative knowledge of the project students test the ideas at the core of their mis- student’s concentrated study and any additional re- sion statement and the learning gained through their search conducted for this project. The senior paper is concentrated study by applying them in real-life set- part of the overall senior project, composed of INT tings. The internship or service project is an opportuni- 494, the action or internship component, and this pa- ty for students to place their learning in the service of per, the academic or reflective component. others. The interdisciplinary internship should be Students completing an internship take only viewed as a part of the overall senior project, composed INT 498A for 3 credits. of this action or internship component, and the aca- Students for whom INT 494 was waived through demic or reflective component, INT 498A, the senior INT 003 must take INT 498A/498B for 6 credits over paper. two terms. INT 494 may be waived for students who, in a pro- Prerequisite: senior standing, INT 003, & INT 494.

Interdsiciplinary Studies fessional or volunteer setting, have already been apply- INT 498A/498B are 3 crs. each. ing the ideas at the core of their interdisciplinary mission. Students interested in waiving INT 494 make the request as part of their senior project proposal. If Department of Interdisciplinary Studies INT 494 is waived INT 498A must be taken for 6 cred- Marylhurst University its. P.O. Box 261 Prerequisite: senior standing, INT 003, and orienta- 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) tion with internship coordinator. 3 crs. Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 INT 498A/498B SENIOR PAPER SEMINAR FAX: 503.636.9526 The senior paper is an analysis and synthesis paper Email: [email protected] based on a topic or research interest that grows from Web site: www.marylhurst.edu the student’s interdisciplinary mission statement. In this course students receive guidance as they conceptualize,

As a fully accredited liberal arts university, Marylhurst offers its students coursework leading to bachelor’s and master’s degrees and to other goals such as career transition and professional development.

92 Music Department of CAREER PATHS MUSIC Building a career as a professional musician demands dedication, exhaustive training, practice and a clear un- Chair: John F. Paul, D. Mus. derstanding of the business of music. The B.A. in Music Music Therapy Program Director: Christine Korb, program introduces the student to the rigors of careers in M.M., M.T.-B.C. performance, teaching, composition, church music, conducting, studio musicianship, recording and other music- related fields. It also offers a solid foundation if the student’s goal is to continue their musical education by Music is the quintessential art form that combines pursuing a fifth-year teaching certificate, master’s or doc- the intellect, emotion, and physical expression. It toral degrees. is essential to a vibrant, healthy community. The Marylhurst Music Department is committed to PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR THE B.A. IN MUSIC serving our community by offering a broad range Students completing the Bachelor of Arts in Music of courses and experiences for the major and non- degree will be able to: major alike, within a traditional and nurturing 1. Demonstrate a fundamental knowledge of the environment. Whether it is through our unique theory, history and interpretation of music. music therapy program, community ensembles, 2. Utilize fundamental skills and concepts of music in Suzuki lessons for children, certificate programs order to produce music. for working professionals, or the Bachelor of Arts 3. Engage in critical discussion of their music and the in Music degree, the Music Department is music of others. committed to improving life in society by 4. Constructively participate in the music community. promoting musical artistry and excellence. 5. Integrate musical talent with service opportunities in the local community. Marylhurst University Music Department offers two degrees, the Bachelor of Music Therapy degree and the Bachelor of Arts in Music degree, a music Major Requirements minor, plus certificates in keyboard pedagogy, for the Bachelor of Arts in Music vocal pedagogy, performance, and composition. Musicianship Core A sacred music certificate is offered in conjunction MU 111/112/113 Musicianship I ...... 6 crs. MU 101/102/103 Theory I ...... 9 crs. with the Religious Studies Department. MU 131 Global Music ...... 3 crs. Campus music facilities include the intimate MU 211/212/213 Musicianship II ...... 6 crs. and acoustically attractive Wiegand Recital Hall, MU 201/202/203 Theory II...... 9 crs. St. Anne’s Chapel which houses the magnificent MU 221 Music & Technology I ...... 3 crs. Fred and Maybelle Clark Macdonald Pipe Organ, MU 296A Keyboard Proficiency Exam I ...... 0 crs. (An additional 6 crs. of MU 121/122/123 Piano and The Lois Rarick Cooke Sacred Music Skills may be needed to pass this requirement) Collection in Shoen Library. MU 331/332/333 Music History & Literature ...... 12 crs. The Marylhurst University Music Department MU 341 Conducting ...... 2 crs. is a fully accredited member of the National MU 411 Professional Practices in Music ...... 2 crs. MU 485 Community Music Outreach ...... 1 crs. Association of Schools of Music and is a member MU 284/484 Music Participation Portfolio ...... 0 crs. of the American Music Therapy Association. Required every term that student is enrolled in music degree program Performance Electives THE PURPOSE OF THE MUP 2xx lower-division Applied Music ...... 6 crs. BACHELOR OF ARTS IN MUSIC DEGREE See course numbers in Schedule of Courses. The B.A. degree in Music is a flexible program appro- 6 terms of private music lessons priate for the student wishing to major in music within MU 299 Upper-Division Entrance Exam ...... 0 crs. a liberal arts program, and seeking a broad general edu- MUP 4xx upper-division Applied Music ...... 6 crs. cation rather than intense specialization within music. 6 terms of private music lessons In addition to the required music classes, the student (minimum of 6 crs. must be taken at Marylhurst) up to 3 crs. of composition may be substituted has the freedom to pursue individual interests. Song- for 3 u.d. applied credits writers, for example, may want to explore offerings in Participate in a Marylhurst Ensemble ...... 12 crs. the English & Creative Writing Program (pages 74-76). (MU 240-246; 440-446) 6 l.d., 6 u.d. Composers may want to explore Media Studies within (minimum of 6 crs. in one of these ensembles the Communication Studies Department (pages 56- at Marylhurst) 57). Many will want to complete the 18-credit Business Capstone Course & Management Certificate (page 49) to develop entre- MU 490 Senior Project ...... 3 crs. preneurial skills needed to effectively establish their TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 80 crs. own music business. CREDIT SUMMARY An audition is required for placement purposes, see Major Core Requirements ...... 80 crs. page 96 for details. Liberal Arts Requirements ...... 52 crs. Electives ...... 48 crs. TOTAL CREDITS FOR DEGREE: 180 crs. 93 THE PURPOSE OF Major Requirements for Bachelor of Music Therapy THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC THERAPY DEGREE Musicianship Core Music therapy is a branch of the behavioral sciences gain-

Music MU 111/112/113 Musicianship I ...... 6 crs. ing wide acceptance in medical, institutional, and educa- MU 101/102/103 Theory I ...... 9 crs. tional settings. The Bachelor of Music Therapy at MU 131 Global Music ...... 3 crs. Marylhurst offers a fully accredited program that com- MU 211/212/213 Musicianship II ...... 6 crs. bines coursework in music with psychology, special edu- MU 201/202/203 Theory II...... 9 crs. cation, anatomy, physiology, and related natural and MU 221 Music & Technology I ...... 3 crs. social sciences. This curriculum is designed specifically to MU 331/332/333 Music History & Literature ...... 12 crs. develop the student’s musical and therapeutic skills. Stu- MU 341 Conducting ...... 2 crs. MU 284/484 Music Participation Portfolio ...... 0 crs. dents desiring this degree need to request admission to Required every term that student is enrolled in a the program at the outset of their Marylhurst studies. music degree program. Acceptance is determined by the Director of the Music Performance Electives Therapy Program in consultation with the Music Depart- MUP 2xx lower-division Applied Music ...... 6 crs. ment Chair. A full interview, audition, and essay must be See course numbers in Schedule of Courses. presented for consideration. Please see full admissions 6 terms of private music lessons procedures under Admissions, pages 8-11. Transfer or MU 299 Upper-Division Entrance Exam ...... 0 crs. second-degree students must complete a similar process. Participate in a Marylhurst Ensemble ...... 9 crs. (MU 240-246; 440-446) 6 l.d., 3 u.d. CAREER PATHS SUBTOTAL: 65 crs. Students completing the Bachelor of Music Therapy de- B.M.T. Music Therapy Requirements gree pursue careers in diverse clinical settings that in- MU 120 Percussion Class ...... 2 crs. clude agencies for hearing and visually impaired MU 180 Introduction to Music Therapy ...... 3 crs. children, private and public schools, special education MU 280 Music in Recreation & Special Education ...... 3 crs. facilities, hospitals, rehabilitation facilities for develop- MU 285 Music Therapy Practicum & Seminar I (1/1/1) . 3 crs. mentally disabled persons, wellness programs, outpatient MU 296A Keyboard Proficiency Exam 1 ...... 0 crs. mental health clinics, correctional facilities, senior citi- MU 296B Guitar Proficiency Exam 1 ...... 0 crs. zen care facilities, hospice care centers, and private prac- MU 296C Voice Proficiency Exam 1 ...... 0 crs. MU 375 Songwriting & Composition for Music Therapist ... 2 crs. tice. Completion of this program will also prepare MU 376 Keyboard Improvisation for Music Therapist .... 2 crs. students for a graduate program in music therapy at any MU 385 Music Therapy Practicum & Seminar II (1/1/1) 3 crs. AMTA-approved university offering the master’s degree. MU 392 Clinical Repertoire ...... 1 cr. Other graduate-level program options include speech MU 396A Keyboard Proficiency Exam 2 ...... 0 crs. therapy, psychology and special education. MU 396B Guitar Proficiency Exam 2 ...... 0 crs. MU 396C Voice Proficiency Exam 2 ...... 0 crs. CERTIFICATION MU 380 Music Therapy with Children ...... 3 crs. At the completion of academic coursework, students enroll MU 381 Music Therapy with Adults ...... 3 crs. in a clinical internship in one of more than 190 AMTA- MU 480/481/482 Psychology of Music I, II, III ...... 9 crs. approved clinical training sites across the nation. Following MU 485 Music Therapy Practicum & Seminar III (1/1/1) 3 crs. the internship, students will receive their Marylhurst MU 490 Senior Project ...... 3 crs. B.M.T. diploma, complete the national board certification MU 494 Music Therapy Internship (1/1) ...... 2 crs. SUBTOTAL: 42 crs. exam, and then be eligible to begin their career as a board- certified music therapist (MT-BC). B.M.T. Human Sciences Requirements* PSY 201 Introduction to Psychology ...... 3 crs. PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR PSY 308 Behavior Modification ...... 3 crs. THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC THERAPY DEGREE PSY 336 Abnormal Psychology ...... 3 crs. Students with a B.M.T. degree will be able to: PSY 362 Counseling Theories & Strategies ...... 3 crs. PSY 363 Child Psychology ...... 3 crs. 1. Demonstrate a fundamental knowledge of the theory PSY 376 Exceptional Children in Schools ...... 3 crs. and history of music. SUBTOTAL: 18 crs. 2. Demonstrate basic compositional and arranging skills. B.M.T. Science & Mathematics Requirements* 3. Perform undergraduate repertoire on a primary BIO 161 The Human Being ...... 3 crs. instrument to an advanced intermediate level. BIO 164 Human Anatomy ...... 3 crs. 4. Reach a level of sufficient clinical and musical MTH 251 Basic Statistics ...... 3 crs. proficiency on the three designated clinical SUBTOTAL: 9 crs. instruments of guitar, piano, and voice. *Note that most of these human sciences, science 5. Demonstrate basic knowledge of the principles of & mathematics courses meet Liberal Arts Core clinical exceptionality and the therapeutic outcomes. Please check with your advisor for details. relationship. CREDIT SUMMARY 6. Demonstrate basic knowledge of music therapy B.M.T. Music Core Requirements ...... 65 crs. foundations, principles of clinical application, and B.M.T. Music Therapy Requirements ...... 42 crs. B.M.T. Human Science Requirements ...... 18 crs. current research methods. B.M.T. Science & Mathematics Requirements ...... 9 crs. 7. Demonstrate a basic understanding of professional Additional Liberal Arts Classes ...... 34 crs. ethics and interdisciplinary collaboration. Electives ...... 12 crs. 8. Combine knowledge of music and behavioral/social/ TOTAL FOR THE MAJOR: 180 crs. natural sciences with the altruism and artistry in (An additional 18 crs. may be needed to meet the service to society’s emotionally and physically clinical instrument outcome in the major. The 94 challenged individuals. elective credits may be used to meet that outcome.) Music MINOR IN MUSIC Piano Pedagogy Certificate The Music Minor is for the person who has an interest in music, but is not a music major. This minor includes Music Certificate Prerequisites ...... 45 crs. MUP 4xx upper-division Applied Music ...... 12 crs. the study of the structure of music, aural training, mu- MU 444 Piano Ensemble ...... 3 crs. sic literature, and private and ensemble studies, which MU 445 Marylhurst Chamber Music ...... 3 crs. is designed to yield a balanced music background. An MU 345/346/347 Piano Pedagogy ...... 9 crs. audition is not required for the minor. MU 307/407 Alexander Technique ...... 2 crs. Most of these music classes (except the 100-level MU 303 Form & Analysis ...... 3 crs. applied lessons) would count toward a music major if MU 484 Music Participation Portfolio ...... 0 crs. so desired at a later time. An audition into the degree Required every term that student is enrolled program would be then be required. in a music certificate program. TOTAL: 77 crs.

Music Minor Vocal Pedagogy Certificate MU 111/112/113 Musicianship I ...... 6 crs. Music Certificate Prerequisites ...... 45 crs. MU 101/102/103 Theory I ...... 9 crs. MUP 4xx upper-division Applied Music ...... 12 crs. Must take 2 of the following 3 courses: ...... 6 crs. MU 240/440 Marylhurst Chamber Singers ...... 3 crs. MU 131 Global Music, 3 crs. MU 241/441 Marylhurst Concert Chorale ...... 3 crs. MU 132 Enjoyment of Music, 3 crs. MU 412/413/414 Vocal Pedagogy ...... 6 crs. MU 133 Development of Jazz & Popular Styles, 3 crs. MU 309/310/311 Diction I, II, III ...... 6 crs. MU xxx Ensemble Performance ...... 3 crs. MU 307/407 Alexander Technique ...... 2 crs. MU xxx Approved Music Electives ...... 9 crs. MU 303 Form & Analysis ...... 3 crs. MUP 1xx *Applied Music (Private Study) ...... 3 crs. MU 484 Music Participation Portfolio ...... 0 crs. MU 284 Music Participation Portfolio ...... 0 crs. Required every term that student is enrolled Required every term student is enrolled in a music course. in a music certificate program. TOTAL FOR THE MINOR: 36 crs. TOTAL: 80 crs. *Three terms of Vocal, Piano, or Guitar Skills or Class Organ (year sequence) may be taken in place of the PERFORMANCE CERTIFICATE Applied (Private Study) Music. Residency requirement for the minor program specifies Performance Certificate that a minimum of 21 crs. be taken through Marylhurst Music Certificate Prerequisites ...... 45 crs. University. MUP 4xx upper-division Applied Music ...... 12 crs. Marylhurst Large Ensemble ...... 3 crs. MU 445 Marylhurst Chamber Music ...... 3 crs. CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS IN MUSIC MU 303 Form & Analysis ...... 3 crs. Marylhurst music certificate programs are designed for MU xxx Theory & Literature Electives ...... 6 crs. people with various backgrounds: those who already MU 336 Literature of the Major Instrument ...... 2 crs. MU 352 Junior Recital (30 minutes) ...... 1 cr. have an associate’s or bachelor’s degree in music, those MU 307/407 Alexander Technique ...... 2 crs. who are completing their bachelor’s degree in music, MU 484 Music Participation Portfolio ...... 0 crs. and those who would enjoy formal music studies out- Required every term that student is enrolled side the structure of a degree. Programs are offered in in a music certificate program. Keyboard and Vocal Pedagogy, Performance, and Com- TOTAL: 77 crs. position. COMPOSITION CERTIFICATE Prerequisites for Entrance into Music Certificates Composition Certificate MU 111/112/113 Musicianship I ...... 6 crs. Portfolio needed for acceptance into program (can be met by MU 101/102/103 Theory I ...... 9 crs. previous composition studies) MU 211/212/213 Musicianship II ...... 6 crs. Music Certificate Prerequisites ...... 45 crs. MU 201/202/203 Theory II...... 9 crs. MU 377 Composition Studies II ...... 6 crs. Music History & Literature ...... 9 crs. MU 477 Composition Studies III ...... 6 crs. Ensemble ...... 6 crs. MU 301 Counterpoint I ...... 3 crs. MU 299 Upper-Division Entrance Exam ...... 0 crs. MU 302 Counterpoint II ...... 3 crs. TOTAL: 45 crs. in music MU 303 Form & Analysis ...... 3 crs. (or A.A. degree in music) MU 341 Conducting ...... 2 crs. MU 401 Orchestration I ...... 3 crs. PEDAGOGY CERTIFICATES MU xxx Electives in Theory or Technology ...... 6 crs. The certificates in piano pedagogy and voice pedagogy MU 484 Music Participation Portfolio ...... 0 crs. Required every term that student is enrolled give the studio teacher the skills, knowledge, and meth- in a music degree program. odology to teach music to a variety of students. The TOTAL: 77 crs. programs train the teacher to identify different learning styles among students, and they provide the teacher with state-of-the-art technical skills to be successful in the marketplace.

95 CERTIFICATE IN SACRED MUSIC success in the program. The applicant must show a The Music Department in conjunction with the Reli- certain level of musical mastery before being accepted gious Studies Department offers the Certificate in into private applied lessons for majors (MUP 200-level Music Sacred Music. This two-year program promotes the courses). Applicants who are uncomfortable with this development of: audition requirement are encouraged to sign up for 1. Technical musical competencies. MUP 100-level lessons. If the student has prior experi- 2. Liturgical, scriptural, and theological understandings ence or training in theory and musicianship, either in for practical use in music ministry. high school or as a transfer student, then placement in a The certificate can lead to the Bachelor of Arts in higher course level is possible. If a deficiency in theory Music degree or the Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies or musicianship is determined, then the student will be (see pages 107-114). placed in the appropriate course. A separate interview process for music therapy majors is required in addition to the above auditions. Certificate in Sacred Music Music Core Requirements PERFORMANCE STUDIES MU 111/112/113 Musicianship I ...... 6 crs. Music majors enroll for private instrumental or vocal MU 101/102/103 Theory I ...... 9 crs. study each quarter until applied music requirements are MU 341 Conducting I ...... 2 crs. MU 394 Sacred Music Internship ...... 2 crs. met for the major. Performance juries are required at MU 466 History of Church Music Seminar ...... 2 crs. the end of each quarter for each student enrolled in a MU 24x Marylhurst Ensemble ...... 3 crs. music degree or certificate program. Before a student MUP 1xx Applied Music (private study) ...... 6 crs. may enroll in upper-division applied lessons, they must (See course numbers in Schedule of Courses) enroll in and pass MU 299 Upper-Division Entrance SUBTOTAL: 30 crs. Examination in the preceding term. A jury of at least Religious Studies Requirements two faculty must be present to approve a student’s SSC 210 Introduction to Hebrew Bible: Old Testament ... 3 crs. upper-division standing. SSC 211 Introduction to Christian Bible: New Testament ...... 3 crs. PERFORMANCE ENSEMBLES One of the following: ...... 3 crs. B.A. music majors are required to take 12 ensemble PMT 475 Liturgies, Rituals, Preaching, & Spiritual credits. Transfer students into the B.A. in music degree Practices of Christianity, Judaism, & Islam (3) THT 417 Sacramentology: A Study may transfer at most 6 ensemble credits; 6 credits must of the Christian Sacraments (3) be taken while at residence at Marylhurst. B.M.T. ma- One of the following: ...... 3 crs. jors are required to take 9 ensemble credits. Transfer THT 415 Christology: Jesus the Christ, students and second-degree students into the B.M.T. Symbol of God (3) program who can demonstrate suitable lower and up- THT 416 Ecclesiology: The Church, per-division ensemble credits from their previous de- the Human Story of God (3) gree studies, may count up to 9 transfer credits toward THT 417 Sacramentology: A Study of this requirement. the Christian Sacraments (3) PCR 412 Islam and Society (3) The University features several small and large per- THT 411 Teachings of Judaism (3) forming ensembles. The music major and non-major One of the following: ...... 3 crs. alike are assured of outstanding musical experiences PMT 476 Liturgies, Rituals, Preaching, Teachings, during their years at Marylhurst. The Marylhurst stu- & Spiritual Practices of Hinduism, Buddhism, dent is encouraged to participate in small and large Native American, & Other Traditions (3) ensembles. Large ensembles include the Marylhurst SPP 460 Spiritual Direction: Through Arts of Theatre (3) Concert Chorale and the Marylhurst Symphony. Small SPP 461 Religion & Theatre (3) ensembles include Marylhurst Piano Ensemble, the PCR 410 Religion & U.S. Culture: Sociology of Religion ...... 3 crs. Marylhurst Jazz Ensemble, Marylhurst Chamber Music, LTA 406 Symbolism of World Religions: the Marylhurst Chamber Singers, and Marylhurst Gui- Truths & Symbols ...... 3 crs. tar Ensemble. SUBTOTAL: 21 crs. CREDIT SUMMARY KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY Music Core Requirements ...... 30 crs. All music majors must meet a passing grade in MU Religious Studies Requirements ...... 21 crs. 296A, the Keyboard Proficiency Exam I, before gradu- TOTAL: 51 crs. ating. The proficiency examination covers a broad range Residency requirement for certificate program specifies of basic keyboard skills, ranging from introductory score that a minimum of 21 crs. be taken through Marylhurst reading to basic harmonization and transposition. The University. Piano Skills classes and Musicianship I and II help prepare the student to meet this requirement. The profi- ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ciency classes are taught in the state-of-the-art Kurzweil Digital Keyboard Laboratory at Marylhurst University. MUSIC STUDENT ENTRANCE AUDITIONS It is suggested that majors meet this requirement by the After application to the Music Department, applicants end of the second year of studies. Please see the Music are auditioned in performance, theory, keyboard and Department Student Handbook for more information. aural skills. These auditions determine the level at 96 which the student can be placed in order to ensure Music MUSIC PARTICIPATION PORTFOLIO MU 100 FUNDAMENTALS OF MUSIC ✔ Every term a student is enrolled in a music degree or This course is designed for non-music majors and can be certificate program, the student must show evidence of used as a precursor to the music theory sequence. This responsible participation in the musical community, course examines the materials of music, pitch, rhythm, both on-campus and off-campus as performer, listener, intervals, chords, and their notation. The outcomes will teacher, and/or composer. This requirement is met by be an understanding of basic music theory and the abili- enrolling in MU 284/484 Music Participation Portfolio ty to read and write music. 3 crs. and submitting to the jury at the end of the term a portfolio with programs, teaching rosters, and other MU 101/102/103 THEORY I examples of musical activity. Minimum requirements An integrated introduction to the harmonic, melodic, for a passing grade are available from the Music Office. rhythmic, and contrapuntal materials of music. Instruc- tion includes basic harmonic progression, triads, seventh MUSIC THERAPY CLINICAL chords, secondary function, diatonic modulation, non- INSTRUMENT PROFICIENCY harmonic devices, and basic jazz theory. The student The Music Therapy degree requires the student to have will receive basic instruction in Finale notation software. reached a certain level of proficiency on the designated Prerequisites for MU 101: MU 100 & knowledge of clinical instruments of voice, piano, and guitar. Music music fundamentals, or permission of instructor; for Therapy students will need to enroll in and meet a MU 102: MU 101; for MU 103: MU 102. 3 crs. passing grade in MU 296A/396A (Keyboard Proficiency Exams), MU 296B/396B (Guitar Proficiency Exams) MU 107/207/307/407 and MU 296C/396C (Voice Proficiency Exams). The ALEXANDER TECHNIQUE standards for each proficiency are given to the students A course which assists people in the arts to overcome upon admission to the Music Therapy Program. stereotyped responses, to deal with habits and change, Although it is the student’s responsibility to meet and to help overcome patterns of misuse that interfere these proficiencies, the department offers courses be- with poise and free movement. The student can expect yond the degree requirements to help the student meet to realize improved physical and mental functioning. them. To meet this requirement for each instrument, This class is suitable for beginning and advanced musi- students may: cians alike. Prerequisite: none. 1 cr. 1. take applied lessons on the instrument before ✔ entering the program. MU 108/109/110 GUITAR FOR FUN 2. take 6 credits of basic class instruction on the This guitar class is designed for those with little or no instrument. experience in music. Introductory skills include funda- MU 117/118/119 Guitar Skills ...... 6 crs. mentals of technique, reading pitches and rhythms, MU 121/122/123 Piano Skills ...... 6 crs. memorizing, and creating simple improvisations. Both MU 124/125/126 Vocal Skills ...... 6 crs. classical and popular styles are explored. Prerequisites Therefore an additional 6, 12, or 18 crs. may be needed for MU 108: none; for MU 109: MU 108; for MU 110: to pass this requirement. The 12 crs. of electives may MU 109. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome be used to meet this requirement. for the non-major. 2 crs.

SENIOR PROJECT REQUIREMENTS MU 111/112/113 MUSICIANSHIP I All Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Music Therapy Practical application of materials studied in Theory I. students must publicly present a senior project in the Topics include sight-singing, melodic and harmonic senior year. As a capstone project, this should focus dictation, keyboard improvisation, basic conducting upon their own individual interests while giving evi- patterns, and tutorial drill using Practica Musica and dence of mastery of their academic studies. It is appro- other software. Prerequisites for MU 111: knowledge of priate for B.A. in Music students to present a music fundamentals or permission of instructor; for lecture-recital, including 30 minutes of music. B.M.T. MU 112: MU 111; for MU 113: MU 112. 2 crs. students need to give a public presentation concerning music therapy and develop a comprehensive business MU 114/115/116 PIANO FOR FUN ✔ plan for music therapy services. Senior Projects must be This piano class is designed for those with little or no evaluated and approved by a committee of the stu- experience in music. Introductory skills include funda- dent’s primary instructor and two additional faculty mentals of technique, reading pitches and rhythms, members. memorizing, and creating simple improvisations. Both classical and popular styles are explored. Prerequisites: for MU 114: none; for MU 115: MU 114; for MU 116: GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS MU 115. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome Music students must complete all required courses, for the non-major. 2 crs. proficiencies, portfolios, performances, recitals and senior projects prior to graduation. MU 117/118/119 GUITAR SKILLS I, II, III ✔ This guitar class is designed for the music major (and COURSES those with some musical experience) to introduce and (NOTE: many music courses may be taken by non- develop guitar skills. Introductory skills include funda- majors who have the appropriate prerequisites com- mentals of technique, reading pitches and rhythms, pleted. This symbol [ ✔ ] denotes classes especially memorizing, and creating simple improvisations. Both recommended for beginners or non-majors). classical and popular styles are explored. 97 For MUSIC THERAPY MAJORS coursework will included. Advanced technical study focuses on pedal target competencies relating to guitar proficiency, the scales and pedal/left-hand exercises. Meets Arts & Ideas development of guitar skills for use in the clinical set- Liberal Arts Core outcome for the non-major. 2 crs. Music ting. Emphasis on chordal accompaniment (I, IV, V, I) in several keys combined with a variety of strumming MU 131 GLOBAL MUSIC ✔ and picking techniques, performance of basic repertoire An exploration of the cultural context of four great of traditional, folk, and popular songs, and beginning musical traditions; Indian, African, Indonesian, and improvisation. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core Japanese. Emphasis will be placed on the discovery of outcome for the non-major. 2 crs. universal patterns in music through listening to musical examples and performing exercises in class. Focus will MU 120 PERCUSSION CLASS then be placed on contemporary trends in U.S. music to Coursework will target music therapy competencies as see how they are connected to and influenced by other related to playing percussion alone or in ensemble. cultures. Prerequisite: none. Open to non-majors. Meets Demonstration of basic skills (e.g., the rudiments) on Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. several percussion instruments suitable for facilitating rhythm-based experiences with individuals and groups MU 132 THE ENJOYMENT OF MUSIC ✔ in the clinical setting. 2 crs. Enjoy music more and enjoy more music! With guided listening, students will learn to hear with “smart ears.” MU 121/122/123 PIANO SKILLS I, II, III ✔ They will become acquainted with the components and This three-term progressive piano class is designed for backgrounds of various styles of music—classical, jazz, the music major (and those with some musical experi- rock, pop, and Eastern—and meet a few composers and ence) to introduce and develop keyboard skills. Intro- performers along the way! Prerequisite: none. Open to ductory skills include fundamentals of technique, non-majors. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core out- memorizing, and creating simple improvisations. Ad- come. 3 crs. vanced study focuses on independence of the hands, improving reading skills, dynamics and articulation, MU 133 DEVELOPMENT OF repertoire, and performance skills. Both classical and JAZZ AND POPULAR STYLES ✔ popular styles are explored. An overview of the inception of jazz, its evolution For MUSIC THERAPY MAJORS, coursework will through gospel and blues, Dixieland, ragtime, to its target competencies surrounding piano proficiency and present form. The same sort of overview will be applied the development of piano skills for use in the clinical to other U.S. commercial styles (rock, folk, country, setting. Emphasis on basic chord progressions (I, IV, V, bluegrass) and their emergence into twentieth-century I) in several keys, sight-reading simple compositions, contemporary classical music. Lecturers from outside song accompaniments, ability to play basic repertoire of will be brought in to detail critical events and will in- traditional, folk, and popular songs, and beginning clude sessions examining history of the saxophone, his- improvisational style at the keyboard. Meets Arts & tory of the guitar, changes in fifty years of rhythm Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome for the non-major. 2 crs. section playing, and performance of these varied styles. Prerequisites: none. Open to non-majors. Meets Arts & MU 124/125/126 VOCAL SKILLS I, II, III ✔ Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. This three-term progressive voice class for the music major (and those with some musical experience) pro- MU 134/135/136 VOICE FOR FUN ✔ vides a group learning environment beginning with the This voice class is designed for those with little or no basics of vocal technique. Introductory topics include experience in music and provides a group learning posture, breathing, tone-production, articulation, dic- environment beginning with the basics of vocal tech- tion, and repertoire. Advanced instruction includes the nique. Introductory topics include posture, breathing, study of vocal styles such as jazz, gospel, fusion, and tone-production, articulation, diction, and repertoire. cantoring. Repertoire may involve a fully staged Broad- Advanced instruction includes the study of vocal styles way scene, an aria or art song, or an English folk group. such as jazz, gospel, fusion, and cantoring. Repertoire For MUSIC THERAPY MAJORS, coursework will may involve a fully staged Broadway scene, an aria or target competencies surrounding vocal proficiency and art song, or an English folk group. Prerequisites for the understanding of the use of voice and vocal mecha- MU 134: none; for MU 135: MU 134; for MU 136: nisms. Emphasis on vocal development and a pleasing MU 135. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome vocal quality, knowledge of voice ranges, and a memo- for the non-major. 2 crs. rized repertoire of traditional, folk, and popular songs suitable to use in the clinical setting. Meets Arts & Ideas MU 180 INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC THERAPY ✔ Liberal Arts Core outcome for the non-major. 2 crs. An overview and introduction to the field of music therapy as a professional career. Elements of diagnosis, MU 127/128/129 ORGAN CLASS I, II, III ✔ treatment, and observation techniques are covered. This three-term progressive organ class provides a Videotapes and observations of music therapists in the group learning environment designed for keyboardists community are included. Open to anyone interested in who are new to the organ. Students begin with funda- learning about a career in music therapy. Prerequisites: mentals of organ technique, repertoire, and hymn- none. Open to non-majors. 3 crs. playing skills. Student performances, faculty demonstra- 98 tions, and a field trip to a builder’s workshop are Music MU 201/202/203 THEORY II dren; drug and alcohol dependent youth; adult psychi- A continuation of the materials of music studied in atric, medical rehabilitation and geriatrics. On-site Theory I. Emphasis is on more advanced harmony, professional supervision provided. Each course to be including chromatic modulation, expanded tertian and repeated 3 times for credit. MU 385 and MU 485 are a non-tertian relationships, altered chords, and intermedi- continuation of music therapy clinical work in commu- ate jazz harmony. An introduction to integer analysis nity agencies, individual supervisions. Includes one hour will be included. Prerequisite for MU 201: MU 103 or of weekly seminar. Prerequisite: Music Therapy majors equivalent; for MU 202: MU 201; for MU 203: MU only. 1 cr. 202. 3 crs. MU 292 SPECIAL SEMINARS IN APPLIED MUSIC, MU 211/212/213 MUSICIANSHIP II THEORY, HISTORY, OR MUSIC THERAPY Practical application of materials studied in Musician- Research-based seminars on selected music topics. The ship I. Topics include sight-singing of tonal and pan- format will include research and bibliographic methods, tonal materials, melodic and harmonic dictation of computer searches, and high level methods of data advanced diatonic and chromatic materials, keyboard retrieval for research. The seminars function as an intro- improvisation, beginning jazz progressions, and tutorial duction to research methodology for a student who drill using Practica Musica and other software. Prerequi- wishes to prepare for upper-division research-based site for MU 211: MU 113; for MU 212: MU 211; for projects. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. MU 213: MU 212. 2 crs. 1-3 crs.

MU 221 MUSIC AND TECHNOLOGY I ✔ MU 293 SPECIAL WORKSHOPS IN APPLIED MUSIC, An introduction to basic MIDI applications including THEORY, HISTORY, OR MUSIC THERAPY general MIDI. Topics include an overview to additive, Intermediate short-term studies of specialized areas of subtractive, and FM synthesis, digital sampling, and music. Prerequisite: permission of chair. 1-3 crs. basic sequencing. The class will survey representative examples of popular analog and digital equipment. A MU 295A INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN MUSIC featured topic is how MIDI technology is used in vari- Intermediate study of a specialized area in music. Pre- ous teaching environments. Prerequisite: MU 103 & requisite: permission of department chair. 1-3 crs. MU 113, or permission of instructor. Meets the Embed- ded Technology Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. MU 295B READINGS IN MUSIC Readings of the literature relevant to a specific area of MU 277 COMPOSITION STUDIES I music. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. Composition of small-scale works. The student is 1-3 crs. encouraged to compose in several styles and several musical systems. Public performance of original works MU 296A KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION 1 is featured. May be repeated for up to 6 credits. Prereq- Examination of basic keyboard skills. Contact Music uisite: MU 103 or portfolio of original compositions. Department for current requirements. 0 crs. 1 or 2 crs. MU 296B GUITAR PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION 1 MU 280 MUSIC IN RECREATION Examination of basic guitar skills. Contact Music De- AND SPECIAL EDUCATION ✔ partment for current requirements. 0 crs. Recreational and educational uses of music with persons with and without disabilities. Specific competen- MU 296C VOCAL PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION 1 cies are achieved on piano, recorder, guitar, autoharp, Examination of basic vocal skills. Contact Music De- and other recreational instruments. Leadership and partment for current requirements. 0 crs. group management skills are practiced in class and in the preschool setting. No musical background neces- MU 299 UPPER-DIVISION ENTRANCE sary. Prerequisite: none. Open to non-majors. 3 crs. EXAMINATION Juried examination of performance skills on major MU 284/484 MUSIC PARTICIPATION PORTFOLIO instrument. Contact Music Department for current Generation of a portfolio each term of music studies, requirements. 0 crs. showing evidence of responsible participation in the musical community. This can show participation in MU 301 COUNTERPOINT I both on-campus and off-campus events as performer, A detailed examination of the golden age of renaissance listener, teacher, and/or composer. Minimum require- polyphony using the music of Palestrina, Byrd, Lassus, ments for a passing grade will be available from the and Victoria as models. Original writing assignments in music office. The portfolio will remain part of the stu- imitation of sixteenth-century counterpoint lead student’s permanent file. 0 crs. dents to an appreciation of the elements of style and dissonance usage which they can apply to music of MU 285/385/485 MUSIC THERAPY other periods. Prerequisite: MU 203 or equivalent. PRACTICUM AND SEMINAR 3 crs. Music therapy clinical work in community agencies with children, adolescents, and adults. Clinical contacts include emotionally, physically, learning disabled chil- 99 MU 302 COUNTERPOINT II MU 345/346/347 PIANO PEDAGOGY I, II, III An in-depth study of eighteenth-century counterpoint, This sequence of courses will survey the intermediate to especially the music of J.S. Bach, 2- and 3-part inven- advanced pedagogical approaches, techniques, and ma- Music tions, the chorale prelude, and the fugue are studied in terials for teaching students to play the piano. Prerequi- detail. Original writing assignments in imitation of the site: junior standing in applied piano or permission of Bach lead students to an appreciation of this composer’s instructor. 3 crs. style. Prerequisite: MU 203 or equivalent. 3 crs. MU 352 JUNIOR RECITAL MU 303 FORM AND ANALYSIS A half-hour performance or composition recital which is Review of basic musical forms, from the motive, presented to the public. The choice of works performed phrase, and period to 2- and 3-part forms in the classi- or compositions presented are chosen by the student in cal style. Students select musical examples to study consultation with the instructor. Prerequisite: junior sonata, rondo, minuet and trio, and other variation standing in applied music. 1 cr. forms. Various analytical techniques are explored to gain an understanding of the nature and content of MU 362 CHORAL REPERTOIRE musical expression. Prerequisites: MU 201/202/203 This is a course that explores and studies choral reper- Theory II sequence or equivalent. 3 crs. toire from the Renaissance to the twentieth century. Prerequisite: MU 203, MU 213, & MU 333. 3 crs. MU 306 THEORY REVIEW This is a refresher course for transfer students and MU 365 SERVICE PLAYING others who need to renew previous knowledge or fill in AND MATERIALS FOR ORGANISTS gaps. Items to be covered are harmonic, melodic, rhyth- A class to assist organists of all levels in improving skills mic, and contrapuntal materials of music. Instruction for introducing and leading hymn/liturgy singing. The includes basic harmonic progression, triads, seventh course helps the organist to lead the congregational chords, secondary function, diatonic modulation, non- singing of hymns in a variety of ways and to develop harmonic devices, and basic jazz theory. Students sensitivity to the relationship of word to music. The will also receive assistance with the notation software class also explores appropriate service music for the Finale. 3 crs. Christian year. 3 crs.

MU 309/310/311 DICTION I, II, III MU 375 SONGWRITING AND COMPOSITION A course which covers the international alphabet and FOR THE MUSIC THERAPIST all symbols in Latin, Italian, German, and French lan- Individualized study of compositional techniques in guages. Topics include the practical application of these various styles preparing the music therapy student for sounds for speaking, singing, and choral conducting. creative and improvisational work in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: minimum of one year of voice or choral Students will become knowledgeable about melodic and experience. 2 crs. harmonic tendencies of various styles from classical to pop and will become proficient in the notation of basic MU 331/332/333 song form composition. For the advanced music therapy MUSIC HISTORY AND LITERATURE student. Prerequisite: MU 203 & MU 213. 2 crs. This sequence of courses constitutes the core of music history at Marylhurst University. This sequence is a MU 376 KEYBOARD IMPROVISATION comprehensive study of the development of music FOR THE MUSIC THERAPIST throughout Western history. All major periods are Course designed to provide beginning improvisatory included. The sequence features extensive reading of keyboard skills for the music therapy student in the selected materials, analysis of scores, and extensive clinical setting. The goal of the course is to provide the listening. Prerequisite: MU 203 & MU 213, or permis- student with a functional knowledge and understanding sion of the instructor. Meets Human Community Liberal of basic improvisatory technique and style that will Arts Core outcome. 4 crs. enhance both confidence and artistry in the clinical setting. Prerequisite: MU 203, MU 213, & MU 123, or MU 336 LITERATURE OF THE MAJOR INSTRUMENT equivalent. 2 crs. A survey of literature of a specific instrument, group of instruments, or voice. Categories include piano, organ, MU 377 COMPOSITION STUDIES II woodwinds, brass, strings, percussion, and voice. Pre- A continuation of Composition Studies I. Composition requisites: junior standing in applied music or permis- of medium-scale works. These courses emphasize tech- sion of instructor. 1-4 crs. niques for scoring instrumental and vocal ensembles, contemporary harmonic styles in various forms, and MU 341 CONDUCTING analysis of contemporary music. May be repeated for up A continuing study of the principles of instrumental to 6 credits. Prerequisite: 6 crs. of MU 377 or portfolio and choral music conducting. Topics include conduct- of original compositions. 1 or 2 crs. ing patterns for simple, compound, and irregular meters, phrase shaping, tempo shifts, texture, and dy- MU 380 MUSIC THERAPY WITH CHILDREN namic control. Problems related to range, balance, score Study of methods and techniques in music therapy with reading, and the role of the conductor will be studied. disabled children and the disorders and treatment meth- 100 Prerequisite: MU 203 or equivalent. 2 crs. ods utilized with children and adolescents in music Music therapy. Prerequisite: Music therapy majors only, or MU 402 ORCHESTRATION II permission of instructor. 3 crs. Further study in composing and arranging for the orchestra, focusing upon different orchestration tech- MU 381 MUSIC THERAPY WITH ADULTS niques used since the 1700s. Students will score at least Study of psychotherapeutic/counseling techniques, and one project for full orchestra, either an original work or music therapy techniques with adult psychiatric, adult an arrangement from more difficult piano scores. Pre- medical disorders, and geriatrics. Issues concerning the requisite: MU 401 or equivalent. 3 crs. disorders and symptomatic criteria according to the DSM-IV, together with treatment methods utilized MU 404 JAZZ ARRANGING I with adults in music therapy. Prerequisite: music thera- A course in scoring for small and large jazz ensembles py majors only, or permission of instructor. 3 crs. following models of jazz greats like Count Basie, Duke Ellington, and Stan Kenton. The student will also ar- MU 386/486 MUSIC TRAVEL STUDY range in his or her own personal style. Topics include Recognizing the need for the broadest music experience chord voicing, instrumental timbres, texture types, possible, Marylhurst offers credit for special study ei- range, chord substitutions, and guide tone methods. A ther out of state or abroad. Credit is awarded on the performance of student works will be given by the basis of time spent, intensity of study, and student Marylhurst Jazz Ensemble. Prerequisite: MU 203 or project or paper. Prerequisites: Theory I & II, Musician- equivalent. 3 crs. ship I & II, or department chair’s permission. Credit arrangements must be made at least thirty days prior to MU 405 JAZZ ARRANGING II travel. Contact Music Office. NOTE: This course is A continuation and more in-depth study of scoring for graded exclusively on a Pass/No Pass basis. 2-6 crs. small and large jazz ensembles patterned after the Jazz Arranging I. Topics include arranging for rhythm sec- MUS 392 CLINICAL REPERTOIRE tion, score analysis, and arrangement form. Several This course is designed to give students the opportunity arrangements will be written by the student. Prerequi- to learn a required basic vocal repertoire of up to thirty site: MU 404. 3 crs. songs for use in the clinical setting. The student will have the option of alternating accompaniment styles MU 406 JAZZ IMPROVISATION between guitar and piano, while pursuing memoriza- A performance-based course in the techniques used in tion of the required songs. 1 cr. single and group improvisation. Topics include the basics of composing, chord scales, diminished scales, MU 394 SACRED MUSIC INTERNSHIP modes, chord substitutions, melodic concepts, tension Sacred music students have the opportunity to experi- tones, advanced harmony, and rhythmic exercises. ence practical music through an internship. Each credit Prerequisite: MU 203 or equivalent; permission of of internship will involve 30 hours of service in music instructor. 2 crs. ministry. In consultation with the director of sacred music, the student prepares an internship proposal MU 411 PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES IN MUSIC designed to meet the student’s practical interests and A seminar for musicians who are about to enter the needs, while serving in a religious or worship setting. professional music world. Topics covered include basic Prerequisite: at least junior standing in applied music or business practices, résumé and portfolio preparation, permission of instructor. 2 crs. arranging and promoting performance events, relationships with the media, issues with agents and managers, MU 396A KEYBOARD PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION 2 musicians’ union issues, copyright laws, performing Examination of intermediate keyboard skills. Contact rights organizations, auditioning, touring, grant acquisi- Music Department for current requirements. 0 crs. tions, and funding organizations. A complete portfolio will be assembled that documents the student’s active MU 396B GUITAR PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION 2 participation in the musical community, on and off- Examination of intermediate guitar skills. Contact Mu- campus. Prerequisite: B.A. or B.M.T. candidate or sic Department for current requirements. 0 crs. permission of instructor. 2 crs.

MU 396C VOCAL PROFICIENCY EXAMINATION 2 MU 412/413/414 VOCAL PEDAGOGY I, II, III Examination of intermediate vocal skills. Contact Music This sequence of courses will explore vocal methodolo- Department for current requirements. 0 crs. gy and vocal techniques and their own voice. There will be the opportunity to try out some of the methodology MU 401 ORCHESTRATION I on students. Prerequisites: junior standing in applied A course in the basic elements of instrumentation, with music or permission of instructor. 2 crs. an overview of each instrument of the orchestra. By listening and playing from scores, students will analyze MU 421 MUSIC AND TECHNOLOGY II the work of composers from the 1700s and learn about A continuation of techniques studied in Music and the growth of the modern symphony orchestra, includ- Technology I. Topics include advanced analog and ing range, transpositions, and timbre of each instrument digital synthesis, real-time performance environments, in their various registers. Prerequisite: MU 203. 3 crs. advanced digital sampling, signal processing, computer manipulation of complex waveforms, advanced software-based sequencing, and an introduction to physical 101 modeling. Meets the Embedded Technology Liberal Arts MU 485 COMMUNITY MUSIC OUTREACH Core outcome. Prerequisite: MU 221 or equivalent. 3 crs. Application in the community of the student’s music interests either as a performer, conductor, composer, or Music MU 431 NEW MUSIC: 1950-PRESENT ✔ teacher. Contact Music Department for current re- A detailed study of new art music since World War II quirements and suggestions. 1 cr. focusing on the impact of five primary influences: serial- ism; indeterminacy; non-Western music; jazz, rock, and MU 490 SENIOR PROJECT popular music; and new technology. The roots of each For the music therapy major during the final term of of these influences will be traced back to the early twen- academic study, the completion of the following: 1) a tieth century, but most class time will be spent on the comprehensive business plan for music therapy services; music of the past thirty years. Students can expect to be and 2) a 30- to 45-minute live introductory presenta- asked to do extensive reading and listening in these sub- tion about music therapy to a designated audience. jects. Scores will be studied and performed whenever For the B.A. in music major, a summative presenta- possible. Meets a Human Community Liberal Arts Core tion of the student’s interests which shows mastery of outcome. 3 crs. academic study and musical performance or creativity. A lecture-recital or equivalent which includes 30 min- MU 465 PSALMS, HYMNS, AND SPIRITUAL SONGS utes of music. 3 crs. A course for church musicians, clergy, and lay persons interested in hymnody and its role in worship. Topics MU 494 MUSIC THERAPY INTERNSHIP include the history of psalmody and hymnody from the A six-month full-time clinical internship in an AMTA- first to the twentieth century. Prerequisite: MU 333, or approved clinical center. Minimum of 1,040 hours after permission of instructor. 2 crs. satisfactory completion of academic work. May be taken twice. 1 cr. MU 466 HISTORY OF CHURCH MUSIC SEMINAR This course focuses on the theological, political, and MU 495A INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN MUSIC social influences on church music throughout history. Advanced study of a specialized area in music. Prereq- Emphasis is placed on the relationship among these uisite: upper-division standing, permission of depart- historical issues and church music of today. The student ment chair. 1-3 crs. develops a working philosophy of church music and explores ways of creatively communicating and building MU 495B READINGS IN MUSIC on this philosophy in a parish music program. Prerequi- Readings of the literature relevant to a specific area of site: MU 333, or permission of instructor. 2 crs. music. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. 1-3 crs. MU 471 MUSIC PEDAGOGY: TEACHING/LEARNING MU 492 SPECIAL SEMINARS IN APPLIED MUSIC, This course is primarily designed for non-keyboard in- THEORY, HISTORY, OR MUSIC THERAPY strumentalists, composers, music theorists, or music Research-based seminars on selected music topics. The therapists to learn about the various styles of learning, format will include research and bibliographic methods, pedagogical approaches, techniques, and materials for computer searches, and high level methods of data teaching music in their area of music specialty. Prerequi- retrieval for research. These seminars functional as an site: junior standing in applied music or permission of introduction to research methodology for a student instructor. 5 crs. who is bound for graduate school. Prerequisite: permission of department chair. 1-3 crs. MU 477 COMPOSITION STUDIES III A continuation of Composition Studies II. These courses MU 493 SPECIAL WORKSHOPS IN APPLIED MUSIC, will prepare students to write creatively in larger con- THEORY, HISTORY, OR MUSIC THERAPY temporary designs with contemporary harmonic tech- Advanced short-term studies of specialized areas of niques and rhythms. Can be taken for up to 6 crs. music. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. 1-3 crs. Prerequisite: 6 crs. of MU 377. 1 or 2 crs. DIRECTED STUDIES MU 480/481/482 An option for students who are unable to meet regular- PSYCHOLOGY OF MUSIC I, II, III ly scheduled classes. Any course which is listed in the This sequence of courses is a comprehensive study of Marylhurst University Catalog may be taken as a direct- psychological and sociological foundations of music ed study if conditions warrant. Entry is by permission of including the study of acoustics and anatomy of the the Music Department Chair. 1-3 crs. hearing mechanism. Experimental research methodology is studied culminating in the completion of an experimental research project in spring term. Coursework ENSEMBLES inlcudes the study of behavioral research and single subject designs for the general music classroom ensem- MU 240/440 MARYLHURST CHAMBER SINGERS ✔ ble, private studio, and therapeutic setting. Issues con- A select vocal ensemble that explores the chamber cerning cause-and- effect relationships related to music, choir literature from the Renaissance to the present. science, and life are discussed. Open to non-majors with Music majors and non-majors are invited to audition. 102 at least junior standing. 3 crs. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 1 cr. Music MU 241/441 MARYLHURST CONCERT CHORALE ✔ MUP 188 Applied Double Bass for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. A vocal ensemble for the performance of choral litera- MUP 189 Applied Harp for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. MUP 191 Applied Flute for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. ture from the Renaissance to the present. This ensemble MUP 192 Applied Clarinet for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. will perform concerts throughout the year, one of which MUP 193 Applied Oboe for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. may include members of the Marylhurst Symphony in MUP 194 Applied French Horn for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. works for chorus and orchestra. Meets Arts & Ideas Lib- MUP 195 Applied Saxophone for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. eral Arts Core outcome. 1 cr. MUP 196 Applied Bassoon for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. MUP 197 Applied Trumpet for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. MUP 198 Applied Trombone for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. MU 242/442 MARYLHURST SYMPHONY ✔ MUP 199 Applied Percussion for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. Opportunity for the music major, serious amateur, and semi-professional musicians to perform major orchestral Private Music Lessons for music major – lower-division works. Public performances with soloists are presented Prerequisite: music major. Audition & admission into a music each term. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. degree program is prerequisite. 1 cr. MUP 281 Applied Piano for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. MUP 282 Applied Organ for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. MU 243/443 MARYLHURST JAZZ ENSEMBLE ✔ MUP 283 Applied Guitar for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. MUP 284 Applied Voice for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. A performance ensemble for musicians wishing to devel- MUP 285 Applied Violin for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. op their jazz playing. Original compositions as well as MUP 286 Applied Viola for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. standards will be performed. Students are encouraged to MUP 287 Applied Cello for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. compose for the ensemble. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal MUP 288 Applied Double Bass for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. Arts Core outcome. 1 cr. MUP 289 Applied Harp for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. MUP 291 Applied Flute for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. MUP 292 Applied Clarinet for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. MU 244/444 MARYLHURST PIANO ENSEMBLE ✔ MUP 293 Applied Oboe for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. A performance class covering repertoire for two or more MUP 294 Applied French Horn for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. players at one or two pianos. Skills in sight-reading and MUP 295 Applied Saxophone for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. MUP 296 Applied Bassoon for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. ensemble are stressed as well as an introduction to the MUP 297 Applied Trumpet for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. duo and duet piano literature, culminating in an end-of- MUP 298 Applied Trombone for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs. term recital. For students with intermediate or advanced MUP 299 Applied Percussion for majors, l.d., 1 or 2 crs keyboarding skills. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 1 cr. Private Music Lessons for the music major – upper-division MU 245/445 MARYLHURST CHAMBER MUSIC ✔ Prerequisite: music major. A grade of P in MU 299 is Coaching and performance of major chamber music prerequisite for the following courses. literature. Open to all musicians, intermediate to ad- MUP 481 Applied Piano for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. vanced levels, who wish to work together to improve MUP 482 Applied Organ for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. MUP 483 Applied Guitar for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. their performance of chamber music, for two or more MUP 484 Applied Voice for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. players. Individuals or groups may enroll. Performances MUP 485 Applied Violin for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. will be given as arranged. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts MUP 486 Applied Viola for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. Core outcome. 1 cr. MUP 487 Applied Cello for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. MUP 488 Applied Double Bass for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. ✔ MUP 489 Applied Harp for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. MU 246/446 MARYLHURST GUITAR ENSEMBLE MUP 491 Applied Flute for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. A performance class covering repertoire for the two or MUP 492 Applied Clarinet for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. more players. Skills in sight-reading and ensemble are MUP 493 Applied Oboe for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. stressed as well as an introduction to guitar ensemble MUP 494 Applied French Horn for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. MUP 495 Applied Saxophone for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. literature. MUP 496 Applied Bassoon for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. 1 cr. MUP 497 Applied Trumpet for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. MUP 498 Applied Trombone for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. MUP 499 Applied Percussion for majors, u.d., 1 or 2 crs. APPLIED MUSIC ✔ Private music lessons are offered for credit through the Music Department. Instruction is available in piano, Department of Music voice, strings, guitar, organ, woodwinds, brass, and per- Marylhurst University cussion. Private instruction is also offered for no credit P.O. Box 261 for non-Marylhurst students. 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Private Music Lessons for non-majors Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 and non-Marylhurst students FAX: 503.636.9526 No audition is required to enroll. Email: [email protected] MUP 181 Applied Piano for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. Web site: www.marylhurst.edu MUP 182 Applied Organ for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. MUP 183 Applied Guitar for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. MUP 184 Applied Voice for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. MUP 185 Applied Violin for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. MUP 186 Applied Viola for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. MUP 187 Applied Cello for non-majors, 1 or 2 crs. 103 Center for PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES PROFESSIONAL REAL ESTATE STUDIES Students completing the Professional Real Estate Director: R. Paul Aragon Studies program with a CONCENTRATION IN APPRAISAL AND FINANCE will: 1. Understand management and leadership processes applicable in a successful corporate environment, governmental agency or small business. 2. Demonstrate an understanding of basic economics, technical business applications and regulatory/ Real Estate Studies In the past half-decade, real estate has become industry trends and practices in real estate. a security, a corporate strategy and a global 3. Implement effective communications and investment opportunity, radically changing interpersonal skills necessary to effectively apply the career potential for practitioners in modern technological and data management the real estate industry. These practitioners practices essential to all real estate disciplines. are required to meet an ever higher standard of academic achievement and 4. Incorporate an advanced awareness of the role professional certification in order to remain of law and legal policy within business practices; understand the litigation process and alternatives competitive, maintain credibility and be properly affecting successful corporate and small business positioned for advancement and leadership enterprises. opportunities as they arise. The Center for Professional Real Estate 5. Understand the impact of economics, demographics, Studies is actively pursuing industry-academic dynamics and market trends on real estate. relationships with professional associations active 6. Understand basic real estate financial markets in the various disciplines of the real estate industry, and financing methods; develop a working in an effort to better help its graduates achieve knowledge of regulatory and professional skills these outcomes. necessary to the banking and mortgage servicing communities. 7. Understand and act on the need for participation THE PURPOSE OF and involvement within the real estate industry PROFESSIONAL REAL ESTATE STUDIES and its professional associations. The Center for Professional Real Estate Studies, in partnership with the Marylhurst’s Web-Based Learning 8. Represent their understanding and appreciation Department, has designed an online degree completion of the role of personal and professional ethics program for working adults seeking to secure their and systems of accountability that serve as the academic credentials. foundations of principled leadership and personal This program is aimed at bridging the gap between fulfillment in real estate careers. academic and professional education. The program awards academic credit for certain professional courses This program is currently under development with taken in pursuit of a designation and makes additional other areas of concentration being considered. Check academic credit available through a flexible, online the University Web site (www.marylhurst.edu) for academic curriculum. updated offerings.

CAREER PATHS A degree in real estate studies will prepare students for advancement and eventual leadership roles in various disciplines of real estate such as appraisal, finance, marketing, or management. Students can pursue the following career paths: property valuation, mortgage finance, investment management, property management, marketing and development/construction.

104 Real Estate Studies Major Requirements for the REAL ESTATE Bachelor of Science in Real Estate with a Concentration in Appraisal & Finance RE 300 INTRODUCTION TO REAL ESTATE STUDIES Required Business Core This course is an introduction to real estate markets, BUS 310 Business Economics ...... 3 crs. their dimensions and structure, marketing analysis, and BUS 330 Information Technology Strategies ...... 3 crs. financing methods. The course covers various types of FIN 341 Financial Accounting Concepts land ownership and the laws and regulations governing OR FIN 343 Managerial Accounting Concepts ...... 3 crs. land usage. This course provides an overview to the MKT 300 Principles of Marketing ...... 3 crs. various professional disciplines that comprise the real BUS 400 Personal Ethics in Organizations ...... 3 crs. estate industry. 3 crs. Total Business core: 15 crs. Required Real Estate Core RE 340 REAL ESTATE LAW I RE 300 Introduction to Real Estate Studies ...... 3 crs. This course is an overview of legal precedent and policy RE 340 Real Estate Law I ...... 3 crs. regarding property ownership, sale, financing, and fore- RE 350 Building Design & Construction ...... 3 crs. closure. The course covers the legal reasoning behind RE 370 Real Estate Finance I (prerequisite: BUS 341 or BUS 342) ...... 3 crs. and requirements for deeds, recordings, sales agree- RE 410 Land-Use Planning ...... 3 crs. ments, easements, encroachments, encumbrances, and RE 430 Environmental Issues & Hazards ...... 3 crs. landlord/tenant relations. Also covered are the various Total required Real Estate core: 18 crs. forms of ownership in multi-tenant dwellings. Prerequi- Real Estate Electives site: BUS 341 or BUS 342. 3 crs. RE 494 Internship (optional, with permission) ...... 3 crs. Other (with permission) ...... 3 crs. RE 350 BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND DESIGN Total Electives: 6 crs. This is a survey course of basic building design. In this Concentration Courses course students will learn the fundamentals of building FIN 345 Understanding Managerial Finance ...... 3 crs. technology, including methods and materials, building RE 450 Real Estate Finance II (prerequisite: RE 370 codes, life safety and accessibility issues. The subject Real Estate Finance I or permission) ...... 3 crs. matter includes structural, mechanical, electrical, and Total Concentration Courses: 6 crs. plumbing subsystems. Also covered is an introduction Professional Courses ...... 12 crs. to relative cost factors, depreciation, obsolescence, and (Marylhurst Appraisal & Finance courses listed functional/alternative use issues. This course can be below, or approved credits from prior Appraisal taken as a Writing Intensive Course. 3 crs. Institute & Mortgage Bankers Association of America coursework. This section consists of a total of 12 crs.) RE 460 Principles of Real Estate Appraisal RE 370 REAL ESTATE FINANCE I (prerequisite: RE 340), 3 crs. This course is an introduction to real estate financing RE 465 Practices & Procedures of Real Estate methods and covers mortgage instruments and alterna- Appraisal (prerequisite: RE 340 & RE 460), 3 crs. tive methods of financing, such as deeds of trusts and RE 470 Mortgage Banking I land sale contracts. Also covered are risk analysis, auto- (prerequisite: RE 370, RE 450), 3 crs. mated valuation modules, and other new computer- RE 475 Mortgage Banking II based applications. This course provides an introduction (prerequisite: RE 370, RE 450, & RE 470), 3 crs. to real estate investment and financial management. Capstone Course 3 crs. RE 498 Real Estate Appraisal & Finance Capstone ...... 3 crs. CREDIT SUMMARY RE 410 LAND-USE PLANNING/ZONING Total Business Core ...... 15 crs. This course is an introduction to urban economics, Total Required Real Estate Core ...... 18 crs. demographics, and the history/role of planning and Total Real Estate Electives ...... 6 crs. zoning affecting real estate transactions. Urban sprawl, Concentration Courses ...... 6 crs. Professional Courses ...... 12 crs. growth issues, transportation and services infrastruc- Capstone Course ...... 3 crs. ture, boundaries, and legal challenges are also covered. TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 60 crs. Sustainable development issues, public/private partnerships, and historic preservation issues are also discussed. Meets a Human Community Liberal Arts Core outcome. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 3 crs.

REQUIRED BUSNESS CORE RE 430 ENVIRONMENTAL ISSUES AND HAZARDS • BUS 310 Business Economics This course is an introduction to environmental issues • BUS 330 Information Technology Strategies affecting real estate ownership, use, and transfer. In- • BUS 400 Personal Ethics in Organizations cluded is a discussion of such issues as brownfields, • FIN 341 Financial Accounting Concepts wetlands, toxic waste sites, flood zones, and mitigation or FIN 343 Managerial Accounting Concepts methods. Also covered are liability issues for owners, • FIN 345 Understanding Managerial Finance agents, appraisers, and lenders. Site specific hazards • MKT 300 Principles of Marketing such as lead paint, asbestos, PCBs, oil tanks, and radon 3 crs. each. See Business and Management Department, gas are also evaluated and discussed. Meets a Natural pages 44-49 for complete course descriptions. World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. 105 RE 450 REAL ESTATE FINANCE II RE 475 MORTGAGE BANKING II This is an advanced course in real estate finance and This course covers the management techniques needed investment theory and practice. It provides an infor the production of residential mortgage loans includ- depth understanding of real estate investment analysis, ing primary and secondary markets, pricing strategies, including risk and sensitivity analysis, investment and loan portfolio management. Also covered are the strategies, replacement and refinancing considerations, management techniques for commercial loan submis- leveraging concepts, tax-deferred exchange tech- sions and construction financing. Prerequisite: RE 370, niques, a financial analysis of land development and RE 450, & RE 470. 3 crs. construction projects, syndication practices, secondary market operations, and portfolio analysis. Prerequi- RE 494 INTERNSHIP

Real Estate Studies sites: RE 370 Real Estate Finance I or permission of An internship, with advisory approval, may fulfill a department chair or instructor. 3 crs. portion of the major elective credits or a part of the capstone requirements in the major. A student arranges RE 460 PRINCIPLES OF REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL for the internship with the internship coordinator. This is a survey course that provides an overview of Optional with permission of department chair. 3 crs. the real estate valuation process. Topics for discussion are the basics of the appraisal concept, nature proper- RE 498 REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL ty values, real estate markets, money and capital mar- AND FINANCE CAPSTONE kets, and highest and best-use concept. Prerequisite: This course is designed to be taken at the end of a stu- RE 340. 3 crs. dent’s program of study and requires a student to draw on the accumulated knowledge gained throughout the RE 465 PRACTICES AND PROCEDURES program. The product of this course will be a thesis of OF REAL ESTATE APPRAISAL original research and writing written to an academic This course explores the entire valuation process. journal standard. The topic of the capstone project will Students will be exposed to statistical concepts, inter- be selected by the student from the student’s perspec- est compounding, and the use of financial calculators. tive or area of study. All capstone projects require advi- Also covered are appraisal mathematics, site valuation sory approval and the submission of a detailed timeline techniques, cost and sales comparison approaches to outline prior to approval. 3 crs. appraisal, and an introduction to the income capitali- zation approach. Prerequisite: RE 340 & RE 460. 3 crs. Center for Professional Real Estate Studies Marylhurst University P.O. Box 261 RE 470 MORTGAGE BANKING I 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) This course covers the history of mortgage banking, Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 and how loans are originated, processed, and closed. Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Also covered are underwriting, mortgage funding, loan Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 administration, and the secondary market. Prerequi- FAX: 503.636.9526 site: RE 370, RE 450. 3 crs. Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

Marylhurst’s beautiful campus is minutes from downtown Portland, Oregon.

106 Religious Studies Department of Persons interested in hands on ministry and pastoral RELIGIOUS STUDIES care will want to consider these career paths. They are: a pastoral care provider in a hospital, hospice center, Chair: Jerry Roussell, Jr., D.Min. retirement village, or long term care unit; pastoral care coordinator; religious education coordinator; director of spirituality center or retreat center; spiritual director; liturgical arts and worship coordinator. The Department of Religious Studies addresses questions of healing, meaning, purpose, and the PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR B.A. good. The Sacred Scriptures of religious traditions IN RELIGIOUS STUDIES CONCENTRATION are examined, and students begin to learn their A student of religion can realize these general outcomes sacred paths and to find their spiritual home. 1. Comprehend the cultural foundations, visions, origins, histories, major literary expression, and Students also discover ways of living their religious teachings of religious or philosophical systems beliefs and values and serving others with through understanding of theological positions, compassion and care. Because of the challenges of either as ethical and social teachings of major world the world today, people are recognizing the value religions, primarily Judaism, Christianity, Islam, of the foundational texts of religious traditions, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Native American human wholeness, meaning, and purpose. Studies traditions, or by becoming familiar with teachings of in medicine have demonstrated the effects of major schools of Western philosophy. prayer in healing. Corporations have prospered 2. Identify and clarify one’s own position, on theology, while doing good things in the community spirituality, morality, or philosophy of life, and goals in relation to historical spiritual tradition or important philosophical traditions. THE PURPOSE OF THE 3. Apply values and knowledge of spiritual and RELIGIOUS STUDIES DEGREE philosophical traditions to personal, social, political, The purpose of religious studies is to understand and international, economic, multicultural, or interfaith express the original human experiences of connected- situations through collaboration bringing about ness with the Sacred and all of reality. People express connections among people, with the environment, understanding in words and concepts, and then they and with transcendent realities; or cultivation of new engage their understandings as principles of life and insights about our relatedness as humans. action for a community. Spirituality is the acting out of 4. Examine Western and Eastern spiritualities or religion in every aspect of daily life; it includes the teachings of Eastern schools of philosophy through experience of communication (prayer) with the Divine. exposure to spiritual practices and values of the Morality refers to the right behavior that springs from a major Western and Eastern religious traditions; or sense of belonging to a group and of being connected to exposure to the thought of Eastern schools of the entire cosmos. Theology is the study of God, in philosophy. which the intellect is called on to reflect on personal 5. Experience some of the prayer practices of some and communal religious experience and Sacred texts. spiritual traditions or interact with a philosophical People study philosophy to better understand reli- tradition through engaging in community rituals, gious studies. Philosophical issues explore their deepest personal reflective prayer, contemplation, and desires and cares in a disciplined, reflective way. What meditation; or engaging with one’s life mission. does it mean to be, for example, and not to be? What 6. Explore ethical approaches arising from theological makes life worth living? Or, what values have stood the or philosophical systems through comparing applied test of time, and how might I incorporate them into my ethical positions (ethics of medicine, business, and own struggles to be good? What is the moral worth of ecology); or studying philosophical and ethical the earth, and of the non-human creatures that live systems of thought. here too? These are philosophical and ethical questions, 7. Appreciate the diversity and richness in a spiritual or as important today as they have been in all ages and philosophical tradition other than one’s own through cultures. By studying the classics of various philosophi- discovering ways to learn about different spiritual cal traditions, we learn to think and question in ways traditions; or identifying relationships between that can help us find that elusive happy life. philosophical studies and other liberal arts or applied studies. CAREER PATHS Persons interested in theological studies that help prepare people to give service pursue career paths as an educator in academic or religious institutions; writer; and editor for paper or magazine. Individuals work as a commentator or broadcaster; ordained or non-ordained minister; ethicist in hospital or corporation; lecturer; and a teacher in philosophy.

107 THT 453 Western Thought & History III: Major Requirements for the Modern to Contemporary ...... 3 crs. Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies THT 491 Pastoral Theology ...... 3 crs. REQUIRED RELIGIOUS STUDIES CORE Travel Study RSP 266 Fundamentals of Religious RSP 486A In the Footsteps of the & Philosophical Studies ...... 1 cr. Asian Masters & Mystics: Japan ...... 6 crs. RSP 493 Senior Project, RSP 486B In the Footsteps of St. Paul: OR RSP 494 Supervised Internship, Best of Turkey & Greek Isles Cruise ...... 6 crs. OR RSP 498A,498B,498C Senior Paper ...... 3 crs. RSP 486C In the Footsteps of the Irish Mystics: PCR 411 Religion & Psychology: St. Patrick, St. Bridget, & St. Columcille ...... 6 crs. A Psychology of Religious Experience ...... 3 crs. Religious Studies DISTRIBUTION OF ELECTIVES PHL 201 Foundations of Philosophy: Makers FOR RELIGIOUS STUDIES MAJOR of the Modern Mind ...... 3 crs. General Elective Courses ...... 18-33 crs. ETH 323 Making Ethical Decisions: Professional Seminars ...... 0-9 crs. Ethical Theories & Models ...... 3 crs. Spiritual Development Offerings ...... 0-12 crs. ETH 420 Applied Ethics: Daily Life, Travel Study ...... 0-12 crs. Medicine, Business, Humanities ...... 3 crs. TOTAL ELECTIVES IN MAJOR: 33 crs. SPP 426 Spirituality & Mysticism: Western Religions ...... 3 crs. SSC 210 Introduction Hebrew Bible: Old Testament CREDIT SUMMARY OR SSC 211 Introduction to Christian Bible: Total Required Religious Studies Core ...... 28 crs. New Testament ...... 3 crs. Total Electives in Major ...... 33 crs. SSC 405 Torah: Pentateuch, First Five Books of the Bible, TOTAL CREDITS FOR MAJOR: 61 crs. OR SSC 422 Gospels: Stories of Unique Christian Communities ...... 3 crs. RECOMMENDATIONS THT 301 Comparative Religions: 1. Students preparing for M.Div. equivalency for D.Min. Origins & Development of World Religions ...... 3 crs. program take graduate-level courses. TOTAL REQUIRED RELIGIOUS STUDIES CORE: 28 crs. 2. Students may wish to take an elective that prepares them General Elective Courses for a particular pastoral or spiritual care setting, or one ETH 403 Christian Social Ethics ...... 3 crs. required by their tradition. LTA 406 Symbolism of World Religions: Truths/Symbols ... 3 crs. 3. Students take specific electives when seeking certification PCR 410 Religion & U.S. Culture: Sociology of Religion ..... 3 crs. with the Association for Clinical Pastoral Education, PCR 412 Islam & Society ...... 3 crs. Association of Professional Chaplains, or the National PHL 327 Philosophy of Religion: Association of Catholic Chaplains. Why People Embrace Religion ...... 3 crs. 4. Students who wish to study Philosophy or Systematic PHL 315 Ancient Philosophy: Plato & Aristotle ...... 3 crs. Theology may want to take Greek, Latin, or German. PHL 322 Medieval Philosophy: Great Synthesis ...... 3 crs. 5. Students who want to study sacred literature may benefit PHL 323 Modern Philosophy: Great Disparities ...... 3 crs. from studying the original language: Hebrew, Greek, and/ PHL 426 Eastern Philosophy: Zen of Mind or Arabic. & Tao of Spirit ...... 3 crs. 6. Students who want to teach Religion or Philosophy may SPP 410 Spiritual Quest: Human Quest for Spirituality .. 3 crs. wish to take a modern language like Spanish. SPP 411 Spiritual Classics: East & West ...... 3 crs. SPP 460 Spiritual Direction: Through Arts of Theatre .... 3 crs. SPP 461 Religion & Theatre ...... 3 crs. OTHER PROGRAMS OFFERED SSC 115 Survey of the Bible: Old & New Testaments .... 3 crs. SSC 406 Biblical Prophets: Inspirations to Create a Better World ...... 3 crs. PASTORAL CARE CERTIFICATE SSC 407 Writings, Psalms, & Wisdom Literature Students may choose to do a 45-credit Pastoral Care in the Bible ...... 3 crs. Certificate for their core. Students complete the 61- SSC 421 Gospel of John ...... 3 crs. credit major with required and elective courses. The SSC 454 Epistles: Letters to Christian Communities ...... 3 crs. 45-credit certificate courses are taken within the Master SSC 455 Gospel of Luke & Acts ...... 3 crs. of Arts in Applied Theology (MAAT) Program. See THT 304 History of Christianity I: Ancient-Reformation .... 3 crs. page 134 of this Catalog. THT 305 History of Christianity II: Reformation-Present .... 3 crs. Students arrange the coursework with the Chair of THT 306 History of Judaism ...... 3 crs. THT 411 Teachings of Judaism ...... 3 crs. the Religious Studies Department. THT 412 Teachings of Islam ...... 3 crs. PLEASE NOTE: Taking MAAT Courses AT 400 LEVEL THT 415 Christology: Jesus the Christ, Symbol of God .. 3 crs. Though all the MAAT courses will be taught at the THT 416 Ecclesiology: The Church, graduate level (500-level), undergraduate students may The Human Story of God ...... 3 crs. enroll for courses at the 400 level. Undergraduate stu- THT 417 Sacramentology: A Study of dents may request permission with the Chair of Reli- the Christian Sacraments ...... 3 crs. THT 423 Loss, Grief, Death & Dying: gious Studies before they sign up for any MAAT class. Theologies of Compassion...... 3 crs. THT 430 History & Philosophy of NON-DEGREE GRADUATE THEOLOGICAL STUDIES Eastern Religious Traditions ...... 3 crs. Students may choose to take classes at the 500 level for THT 431 Spiritual Traditions of Asia in Practice ...... 3 crs. Master of Divinity equivalency (page 138), Doctor of THT 432 Death & Dying in Asian Religions ...... 3 crs. THT 440 Hermeneutics: Interpretation Theory ...... 3 crs. Ministry prerequisites (page 145), graduate transfer to THT 451 Western Thought & History I: other programs, Clinical Pastoral Education, and Chap- Ancient to Medieval ...... 3 crs. lain certification. See pages 138-145 of this Catalog. THT 452 Western Thought & History II: Students register for these classes and complete the 108 Renaissance to Reformation ...... 3 crs. admission process as appropriate. Religious Studies COURSES LTA 490/390/290 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN LITURGICAL ARTS AND WORSHIP RSP 266 FOUNDATIONS OF The student selects the topic (e.g., rituals of world RELIGIOUS STUDIES AND PHILOSOPHY religions, women and rituals of world religions, ordina- This is the foundation course for other religious and tion). Readings on and conference about the literature philosophical studies. It is an enjoyable one-day course relevant to liturgical arts and worship are arranged with where participants get a picture of the family tree of the instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. philosophical and religious studies. Students highlight 1-3 crs. their own questions and gain insights which help them make informed choices about future classes. Religious PERSON, CULTURE, AND RELIGION studies majors begin work on their portfolios. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 1 cr. PCR 410 RELIGION AND UNITED STATES CULTURE: A SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION RSP 493 SENIOR PROJECT This course will explore the development of religion as The research project will complement a student’s major it impacts and is impacted by the culture of the United area of study with specific research in an area of special States. It will examine religious development from interest to the student. The senior project replaces the historical and sociological perspectives. Students will be senior paper. Students arrange for their research encouraged to engage these perspectives in dialogue projects with the Chair of the Religious Studies Depart- with their own faith. Many religions will be observed, ment. Together they select an advisor. Prerequisite: along with their growth and decline in the United junior standing. 3 crs. States. Prerequisite: junior standing. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. RSP 494 SUPERVISED INTERNSHIP Internship will provide a unique opportunity to com- PCR 411 RELIGION AND PSYCHOLOGY: plement formal learning with work in an approved A PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE professional setting. A student arranges for internship This course asks the basic question: Does religion help with the internship coordinator. The internship replaces or hinder psychological well-being? The answer de- the senior paper or project. Prerequisite: junior stand- pends on whose psychology is adopted to view religion. ing. 3 crs. Students will explore a variety of psychological responses to relevant religious experience. Prerequisite: junior RSP 498A/498B/498C SENIOR PAPER standing. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. The senior paper will allow the student to use research 3 crs. methods, to access information from a wide variety of databanks, and to begin writing in a field that could be PCR 412 ISLAM AND SOCIETY pursued through graduate studies. Students arrange for By analyzing Islam both in theory and practice this the writing of the senior paper through the Chair of the course will provide students with an essential back- Religious Studies Department and work with an aca- ground to better understand the world of Islam and demic advisor who is an expert in the student’s chosen Muslim populations. It examines Islam as a way of life topic. Students who write a senior paper need not do and studies the ways in which this religion affects the the internship or senior project. Prerequisite: junior individual, family, and social life in various Islamic standing. 3 crs. societies. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

LITURGICAL ARTS AND WORSHIP PCR 470/370PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS LTA 406 SYMBOLISM OF WORLD RELIGIONS: Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- TRUTHS AND SYMBOLS viders, or others in the helping professions may be This course is an immersion experience. Students will offered and taken as electives. Students may also select have hands-on experience with the symbols and acts Spiritual Enrichment offerings. The student may ar- used to give voice and form to the Sacred in several range credit, CEUs, or audits. 1-3 crs. world religions. Students will tie together the traditions of a particular faith, using the symbolic forms discussed PCR 490/390/290 READINGS AND SPECIAL in class. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. PROJECT IN PERSON, CULTURE, AND RELIGION 3 crs. The student selects the topic (e.g., effects of cultural background on spiritual practice, concern for spirituali- LTA 470/370 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS ty in a technological world, dichotomies and harmonies AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS in religion and psychology). Readings on and confer- Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- ence about the literature relevant to this area of study viders, or others in the helping professions may be are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible offered and taken as electives. Students may also select as part of the study. 1-3 crs. Spiritual Enrichment offerings. The student may arrange credit, CEUs, or audits. 1-3 crs.

109 PHILOSOPHY AND ETHICS PHL 426 EASTERN PHILOSOPHY: ZEN OF MIND AND TAO OF SPIRIT PHL 201 FOUNDATIONS OF PHILOSOPHY: This course will examine various paths of Eastern philos- MAKERS OF THE MODERN MIND ophy. Classes will include discussion of the values of This class is designed to give the student a general sur- Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, Islam, Confu- vey of the major problems in the main branches of cianism, and Taoism, with the help of slides and audiovi- philosophy: metaphysics, epistemology, logic, and eth- sual aids. Prerequisite: PHL 201. Meets Arts & Ideas ics. The student will learn the terminology associated Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. with philosophy, the major thinkers associated with the

Religious Studies various problems in philosophy, and become acquaint- PHL 470/370 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS ed with the structure of a philosophical argument and AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS the major theories of ethics and political philosophy. Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care provid- Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ers, or others in the helping professions may be offered and taken as electives. Students may also select Spiritual PHL 315 ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY: Enrichment offerings. The student may arrange credit, PLATO AND ARISTOTLE CEUs, or audits. 1-3 crs. Few geniuses of the imagination have scanned the mythic and philosophical horizon of the human mind PHL 490/390/290 READINGS AND as widely as Plato. Similar acclaim could be offered to SPECIAL PROJECT IN PHILOSOPHY his finest student, Aristotle, who founded the natural The student selects the topic (e.g., a major philosopher, sciences and shaped the ethics that would join with relationship between philosophy and religion). Readings Judeo-Christian thought to form the Western on and conference about the literature relevant to this worldview. This class will provide an overview of early area of study are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork Greek history and culture, introduce the founder of is possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. philosophy, Socrates; explore Plato’s supreme accomplishments in the Republic and Symposium; and contem- SPECIAL STUDIES IN ETHICS plate Aristotle’s vision of human happiness in the Ethics. Prerequisite: PHL 201. Meets Arts & Ideas ETH 323 MAKING ETHICAL DECISIONS: Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ETHICAL THEORIES AND MODELS What are the foundations of ethical human behavior? PHL 322 MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY: How does one determine a consistent ethic that can GREAT SYNTHESIS serve as a guide for living an integrated moral life? In this The Medieval Period has been divided into three move- class, students will examine ethical theories and models ments: Primitive Age, 700-1050; Age of Growth, 1050- to determine if any of the models serve personal needs. 1300; Age of Unrest, 1300-1550. These transitions kept In the process, students will begin to develop their own philosophers busy trying to find life’s meaning. This system for ethical decision making. [Prerequisite for course will examine the contributions of philosophers ETH 420 and other Ethics courses.] Meets Arts & Ideas like Thomas Aquinas and John Duns Scotus, whose Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. influence lasted for centuries. Prerequisite: PHL 201. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ETH 403 CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS Christian Social Ethics is the study of those ethical issues PHL 323 MODERN PHILOSOPHY: related to the relationship between the individual and GREAT DISPARITIES society. The individual has rights, which are to be pro- What do I know? Who or What am I? Does God exist? tected, and also responsibilities toward society. Society How, if at all, do science and religion fit together? How has rights pertaining to the common good, which are to should people live? These big questions, along with be protected, as well as responsibilities toward each others, are the questions preoccupying the great mod- individual in the society. Issues dealing with ethical ern Western philosophers—Descartes, Leibniz, Locke, relationships will be discussed, those in the economy, Hume, Kant. Students will study these philosophers politics, and in other current social issues. Prerequisite: and these questions in this course. Prerequisite: PHL ETH 323. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 201. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. 3 crs. ETH 420 APPLIED ETHICS: PHL 327 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION: DAILY LIFE, MEDICINE, BUSINESS, HUMANITIES WHY PEOPLE EMBRACE RELIGION In this course students will learn to apply ethical norms Philosophy of religion can be understood as the rational and values and critical ethical thinking and decision scrutiny of the claims of religion. Theistic religion will making to a variety of contemporary issues and situa- be the focus. Issues will include arguments for God’s tions, including workplace and business ethics, bio- existence, nature and status of religious experience, medical ethics, environmental ethics, issues of social and faith and reason, miracles, evil, and immortality. Pre- economic justice, and an examination of various religious requisite: PHL 201. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts ethical systems. Students will explore how to find ethical Core outcome. 3 crs. common ground in a pluralistic society, and finally to articulate their own ethical system. Prerequisite: ETH 110 323. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Religious Studies ETH 470/370 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS SPP 461 RELIGION AND THEATER AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS This class surveys the mutual foundations of the birth Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care proof religion, ritual, and the combined arts of theatre. viders, or others in the helping professions may be Rehearsal and performance components of this class offered and taken as electives. Students may also select offer the student the opportunity to develop theatre Spiritual Enrichment offerings. The student may ar- techniques and acting skills in an open and creative range credit, CEUs, or audits. 1-3 crs. environment. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ETH 490/390/290 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN ETHICS SPP 470/370 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS The student selects the topic (e.g., The Genome AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS Project, ethical dilemmas in technological advance). Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- Readings on and conference about the literature rele- viders, or others in the helping professions may be vant to this area of study are arranged with the instruc- offered and taken as electives. The student may also tor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. select Spiritual Enrichment offerings. The student may arrange credit, CEUs, or audits. 1-3 crs.

SPIRITUALITY SPP 490/390/290 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN SPIRITUALITY SPP 410 SPIRITUAL QUEST: The student selects the topic (e.g., spiritual direction HUMAN QUEST FOR SPIRITUALITY and practice in a major world religion, religion and A new interest in spirituality is being articulated in theology and spirituality: some distinctions). Readings many ways by diverse groups of people. What is the on and conference about the literature relevant to this spiritual quest? How has Western spirituality been area of study are arranged with the instructor. Field- expressed through the ages? What factors have con- work is possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. verged to give rise to this new interest? Students will identify elements of the Western spiritual quest from the past and the present, and notice commonalties with SACRED SCRIPTURES their own spiritual journeys. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. SSC 115 SURVEY OF THE BIBLE: OLD AND NEW TESTAMENT SPP 411 SPIRITUAL CLASSICS: EAST AND WEST This course surveys the history, geography, and books Some classics of spiritual and mystical literature include of the Old and New Testaments. It also introduces the quest for answers to such common concerns as: students to the tools for studying the Bible. Meets Arts who and what human beings are, why they are here, & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. and where they are going. In this course the student will investigate the major themes from the spiritual and SSC 210 INTRODUCTION TO HEBREW BIBLE: OLD mystical literature of the Hindu, Buddhist, Jewish, TESTAMENT Christian, Islamic, and Native American traditions. This course will examine the Hebrew Scriptures (Old Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Testament), together with other historical sources, in order to familiarize students with the stories, customs, SPP 426 SPIRITUALITY AND MYSTICISM: WESTERN beliefs, practices, spirituality, values, and ethical teach- RELIGIONS ings which make up the foundation of the Jewish and From the visions and music of Hildegard of Bingen to Christian traditions. Emphasis will be placed on reading the fascinating symbolism of the Jewish Kaballah to the and interpreting biblical literature in light of historical love poetry of Rumi, this course will explore spirituality development and contemporary scholarship. Meets Arts and mysticism in the major religious traditions of the & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. “People of the Book”—Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. Attention will be paid to the historical, theological, and SSC 211 INTRODUCTION TO CHRISTIAN BIBLE: philosophical role of the powerful writings of various NEW TESTAMENT mystics within these wisdom traditions. Meets Arts & On what level should the New Testament inform con- Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. temporary human life? It has historical possibilities. But the reality of storytelling is even more essential and SPP 460 SPIRITUAL DIRECTION: dynamic, translating an experience of God’s activity THROUGH THE ARTS OF THEATRE and a personal invitation to come into relationship. The This class examines the theatre arts as an icon for vari- authors were people in time and telling their stories ous models of personal and/or group spiritual direction. about Jesus’ birth, life, death, and resurrection. Meets Students will have an opportunity to explore the histor- Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ical, theological, and experiential foundations of the combined arts of theatre as source for the empower- SSC 405 TORAH: PENTATEUCH, ment of spirituality. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts FIRST FIVE BOOKS OF THE BIBLE Core outcome. 3 crs. Jesus referred to the Law and the Prophets. Followers of Jesus have also respected the teachings in the first five books of the Bible. For centuries before and after 111 Jesus the Torah was and is the primary document of SSC 470/370 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS Faith for the Jews. Students will study the shaping, AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS patterns, and teachings of these books. Prerequisite: Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- SSC 210. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. viders, or others in the helping professions may be 3 crs. offered and taken as electives. The student may also select Spiritual Enrichment offerings. The student may SSC 406 BIBLICAL PROPHETS: arrange credit, CEUs, or audits. 1-3 crs. INSPIRATIONS TO CREATE A BETTER WORLD Do the prophetic messages have relevance today? Is SSC 490/390/290 READINGS AND

Religious Studies there a “prophetic” aspect in every life of faith? The SPECIAL PROJECT IN SACRED SCRIPTURES prophets were a part of the religious climate of the OF A WORLD RELIGION kingdoms of Israel and Judah. They spoke and acted out The student selects the topic (special exegetical study, Yahweh’s detailed criticism. This course will examine scripture, and preaching). Readings on and conference these questions and issues and see their relevance for about the literature relevant to this area of study are today. Prerequisite: SSC 210. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible as Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. part of the study. 1-3 crs.

SSC 407 WRITINGS, PSALMS, AND WISDOM LITERATURE IN THE BIBLE SPECIAL STUDIES IN LANGUAGES What are the literary genres in this collection of biblical writings? What were their historical and liturgical con- GRK 490/390/290 READINGS texts? They have been used in Jewish and Christian AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN GREEK rituals and monastic prayer and have often been studied The student selects the topic (special language study). by those who minister to the dying. This course will Readings on and conference about the literature rele- show students how a deeper understanding of these vant to this area of study are arranged with the instruc- books can provide insights into the personal liturgical tor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. meanings of these writings, as well as life itself. Prereq- uisite: SSC 210. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core HEB 490/390/290 READINGS outcome. 3 crs. AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN HEBREW The student selects the topic (special language study). SSC 421 GOSPEL OF JOHN Readings on and conference about the literature rele- This course studies the Gospel of John assisting stu- vant to this area of study are arranged with the instruc- dents to determine the social contexts in which this tor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. unique community developed. Students explore this community writing and its unique contribution to the THEOLOGY AND HISTORY early church. Prerequisite: SSC 211. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. THT 301 COMPARATIVE RELIGIONS: ORIGINS AND DEVELOPMENT OF WORLD RELIGIONS SSC 422 GOSPELS: The wars and bloodshed happening in the world today STORIES OF UNIQUE CHRISTIAN COMMUNITIES shock people. In many cases these are not only political The Synoptic Gospels and the Gospel of John are the and economic struggles rising out of centuries of differ- primary documents of Christian faith. Students learn ences, but religious wars as well. In this class the stu- about their origins, messages, and applications to con- dent will look at the values, teachings, and histories of temporary life. Prerequisite: SSC 211. Meets Arts & Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Buddhism, Hinduism, and Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Native American Religion, with the objective of growing in a personal and international understanding and SSC 454 EPISTLES: acceptance of religious diversity. Meets Arts & Ideas LETTERS TO CHRISTIAN COMMUNITIES Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Among the New Testament Epistles (letters) are the earliest writings to become part of what is commonly THT 304 HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY I: known as the Christian Scriptures or New Testament. ANCIENT TO REFORMATION This course explores their origins, messages, and appli- This course is a survey the growth and development of cations for contemporary life. Special attention will be Christianity from the time of Jesus to 1500. This course given to the writings of Paul. Prerequisite: SSC 211. will explore the interplay between Christian faith, Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. thought, and life as it influenced the development of Western civilization, as well as the historical and cultur- SSC 455 GOSPEL OF LUKE AND ACTS al influences and key turning points that shaped and This course studies the Gospel of Luke and Acts assist- formed Christianity. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts ing students to determine the social contexts in which Core outcome. 3 crs. these narratives were written and the meanings of Jesus’ life and death in those settings. Prerequisite: SSC 211. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

112 Religious Studies THT 305 HISTORY OF CHRISTIANITY II: deeply the connections among beliefs, beautiful visual REFORMATION TO PRESENT or action symbols, and human life. Meets Arts & Ideas This is a survey of the development of Christianity Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. from the time of the Protestant Reformation to the present day. Students will explore issues such as the THT 423 LOSS, GRIEF, DEATH, AND DYING: roots of the reformation, sixteenth-century religious THEOLOGIES OF COMPASSION wars, diversity of Christian churches, mission, roles of Today there are a number of avenues that shed light on women, the future of the church, and much more. the perennial questions around death and dying. For Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. many people world religions serve as guideposts offering theologies of compassion to those who experience THT 306 HISTORY OF JUDAISM loss, grief, death, and dying. People discover what is This course will be an historical review of the Jews important to them on their life journey. This course from ancient days to the present. Students will tie explores these issues from multicultural and inter- events of the then and now, using the teachings and religious perspectives. Meets Arts and Ideas Liberal Arts writings of the Jews, and they will explore the ways in Core outcome. 3 crs. which Jewish philosophies came into existence. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. THT 430 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EASTERN RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS THT 411 TEACHINGS OF JUDAISM This course is an overview of the main historical and This course will explore the explanations and discus- philosophical issues of Hinduism, Buddhism, Daoism, sions of Jewish law, which are vital to the religious and Shintoism. Fundamental tenets will be explored beliefs and theological positions of Judaism. Students through canonical scriptures as well as the lives and will examine the teachings of the Talmud and the To- doctrinal legacies of exemplary mystics, philosophers, rah. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. and teachers, both past and contemporary. Meets Arts 3 crs. & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

THT 412 TEACHINGS OF ISLAM THT 431 SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS This course will explore the explanations and discussion OF ASIA IN PRACTICE of Islam, which are vital to the religious beliefs and The varied forms of religious meditations and practices theological positions of Islam. Students will examine of Eastern wisdom traditions create a beautiful mosaic the teachings of the Qur’an and other Moslem writings. from which students can discern the heart centers Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. unique to each. A smorgasbord of meditations and practices will be studied and experienced with the goal THT 415 CHRISTOLOGY: of enriching and enhancing the student’s own spiritual JESUS THE CHRIST, SYMBOL OF GOD practice. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. Christology is that part of theology, which deals with 3 crs. the Person of Jesus Christ, the Incarnation of the divine Word and God’s self-communication to the world. THT 432 DEATH AND DYING Students will study the meanings and implications of IN ASIAN RELIGIONS the reality of Jesus’ birth in time, his life, death, and This course will explore worldviews related to death in resurrection. In so doing they will realize the impact of the Asian religions, with particular emphasis on Bud- Jesus the Christ on the shaping of history. Meets Arts & dhism and Daoism. The study of these important belief Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. systems will be approached from an historico-religious viewpoint. It will introduce the students to the subject THT 416 ECCLESIOLOGY: matter in a comprehensive and interdisciplinary way. THE CHURCH, THE HUMAN STORY OF GOD Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Ecclesiology is that part of theology, which deals with the Church as an expression of the permanence of Jesus THT 440 HERMENEUTICS: the Christ in history, community, and grace. Students INTERPRETATION THEORY trace the development of a believing community, which Hermeneutics is the most important theological contri- formed around Jesus and grew because of their fidelity bution to scholarship in the last two centuries. Literary to the teachings put forth by the Scriptures of those criticism, cultural studies, deconstruction, and all the communities of faith. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts postmodern theories stem from hermeneutics. The best Core outcome. 3 crs. philosophers on the continent in this century have been heavily influenced by it. Students will be able to read THT 417 SACRAMENTOLOGY: literature as well as “the times” by being conversant A STUDY OF THE CHRISTIAN SACRAMENTS with hermeneutics. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core Sacramental theology studies the individual sacraments outcome. 3 crs. as different realizations of Christian life in the person, all of which are closely related to the transitions and THT 451 WESTERN THOUGHT AND HISTORY I: commitments of the person. Students relate them to ANCIENT TO MEDIEVAL their own experiences, such as, one’s purpose in the This course examines theological and philosophical world, continual spiritual development, and commit- traditions in Western civilization (including Greek and ment to a vocation in life. Students experience more Judeo-Christian heritages). It discusses ancient philoso- 113 phers and Christian writers within world Christianity TRAVEL STUDY from an historical context. Prerequisite: PHL 201. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. RSP 486A IN THE FOOTSTEPS OF THE ASIAN MASTERS AND MYSTICS: JAPAN THT 452 WESTERN THOUGHT AND HISTORY II: This class is a travel study trip to Japan. Students will RENAISSANCE TO REFORMATION familiarize themselves with the historical and cultural This course examines theological and philosophical sites that are important to the Asian religions. The traditions in Western Civilization (including Greek and group will visit various sites. Students will be required Judeo-Christian heritages). It discusses and defines to keep a log and write a final paper that relates to their

Religious Studies creeds, councils, orthodoxy, etc. The course studies journey to the Scriptures, or to the culture and history Thomas Aquinas, Dante, Martin Luther, other signifi- of these areas. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core cant persons within world Christianity from an histori- outcome. 6 crs. cal context. Prerequisite: PHL 201. Meets Arts and Ideas Liberal Arts Core Outcome. 3 crs. RSP 486B IN THE FOOTSTEPS OF ST. PAUL: BEST OF TURKEY AND GREEK ISLES CRUISE THT 453 WESTERN THOUGHT AND HISTORY III: This class is a travel study trip to Turkey and Greece. MODERN TO CONTEMPORARY Students will familiarize themselves with the historical This course examines theological and philosophical and cultural sites that gave birth to more systematized traditions in Western Civilization (including Greek and Christianity thanks to the works of St. Paul. The group Judeo-Christian heritages). It discusses creeds, councils, will visit ten sites. Students will be required to keep a orthodoxy, etc. The course studies Teilhard de Chardin, log and write a final paper that relates to their journey Simone Weil, and other significant persons within to the Scriptures, for instance, the New Testament or world Christianity from an historical context. Prerequi- to the culture and history of these areas. Meets Arts & site: PHL 201. Meets Arts and Ideas Liberal Arts Core Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 6 crs. Outcome. 3 crs. RSP 486C IN THE FOOTSTEPS OF THE THT 491 PASTORAL THEOLOGY IRISH MYSTICS: ST. PATRICK, ST. BRIDGET, This course examines how theology is understood from AND ST. COLUMCILLE within a pastoral framework. The course lays founda- This class is a travel study trip to Ireland. Students will tions to integrate theological approaches within various familiarize themselves with the historical and cultural pastoral contexts. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core sites that are important to the Irish faith. The group outcome. 3 crs. will visit various sites. Students will be required to keep a log and write a final paper that relates to their journey THT 470/370 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS to the Mystics, or to the culture and history of these AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS areas. Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- 6 crs. viders, or others in the helping professions may be offered and taken as electives. Students may also select RSP 490/390/290 READINGS AND Spiritual Enrichment offerings. The student may ar- SPECIAL PROJECT IN TRAVEL STUDY range credit, CEUs, or audits. 1-3 crs. The student selects the topic (e.g., a mystic or master of a major world religion, a theology of a master or mystic THT 490/390/290 READINGS AND SPECIAL of a world religion). Readings on and conference about PROJECT IN THEOLOGY OR HISTORY the literature relevant to this area of study are arranged The student selects the topic (e.g., history of a major with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the world religion, theology of a major world religion, study. 1-3 crs. Christology, ecclesiology, sacramentology, a specific theologian or religious leader). Readings on and conference about the literature relevant to this area of study Department of Religious Studies are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible Marylhurst University as part of the study. 1-3 crs. P.O. Box 261 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

114 Science & Mathematics Department of degree can lead to management positions in firms that SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS engage a broad spectrum of science personnel.

Chair: Larry Hanson, Ph.D. LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR THE SCIENCE DEGREE To earn the individualized Bachelor of Arts degree, a student of either a) General Science, or b) Environmen- tal Science Concentration will be able to: It seems all too clear that advances in science l. Discuss critically the philosophy of science and during the past century are responsible for much of principles of the scientific method. the change that distinguishes our rapidly evolving 2. Define the nature and distinction between the society. From one point of view, science can be various disciplines of science and present a realistic credited with remarkable inventions – a technology impression of the role, importance, and limitations of a) science or b) environmental science within the that has provided for the lives of people in numbers world society. hardly conceivable just a hundred years ago. An 3. Express clearly the concepts and methodology of a) alternate view faults science with the supply of basic general science, or b) environmental science. machines and a pace of change that may be steering 4. Demonstrate familiarity with contemporary research in humanity and the biosphere to calamity. a) the broad field of general science and area of science The purpose of studies in science and focus, if defined, or b) the general field of environmen- mathematics at Marylhurst University is to provide tal science and the area of environmental specialty. for an exciting new awareness that yields an 5. Systematically investigate problems in the area of a) increased sensitivity of and respect for all life on science focus (if applicable), or b) environmental earth and the earth itself. It is our hope that this science specialty. knowledge will serve to help guide the individual 6. Communicate effectively and work with people both within and outside of the field of science in the to a life of explorations and judgments rooted in a investigation of problems of science. deeper insight. 7. Explain the relationship between one’s own value system and the studies in the science major. THE PURPOSE STATEMENT OF THE SCIENCE DEGREE Major Requirements for the Bachelor of Arts in The Science and Mathematics Department offers a Science with Environmental Science Concentration program of study leading to the award of a Bachelor of The collective total of the courses noted will serve to satisfy the Arts degree in Science with two possible areas of spe- outcomes within the concentration. cialization called concentrations: General Science and Foundation Courses in Science & Mathematics Environmental Science. These concentrations include 46 crs. total, which includes 31 crs. from the major coursework in a broad range of both science and non- plus 15 crs. from Liberal Arts Core categories in science studies. The programs are designed around small science & mathematics interactive classes guided by a diverse cadre of practitio- Physics & Chemistry ...... 18 crs. ner faculty during convenient hours. The learning in- Life Science & Earth Science ...... 18 crs. volves extensive in-the-field environmental contact with Mathematics ...... 10 crs. real problems. The curriculum within each concentra- SUBTOTAL: 46 crs. tion comprises a broad range of possible coursework Core Courses from which to ensure that the degree plan is carefully Courses for all students within the concentration tailored to the needs of the individual student. Human Ecology, ...... 3 crs. Principles of Environmental Science ...... 3 crs. Technology, Society & Environment ...... 3 crs. CAREER PATHS Environmental Ethics ...... 3 crs. Graduates of the environmental science program can Environmental Assessment & Decision Making ...... 3 crs. expect to find career opportunities in a broad range of Senior Thesis or Internship ...... 4 crs. practices. The area of Environmental Education – Com- SUBTOTAL: 19 crs. munication includes positions for interpretive natural- Focus Option Courses ...... 15 crs. ists, writers, and teachers within public and private Courses that would relate to a specialty or focus organizations such as governmental agencies, K-12 within environmental science; 15 crs. minimum from schools, and non-profit groups. The Natural Resources a variety of possible courses. Management arena involves career paths that relate to Examples of course options: ecosystem analysis, environmental chemistry, environmental field the protection and sustainable use of water, soil, wild- methods, environmental health, systems ecology (for- life, forest, and mineral resources. A third sector of job est-, alpine-, marine-, desert-, aquatic-), environmental opportunity is Environmental Planning where urban and writing, environmental education, environmental other land utilization studies are concerned with the pollution and toxicology, plus any other courses within preservation of air and water quality, waste processing, the departmental offerings. growth management, parks/recreation development, and CREDIT SUMMARY the sustenance of quality of life. Foundation Courses in Science & Mathematics ...... 46 crs. The degree in the General Science Concentration can Core Courses ...... 19 crs. serve as preparation for a teaching career or graduate Focus Option Courses ...... 15 crs. TOTAL (45 u.d.): 80 crs. studies in integrative science. Among other routes, the 115 SCI 380 SCIENCE PERSPECTIVES Major Requirements for the Bachelor Arts Science so pervades everyday life that one sometimes in Science with General Science Concentration forgets it is just one particular view of reality. What SCI 380 Science Perspectives ...... 5 crs. makes science such a powerful perspective? What are Internship ...... 5 crs. the uses and abuses of science in culture? How does the related to the science specialization Learning related to general survey ...... 30 crs. scientific perspective that dominates society differ from of basic or foundation science disciplines the philosophical foundations of other cultures? This Advanced learning related to ...... 20 crs. course reviews the history and philosophy of science the area of science focus or specialty (if applicable) and examines the unique methods of scientific inquiry. Additional learning in science, ...... up to 5 crs. The study then explores the nature and influence of mathematics, or non-science which may science as it is practiced in this country today. Meets contribute to the focus or specialization Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 5 crs. TOTAL (45 u.d.): 65 crs.

Science & Mathematics SCI 383 WOMEN IN SCIENCE NATURAL SCIENCE COURSES From the seventeenth through the nineteenth centuries, women distinguished themselves in the fields of ento- INTEGRATIVE SCIENCE mology, astronomy, medicine, geology, botany, chemistry, and mathematics. The twentieth-century roster of women in science includes ten Nobel Prize winners. GS 101 INTRODUCTION TO This course will concentrate on the work and lives of THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES This course scans the general nature and development women scientists. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts of the major life forms of the planet. The amazing Core outcome. 3 crs. range of life from animals and plants to bacteria and viruses is seen as a momentary frame in the wake of an SCI 385 HEAD START TEACHER unimaginable history starting with life’s origin on an SUMMER SCIENCE INSTITUTE infant earth. The evolution of life through billions of This course provides Head Start teachers with ideas, years has been entwined with an ever-changing land, methodology, and inspiration for the presentation of ocean, and atmosphere. Meets Natural World Liberal science in the classroom of preschool children. The Arts Core outcome. 4 crs. month-long workshop consists of daily demonstrations and discussions that survey dozens of science topics including dinosaurs, bugs, ice, ancient forests, and hu- GS 102 INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS Within this course students will explore the different man biology. Institute faculty emphasize hands-on physical processes that play a part of everyday life. science experiments that yield a confidence and enthu- Exciting hands-on activities and surprising outcomes siasm in the sharing of science as it ignites the natural will help the class discover the connections that exist curiosity and creativity of children. Meets Natural between so much that happens in the world. The focus World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 5 crs. of the course will be on concepts that underlie the workings of the universe. Topics covered include mo- SCI 387 HEAD START SUMMER SCIENCE tion, sound, electricity, and light. Meets Natural World WORKSHOP Liberal Arts Core outcome. 4 crs. This exciting five-day residential workshop in science will offer Head Start teachers background and inspiration for enhancing science education in their programs. GS 103 INTRODUCTION TO Intended for Head Start teachers and administrators. ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE This course introduces significant topics in environmen- Permission of Director of Head Start Science workshop tal science including human population dynamics, basic required. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core out- ecological principles, environmental impacts of food come. 2 crs. production, energy resources and technologies, air and water quality, and solid waste management. Students SCI 388 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SCIENCE will increase their level of environmental literacy while Topics for the course vary from term to term. 3 crs. examining potential pathways to ecological sustainabili- ty. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. SCI 494 INTERNSHIP IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE 4 crs. Variable credit.

SCI 366 PROBLEM SOLVING PHYSICAL SCIENCE The object of this course is to expand problem-solving ability by learning twenty-three simple rules and practicing them on problems that do not require mathemat- CHM 110 A SURVEY OF CHEMISTRY ics. Students will have a chance to gain experience The molecular transformations that rule life, both with- solving mental and physical problems both individually in the body and the environment, include a wondrous and as members of a team. Special emphasis will be complex of both biological and physical processes. The given to overcoming common problem-solving barriers. course explores these effects and is intent on demon- Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 1 cr. strating the fascination of changes at the atomic level within the living and non-living world. This survey of 116 the general concepts of chemistry emphasizes its rele- Science & Mathematics vance to students who wish to understand the funda- NASA’s search for extraterrestrial intelligence. A “field mental workings of the human body as well as aspects trip” in sky observing is included. Meets Natural World of environmental quality and consumer technology. Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. AST 122 SOLAR ASTRONOMY CHM 331 A SURVEY OF ORGANIC CHEMISTRY The nine major planets of the solar system and many Organic chemicals influence our lives in countless ways. satellites are now seen as a remarkable collection of From petroleum and insecticides to plastics and rubber, celestial bodies of unexpected variation. From the seeth- an incredible industry has evolved to support the hu- ing surface of Venus to the frozen sphere of Pluto, the man society. This course examines this remarkable range of activity is incredible. The course will examine range of chemicals and includes consideration of the the workings of the solar system and the unique nature chemistry of food and life processes as well as pharma- of each world within it. A comparison of these places is ceuticals and biotechnology. This experience serves as a intended to enhance students’ appreciation of the planet foundation for studies in environmental toxicology. Earth. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. 3 crs.

CHM 333 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY AST 135 OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY Many environmental problems are influenced by chem- The intent of this course is to explore the methods as- ical processes and properties. This course provides a tronomers use to learn about the universe. Students will foundation in chemistry for an understanding of these learn about light, telescopes, and basic sky observing problems and natural processes important to sustain a techniques that will help them identify some of the healthy, functioning environment. Topics of discussion major constellations visible to Pacific Northwesterners. will range from energy issues and atmospheric alter- Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ation, to stream contamination and soil transformation. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. AST 388 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ASTRONOMY Topics for the course vary from term to term. 3 crs. PHY 110 A SURVEY OF PHYSICS From a breaking ocean wave to a drifting maple seed, ATM 121 INTRODUCTION TO the earth in all its forms evolves in a constant state of WEATHER AND CLIMATE motion. This world is also bathed in radiation of a re- Peculiar weather patterns during recent years suggest markable spectrum with amazing effects. This course that the climate is changing. Is this a warming trend or explores the astonishing world of matter and energy are humans on the threshold of an ice age? This course which guides many lives. This experience takes physics proposes to bring clarity to these gray skies of confusion beyond its contribution to technology and promises to on this and other issues of global concern. The design is develop exciting new ways of sensing one’s place in the first to examine the evolution of the atmosphere and the space and time of everyday life. Meets Natural World processes of weather before focusing on climate and its Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. influence on life. This will lead to modern times and an assessment of climate from the issues of increasing car- PHY 111 LOOKING IN, LOOKING OUT: PHYSICS bon dioxide and ozone depletion to acid rain. Meets OF MEDICAL AND SPACE IMAGING Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. This course explores the physics behind the seemingly separate fields of medical imaging and remote sensing as GEO 121 A SURVEY OF GEOLOGY applied to space exploration. The techniques of each The earth is a fragile spaceship where continents collide field are similar in nature although one looks inward at to crumple mountains and where atmospheres shift to the unseen anatomy of the human body, while the bring cold or warm climates. The course explores the other looks outward to distant planets. How is the workings of this dynamic world from the planet’s core to inside of the human body studied without invasive the grassroots of its landscape. The earth is also viewed surgery? How do spacecraft learn about our earth and from the edge of the solar system to underscore its other worlds? Topics include radio waves, microwaves, unique design in a comparison with other planets. Dur- sonar and ultrasound, radiation, X-rays, basics of light, ing this survey it becomes clear that the physical earth is remote sensing, and principles of imaging. Meets Natu- greatly influenced by its life system and this relationship ral World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. becomes a significant focus. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. EARTH SCIENCE GEO 351 EARTH HISTORY AST 121 STELLAR ASTRONOMY The earth is a dynamic ever-changing planet. This This course provides an opportunity to stretch the course develops a comprehension of the main patterns imagination to the far reaches of the universe in an of planetary evolution of both the physical earth and its exploration of red giants, black holes, white dwarfs, and life system. This image serves as a basis for the apprecia- cannibal galaxies. This course represents an introduction of the place of the human species and society with- tion to stellar astronomy. The fundamental objective is in this greatest of stories. The course concentrates on the to investigate the lifestyles of the sun and other stars global dimensions of history although the Pacific North- and explore galaxies, the colossal building blocks of the west receives special focus. Meets Natural World Liberal universe. This course provides the foundation to discuss Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. 117 OCE 121 A SURVEY OF OCEAN SCIENCE BIO 167 NUTRITIONAL SCIENCE From the wave-swept coast to the deep dark abyss, the Eating well is recognized as a cardinal rule for health. In oceans of planet Earth envelop an incredible system of this course, students will learn to evaluate nutritional dynamic environments. The course explores the work- advice for credibility. Current journal articles will aid ings of these settings and searches out an understanding exploration of nutritional trends. Quality of food will of the nature and origin of the ocean basins, the charac- be emphasized. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core ter and currents of its remarkable water, and the form outcome. 3 crs. and behavior of the great complex of life within. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. BIO 322 MAMMALS OF THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST LIFE SCIENCE Mammals hold a special interest for most people. In this course, students will first get to know these fascinating creatures by surveying the grand variety of mam- Science & Mathematics BIO 121 A SURVEY OF BIOLOGY mals the world over. The class covers what it really From kelp to condors, from mites to mountain lions, the means to be a mammal, how they work and how they diversity of life on the planet is a constant source of are different from other animals. The course then sur- wonder. This course strives to enhance this sense of veys common mammals in the Pacific Northwest. Field wonder through a survey of the major ecosystems of the trips provide opportunities for viewing wild mammals earth. The class explores the interactions of animals and in their natural habitats. Meets Natural World Liberal plants with their environments from the Arctic tundra Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. to the tropical rain forest. The evolution, as well as the ecology, of the communities is of special interest. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. BIO 332 GENERAL ZOOLOGY To survive, all animals face the same basic problems: finding food, getting oxygen, avoiding temperature BIO 161 THE HUMAN BEING extremes, finding mates, and reproducing successfully. This course explores the intimate workings of the hu- They solve these problems in a variety of curious and man body and the human mind and examines how often surprising ways. This class compares the behavior human beings think, eat, feel, and fight diseases, and and design of diverse members of the animal kingdom, how the nervous system and organs function. The class emphasizing common themes but exploring unusual focuses much of the study on the mind/body connection adaptations. Students will pay particular attention to with regard to illness and well-being. From that context, reproduction, which for many animals involves their students explore how the major systems of the body most complex and interesting behaviors. Meets Natural function under different circumstances, particularly World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. under the conditions of stress and relaxation. The new insights gained promise to enhance the appreciation of the extent to which one can influence well-being with BIO 337 ORNITHOLOGY attitude and lifestyle changes. Meets Natural World Beyond human beings, birds are the most conspicuous Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. animals on the planet and it is little wonder that bird watching is one of the most popular recreational activities in the United States. In this course, the primary BIO 162 HUMAN BIOLOGY focus will center on birds as animals, how they work, The workings of the human body express an intricate and why they behave the way they do. Secondly, the choreography. Responses to external changes and chal- course develops the basic skills of bird observation; lenges occur at many levels including the molecular, students will become familiar with the common birds genetic, cellular, tissue, and organ system levels. The of the region in their habitat. Oregon’s diverse settings body is always working to maintain a constant internal support a remarkable variety of birds; daylong outings environment. This course explores human biology with will provide great firsthand experience. Meets Natural an emphasis on physiology. Students will examine the World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. latest findings on the structure and function of the human body as well as how it responds to factors such as disease and aging. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core BIO 342 GENERAL BOTANY outcome. 3 crs. From microscopic algae to the giant redwood, the green plants embrace an incredible spectrum of life upon which all other life depends. This course scans the full BIO 165 MEDICAL SCIENCE range of plant types and emphasizes the unique design Humankind has evolved a remarkable spectrum of and behavior of the major plant groups. It includes a methods to combat illness and sustain health. This study of the special mechanisms involved in the lives of course explores this by first looking at how health and plants from the cell level to the ecosystem. The rela- disease are defined on physical, mental, emotional, and tionship of humankind and plants is a special concern. spiritual levels. Students then examine the nature of and Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. distinction between the major healing systems currently in practice around the world. The course also looks at changes in the attitudes of orthodox Western medicine BIO 344 MARINE BIOLOGY OF and at the newest scientific developments that have THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST begun to blur the distinctions between orthodox and From the Pacific Ocean to the Columbia River estuary alternative medicine. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts and Puget Sound, the marine environments of the Pa- 118 Core outcome. 3 crs. cific Northwest are as diverse as within any region of Science & Mathematics earth. The course compares and contrasts the marine to understand the phenomenon of the human attraction habitats and their residents in coastal bays, beaches, and to these settings and clarify the nature of a quality fjords, as well as in the shallow and deep realms of the environment. Students survey the geological and bio- open ocean. The study scans the grand spectrum of life logical heritage of the region to enhance the quality of from the plankton to the great whales, and from sea- their future experience in these places. Meets Natural birds to shellfish. 3 crs. World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

ENV 324 FIELD METHODS IN ENVIRONMENTAL ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE SCIENCE I: NATURE PHOTOGRAPHY This course introduces the basic equipment and tech- ENV 141 NATURE ACROSS THE NORTHWEST niques of 35mm nature photography with color slide From tidepool to glacial cirque to desert playa, the film, and the uses of outdoor photography as a docu- Pacific Northwest is undeniably a land of remarkable mentary tool for environmental educators, scientists, natural diversity. In this course students will explore communications professionals and other nature advo- each distinctive setting of the region to describe the cates. Beginners are welcome. The course does not unique character of its landscape and wildlife and iden- include darkroom work. Meets Natural World Liberal tify the special conditions that sustain it. The intent is Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. to foster an increased appreciation of the science of nature and make connections with art and psychology. ENV 325 FIELD METHODS IN ENVIRONMENTAL Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. SCIENCE II: GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION SYSTEMS (GIS) ENV 310 PRINCIPLES OF GIS has become the fundamental tool in the visual ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE assessment and planning within environmental studies. This course surveys major environmental issues that The course provides an understanding of the proce- face society today. The class will examine human popu- dures of GIS—the assembling, storing, manipulating, lation growth, technological development, and ecologi- analyzing, and displaying of geographical information— cal processes, then will study issues such as water and the utilization of GIS across the fields of environ- quality, energy choices, waste management, and air mental science. The course has further application in all pollution. This course emphasizes the gravity of today’s field sciences such as geology, biology, and oceanogra- environmental challenges as well as the hope offered by phy. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. potential solutions leading toward ecological sustain- 3 crs. ability. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ENV 326 ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH In so many ways the living environment of homes is ENV 318 HUMAN RESOURCES AND LIMITS under chemical siege. Pollution there can be more Today, the primary sources of energy and most metals concentrated than in the outside air and an increasing are limited. Some critical materials are already in short number of chemicals used in building materials are supply. Ironically, as many resources dwindle, greater bothering people so much that they cannot live in their restraints are placed on development to protect the homes or work in their offices. This course is designed environment. Consequently, conflicts rage. This course to introduce students to these hazards in the home and examines the controversial problems of supply and work environments. It examines the nature of these demand, the issues of environmental impact in resource pollutants and the physiological impact they have on development, prediction of the impending trends in the body. A common sense approach to decreasing resource usage, and the role of energy and mineral one’s exposure is included. Meets Natural World Liberal development in the future of the Pacific Northwest. Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ENV 328 ENVIRONMENTAL ETHICS ENV 320 POPULATION AND Science and technology have provided the ability to GLOBAL RESOURCES travel far, penetrate deep, and reach heights on this Each day is witness to over a quarter of a million new planet and beyond. What lags behind is a set of ethics mouths to feed in the world. A continuation of present for guiding this ability. Humans seem to need an ethic trends seems to be leading the world to certain disaster. that can help define their relationship to the earth. This This course will examine the social, economic, political, course will trace the development of environmental and environmental consequences of overpopulation in a ethics in this country, survey the range of ethical value global context. Three aspects of population change, before society, and apply this understanding of the land namely fertility, mortality, and migration, represent a ethic to specific land-use dilemmas humans face today. primary focus of study. Meets Natural World Liberal Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ENV 329 DEEP ECOLOGY ENV 323 ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY: This course is for students who are ready to think hard A NORTHWEST PERSPECTIVE and feel deeply about the ways they analyze, construct For many, the environment of the Pacific Northwest and mythologize nature. The human place in nature has represents a treasure of diverse places for both recre- been powerfully redefined in the Deep Ecology synthe- ational and spiritual benefits. This course first attempts sis, the environmental fusion of science, ethics, and 119 spirituality, but its validity has been challenged. The connections between all parts of the forest, the forest class will study various constructs of “nature,” noticing parts beyond simply the trees. Meets Natural World particularly how a mythological timeline shapes much Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. of the current picture. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ENV 343 MOUNTAIN ECOLOGY Of the diverse set of environments to be found across ENV 335 ENVIRONMENTAL HYDROLOGY the Pacific Northwest, none displays the relationships of Water, with properties that seem to defy the laws of life and its habitat more impressively than does the nature, is one of the most remarkable substances in the mountain world. The shapes of trees, the behavior of universe. This extraordinary ingredient has helped mold birds, the profusion of wildflowers all convey meaning the unique design of earth in unimaginable ways. The that is dramatically revealed in these rugged highlands. course examines the special nature of water and looks The mountains of the Pacific Northwest will serve as the at the manner in which water has evolved and field of study to understand how plants and animals

Science & Mathematics worked—as vapor, liquid, and ice—to sculpt this planet thrive in this sublime environment. The trip will tour by as well as guide and sustain its life. The class explores road and by trail the backcountry from the timberline the countless ways that water influences the lives of glaciers to old-growth forests. Meets Natural World Lib- human beings and underscores the limitation of water eral Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. as a resource. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ENV 344 DESERT ECOLOGY This course cultivates an understanding of the desert ENV 336 ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTION world to enhance the sense of fascination of this special AND TOXICOLOGY environment. This is achieved by first surveying the This course surveys the range of physical, chemical, and spectrum of world deserts in a series of on-campus ses- biological changes that can occur in air, water, soil, and sions. The class then sets forth on a field trip to south- food—changes that have an undesirable effect on the eastern Oregon, where students detail the ecology of the health of humans and other organisms. The course will curious desert communities in the shadow of Steens focus on a general study of the nature and effects of Mountain. The course promises a rewarding experience chemicals that adversely affect the environment. Meets that dispels any preconceptions of the desert as “waste- Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. land.” Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ENV 340 ECOSYSTEM ANALYSIS The analysis of an ecosystem requires an appreciation of ENV 345 FRESHWATER ECOLOGY ecological principles, an understanding of the physical The salmon are disappearing! Other fishes and scores of processes that influence the place, and an awareness of related organisms within the rivers and lakes are declin- the biologic components of the setting. This course ing and are threatened with extinction. Pollution, silt- serves to sharpen one’s skills in the achievement of ation, diversion, and even a shifting climate are changing these pieces plus the development of field techniques these waters with other disturbing consequences. In this that provide a thorough and efficient understanding of course, students discover the nature of the intricate web ecosystem function. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts of life and life processes within this aquatic ecosystem. Core outcome. 3 crs. The Pacific Northwest will serve as a model of this world as the waters, here, sustain a representative collection of ENV 341 HUMAN ECOLOGY creatures, from algae and mayflies to turtles and trout. Understanding the basic genetic and cultural relation- Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ship of the human being to the earth is fundamental to any search for solutions to environmental problems. ENV 346 COASTAL ECOLOGY This course explores the relationship between land and Life appears to have begun in the sea and when life people and analyzes just how the workings of the envi- moved to land, it brought the sea with it. The human ronment influence human culture, technology, and ties with the ocean are immediate and profound. In this survival. Building on a geographic framework and a course students explore the Oregon coastal environment philosophy of bioregionalism, the course includes per- and focus on the ecology of the coastal wetlands, tide- spectives from the natural and social sciences as well as pools, and sand dunes. The class is also concerned with spiritual and artistic expressions of the human relation- the culture of the coastal humans from that of Native ship to place. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core Americans to modern-day developers and their land-use outcome. 3 crs. practices. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ENV 342 FOREST ECOLOGY: A VIEW FROM THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST ENV 349 WETLANDS ECOLOGY The great forests of the Pacific Northwest enclose a This course introduces students to the study of wetlands, dozen distinctive forest types that contrast remarkably the processes that sustain their form and character. As with tropical and other distant forests of Earth. The models, students examine wetlands from inland marshes intent of this course is to investigate the rich forest nearby in the Willamette Valley to estuaries along the diversity of the region from the fog-bound coast to the Pacific shore. The jeopardy of this system and its value alpine parklands, and to compare these with other within itself and to society are issues of special concern. 120 world forests. Students will explore the fascinating 3 crs. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. Science & Mathematics ENV 354 COLUMBIA: ENV 380 TECHNOLOGY, SOCIETY, GREAT RIVER UNDER STRESS AND ENVIRONMENT The Columbia River is both the subsistence and spiritu- This course provides a lively historical survey of the al lifeline of the Pacific Northwest. Some of its uses, relationship between technology, society, and environ- however, are in conflict and much of the region and its mental quality. Students will examine the evolving waters are degraded. To comprehend and appreciate interactions between people and their technologies these uses and abuses, the class first explores the geo- from the stone tools of the Paleolithic era to the micro- logic, climatic, and biologic nature of the river system. chips of today’s Information Revolution and the result- The group then looks at the prehistoric and historic ing impacts on the natural environment. Meets Natural human occupation of the region before analyzing the World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. relationship of modern-day society with the river environment. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core out- ENV 493 RESEARCH PROJECT come. 3 crs. IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE A personal research project in a specialty topic of envi- ENV 356 ENERGY RESOURCES OF ronmental science. Variable credit THE PACIFIC NORTHWEST Energy resources are diverse and relatively abundant in ENV 494 INTERNSHIP the Pacific Northwest. However, the future trends in IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE development are difficult to predict. Will coal power Variable credit eventually displace hydropower as the main source? What is the future of nuclear power? To what extent ENV 495 INDEPENDENT STUDY will wind, geothermal, ocean, or solar energy contribute IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE to our needs? During a tour, students visit active sites Variable credit for some of these power generation systems. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ENV 498 UNDERGRADUATE THESIS IN ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE ENV 358 GLOBAL ENVIRONMENTAL CONCERNS Variable credit In this course students study the link between the economic activities and the health of their natural environment. Among issues to be discussed are the nature of MATHEMATICS COURSES ecosystems, renewable and non-renewable resources, carrying capacity and overpopulation, energy policies, MTH 101 SURVEY OF MATHEMATICS industrialization, pollution, and other environmental For students who took math long ago, and find that the problems. Some solutions are to be found as students computer revolution is a total mystery and want to survey environmentally sound resource management transform the perplexing world of mathematics into policies that can be applied throughout the world. familiar territory, this course may be just the thing. In Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. this course students will gain a new and exciting appreciation of math applications in everyday life. The expe- ENV 366 ENVIRONMENTAL WRITING rience is designed to overcome the psychological The pen is mightier than the sword as the saying goes. blockades to mathematics and (even) encourage further Writing is one of the most powerful tools there is for education in mathematics-related areas. This class will cajoling people into caring about the human species’ concentrate on numeration and the exploration of relationship with the rest of creation. This course sur- numbers and their operations up to and including inte- veys the enormous variety in forms for serious environ- gers. 3 crs. mental writing, from journalism, poetry, or academic discourse to environmental impact statements. Meets MTH 102 SURVEY OF ALGEBRA Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. This course continues the exploration of math as begun in Survey of Mathematics with an emphasis on elemen- ENV 373 ENVIRONMENTAL ASSESSMENT tary algebra. Students should be able to work with AND DECISION MAKING integers and do simple linear equations. This class will For better of worse, environmental regulators have focus on problem solving using algebraic equations, become a critical force in the solution of environmental simple graphing, ratio/proportions, percentages and problems. This interdisciplinary study examines the full geometry. This course can serve as an ideal preparation complex of economic, political, sociological, as well as for future algebra classes, statistics, graduate record scientific factors, that control the regulations that guide examinations and other upper-level math. Meets Life & environmental decision making. A variety of case histo- Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. ries will provide illustration of the problem-solving process. Meets Natural World Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

121 MTH 105 EVERYDAY MATH MTH 213 COLLEGE ALGEBRA As the electronic revolution becomes increasingly per- This course is intended to cultivate the foundations of vasive, consumers are challenged to keep pace by mas- “mainstream” algebra to a mastery level in a manner tering new skills and techniques in the manipulation of that is comfortable and pleasurable. After a stimulating numbers. This mastery is made painless in this course, review of basic algebra, students are gently but thor- as students gain proficiency in the use of the hand-held oughly extended in their understanding of functions calculator as a primary tool in solving problems. While and systems of equations. The course then introduces reviewing basic arithmetic, simple algebra, interests, and explores the concepts and curiosities of sequences, percentages, and ratios, participants are helped to over- series, permutations, and combinations. A primary come math and calculator anxiety. Meets Life & Learn- concern is to demonstrate the application of algebra in ing Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. the areas of business, science, and other disciplines. Meets Life & Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. MTH 107/207/307/407 3 crs.

Science & Mathematics MATHEMATICS WORKSHOP This course provides an opportunity to get easily and MTH 241 BASIC APPLIED CALCULUS painlessly caught up on math skills where a regular This course enables students to develop an understand- math course might be viewed as inconvenient or intimi- ing of the methods of calculus and the significance of dating. Here, a participant can elect to work alone or this powerful tool in the solution of complex problems with a small group to get in touch with a basic math of today. After a review of pre-calculus, the survey maneuver, business math, consumer math, algebra, introduces modeling and problem solving that depend calculus, or another mathematics territory. Whatever on the concept of limits. It then proceeds with a clarifi- the choice, individuals will be assisted by expert and cation of the fundamental theorem of calculus before sensitive staff who guide them at their own pace. Meets assimilating the concepts of differential and integral Life & Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. calculus. A primary concern is to demonstrate the methods of calculus while avoiding abstraction. Meets MTH 111 INTERMEDIATE ALGEBRA Life & Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Students are presented with a thorough but gentle study of the ideas and techniques of algebra. Students MTH 251 BASIC STATISTICS should have a concise and clear understanding of basic With the arrival of modern computer society, statistics algebra. The class helps develop skills in the manipula- has become a vital tool in the processing of information tion of polynomial and rational expressions and the in all fields of research, particularly the social sciences, solution of linear and quadratic equations. Participants science, and business. This class helps students under- gain an appreciation of the broad range of applications stand the fundamental methods of statistics in the col- of algebra in professional as well as everyday experienc- lection, organization, presentation, and analysis of es. The course is also ideal for students planning to numerical data. It demonstrates the application of sta- study statistics and economics or for those who are tistics to many problems such as the designing experi- preparing for pre-calculus mathematics. Meets Life & ments, making decisions, and the significance of trends. Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. The intent further is to underscore the importance of statistics in a classroom atmosphere that is both stimu- MTH 151 THE HUMAN SIDE OF MATH lating and comfortable. Meets Life & Learning Skills Taking the side that mathematicians are “artists of the Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. imagination,” this course challenges the perception that mathematical insight is irrelevant to the everyday MTH 353 CALCULUS IN SCIENCE worlds of non-mathematicians. Designed for those who A course designed to demonstrate the somewhat spe- fear or dislike mathematics, the course explores such cialized practice of calculus in all areas of science. Areas topics as time, space, change, and reality with emphasis of environmental science will serve as a partial focus of on a useful understanding of the mathematical way of application. Prerequisite: MTH 241 or equivalent. viewing the world and engaging the common themes of Meets Life & Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. human experience. Meets Life & Learning Skills Liberal 3 crs. Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. MTH 358 LINEAR ALGEBRA MTH 165 MATHEMATICS FOR BUSINESS As a study concerned with ordered lists of numbers or This is a preparatory course especially designed for the linear functions, this course presents the basic concepts person interested in the business world. Included here and techniques of linear algebra. These are techniques are the mathematical tools necessary to understand and that have application to lines, planes, and related topics use the more advanced and modern techniques em- and have particular usage in fields of science, social ployed in the business community today. The course science, economics, and other statistical areas of busi- covers aspects of math used in daily practice: percentag- ness. Meets Life & Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core es, graphs, financial formulas, and much more. It is outcome. 3 crs. intended to prepare the student for all business coursework utilizing math in any of its forms. Meets Life & Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

122 Science & Mathematics MTH 363 ADVANCED STATISTICS IN SCIENCE Department of Science & Mathematics This course extends the study from the principles of Marylhurst University statistics to include advanced topics in inferential statis- P.O. Box 261 tics (for example: regression analysis, nonparametrics). 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 The emphasis centers on the use of statistics by the Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 individual in conducting scientific research as well as Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 evaluating the research of others. Prerequisite: MTH FAX: 503.636.9526 251 or equivalent. Meets Life & Learning Skills Liberal Email: [email protected] Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

MTH 377 THE POWER OF THOUGHT: AN APPRECIATION OF MATHEMATICS This course is not intended to teach a mathematics technique but will instead answer the question: “What is mathematics?” Here, mathematics is viewed as an excellent way to help people read critically, identify fallacies, detect bias, assess risk, and suggest alternatives. The course will help improve thinking skills and build confidence in the art of clear communication. This study offers the opportunity to learn the power of thought as distinct from the power of authority, a crucial step in the emergence of independent thinking. Meets Life & Learning Skills Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs.

Students enjoy the sun and shade in the arboretum-like setting of the Marylhurst campus.

123 SPECIAL PROGRAMS CHS 201 EXPLORING AMERICAN CULTURE THROUGH MINORITY AND MAJORITY ISSUES This Marylhurst course is part of ESL Foundation program and is integrated with a PIA writing course. Prima- PACIFIC INTERNATIONAL ACADEMY rily for international students with conditional ad- Director: Roy Ghazimorad, Ph.D. mission to the University. Prerequisites: permission of instructor & department chair. Meets Human Communi- ty Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. See full description, Through its partnership with Marylhurst page 63. University, Pacific International Academy (PIA) offers an outstanding English language and cultural LIT 200 EXPLORING U.S. CULTURE training program for international students as THROUGH LITERATURE AND FILM well as a variety of excellent academic programs This Marylhurst course is part of ESL Foundation pro- designed to fulfill needs of today’s students of all gram and is integrated with a PIA writing course. Prima- ethnic and religious backgrounds. In addition to rily for international students with conditional orienting students to the demands of academic life admission to the University. Prerequisites: permission of in English as a second language, PIA provides instructor & department chair. Meets Human Communi-

English as a Second Language students with a variety of student services. ty Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. See full description, page 71. ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE New students are given an assessment and placed in one WR 154 RESEARCH WRITING of five levels of English proficiency or the Foundation This course is part of the ESL Foundation program and Program. Each level develops increasingly complex is integrated with the Marylhurst course ANT 202. It is language skills, from word recognition to writing a re- primarily intended for international students with con- search paper. Proficiency in writing and oral presenta- ditional admission to Marylhurst University. Students tion is highly stressed in upper-level courses. Each of the will focus on methods of inquiry and appropriate cita- Level 3, 4, and 5 classes carry 1.5 university credits tion of sources in ethnographic research. A central exer- which may count towards degree completion. cise will be to create an annotated bibliography based PIA also offers TOEFL/TOEIC/GED preparation, on a currently acceptable format. Most projects will be needs-based tutoring, and a conversation partner program. directly linked to material covered in ANT 202. Prereq- uisites: ESL 151/152/153/154, or instructor approval. ESL 111/121/131/141/151 Meets Arts & Ideas Liberal Arts Core outcome. 3 crs. READING LEVEL 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Prerequisite: PIA students only. Levels 1 & 2, Pass/ WR 420 AMERICAN BUSINESS COMMUNICATIONS No Pass only, non-credit. Levels 3, 4, 5, 1.5 crs. each. This course is part of the ESL Foundation program and is integrated with the Marylhurst business course, BUS ESL 112/122/132/142/152 300 Managing in Dynamic Environments (see page 45). WRITING LEVEL 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 Prerequisite: PIA students only. Levels 1 & 2, Pass/ It is primarily intended for international students with No Pass only, non-credit. Levels 3, 4, 5, 1.5 crs. each. conditional admission to Marylhurst University’s MBA program. Students will focus on methods of inquiry, ESL 113/123/133/143/153 forms of communication in the work place, and a term SPEAKING & LISTENING LEVEL 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 paper based on material in BUS 300. Prerequisites: ESL Prerequisite: PIA students only. Levels 1 & 2, Pass/ 151/152/153/154, or instructor approval. 3 crs. No Pass only, non-credit. Levels 3, 4, 5, 1.5 crs. each. ESL 114/124/134/144/154 WR 421 ADVANCED AMERICAN BUSINESS GRAMMAR LEVEL 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 COMMUNICATIONS Prerequisite: PIA students only. Levels 1 & 2, Pass/ This course is part of the ESL Foundation program and No Pass only, non-credit. Levels 3, 4, 5, 1.5 crs. each. is coordinated with MBA or appropriate post-baccalaureate courses recommended by Marylhurst’s Business & THE FOUNDATION PROGRAM Management Department. It is primarily intended for PIA also offers support to any Marylhurst non-native international students with conditional admission to the English speaker through the Language Foundation Pro- MBA program at Marylhurst University. Students will gram. These PIA/Marylhurst courses are intended to reinforce methods of inquiry, explore the U.S. work support prospective undergraduate, post-baccalaureate, environment, and write a term paper based on material and graduate students in their writing ability. covered in business courses. Prerequisites: ESL 151/ 152/153/154, or instructor approval. 3 crs. ANT 202 EXPLORING UNITED STATES CULTURE THROUGH ETHNOGRAPHIC RESEARCH Pacific International Academy This Marylhurst course is part of ESL Foundation pro- P.O. Box 267 gram and is integrated with a PIA writing course. Primari- 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 ly for international students with conditional admission to Portland Metro: 503.699.6310 the University. Prerequisites: permission of instructor & Email: [email protected] department chair. Meets Human Community Liberal Arts FAX: 503.697.7188 124 Core outcome. 3 crs. See description, page 86. Web site: www.PIAschools.com Web-Based Learning Web-Based Department of course that looks at the relationship between cultural WEB-BASED LEARNING diversity and the environment. In addition, Web-Based Learning makes Web sites Chair: Mark Jenkins, Ph.D. available to on-campus instructors who want to supplement their work in the classroom with sites for resource distribution, collaboration, and testing. Many instructors use the Web as a means for continuing and deepen- At Marylhurst University our learning community ing conversations begun in the classroom. is characterized by the belief that learning happens As more and more courses and programs are offered anywhere and everywhere—at work, at school, at in Web-based formats, the opportunities for flexible home. The mission of Web-Based Learning is to learning at Marylhurst University will continue to expand. Our goal is to give campus-based students un- expand access to the quality and values of a precedented opportunity to shape their education in a Marylhurst University education by providing way that suits their busy lives, and to offer the benefits training, support and consultation to online of a Marylhurst education to learners at a distance. learners, courses, and programs. Web-Based Updates on online offerings can be found at the Learning also manages online courses and provides Web-Based Learning site, http://online.marylhurst.edu. an array of services to assist instructors and learners as they negotiate the ever-changing landscape of THE ONLINE EXPERIENCE online learning. These services include design Marylhurst University Web-based courses combine the and content development support for faculty; best features of the classroom experience of a liberal technical support, account creation, and arts university with the powerful instructional tools orientation for learners; and a variety of back- technology makes available in the online environment. office administrative services for academic Online courses are built on a foundation of interaction programs. and dialogue. Much of the activity of teaching and Marylhurst’s initiative in Web-based learning learning unfolds in the context of rich, substantive is one of the region’s oldest. As an enhancement online conversation. Instructors provide course content, facilitate discussion, answer questions, and assess stu- of Marylhurst’s tradition of innovation and dent learning. The online term matches the rhythms of flexibility, Web-Based Learning manifests the the on-campus term, allowing students to easily blend philosophy of the University, blending the intimacy online courses into their campus-based schedules. and rigor of a liberal arts education with the The course discussion board is the locus for our knowledge, skills, and motivation that adult seminar model pedagogy. The discussion board is an learners bring to our online community. area in the course site where students can participate in Marylhurst University online courses are discussion anytime, and from anyplace they can access characterized by intimate class sizes and high the Internet. Course sites also have tools for private levels of interaction between students and faculty. communication and live dialogue, as well as organiza- Marylhurst’s Web-based courses always defy the tional tools such as the interactive course calendar to help students better manage their time and experience stereotype of distance learning as an impersonal in the course. Course content is supplemented by a or self-paced process. broad array of resources, including audio and video when appropriate, powerful testing and feedback mech- WEB-BASED LEARNING anisms, and an array of glossary, indexing, Web re- Currently three programs of study are available online source and search tools. In addition, our WebCT in their entirety: the MBA Program (see pages 160- courseware has tools to allow students to collaborate 164), the integrated Online Degree Completion pro- with each other to create online presentations. Of grams in Organizational Communication and course, no single instructor or course uses all of these Management (see pages 127-128), and the Professional tools, but WebCT provides a powerful platform to Real Estate Studies program (see pages 104-106). In enhance the richness of the teaching and learning expe- addition, many academic programs have put their core rience with appropriate technologies. courses online, as well a wide range of electives that satisfy major requirements and the Marylhurst’s Liberal A PROFILE OF ONLINE STUDENTS Arts Core requirements. Marylhurst’s Web-based students are very similar to our In collaboration with the Liberal Arts Core Program, campus-based population. Many students take both Web-Based Learning offers a unique way for campus and online courses. Students who succeed in Marylhurst students to address Liberal Arts Core learn- online courses have the same traits as successful stu- ing outcomes. The Integrated Learning Modules (see dents anywhere: they are motivated, self-directed learn- page 33) are interdisciplinary, integrated, multi-credit ers who understand how to manage their time for option courses that exemplify cutting edge online peda- learning amidst the complicated demands of very com- gogy in a highly interactive learning environment. Re- plicated lives. They enjoy interaction and see them- cent offerings in this program have included selves as vital contributors to the learning community multidisciplinary courses in Nineteenth-Century Amer- of their peers and are eager to collaborate to create new ican Studies; the scientific, ethical, and cultural implica- learning for themselves and others. They have, of tions of the Human Genome project, and a unique course, a basic familiarity with Internet technology— 125 and are willing to seek help when confronted by prob- SUPPORT FOR EFFECTIVE ONLINE PEDAGOGY lems. Above all, online students are active, connected As with any educational endeavor, the heart of Web- members of the University community. They are par- based learning is a commitment to good teaching. The ticipants in the way they create and manage their edu- department plays an active role in the development of cational and personal goals, and they know that relevant online faculty, providing courseware training, skills learning goes on outside the classroom in the textures upgrade workshops, one-on-one consultation, and tech- of their lives, and they are eager to integrate that nical support to Marylhurst University faculty. All facul- knowledge into the demands of an academic setting. ty in online courses are required to attend training and Finally, they are vocal and persistent—there is no silent are monitored and assessed against industry benchmarks “back of classroom” in an online course! for best practices in online education. We have been recognized in the industry for our skills in these areas. Our Instructional Support Staff Web-Based Learning COMPUTER LITERACY REQUIREMENTS Students are strongly urged to use Web-Based Learn- work closely with Marylhurst faculty to ensure that ing’s orientation and training help prior to their first instructors have access to the latest information about online course. Web-Based Learning offers an on-cam- what is and is effective in Web-based learning. pus orientation for local students and an orientation and question-and-answer site for students at a distance. INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY Additionally, we’ve assembled an animated tutorial in Web-Based Learning works to ensure that the Universi- the basic functions of our WebCT course delivery soft- ty’s commitment to appropriate technology in support ware. We recommend that new students avail them- of learning is maintained and expanded. We firmly selves of as many of these resources as possible, and believe that technology should serve the interests of that they feel free to contact the department directly to teaching and learning as the central activities of the seek help as needed. Web-Based Learning is committed University and should enhance—not unnecessarily com- to serving the support needs of students in friendly and plicate—the student experience of learning. Networked effective ways. Beyond what we can do, students classrooms, two teaching labs, and ready access to should have a reliable Internet connection (as always, equipment such as scanners, multimedia workstations, higher speed connections are preferable), a fairly con- and color printers create opportunities for students and temporary Web-browser, and the normal kind of office faculty to expand the scope and creative possibilities of software, including word processing, that are found on their work. Our continuing commitment is to upgrade almost everyone’s PC or Macintosh. our facilities to keep pace with the rising expectations of Marylhurst’s students and faculty. WEB-BASED COURSES AND UNIVERSITY POLICY The standard academic policies of Marylhurst Universi- Web-Based Learning ty apply to all courses, whether they are offered eve- Marylhurst University nings, days, weekends, or online. Please consult the P.O. Box 261 appropriate sections of this Catalog for further informa- 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) tion about current academic policies, including admis- Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6219 sion procedures, student rights and responsibilities, Outside Portland Metro: 800.634.9982, ext. 6319 grading policies, academic honesty, and academic writ- FAX: 503.636.9526 ing standards. Email: [email protected] Web site: http://online.marylhurst.edu SUPPORT, DESIGN, AND TRAINING SERVICES Web-Based Learning provides core quality management, administrative, and instructional support services to the University’s academic departments and student population.

SUPPORT FOR STUDENTS Students enrolled in (or even curious about!) Web- based courses can utilize a suite of Web resources, orientations, and in-person training, as well as phone and email access to department staff during business hours. Our response time for technical support is generally well within 24 hours, most often within an hour or two of when the request is received. All these services are of course free of charge, and our roster of services is constantly expanding. For the latest opportunities in student information and support, please consult the quarterly Schedule of Courses or call Web-Based Learn- ing directly. The link to online resources is found at http://online.marylhurst.edu.

126 Online Degree Completion Program Completion Degree Online ONLINE DEGREE CAREER PATHS COMPLETION PROGRAM • See B.S. in Management, page 44. • See B.A. in Organizational Communication, page 52.

PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES 1. Demonstrate understanding and application of The Online Degree Completion Program (ODC) essential business processes and functions, relating is designed for students who already have 90 these disciplines in the strategic management quarter hours of college credit and want the process. flexibility to complete their degree on the Internet. 2. Demonstrate effective communication skills in organizational and interpersonal settings including BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MANAGEMENT theory and practice of essential workplace Students who earn the B.S. in Management through the communication strategies. Online Degree Completion Program will meet all re- 3. Demonstrate competence in integration of academic quirements of the Marylhurst University B.S. in Man- skills and workplace experience, focusing on agement program. interrelations between management and Because of the integrated structure of the ODC communication in organizations. program’s curriculum, students earning a B.S. in Man- 4. Demonstrate competence in collaborative learning agement will be awarded a Minor in Organizational and working skills in interactive online workspace Communication. groups. These outcomes are reflective of the integrated nature BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ORGANIZATIONAL of the core curriculum. For specific program outcomes COMMUNICATION related to the individual degrees, please see page 44 for Students who earn the B.A. in Organizational Commu- the B.S. in Management and page 52 for the B.A. in nication through the Online Degree Completion Pro- Organizational Communication. gram will meet all requirements of the Marylhurst University B.A. in Organizational Communication pro- Degree Requirements for the gram. Bachelor of Science in Management and the Because of the integrated structure of the ODC Bachelor of Arts in Organizational Communication program’s curriculum, students earning a B.A. in Orga- nizational Communication will be awarded a Minor in Core Curriculum (90 credits) Management. Courses included in the core curriculum are outlined below. The entry point for new students is fall term, THE PURPOSE OF although additional entry points may be created. THE ONLINE BA/BS DEGREE PROGRAM Specific course titles are subject to change. This core curriculum program emphasizes interactive, case-study-based learning, integrated courses, and evalu- Term 1 (12 credits) Foundations and Skills ation based on learning outcomes. The program enables An interactive introduction to skills for online, learners to blend a strong academic skill set with work academic learning. Building foundations in theory and life experience and learning in a highly interactive and principles of management and communication. virtual workspace. A student graduates with a compre- BUS 300 Managing in Dynamic Environments ...... 6 crs. hensive, practical knowledge of the complex interrela- CM 300 Patterns & Principles of Communication ..... 3 crs. tions between management and communication in the LAC 315 Entering Student Seminar ...... 1 cr. workplace. Students also understand the liberal arts LAC 373 Information Studies Lab ...... 1 cr. values and critical intelligence integral to an education WR 303 Writing Lab ...... 1 cr. that is pragmatic, interdisciplinary, and addresses not Term 2 (15 credits) merely a skill set, but the whole person. Workplace, Technology, and Experience Students work online with teams of instructors in Identifying the interplay of economic forces and cohorts of peers, a model that enriches the collaborative marketing strategies while bringing together the skills that are essential in the contemporary workplace. technological and human sides of organizations. Everyone participates; in this intensive virtual communi- BUS 310 Business Economics ...... 3 crs. ty, everyone is seen as a contributor to a “circle of learn- BUS 330 Information Technology Strategies ...... 3 crs. CM 321 Small Group Communication ...... 3 crs. ers.” Our practitioner faculty serve as facilitators, CM 322 Interpersonal Communication ...... 3 crs. content experts, and assessors of learning. Assessment is MKT 300 Principles of Marketing ...... 3 crs. based on concrete demonstration of skills and understanding, so students always know exactly where they Term 3 (15 credits) stand in their achievement. Students in this Online Organizations and Values Degree Completion Program are usually full-time work- Examining the ethical and legal ramifications of ing adult learners who are highly motivated and self- choices made in organizations. Exploring consequences disciplined in seeking completion of their college degree. of choices and communication internally and externally. BUS 400 Personal Ethics in Organizations ...... 3 crs. The 90-credit core curriculum is offered in six 12- or CM 340 Organizational Communication ...... 3 crs. 15-credit terms plus one 6-credit summer quarter in LAW 334 Business Law ...... 3 crs. which the cohort separates for coursework specific to ORG 300 Human Resource Management ...... 3 crs. each individual major. PR 360 Principles of Public Relations ...... 3 crs. 127 Summer Term (6 credits) COURSE RECOMMENDATIONS B.S. in Management courses: FOR LIBERAL ARTS CORE BUS 320 Business Statistics ...... 3 crs. In the first term of the program, Online Degree Com- FIN 341 Financial Accounting Concepts ...... 3 crs. pletion students complete a self-assessment of Liberal Arts Core requirements met in prior college course- B.A. in Organizational Communication courses: work. (Prerequisite coursework is described below.) CM 347 Negotiation ...... 3 crs. CM 400 Research & Discovery in Communication .... 3 crs. Faculty and students design learning projects to address unmet Liberal Arts Core Learning Outcomes Term 4 (12 credits) within the program curriculum. While many Liberal Collaborating in Management Responsibilities Arts Core outcomes are addressed within the program Building collaborative work skills for completing curriculum, any outstanding requirements may be projects, successfully managing conflict, and addressed outside the curriculum. summarizing strategy. BUS 391 Business Strategy OR CM 420 Professional Presentations ...... 3 crs. APPLICATION AND CM 345 Team Building...... 3 crs. ADMISSIONS PROCEDURES CM 346 Conflict Management ...... 3 crs. MGT 303 Project Management ...... 3 crs. SELECTIVE ADMISSIONS PROGRAM Term 5 (15 credits) The Online Degree Completion Program is a Perspectives on the Global Marketplace selective admissions program. Contact the Office Understanding effective management and Online Degree Completion Program of Admissions and Enrollment Relations calling communication skills in the global marketplace, 503.699.6268 or 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268, or with emphasis on values and cultural awareness. CM 333 Intercultural Communication ...... 3 crs. by emailing [email protected] for applica- CM 303 Global Media & Consumer Culture ...... 3 crs. tions deadlines and a complete application packet. CM 457 Organizational Cultures & Climate ...... 3 crs. LAW 426 Global Perspectives on Law & Ethics ...... 3 crs. Eligible students are those who have: MKT 402 Marketing Beyond Borders ...... 3 crs. • Completed an Associate’s Degree (AA, AAS, AAOT, AGS, and others) or equivalent 90 Term 6 (15 credits) quarter crs. Capstone Summarizing and integrating learning in management, • Minimum grade point average of 3.00 (preferred) communication, and leadership, while bridging to • Minimum of two years of full-time employment potential collaboration with other disciplinary experience (preferred) viewpoints to positively impact workplace, community and world issues. Prerequisites: BUS 432 Career Management ...... 2 crs. • Associate’s Degree, or equivalent 90 quarter crs., BUS 491 Applied Management Principles ...... 3 crs. • English Composition (or equivalent demonstration CM 432 Leadership Communication ...... 3 crs. CM 458 Managing Transitions ...... 3 crs. of competence in college-level writing), LAC 415 MAP Completion Seminar ...... 1 cr. • College Algebra (or equivalent demonstration of LAC 450 Senior Seminar ...... 3 crs. mathematics skills) • Full-time employment experience (two years CREDIT SUMMARY minimum preferred) Bachelor of Science in Management Business ...... 47 crs. Communication ...... 36 crs. Suggested Prior Coursework: Liberal Arts ...... 7 crs. Coursework completed in the disciplines of Science, TOTAL: 90 crs. Fine Arts, Philosophy, or Theology (3-6 crs. in each Bachelor of Arts in Organizational Communication discipline preferred) Communication ...... 45 crs. Business ...... 38 crs. ADVISING Liberal Arts ...... 7 crs. Contact the Office of Admissions and Enrollment Rela- TOTAL: 90 crs. tions by emailing [email protected] or calling 503.699.6268 or 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268, to arrange an appointment.

Online Degree Completion Program Marylhurst University P.O. Box 261 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu 128 Graduate Admissions General information on 2. Demonstrated proficiency in speaking and writing GRADUATE STUDIES English evidenced from the results from a number of language standardized tests equivalent to a TOEFL score of 550 or higher. Graduate coursework requires academic proficiency in writing standards at an accelerated level. Office of 3. An affidavit of support and financial documentation ADMISSIONS & ENROLLMENT RELATIONS ensuring sufficient funds to complete a full course of Dean: Marylee H. King study and living expenses, fees, and mandatory health insurance. 4. Submission of official transcripts of previous college/ ADMISSION PROCEDURES university transcripts and an official English FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS translations if not in English Individuals applying for admission to graduate programs 5. Completed admission form(s) and non-refundable at Marylhurst University must hold a baccalaureate application fee, payable to Marylhurst University in degree from an accredited institution and submit offi- U.S. currency by check or draft, or by charge card. cial transcripts of undergraduate coursework from all 6. Proof of health and accident insurance (available institutions where credit has been earned. through the University). In addition to the above general requirements, the 7. Transfer students from U.S. institutions must provide prospective candidate must meet all departmental a formal release from their current institution. Forms requirements. These may include evaluation of the may be obtained through Marylhurst’s international individual’s undergraduate transcripts, standardized test admission office. scores, written essays, and other evidence of ability and 8. Additional assessments may be required by the motivation to successfully complete a graduate pro- individual graduate department in the applicant’s gram. The decision to admit a student into a particular field of study. graduate program is made by the program chair. Stu- dents whose undergraduate G.P.A. falls below 3.00 may be asked to show additional evidence of necessary OTHER ADMISSIONS INFORMATION preparation for graduate work. Departments have the right to accept students con- STUDENT ID ditionally if, in the judgment of the chair, there is suffi- All new students are assigned a random student identifi- cient evidence of ability, but prerequisite coursework at cation number. Marylhurst University may also use the the undergraduate level is lacking. After satisfying spe- student’s Social Security number for the purpose of cific additional requirements, and upon departmental student identification. Providing the Social Security recommendations, persons admitted conditionally may number is required by federal regulation. The University become regular graduate degree students. will use the Social Security number for keeping records, Prior to confirming departmental action on a stu- research, and reporting. The University will not use the dent’s application, the following materials must have number to make any decision directly affecting the been received by the Admissions and Enrollment Rela- student or any other person. A student’s Social Security tions Office: number will be carefully protected and kept confidential • A completed application for admission to a graduate at all times. program; • A non-refundable admissions fee (checks made ACADEMIC ADVISING payable to Marylhurst University); Students are assigned an advisor according to their grad- • Official transcripts of baccalaureate degree and/or all uate degree program and specific research interests. It is previous college or university work. important for students to meet with their advisor as • Additional material as required by each graduate soon as they are admitted in order to create an educa- program. tional degree plan (EDP) which will meet all depart- The student, upon successfully completing the ad- mental and University requirements. While the student mission process, will be considered admitted for the is ultimately responsible for ensuring that all graduation term indicated in the official admissions letter. If the requirements are met, the academic advisors stand ready student does not validate admission by registering for to lend assistance, offer information, and check pro- classes within one academic year, the student must grams. Students should consult their academic advisor reapply. Official transcripts and other application mate- regularly, or as needed, by phone, conference, or email. rials will be held for two years. Some graduate departments require students to seek advising before each registration. INTERNATIONAL ADMISSION TRANSFER OF CREDIT ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL A request for transfer credit must be filed with the GRADUATE STUDENTS Office of Admissions and Enrollment Relations for International applicants are considered for admission as approval. Transferable credits are graduate credits grad- degree students if they meet the following: ed A or B received from accredited graduate degree 1. Appropriate academic background, which includes a programs. The maximum transfer credit accepted to- baccalaureate degree or its equivalent from an ward an advanced degree at Marylhurst University is 129 accredited institution. determined by departmental review. GRADUATE CREDIT EARNED PRIOR TO ADMISSION Graduate Graduate credit earned at Marylhurst University and REGISTRATION not applied toward an undergraduate degree may be applied toward a graduate degree upon admission, University Registrar: Susannah Valatka subject to department policies which may limit the number of credits to be counted. Graduate credit will not be granted retroactively for a 400-level course for which graduate credit was Registration and changes in registration are not designated during the term of original registration. coordinated through the Office of the Registrar in Approval must be obtained from the degree program authorized representative to accept the courses the B.P. John Administration Building.

requested for graduate credit for the graduate degree Graduate Admissions Graduate program of study. Such courses then can be used to REGISTRATION PROCEDURES partially fulfill the residency requirements in the Students may register for classes in person, by fax, email graduate program. or online at the University Web site. Registration dates and complete instructions are published each term in the quarterly Schedule of Courses. Some courses have Office of Admissions & Enrollment Relations limited enrollment; therefore, early registration is rec- Marylhurst University ommended. Registrations cannot be processed after the P.O. Box 261 end of a course. 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 LATE REGISTRATION Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 Registration must be complete before attending class. A FAX: 503.635.6585 late fee is assessed for initial registrations received after Email: [email protected] the first week of classes. Course adds are not charged Web site: www.marylhurst.edu the fee.

CHANGES IN REGISTRATION Only the student may initiate course adds, drops, or changes in grade type. Ceasing to attend class or only notifying the instructor does not constitute official drop or withdrawal. Classes may be added or dropped on the University Web site, in person at the Office of the Reg- istrar, by fax, or by email. Classes may also be dropped in person at the Main Reception desk in the B.P. John Building after 6:30pm or during the weekend. No registration changes or withdrawals are accepted after a course ends. All changes in registration will be processed as of the date and time the University receives notification. A processing fee is assessed for each dropped class. Students receiving federal financial aid or Veterans benefits must notify the Financial Aid Office of all changes in registration.

TUITION AND FEES Tuition is set by the Marylhurst University Board of Trustees. The University reserves the right to change its charges and policies at any time, and will endeavor to notify students if such changes are necessary. For current University tuition and fees and payment deadlines, consult each quarterly Schedule of Courses, call the Busi- ness Office at 503.699.6278 or visit the University Web site. Marylhurst University accepts various forms of payment including major credit cards and employer authorizations to bill. Admission to or registration with the University, conferring of degrees and issuance of academic transcripts may be withheld for failure to meet financial obligations to Marylhurst University.

TUITION REFUNDS Students who drop one or more classes prior to the end of the refund period receive 100 percent refund of tu- 130 ition. Students who withdraw from classes after the end Graduate Registration of the refund period receive no refund of tuition. See ACADEMIC POLICIES quarterly Schedule of Courses for refund period dates. GRADUATE STUDENT CLASSIFICATIONS GRADE REPORTS • Post-Baccalaureate Student designates a student who Grades will be considered official two weeks after the has completed a baccalaureate degree. end of the term and will be available on the University • Graduate Student designates a student who has Web site at www.marylhurst.edu/grades/. completed a baccalaureate degree, has been admitted to a master’s program, and has enrolled in TRANSCRIPTS graduate coursework. A request for a transcript of all credits earned at • Full-Time Student designates a student who is Marylhurst must be made in writing to the Office of registered for a minimum of 9 graduate credits per the Registrar. All requests must include the following: term. • full name under which student was registered at • Half-Time Student designates a student who is Marylhurst University; registered for a minimum of 5 graduate credits per • Social Security number; term. • present address and telephone number; STANDARDS OF ACADEMIC PROGRESS • approximate dates of attendance at Marylhurst; All graduate students who have been admitted to a • the address where the transcript copies are to be graduate program at Marylhurst University are required sent; to make satisfactory academic progress toward comple- • student’s signature; and tion of their degree. Students must complete all the • fee payment to Marylhurst University enclosed. coursework for the master’s degree within five years (One copy costs $5, additional copies ordered at the from the date of first enrollment and maintain a cumu- same time are $2 each.) Transcript requests will be lative 3.00 GPA. See individual graduate department honored within seven to ten working days from the for specific academic progress. time the above information and payment have been Graduate student who fall below the minimum received. 3.00 GPA may be placed on academic probation. Stu- dents should consult the individual department for COURSE NUMBERING SYSTEM further details regarding probation and provisions for 000-009 No College Credit reinstatement to good standing. No college credit is awarded, no grade is issued, and the Failure to remedy the GPA deficiency by the end course is not recorded on the transcript. of the probationary term may result in academic sus- 010-099 CEU pension. Suspended students may not enroll in addi- Continuing Education Units and professional development tional classes for a period of at least two quarters. After courses. No college credit granted. that, they may reapply. 500-599 Graduate Level Students who have received notice of academic Graduate Level suspension have the right to appeal suspension if there 586 Travel Study are extenuating circumstances. A written appeal must Graduate level be submitted to the Office of the Vice-President for 590 Directed Readings or Projects Academic Administration within 15 days of the date of A project involving independent research notification. Extenuating circumstances should be ex- 594 Internship plained fully in the appeal. Appeals are initially re- A course which provides an opportunity to complement viewed by committee. Denied appeals may be taken to formal learning through an internship in an approved the Vice President for Academic Administration professional setting. 595 Independent Study LEAVE OF ABSENCE A plan involving research, library, intern, or agency A student admitted to a graduate program may petition experience. Independent study courses are initiated and for leave of absence for one calendar year. Leave of designed by students in cooperation with a Marylhurst absence status assures the student a continuation of the instructor. An application for independent study must be completed. Guidelines are available in the Office of the student’s admission in the program during the period of Registrar. the leave of absence. Leave of absence is granted only 596 Thesis Proposal to graduate students in good standing. Graduate level 597/598 Thesis GRADUATE GRADING SYSTEM Graduate level See page 14 of this Catalog. 599 Practicum A course which provides an opportunity to complement COURSE REPEATS formal learning through a practicum in an approved A graduate course may be retaken with the prior ap- professional setting. A practicum requires approval of the proval of the graduate program advisor. The grade in practicum coordinator and academic advisor. A practicum the second enrollment in the course will appear on the contract must be completed. student transcript. Credit may be earned only once and full tuition is due for the retaken course. The grade in the first enrollment in the course will be changed to R (repeat). The R grade does not affect the student GPA. A graduate course may be retaken only once. 131 PASS/NO PASS OPTION mitted to the University and follow the requirements of Marylhurst does not restrict the number of Pass/No the catalog in effect at the time of readmission. Degrees Pass courses a student may apply toward a degree; are posted and dated to student transcripts at the end of P is defined as C or better. Individual departments may each term. All coursework, including any outstanding restrict the number of P/NP courses in the major. incompletes, must be completed by the end of the term Ps and NPs are not calculated into the GPA. in which the degree will be posted.

AUDIT OPTION GRADUATION APPLICATION PROCESS See individual department for regulations regarding The application for graduation process is coordinated audits. through the Educational Degree Plan (EDP) Coordina- tor in Room 306 in Flavia Hall. Graduation applications IN-PROGRESS GRADE must be turned in along with the non-refundable fee by

Graduate Registration Graduate The In-Progress (IP) grade is reserved for theses, practi- the deadlines published in each quarterly Schedule of ca, and ongoing research projects only. In order to be Courses. granted an IP, the student must fill out an In-Progress Grade Request and Agreement Form, available from COMMENCEMENT AND HOODING CEREMONY the Office of the Registrar or from the University Web The Graduate Hooding and Commencement Ceremo- site at www.marylhurst.edu/pdflibrary/. If the instruc- nies are held in June of each year. A student must be tor agrees to the IP he or she must specify a date by officially admitted to Marylhurst University before which all requirements are due; the maximum time initiating graduation procedures. Students who have allowed is one year but the instructor may set a shorter finished their degree in the previous 12 months before period. If the Registrar does not receive the new final the ceremony or who will have all requirements com- grade from the instructor by the specified deadline, an pleted by the end of the following term, may partici- F or NP will automatically be the final grade. pate in the commencement ceremony. Students must be registered for any remaining needed courses in the INCOMPLETE GRADE term following the ceremony, and for these students An Incomplete (I) may be granted for reasons accept- the degree will be posted and dated at the end of the able to the instructor. When the quality of work is term in which they complete all requirements. satisfactory but all course requirements have not been completed. In order to be granted an incomplete, the student must complete the following steps prior to the STUDENT RECORDS POLICY end of the term for which the incomplete is requested: See page 15 of this Catalog. 1. Consult with the instructor to request an Incomplete grade, and, if agreed to by the instructor, develop a ACADEMIC HONESTY formal agreement regarding the course requirements See page 15 of this Catalog. yet to be completed and the date all requirements are due. (The maximum time allowed to complete OTHER SERVICES an incomplete grade is one year but the instructor will usually set a shorter period.) 2. In consultation with the instructor, complete the FINANCIAL AID See page 17 of this Catalog. Incomplete Grade Request and Agreement Form. Forms, available from the Office of the Registrar or the Web site at www.marylhurst.edu/pdflibrary/. CENTER FOR CAMPUS EVENTS AND STUDENT LIFE 3. Obtain signatures of approval from the instructor See page 21 of this Catalog. and the department chair. File the completed form with the Office of the Registrar. THE WRITING CENTER 4. The Incomplete Grade Request and Agreement See page 23 of this Catalog. Form will specify a contingency grade. If the Registrar does not receive the new final grade from SHOEN LIBRARY the instructor by the specified deadline, the See page 24 of this Catalog. contingency grade will automatically be the final grade. Each department reviews outstanding incompletes before the start of each quarter. In Office of the Registrar general, students will not be allowed to register for Marylhurst University new courses if they have more than 12 quarter hours P.O. Box 261 of incompletes. 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6267 Outside Portland Metro: 800.634.9982, ext. 6267 GRADUATION FAX: 503.697.5596 Students graduate according to the degree requirements Email: [email protected] of the Marylhurst University Catalog in effect the term Web site: www.marylhurst.edu they were admitted unless they choose to graduate under a later catalog. If degree requirements cannot be 132 completed within five years, the student must be read- Master of Arts in Applied Theology Department of 7. Integration psychology and theology through use of RELIGIOUS STUDIES theological reflection models, 8. Develop strategies for maintaining one’s own Chair: Jerry O. Roussell, Jr., D.Min. physical, intellectual, social, and spiritual wellness while providing pastoral and spiritual care for others, 9. Empower others to make their own choices and to develop their own plans for a philosophy of life and Program of a personal wellness program, MASTER OF ARTS IN APPLIED THEOLOGY: 10. Attain personal, spiritual, pastoral, and professional Master’s Degree in Interfaith Pastoral maturity. and Spiritual Care The Master of Arts in Applied Theology is a life- ADMISSIONS: MAAT PROGRAM changing experience. People participate in this All students must be formally admitted to the MAAT intensive ministry preparation program to become program before beginning coursework. The admissions process is concerned with the probable academic success more effective care providers. Participants grow of the student and his or her contribution to the learning in their knowledge of self, others, and the Holy. community as well as the community at large. Program Through personal and group reflection students objectives for the student include personal and profes- strengthen their sense of personal and spiritual sional enrichment, intellectual growth and integrity, integration and gain an awareness of ministerial ministerial advancement, community involvement, and strengths and weaknesses. leadership. Student selection is based on academic potential and degree of fit with the program without regard to race, creed, color, gender, sexual orientation, PURPOSE OF national origin, age, or physical handicap. A bachelor’s MASTER OF ARTS IN APPLIED THEOLOGY degree granted by an accredited college or university is The program helps individuals define their images of required for admission but is not itself sufficient. the Divine, their practice of spirituality, and their com- Because the admissions decision is based on the stu- mitment to service. Through pastoral practice and dent’s academic, professional, and personal potential as theological reflection on that experience, students learn well as the fit with the MAAT course of study, the pastoral presence, communication skills, and assessment recommendations and entrance interviews will address methods. The program addresses issues of pastoral these issues. The following materials are to be sent to counseling, liturgy and symbol, scriptural resources, and the Admissions Office: prayer. Through readings, discussion, lecture, writing, • Completed application form reflection, supervision, and pastoral application, partici- • Application fee pants develop their own theologies and methods of • Results of the Millers Analogies Test exercising pastoral and spiritual care. Marylhurst Uni- • Résumé versity welcomes students of all faiths and cultures. • Autobiography of about 2-3 typewritten pages • Personal statement of about 2-3 typewritten pages CAREER PATHS which addresses the following questions: Those drawn to this Applied Theology Program are Why would you like to pursue an MA in Applied Theology interested in careers as chaplains, spiritual life facilita- (MAAT) at Marylhurst? What value will it have in your call to be a professional care provider? How will you balance tors, educators, and other careers where they can do personal, professional, spiritual, and academic commitments practical theology. Specifically people wish to be chap- during your MAAT program? lains in hospitals, hospice centers, correction facilities, • Three sealed letters of recommendation. Letters of retirement centers, corporations or on campuses or recommendation are to be from academic, personal, military bases. Others are preparing to be spiritual and professional sources and should address the directors, mentors, retreat directors, or coordinators of personal, professional, and intellectual abilities of the workshops on the spiritual life. Teaching in high applicant and also any unique strengths this person schools, community colleges, or adult education pro- will bring to the program. grams draws other graduates. • Official sealed transcripts from all undergraduate and graduate coursework. PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES Individual students will be able to: PREREQUISITES AND EVALUATION PROCESS 1. Listen and respond empathically, In addition to a B.A. or B.S. in any discipline, Maryl- 2. Assess and refer persons for counseling or therapy hurst’s undergraduate majors or minors in psychology and when skills beyond one’s own are called for in the religious studies, or similar background studies, would situation, provide a fine foundation for the MAAT program. 3. Utilize intervention strategies, Ongoing evaluations with the instructors will deter- 4. Work as a beginning spiritual director or spiritual mine whether applied theology is a suitable and satisfy- counselor for individuals, ing choice for the student. At the end of the program, 5. Provide pastoral and spiritual care in one or more the exit interview will give the student a comprehensive specific settings, view of strengths and of growing edges that need to be 6. Work as a pastoral or spiritual care leader of small addressed in order that one may serve effectively and groups, enthusiastically. 133 ENROLLMENT PROCEDURE - MAAT PROGRAM TRANSFER CREDITS MAAT candidates may transfer a maximum of 15 cred- The Application Process its from other graduate schools. Transferable credits It is recommended that students be admitted with their must have a B grade or better. Courses with Pass grades cohort group for the fall term of each year. However, must be accompanied with substantial evaluation of the because of our mobile society, exceptions for entrance student’s performance in order to be transferable. Grad- into the program may be made on a case-by-case basis. uate credits earned in the last five years prior to admis- Please note the following deadlines for applications. sion are considered for transfer to the MAAT program The application process can take 4-8 weeks. on an individual basis. Course credit transfers require Application Deadline the review and approval of Chair of Religious Studies. All application material is to be submitted to the Office of Admissions and Enrollment Relations by August 1. RESIDENCY REQUIREMENT - MAAT PROGRAM Admissions decisions will usually be made prior to Students must complete a minimum of 45 graduate August 30. However, exceptions will also be considered credits in residence at Marylhurst University. This in- prior to each term on a case-by-case basis. cludes the 3-credit Professional Advancement course, the 6-credit Practicum, the 6-credit Master’s Project, The Admission Decision and the 1-credit Colloquium. Admission decisions are made after all material has been submitted. In reviewing a student’s application the COURSES FOR CEUs, CERTIFICATE ONLY, OR AUDIT graduate faculty weighs all aspects of the application. In some cases students already hold graduate degrees or

Master of Arts in Applied Theology Final applicants are invited for a personal entrance special certification. They may request CEUs, certificate interview, after which an admission decision is made. only, or audit. The courses are placed on a transcript for The interview is significant in clarifying for both the them, and students receive a certificate of completion. candidate and the faculty whether the program is a The student is expected to do the readings and to par- good match for the student’s academic, professional, ticipate fully in the classes. and personal gifts, interests, and calls. Applicants are notified in writing regarding outcome Pastoral Care Certificate - 45 crs. of the admission decision. Students may choose to do a 45-credit Pastoral Care Certificate. These courses are taken within the Master ACADEMIC STANDING of Arts in Applied Theology program. Students arrange An academic average of B or better must be maintained this certificate program with the Chair of the Religious in the program. A grade of C is below the graduate Studies Department. standard, but may be counted as credit toward a graduate degree; C grades may not be transferable to other programs. TAKING MAAT COURSES AT 400 LEVEL Though all the MAAT courses will be taught at the Students may elect to take coursework for Pass/No- graduate level (500-level), undergraduate students may Pass. Grades of P are awarded for coursework equiva- enroll for courses at the 400 level. Undergraduate stu- lent to a B or better. Students utilizing this option are dents may request permission with the Chair of Reli- cautioned that graduate credit may not be transferable gious Studies before they sign up for any MAAT class. to other graduate programs if not awarded a letter grade. COURSE WAIVER AND SUBSTITUTION If an admitted graduate student has sufficient and de- ACADEMIC PROBATION monstrable grasp of the entire course content, that A student with full graduate standing who fails to main- course may be waived or substituted at the discretion of tain sound academic progress toward the degree will be the Chair of Religious Studies. The student must peti- placed on academic probation. Examples of deficiencies tion in writing to be considered for a course waiver or include: substitution. • More than two C grades in graduate classes, or a drop below a 3.00 (B) GPA • Inability to maintain at least 12 graduate credits per TAKING COURSES PRIOR TO ADMISSION year without special approval Prospective students who have already earned a bache- • The need to suspend graduate study pending lor’s degree may take up to 6 credits of the MAAT improvement of writing or other academic skills courses prior to admission. Students should request • Failure to make sound academic progress (e.g., permission to take a course from the Chair of Religious accumulation of I and W grades) Studies. The student will receive a formal evaluation by the CLASSIFICATION OF ADMISSION – graduate committee. Possible actions include halting FULL GRADUATE STANDING additional graduate studies while remedial or tutorial Degree-seeking applicants who are admitted without work is undertaken, as well as being excused from the reservation are granted full graduate standing. These graduate program. students have completed all application requirements. Only students with full graduate standing may become candidates for a degree. To maintain full graduate standing students must enroll in a minimum of 12 grad- 134 uate credits per year. Master of Arts in Applied Theology Year One Course Requirements for Foundational Content (15 crs. & Practicum I) the Master of Arts in Applied Theology (MAAT) Pre-Course Requirements ...... 2 crs. PMT 570 INTERFAITH SCRIPTURAL FRAMEWORKS Program Requirements FOR PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL CARE Year One ...... 18 crs. This course focuses on the scriptural frameworks and Foundational Content, 15 crs. Practicum I, 3 crs. foundational social context for pastoral and spiritual Year Two ...... 18 crs. care. It surveys the roots of pastoral ministry in the early Practical Content, 15 crs. Christian community as held in Hebrew/Christian Practicum II, 3 crs. Scriptures. The course highlights scriptures from East- Year Three ...... 21 crs. ern and Western religious traditions as they pertain to Synthesis/Praxis Content, 15 crs. the practice of pastoral and spiritual care. [Use of sacred Master‘s Project, 6 crs. writings in pastoral and spiritual care—Hebrew Bible, Post-Course Requirement ...... 1 cr. Christian Bible, Qur’an, Gita, and scriptures of major TOTAL: 60 crs. religious traditions]. 3 crs.

MASTER OF ARTS • APPLIED THEOLOGY PMT 571 INTERFAITH THEOLOGICAL FRAMEWORKS COURSE OFFERINGS FOR PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL CARE The Master of Arts in Applied Theology is a 60-credit This course lays the theological foundation and frame- degree. Students complete the program in three years works for pastoral practice by identifying the image of or they may extend program completion to four years. God as an icon for healing. It discusses the impact of changing social context on the ways one expresses, teaches, and lives as a result of theological understand- Pre-Course Requirements - 2 crs. ings. Students will look at belief systems and pastoral care; biblical and historical images of the Holy; present • PMT 550 SEMINAR: PERSONAL COVENANT theological understandings of God; theology of Trinity & ORIENTATION SEMINAR (SEPTEMBER), 1 cr. and the Holy; symbol, ritual, and sacrament. [Under- • PMT 551 SEMINAR: GRADUATE WRITING, 1 cr. standing religions of origin in shaping consciousness and Incoming students gather prior to the start of fall classes values—founders, historical development, and beliefs of to begin to develop a spirit of collegiality among the major religious traditions]. The course helps the student members of the cohort group, and to meet faculty and to identify their personal images and theology surround- staff. New students are guided through a process where ing the Holy and examines its impact on pastoral prac- they begin to articulate their personal vision for inter- tice. 3 crs. faith pastoral and spiritual care. Orientation is also a time for students to learn about Marylhurst’s mission and its bearing on the University and on the larger com- PMT 572 PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL IDENTITY This course looks at the pastoral person; care, growth, munity. Students also learn about the backgrounds and and difficulties for self and others; family of origin; aspirations of members of their cohort group, share holistic integration; and theology of person. It stresses refreshments, and begin to form a community that will the relationships among the care provider’s personality be a support to them as they study, engage in a practi- type and gifts, theological understandings, and pastoral cum, and write the Master’s Project. Students will also style. [pastor as person, pastoral identity, wellness and hear from other graduate students who have progressed well-being of pastoral care provider]. 3 crs. in their studies and who are willing to serve as mentors to beginning students. PMT 573 PASTORAL AND RECOMMENDED PREREQUISITES SPIRITUAL COUNSELING STRATEGIES Basic courses in religion or psychology, such as biblical studies, This course provides an overview of the art of pastoral theological studies in one’s own tradition, philosophy of care and counseling theory; theological reflection, pasto- religion, introduction to psychology, abnormal psychology, ral skills, and helping relationships. It explores the dy- family dynamics, social psychology. namics of counseling strategies within a religious, theological, philosophical heritage, and belief/value Program Requirements - 57 crs. systems’ context. This class examines resources for wholeness and the art of theological assessment through RECOMMENDATION practice of the pastoral skills. 3 crs. The department advises that: • one attain an ability to converse and/or read Spanish or the PMT 574 ISSUES IN PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL CARE language of the people whom one serves • if one intends to teach biblical studies, preach, or utilize the This course examines issues that will challenge and Hebrew (Old Testament) and Greek (New Testament) affect the pastoral relationship and the practice of pasto- testaments extensively in one’s ministry, one attain a basic ral and spiritual care related to stages of faith develop- knowledge of Greek or Hebrew ment; dysfunction and family dynamics; dealing with • if one is moving toward ordination, one take Greek and/or anger, stress, effects of sexual abuse; inner child issues; Hebrew. referral procedures; self-esteem; and issues of concern to members in the class [Family dysfunction, family systems, and dealing with crises]. 3 crs. 135 PRACTICUM OPTIONS liturgies but are also able to prepare a ritual (wedding, There are two options: 1) a supervised practicum in an funeral, or other ritual) and to preach from the scrip- area of the student’s choice related to a future ministry; tures or sacred writings of the tradition. [Emphasis 2) a supervised clinical pastoral education program or varies with group and professor.] 3 crs. supervised spiritual direction training program. PMT 577 CROSS-CULTURAL PERSPECTIVES PMT 599A SUPERVISED PRACTICUM I: IN PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL CARE SPECIAL ARRANGEMENT This course takes a broad cross-cultural perspective Supervised practica are arranged with the Practicum with regard to spiritual and pastoral care, including the Coordinator at Marylhurst University. The graduate values, worldviews, priorities of people of different practicum can extend over two or three years. During cultures; conflicts among cultures; needs of people in this time the student will have the opportunity for a different cultures; cross-cultural theology and spirituali- spiritual assessment; theological assessment; pastoral ty. It examines frames of reference, identity, and be- assessment; experience of integration of person, theolo- longing. This course draws on cross-cultural pastoral gy, spirituality, ministry; and development of one’s style care engaging students in interpathic exchanges with as a pastoral care provider. 3 crs. those who have very different world views, culture, and values. Students will learn to use common frames of PMT 599C SUPERVISED PRACTICUM I: reference to connect with those who have culturally A CLINICAL PASTORAL EDUCATION PROGRAM OR different views, life experience, and values. 3 crs.

Master of Arts in Applied Theology A COOPERATIVE SPIRITUAL DIRECTION PROGRAM Clinical Pastoral Education Programs take place at des- PMT 578 APPLIED ETHICS AND THE PASTORAL ignated hospitals. Practicum credit is given after the one OR SPIRITUAL CARE PROVIDER to four CPE Documentation Notebooks have been This course explores ethical systems of religious tradi- submitted to the Chair of the Religious Studies Depart- tions and their applications related to various issues. ment. (NOTE: One unit is required; four units are The class applies ethical theories and models to situa- advised if the student plans to obtain certification.) tions met by the pastoral and spiritual care provider. It Cooperative spiritual direction programs take place at focuses on biomedical ethics, business ethics, and con- spiritual centers. 3 crs. cerns of the class. 3 crs.

ELECTIVES PMT 579 PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL CARE IN TIMES 1. Students may wish to take an elective that prepares them OF LOSS, GRIEF, AND BEREAVEMENT for a particular pastoral or spiritual care setting, or one This course reflects on types of losses (death, divorce, required by their tradition. loss of job, retirement, illness, for example); grief and 2. Students preparing for M.Div. equivalency (page 138) for bereavement process; healthy look at necessary losses; D.Min. program take graduate-level course in Scripture. SSC 505 Torah: Pentateuch, First Five Books of the Bible; grief recovery and transformation. Students learn about SSC 506 Biblical Prophets: Inspirations to Create a making referrals for psychological counseling or spiritu- Better World; SSC 507 Writings, Psalms, & Wisdom al direction; ministry to the sick and bereaved; the path Literature from shock to wholeness; and the theology of presence. 3. Students take specific electives when seeking certification The course explores grieving, suffering, dying, attitudes with the Association for Clinical Pastoral Education, toward death, and renewal across cultures and Western Association of Professional Chaplains, or the National and Eastern religious traditions. 3 crs. Association of Catholic Chaplains. Contact department chair for a list of specific electives. PRACTICUM OPTIONS The student continues work in the practicum option Year Two selected: 1) a supervised practicum in an area of the Practical Content (15 crs. & Practicum II) student’s choice, related to a future ministry; 2) a supervised clinical pastoral education program or super- PMT 575 LITURGIES, RITUALS, PREACHING, vised spiritual direction training program. TEACHINGS, AND SPIRITUAL PRACTICES OF CHRISTIANITY, JUDAISM, AND ISLAM PMT 599B SUPERVISED PRACTICUM II: This course explores scripture, theology, belief, teach- SPECIAL ARRANGEMENT ings, ritual, and symbolism of Christianity, Judaism, and Continuation of practicum option selected in Islam. Students lead a ritual, preach, teach, and/or PMT 599A. Students may choose a different practicum facilitate spiritual practices within an Abrahamic reli- from their initial setting. 3 crs. gious tradition. 3 crs. PMT 599D SUPERVISED PRACTICUM II: PMT 576 LITURGIES, RITUALS, PREACHING, A CLINICAL PASTORAL EDUCATION PROGRAM OR TEACHINGS, AND SPIRITUAL PRACTICES OF A COOPERATIVE SPIRITUAL DIRECTION PROGRAM HINDUISM, BUDDHISM, NATIVE AMERICAN, AND Continuation of practicum option selected in OTHER SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS PMT 599C. Students may choose a different practicum This course relates myth, scripture, theology or teach- from their initial setting. 3 crs. ings, belief, ritual, and symbolism of Hinduism, Bud- dhism, Native American spiritualities, and other 136 traditions. Students not only learn the shape of these Master of Arts in Applied Theology ELECTIVES skills, résumés, and job searches. They will look at cur- 1. Students may wish to take an elective that prepares them rent pastoral care situations and examine their own val- for a particular pastoral or spiritual care setting, or one ues, gifts, and skills. Students will focus on discernment required by their tradition. techniques to identify the call of the Spirit to serve. The 2. Students preparing for M.Div. equivalency (page 138) for course will discuss pastoral leadership, administration of D.Min. program take graduate-level courses in Scripture. SSC 522 Gospels: Stories of Unique Christian ministries, the role of empowerment of others, and Communities (Important for Preaching and Teaching); SSC many elements of religious life in faith communities. 554 Epistles: Letters to Christian Communities 3 crs. 3. Students take specific electives when seeking certification with the Association for Clinical Pastoral Education, MASTER’S PROJECT PREPARATION Association of Professional Chaplains, or the National Prerequisite: PMT 599A/PMT 599B and/or PMT 599C/ Association of Catholic Chaplains. Contact department PMT 599D Supervised Practicum must be completed chair for list of specific electives. before the Master’s Project can be written. NOTE: A student may begin work on this project after the second Year Three year (three-year program completion) or third year (four- Synthesis/Praxis Content (15 crs. & Master’s Project) year program completion) of theological study.

PMT 582 PRAYER AND SPIRITUALITY PMT 596/597 MASTER’S PROJECT OF PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL CARE PROVIDER The Master’s Project allows students to bring their grad- Students will study prayer and personal spiritual types; uate learning to a new level of professional and scholarly contributions of East and West to the understandings of synthesis. As the culmination of a graduate program, the prayer and spirituality; types of prayer and contempla- project offers evidence of the candidate’s ability to ana- tion; engagement in the quest for finding one’s own lyze and evaluate materials, to write clearly and cogently, spiritual path; distinction between depression and spiri- to apply theology to the pastoral setting, and to make a tual dark nights. 3 crs. professional contribution to a body of knowledge. This is part of the requirement for a master’s degree. PMT 583 SPIRITUAL DIRECTION AND SPIRITUAL The student receives a separate guidebook that outlines COUNSELING AS AN ART AND A SCIENCE the process for carrying out and writing the Master’s The class speaks to the realities of spiritual direction Project. The faculty advisor instructs students in the through all ages; serving others as a spiritual guide or process. Students also select a Reader in their area of counselor; seeking a spiritual director; knowing when to study to advise and evaluate their work. refer to medical professionals; forms of individual and Evaluations from the Supervised Practicum are sub- group spiritual companionship; finding spiritual guides mitted with the Master’s Project. The Master’s Project among persons in a church, synagogue, or temple; ethics is presented to the Chair of Religious Studies and the in spiritual direction. 3 crs. student’s graduate committee. 6 crs.

PMT 585 CONTEMPORARY AND PERSONAL ELECTIVES THEOLOGY OF PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL CARE 1. Students may wish to take an elective that prepares them This course views the ministerial implications for today for a particular pastoral or spiritual care setting, or one and for the future, of such elements as the impact of required by their tradition. ethnic identities; the position of women in societies; the 2. Students preparing for M.Div. equivalency (page 138) for theological understandings of God and the sacred; the D.Min. program take graduate-level courses in Scripture. image of God or the Holy; religious symbols, rituals, SSC 211 Introduction to Christian Bible (NT); SSC 505 Torah: Pentateuch, First Five Books of the Bible; SSC 506 sacraments; and the rise of liberation and quantum Biblical Prophets: Inspirations to Create a Better World; theology. The focus will be on the influence of the SSC 507 Writings, Psalms, and Wisdom Literature; SSC theology or beliefs of the minister on spiritual practice 522 Gospels: Stories of Unique Christian Communities and service to others. 3 crs. (Important for Preaching and Teaching); SSC 554 Epistles: Letters to Christian Communities PMT 587 SEMINAR: THEOLOGICAL REFLECTION 3. Students take specific electives when seeking certification with the Association for Clinical Pastoral Education, IN PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL CARE Association of Professional Chaplains, or the National This course studies methods of theological reflection in Association of Catholic Chaplains. Contact department pastoral care. These methods will be described and uti- chair for list of specific electives. lized as tools for ministry and as bases for final senior papers, theses, and projects. Each student will lead a seminar Post-Course Requirement - 1 cr. discussion or activity on an aspect of the class. 3 crs. PMT 593 COLLOQUIUM/PRESENTATION DAY PMT 591 PROFESSIONAL ADVANCEMENT FOR MASTER’S PROJECT Professional advancement will empower the student’s In June the students and faculty gather for a presentation call to serve within the practice of pastoral and spiritual of the master’s projects by graduating MAAT students. care ministries. Students will be challenged to identify This significant day provides the opportunity for graduat- their gifts, to articulate the dream, to network, to devel- ing students to share with the learning community and op creative and eclectic ways to provide service as pasto- guests the outcome of their work in a supervised practi- ral and spiritual care providers in the marketplace. The cum and master’s project. All MAAT students are required student will work on the presentation of self, interview to attend at least one presentation besides their own. 1 cr. 137 MASTER OF DIVINITY EQUIVALENCY Graduate Theological Studies Courses Students may choose to work on a Master of Divinity BIBLICAL STUDIES (M.Div.) equivalency as a prerequisite for the Doctor of (GTU AREA I) ...... 22.5 crs. Ministry (D.Min.) program (pages 144-145) and/or Biblical Languages, Old & New Testament ordination in their tradition. Studies, Exegetical Method (Area electives include Students fulfill chaplain certification requirements one course in exegesis and one OT Prophets course, through taking M.Div. equivalency courses. These Language course in Hebrew or Greek, 9 crs.) studies prepare students for licensing with the Associa- HISTORICAL AND THEOLOGICAL STUDIES tion for Clinical Pastoral Education and the Association (GTU AREAS II, III, & IV) ...... 22.5 crs. of Professional Chaplains. The National Association of Church History, Systemic Theology, Philosophy Catholic Chaplains (NACC) requires 18 credits for & Philosophical Theology, Ethics, Exegetical certification. By 2005 the NACC will require a master’s Method, (Area elective includes one course in degree in a theological area for chaplain certification. history or theology and one course in Christian Social Ethics, 9 crs.) The M.Div. equivalent (non-degree option) is a cooperative program with San Francisco Theological SOCIAL AND BEHAVIORAL STUDIES, MINISTRY (GTU AREAS IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, FT) ...... 24.75 crs. Seminary, a member of the Graduate Theological Religion & Society, Pastoral Psychology, Christian Union (GTU). Students (GTU) take prescribed gradu- Education, Evangelism & Mission, Worship, ate courses in theological areas to satisfy their education Homiletics & Speech Communication, Religion goals. & The Arts, Spirituality, Denominational Polity, Church Administration (Area electives must

Master of Arts in Applied Theology include one course each from three of the following ADMISSIONS INFORMATION categories: Pastoral counseling, Christian education, Contact the Chair of Marylhurst University’s Religious preaching, worship & sacraments, spirituality, Studies Department about admission procedures. denominational polity, mission/ evangelism/ ecumenism, church administration, 13.5 crs.) GRADUATE THEOLOGICAL STUDIES INTEGRATIVE STUDIES Functional Theology & Field Education ...... 15.75 crs. (Students participate in becoming reflective Master of Divinity Equivalency Requirements practitioners in ministry. (Area Electives are Racial/Ethnic experience in the United States The Master of Divinity equivalent totals 108 credits. and multicultural experience, 6.75 crs.) The courses are held during quarter sessions. FREE ELECTIVES ...... 22.5 crs. Option One: TOTAL: 108 crs. • Students complete the M.Div. equivalency through taking the MAAT degree plus 48 credits of courses Biblical Studies (GTU Area I) from the Graduate Theological Studies program. Area Total: 22.5 crs. Biblical Languages, Old & New Testament Studies, MAAT degree ...... 60 crs. Exegetical Method (Area electives include one course Graduate Theological Studies courses ...... 48 crs. in exegesis and one OT Prophets course, Language TOTAL: 108 crs. course in Hebrew or Greek, 9 crs.) Students arrange their program of study with the Chair of the Religious Studies Department. GRK 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN GREEK Option Two: The student selects the topic (e.g., special language • Students may also satisfy these requirements study). Readings on and conference about the literature through finishing another master’s degree (e.g., relevant to this area of study are arranged with the MAIS, MRE, MTS, etc.) and supplementing it with instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. the necessary M.Div. equivalency classes. Students 1-3 crs. work on this program taking Graduate Theological Studies courses (500-level) in the six areas of study. HEB 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT Students arrange their program of study with the IN HEBREW Chair of the Religious Studies Department. The student selects the topic (e.g., special language study). Readings on and conference about the literature relevant to this area of study are arranged with the Theological Studies Certificate instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. A graduate Theological Studies Certificate is awarded 1-3 crs. for the additional 48 credits of courses required for the M.Div. equivalent. Students can concentrate on theolo- PMT 570 INTERFAITH SCRIPTURAL FRAMEWORKS gy, scripture, spiritual direction, spirituality, and so FOR PASTORAL AND SPIRITUAL CARE forth, within this graduate certificate. Students arrange 3 crs. See course description on page 134. their program of study with the Chair of the Religious Studies Department.

138 Master of Arts in Applied Theology SSC 505 TORAH: PENTATEUCH, SSC 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS FIRST FIVE BOOKS OF THE BIBLE AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS Jesus referred to the Law and the Prophets. Followers Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care proof Jesus have also respected the teachings in the first viders, or others in the helping professions may be five books of the Bible. For centuries before and after offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These Jesus the Torah was and is the primary document of courses may be taken as electives. The student may Faith for the Jews. Students will study the shaping, arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. patterns, and teachings of these books. 3 crs. SSC 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT SSC 506 BIBLICAL PROPHETS: IN SACRED SCRIPTURES INSPIRATIONS TO CREATE A BETTER WORLD The student selects the topic (e.g., special exegetical Do the prophetic messages have relevance today? Is study, scripture, and preaching). Readings on and con- there a “prophetic” aspect in every life of faith? The ference about the literature relevant to this area of prophets were a part of the religious climate of the study are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is kingdoms of Israel and Judah. They spoke and acted out possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. Yahweh’s detailed criticism. This course will examine these questions and issues and see their relevance for Historical & Theological Studies today. 3 crs. (GTU Areas II, III, IV) Area Total: 22.5 crs. SSC 507 WRITINGS, PSALMS, Church History, Systemic Theology, Philosophy & AND WISDOM LITERATURE IN THE BIBLE Philosophical Theology, Ethics, Exegetical Method, (Area electives include one course in history or theology What are the literary genres in this collection of biblical and one course in Christian Social Ethics, 9 crs.) writings? What were their historical and liturgical contexts? They have been used in Jewish and Christian ETH 503 CHRISTIAN SOCIAL ETHICS rituals and monastic prayer and have often been studied Christian Social Ethics is the study of those ethical by those who minister to the dying. This course will issues related to the relationship between the individual show students how a deeper understanding of these and society. The individual has rights, which are to be books can provide insights into the personal liturgical protected, and also responsibilities toward society. meanings of these writings, as well as life itself. 3 crs. Society has rights pertaining to the common good, which are to be protected, as well as responsibilities SSC 521 GOSPEL OF JOHN toward each individual in the society. Issues dealing This course studies the Gospel of John assisting stu- with ethical relationships will be discussed—those in dents to determine the social contexts in which this the economy, politics, and in other current social issues. unique community developed. Students explore this 3 crs. community writing and its unique contribution to the early church. 3 crs. ETH 520 APPLIED ETHICS: DAILY LIFE, MEDICINE, BUSINESS, HUMANITIES SSC 522 GOSPELS: STORIES In this course students will learn to apply ethical norms OF UNIQUE CHRISTIAN COMMUNITIES and values and critical ethical thinking and decision The Synoptic Gospels and the Gospel of John are the making to a variety of contemporary issues and situa- primary documents of Christian faith. This course tions, including workplace and business ethics, biomed- explores their origins, messages, and applications to ical ethics, environmental ethics, issues of social and contemporary life. 3 crs. economic justice, and an examination of various religious ethical systems. Students will explore how to find SSC 554 EPISTLES: ethical common ground in a pluralistic society, and LETTERS TO CHRISTIAN COMMUNITIES finally to articulate their own ethical system. 3 crs. Among the New Testament Epistles are some of the earliest writings to become part of what is commonly ETH 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS known as the Christian Scriptures or New Testament. AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS This course explores their origins, messages, and appli- Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- cations for contemporary life. Special attention will be viders, or others in the helping professions may be given to the writings of Paul. 3 crs. offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These courses may be taken as electives. The student may SSC 555 GOSPEL OF LUKE AND ACTS arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. This class is a study of the Gospel of Luke and Acts assisting students in determining the social contexts in ETH 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT which these narratives were written and the meanings IN ETHICS of Jesus’ life and death in those settings. 3 crs. The student selects the topic (e.g., The Genome Project, ethical dilemmas in technological advance, SSC 556 BIBLE: EXEGETED AND PREACHED morality). Readings on and conference about the litera- This class draws on the skills of Biblical exegesis in ture relevant to this area of study are arranged with the preparation for preaching. Students develop and deliver instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. 1- sermons. 3 crs. 3 crs. 139 PMT 571 Interfaith Theological Frameworks Aquinas, Dante, Martin Luther, and other significant for Pastoral And Spiritual Care persons within world Christianity from an historical PMT 578 Applied Ethics and the Pastoral context. 3 crs. or Spiritual Care Provider PMT 585 Contemporary and Personal Theology THT 553 WESTERN THOUGHT AND HISTORY III: of Pastoral and Spiritual Care MODERN TO CONTEMPORARY 3 crs. each. See course descriptions on pages 135-37. This course examines theological and philosophical traditions in Western Civilization (including Greek and PHL 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS AND SPIRITUAL Judeo-Christian heritages). It discusses creeds, councils, ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS orthodoxy. The course studies Teilhard de Chardin, Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- Simone Weil, and other significant persons within viders, or others in the helping professions may be world Christianity from an historical context. 3 crs. offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These courses may be taken as electives. The student may THT 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS AND SPIRITUAL arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- PHL 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN viders, or others in the helping professions may be PHILOSOPHY offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These The student selects the topic (e.g., a major philosopher, courses may be taken as electives. The student may arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. Master of Arts in Applied Theology relationship between philosophy and religion). Read- ings on and conference about the literature relevant to this area of study are arranged with the instructor. THT 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. THEOLOGY OR HISTORY The student selects the topic (e.g., history of Christiani- THT 515 CHRISTOLOGY: JESUS THE CHRIST, ty, Christology, ecclesiology, a specific theologian or SYMBOL OF GOD religious leader). Readings on and conference about the Christology is that part of theology, which deals with literature relevant to this area of study are arranged the Person of Jesus Christ, the Incarnation of the divine with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the Word and God’s self-communication to the world. study. 1-3 crs. Students will study the meanings and implications of the reality of Jesus’ birth in time, his life, death, and THT 591 PASTORAL THEOLOGY resurrection. In so doing they will see the impact of This course examines how theology is understood from Jesus the Christ on the shaping of history. 3 crs. within a pastoral framework. It examines the integration of theological systems within various pastoral con- THT 516 ECCLESIOLOGY: texts. 3 crs. THE CHURCH, THE HUMAN STORY OF GOD Ecclesiology is that part of theology, which deals with Social & Behavioral Studies, Ministry the Church as an expression of the permanence of Jesus (GTU Areas IV, V, VI, VII, VIII, FT) the Christ in history, community, and grace. Students Area Total: 24.75 crs. trace the development of a believing community, which Religion & Society, Pastoral Psychology, Christian formed around Jesus and grew because of their fidelity Education, Evangelism & Mission, Worship, Homiletics & to the teachings put forth by the Scriptures of those Speech Communication, Religion & The Arts, Spirituality, communities of faith. 3 crs. Denominational Polity, Church Administration (Area electives must include one course each from three of the following categories: pastoral counseling, Christian THT 518 SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY education, preaching, worship & sacraments, spirituality, This course is an exploration of systematic theology. It denominational polity, mission/ evangelism/ecumenism, examines contemporary theological approaches to God, church administration, 13.5 crs.) Christ, revelation, and human existence. 3 crs. LTA 515 SPEECH FOR PREACHING THT 551 WESTERN THOUGHT AND HISTORY I: A homiletic exploration of speech communication skills ANCIENT TO MEDIEVAL needed for leading worship. Oral interpretation tech- This course examines theological and philosophical niques, voice and diction skills, and drama exercises. traditions in Western Civilization (including Greek and 3 crs. Judeo-Christian heritages). It discusses ancient philosophers and Christian writers within world Christianity LTA 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS AND SPIRITUAL from an historical context. 3 crs. ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- THT 552 WESTERN THOUGHT AND HISTORY II: viders, or others in the helping professions may be RENAISSANCE TO REFORMATION offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These This course examines theological and philosophical courses may be taken as electives. The student may traditions in Western Civilization (including Greek and arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. Judeo-Christian heritages). It discusses and defines 140 creeds, councils, orthodoxy. The course studies Thomas Master of Arts in Applied Theology LTA 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT RED 526 TRANSFORMING CHRISTIAN EDUCATION IN LITURGICAL ARTS AND WORSHIP This course studies Christian education through an The student selects the topic (e.g., rituals of world exploration of theologies, models, and methods. It religion/s, women and rituals of world religions, ordina- emphasizes both theoretical and practical dimensions. tion). Readings on and conference about the literature 3 crs. relevant to liturgical arts and worship are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. RED 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT 1-3 crs. IN CHRISTIAN EDUCATION The student selects the topic (e.g., developmental stag- PCR 510 RELIGION AND UNITED STATES CULTURE: es of life, educational leadership, storytelling, teaching A SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION strategies, curriculum development). Readings on and This course will explore the development of religion as conference about the literature relevant to Christian it impacts and is impacted by the culture of the United education are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is States. It will examine religious development from possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. historical and sociological perspectives. Students will be encouraged to engage these perspectives in dialogue SPP 510 SPIRITUAL QUEST: with their own faith. Many religions will be observed HUMAN QUEST FOR SPIRITUALITY along with their growth and decline in the United A new interest in spirituality is being articulated in States. 3 crs. many ways by diverse groups of people. What is the spiritual quest? How has Western spirituality been PCR 511 RELIGION AND PSYCHOLOGY: expressed through the ages? What factors have con- A PSYCHOLOGY OF RELIGIOUS EXPERIENCE verged to give rise to this new interest? Students will This course asks the basic question: Does religion help identify elements of the Western spiritual quest from or hinder psychological well-being? The answer de- the past and the present, and notice commonalties with pends on whose psychology one adopts to view religion. their own spiritual journeys. 3 crs. Students will explore a variety of psychological responses to relevant religious experience. 3 crs. SPP 526 SPIRITUALITY AND MYSTICISM: WESTERN RELIGIONS PCR 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS From the visions and music of Hildegard of Bingen to AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS the fascinating symbolism of the Jewish Kaballah to the Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- love poetry of Rumi, this course will explore spirituality viders, or others in the helping professions may be and mysticism in the major religious traditions of the offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These “People of the Book”—Judaism, Christianity, and Islam. courses may be taken as electives. The student may Attention will be paid to the historical, theological, and arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. philosophical role of the powerful writings of various mystics within these wisdom traditions. 3 crs. PCR 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN PERSON, CULTURE, AND RELIGION SPP 560 SPIRITUAL DIRECTION: The student selects the topic (e.g., effects of cultural THROUGH THE ARTS OF THEATRE background on spiritual practice, concern for spirituali- This class examines the theatre arts as an icon for vari- ty in a technological world, dichotomies and harmonies ous models of personal and/or group spiritual direction. in religion and psychology). Readings on and confer- Students will have an opportunity to explore the histor- ence about the literature relevant to this area of study ical, theological, and experiential foundations of the are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible combined arts of theatre as source for the empower- as part of the study. 1-3 crs. ment of spirituality. 3 crs.

SPP 561 RELIGION AND THEATER PMT 572 Pastoral and Spiritual Identity This class surveys the mutual foundations of the birth PMT 573 Pastoral and Spiritual Counseling of religion, ritual, and the combined arts of theatre. Strategies Rehearsal and performance components of this class PMT 574 Issues in Pastoral and Spiritual Care offer the student the opportunity to develop theatre PMT 575 Liturgies, Rituals, Preaching, and Spiritual techniques and acting skills in an open and creative Practices of Christianity, Judaism, and environment. 3 crs. Islam PMT 576 Liturgies, Rituals, Preaching, and Spiritual SPP 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS Practices of Hinduism, Buddhism, Native AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS American, and Other Spiritual Traditions Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- PMT 579 Pastoral and Spiritual Care in Times of viders, or others in the helping professions may be Loss, Grief, and Bereavement offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These PMT 582 Prayer and Spirituality of the Pastoral courses may be taken as electives. The student may and Spiritual Care Provider arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. PMT 583 Spiritual Direction as an Art and a Science 3 crs. each. See course descriptions on pages 135-137. 141 SPP 571 HISTORY OF SPIRITUALITY THT 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT This course surveys the history of Christian spirituality. IN THEOLOGY OR HISTORY Students study biblical foundations; desert fathers and The student selects the topic (e.g., special topics in theol- mothers; monasticism; orthodox, medieval, reforma- ogy, sacramentology, a specific theologian or religious tion, modern, and contemporary spiritualities and mys- leader). Readings on and conference about the literature tical movements. 3 crs. relevant to this area of study are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. 1- SPP 572 SPIRITUAL DIRECTION 3 crs. This course explores the human and psychological bases for sound spiritual growth. It examines spiritual growth, Integrative Studies: the spiritual direction relationship, and discernment. Functional Theology and Field Education 3 crs. Area Total: 15.75 crs. Students participate in becoming reflective practitioners in SPP 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT ministry. (Area Electives are Racial/Ethnic experience in IN SPIRITUALITY the United States and multicultural experience, 6.75 crs.) The student selects the topic (e.g., spiritual direction and practice, religion and theology, religion and spiritu- PCR 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS ality). Readings on and conference about the literature AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS relevant to this area of study are arranged with the Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the study. viders, or others in the helping professions may be

Master of Arts in Applied Theology 1-3 crs. offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These courses may be taken as electives. The student may THT 517 SACRAMENTOLOGY: arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. A STUDY OF THE CHRISTIAN SACRAMENTS Sacramental theology studies the individual sacraments PCR 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT as different realizations of Christian life in the person, IN PERSON, CULTURE, AND RELIGION all of which are closely related to the transitions and The student selects the topic (e.g., racial/ethnic experi- commitments of the person. Students relate them to ence, U.S. multicultural experience). Readings on and their own experiences, such as one’s purpose in the conference about the literature relevant to this area of world, continual spiritual development, and commit- study are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is ment to a vocation in life. Students experience more possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. deeply the connections among beliefs, beautiful visual or action symbols, and human life. 3 crs. PMT 577 Cross-Cultural Perspectives in Pastoral and Spiritual Care THT 523 LOSS, GRIEF, DEATH, AND DYING: PMT 587 Seminar: Theological Reflection in THEOLOGIES OF COMPASSION Pastoral and Spiritual Care Today there a number of avenues that shed light on the PMT 591 Professional Advancement perennial questions around death and dying. For many PMT 596 Master’s Project I people world religions serve as guideposts offering PMT 597 Master’s Project II theologies of compassion to those who experience loss, 3 crs. each. See course descriptions on pages 136-137. grief, death, and dying. People discover what is important to them on their life journey. This course explores PMT 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL these issues from multicultural and interreligious per- PROJECT IN MINISTRY spectives. 3 crs. The student selects the topic (e.g., exploration in ministry, pastoral leadership). Readings on and conference about the literature relevant to this area of study are THT 540 HERMENEUTICS: arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible as INTERPRETATION THEORY part of the study. 1-3 crs. Hermeneutics is the most important theological contribution to scholarship in the last two centuries. Literary criticism, culture studies, deconstruction, and all the PRACTICUM postmodern theories stem from hermeneutics. The best Regardless of their previous experience or their status philosophers on the continent in this century have been in an ordination process, students participate in some heavily influenced by it. Students will be able to read form of supervised practice of ministry as part of their literature as well as “the times” by being conversant degree program. with hermeneutics. 3 crs. PMT 599A or PMT 599C Supervised Practicum I PMT 599B or PMT 599D Supervised Practicum II THT 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS 3 crs. each See course descriptions on pages 136-137. AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care providers, or others in the helping professions may be offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These courses may be taken as electives. The student may 142 arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. Master of Arts in Applied Theology Free Electives RSP 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT Area Total: 22.5 crs. IN TRAVEL STUDY The student selects the topic (e.g., a mystic or master of LTA 506 SYMBOLISM OF WORLD RELIGIONS: a major world religion, a theology of a master or mystic TRUTHS AND SYMBOLS of a world religion). Readings on and conference about This course is an immersion experience. Students will the literature relevant to this area of study are arranged have hands-on experience with the symbols and acts with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible as part of the used to give voice and form to the sacred in several study. 1-3 crs. world religions. Students will tie together the traditions of a particular faith, using the symbolic forms discussed SPP 511 SPIRITUAL CLASSICS: EAST AND WEST in class. 3 crs. Some classics of spiritual and mystical literature have arisen in the quest for answers to such common con- PCR 512 ISLAM AND SOCIETY cerns as: who and what human beings are, why they are By analyzing Islam both in theory and practice this here, and where they are going. In this course the stu- course will provide students with an essential back- dent will investigate the major themes from the spiritu- ground to better understand the world of Islam and al and mystical literature of the Hindu, Buddhist, Muslim populations. It examines Islam as a way of life Jewish, Christian, Islamic and Native American tradi- and studies the ways in which this religion affects the tions. 3 crs. individual, family, and social life in various Islamic societies. 3 crs. SPP 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS PHL 526 EASTERN PHILOSOPHY: Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- ZEN OF MIND AND TAO OF SPIRIT viders, or others in the helping professions may be This course will examine various paths of Eastern phi- offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These losophy. Classes will include discussion of the values of courses may be taken as electives. The student may Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, Sikhism, Islam, Confu- arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. cianism, and Taoism. 3 crs. SPP 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT PMT 550 Personal Covenant and Orientation IN SPIRITUALITY Seminar The student selects the topic (e.g., spiritual direction PMT 551 Graduate Writing Seminar and practice in a major world religion, religion and PMT 593 Colloquium/Master’s Project theology and spirituality: some distinctions). Readings 3 crs. each. See course descriptions on pages 135-137. on and conference about the literature relevant to this area of study are arranged with the instructor. Field- RSP 586A IN THE FOOTSTEPS OF work is possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. THE ASIAN MASTERS AND MYSTICS: JAPAN This class is a travel study trip to Japan. Students will SSC 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS familiarize themselves with the historical and cultural AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS sites that are important to the Asian religions. The Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- group will visit various sites. Students will be required viders, or others in the helping professions may be to keep a log and write a final paper that relates to their offered and taken as electives. The student may also journey to the Scriptures, or to the culture and history select Spiritual Enrichment offerings. The student may of these areas. 6 crs. arrange credit, CEUs, or audits. 1-3 crs.

RSP 586B IN THE FOOTSTEPS OF ST. PAUL: SSC 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN BEST OF TURKEY AND GREEK ISLES CRUISE SACRED SCRIPTURES This class is a travel study trip to Turkey and Greece. The student selects the topic (special exegetical study Students will familiarize themselves with the historical of a world religion, scripture of a major world tradition, and cultural sites that gave birth to more systematized and preaching of a wisdom religion). Readings on and Christianity thanks to the works of St. Paul. The group conference about the literature relevant to this area of will visit various sites. Students will be required to keep study are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is a log and write a final paper that relates to their journey possible as part of the study. 1-3 crs. to the Scriptures, for instance, the New Testament or to the culture and history of these areas. 6 crs. THT 511 TEACHINGS OF JUDAISM This course will explore the explanations and discus- RSP 586C IN THE FOOTSTEPS OF THE sions of Jewish law, which are vital to the religious IRISH MYSTICS: ST. PATRICK, ST. BRIDGET, beliefs and theological positions of Judaism. Students AND ST. COLUMCILLE will examine the teachings of the Talmud and the To- This class is a travel study trip to Ireland. Students will rah. 3 crs. familiarize themselves with the historical and cultural sites that are important to the Irish faith. The group will visit various sites. Students will be required to keep a log and write a final paper that relates to their journey to the Mystics, or to the culture and history of these areas. 6 crs. 143 THT 512 TEACHINGS OF ISLAM Department of This course will explore the explanations and discussion RELIGIOUS STUDIES of Islam, which are vital to the religious beliefs and theological positions of Islam. Students will examine the Chair: Jerry Roussell, Jr., D.Min. teachings of the Qur’an and other Moslem writings. 3 crs.

THT 530 HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF EASTERN Program of RELIGIOUS TRADITIONS DOCTOR OF MINISTRY This course is an overview of the main historical and Marylhurst University has made available to philosophical issues of Hinduism, Buddhism, Daoism, qualified students (those with a Master of Divinity and Shintoism. Fundamental tenets will be explored [M.Div.] or equivalency) a cooperative Doctor of through canonical scriptures as well as the lives and Ministry (D.Min.) degree on its campus. The Doctor doctrinal legacies of exemplary mystics, philosophers, of Ministry degree, administered by the Office of and teachers, both past and contemporary. 3 crs. Advanced Pastoral Studies (APS) of San Francisco Theological Seminary (SFTS), is an advanced THT 531 SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS OF ASIA IN PRACTICE professional degree for persons in ministry. The varied forms of religious meditations and practices Carefully designed to complement their day-to- of Eastern wisdom traditions create a beautiful mosaic day work, this program enables candidates to engage

Master of Arts in Applied Theology from which one can discern the heart centers unique to in a high level of academic professional development each. A smorgasbord of meditations and practices will without giving up their current employment. be studied and experienced, with the goal of enriching and enhancing the student’s own spiritual practice. THE PURPOSE OF THE D.MIN. PROGRAM 3 crs. The purpose of the SFTS D.Min. program is to enhance quality in the practice of ministry. The major objective THT 532 DEATH AND DYING IN ASIAN RELIGIONS is the development of professional competencies, in- This course will explore worldviews related to death in cluding critical reflection on the practice of ministry, the Asian religions, with particular emphasis on Bud- interpersonal skills, the capacity for theological interpre- dhism and Daoism. The study of these important belief tation, and special skills for service in particular con- systems will be approached from an historico-religious texts. The collegium group format makes it possible for viewpoint. It will introduce the students to the subject persons from different traditions to develop supportive matter in a comprehensive and interdisciplinary way. networks that can influence ethical or social justice 3 crs. issues that impact the people of the Pacific Northwest.

THT 570 PROFESSIONAL SEMINARS LEARNING OUTCOMES AND SPIRITUAL ENRICHMENT OFFERINGS 1. Explore the depths of uncertainty and reach for Topics that appeal to professional ministers, care pro- empirical as well as historical foundations for the viders, or others in the helping professions may be church’s language, its worship, and its mission. offered, as well as Spiritual Enrichment offerings. These 2. Turn away from propositional language about God courses may be taken as electives. The student may toward the question: “Is there in experience any arrange for credit, CEUs, or audit. 1-3 crs. transcendent dimension for which theological language is necessary and in relation to which it THT 590 READINGS AND SPECIAL PROJECT IN makes sense?” THEOLOGY OR HISTORY 3. Re-examine the meaning of symbols as pointers to The student selects the topic (e.g., history of a major religious reality, while realizing that symbols cannot world religion, theology of a major world religion, prove but can intimate. Christology, ecclesiology, sacramentology, a specific 4. Be open to the exploration of all aspects of human theologian or religious leader). Readings on and confer- experience and various attempts to interpret it as ence about the literature relevant to this area of study shaped and formed by the heritage out of which the are arranged with the instructor. Fieldwork is possible student comes. as part of the study. 1-3 crs. 5. Encourage students not to traffic in concepts that they cannot connect with observation and experience; action-reflection is the basic stance. 6. See the teaching-learning task as a liberation, rather Master of Arts • Applied Theology Program than a domestication, which insists that students Marylhurst University must come out at a certain point in their theological P.O. Box 261 quest. 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) 7. End the exclusive reliance upon textbook theology Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 written by authorities and encourage the Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 theologizing capacity of student teachers and FAX: 503.636.9526 teacher-students, as they face their own lives and the Email: [email protected] world, daring to come out with affirmations in new 144 Web site: www.marylhurst.edu language. Doctor of Ministry SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES THE CULTURAL MILIEU 1. Encourage trust and cooperation among peers in AND THE MISSION OF THE CHURCH ministry. Objectives during the spring include developing skills 2. Encourage students to think independently and to for identifying, researching, and understanding a major take responsibility for their own education as a social issue or area of concern in the local culture of the lifelong enterprise. collegium group, and preparing and analyzing strategies 3. Develop a critical theological interpretation of life for mission with regard to this issue. Primarily Social and purposeful activity in ministry, along with new Ethics and Missiology inform this quarter’s work. skills. 4 quarter units. 4. Develop theological breadth through a grasp of current intellectual trends in other disciplines. Required Six-Week Summer Term 5. Develop an understanding of social issues and the Prerequisite: All three quarters of the collegium group mission of the church in an international context. curriculum must be completed before a student attends 6. Develop creative forms of ministry though research, the summer term. writing, and implementation of a major dissertation/ project. SUMMER RESIDENCY The summer residential term at SFTS consists of two ADMISSIONS resource seminars, a seminar in research design leading Contact the Marylhurst University’s Chair of the Reli- to formulation of a Dissertation/Project (D/P) topic gious Studies Department about admission procedures. proposal, and a frontier seminar that focuses on one contemporary issue at the cutting edge of the church’s mission. Students may select from among a variety of OPTION ONE: EXTENDED OPTION resource and frontier seminar offerings. 12 quarter units. Year One ADVANCEMENT TO CANDIDACY NINE-MONTH COLLEGIUM GROUP The summer term concludes with a candidacy inter- This group of 10 to 15 students provides a unique op- view during which students meet individually with a portunity for participants to explore their work openly faculty team to examine written evaluations of course and honestly with the reciprocal support of peers and work and to review their progress. Students advance to both local and SFTS faculty persons. The group’s work candidacy only after recommendation to the faculty by focuses on three themes: The Pastor as Person, Theology the interview team and the approval of a D/P topic. If of Ministry, and The Cultural Milieu and the Mission of the interview team recommends further work before the Church. The group meets locally for three 40-hour beginning the D/P, any additional costs are borne by quarters, beginning in the fall. A regular SFTS faculty the student member teaches the first 15-16 hours of each quarter. A different local adjunct faculty person teaches the other Year Two sessions each quarter. Criteria for selection of local faculty include an advanced degree in the area to be cov- DISSERTATION/PROJECT SEMINARS ered (usually a Ph.D., Th.D., S.T.D., or Ed.D.), During the second year of study, each collegium group experience and expertise in a relevant discipline, and participates in at least six days of seminars focused on teaching ability. the D/P research of each member of the group. Faculty for the seminars are recruited during the summer term COURSE OFFERINGS FOR YEAR ONE in consultation with the APS Associate Director. 4 quarter units. THE PASTOR AS PERSON Objectives for the fall quarter include rediscovering one’s Year Three self in the company of professional peers, coming to terms with depersonalizing factors in ministry, reviewing DISSERTATION/PROJECT present and future professional and vocational choices, The D/P is an independent undertaking in which the establishing a collegial learning team, and building deeper student takes full initiative to plan, seek approval for, levels of trust and cooperation among colleagues. Spiritu- and implement a study and action project within her/ ality and Pastoral Theology are the disciplines that inform his ministry. 12 quarter units. this quarter’s work. 4 quarter units. Doctor of Ministry Cooperative Program THE THEOLOGY OF MINISTRY Marylhurst University Winter quarter objectives include examining, under- P.O. Box 261 standing, and critiquing the ministry of each student, 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) helping to build new and more coherent theories of Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 ministry; and reflecting upon the ministry from biblical Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 and theological perspectives. Practical Theology is the FAX: 503.636.9526 primary discipline undergirding this quarter’s work. 4 Email: [email protected] quarter units. Web site: www.marylhurst.edu 145 Program of PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES MASTER OF ARTS IN ART THERAPY: OF ART THERAPY A CLINICAL TRAINING PROGRAM The learning outcomes of the graduate program in art therapy are: Chair: Christine Turner 1. To provide the student with opportunities to learn the theory and practical skills necessary to competently practice art therapy; 2. To encourage the student to achieve excellence in Art therapy is a rapidly growing counseling discipline scholarship and the practice of art therapy; 3. To serve the community beyond the campus, in the that had its beginnings in the treatment of severely advancement of understanding and professional emotionally disturbed children and adults. In recent implementation of art therapy. years it has expanded to reach a broader range of populations within a variety of settings. Art therapists integrate the creative process with understanding of ADMISSIONS psychological theory in order to facilitate growth Applications for fall admission are requested during the preceding winter quarter. Later applications are accept-

Master of Arts in Art Therapy and development in clients. In art therapy, the focus ed and reviewed. Persons interested in the Art Therapy is often placed upon expression and communication Program should call 503.699.6244 to clarify admissions through art processes and products. Art processes, procedures. forms, content, and associations are recognized as The admissions committee is seeking applicants with reflections of personality, development, and concerns. human services experience, well-developed art skills, Since art therapy draws upon art and psychology, the academic competence, and the personality attributes practitioner is required to have understanding of and interpersonal skills which indicate aptitude for the authentic art expression and to be experienced with art therapy profession. a variety of art media. PREREQUISITES: THE PURPOSE OF THE MASTER OF ARTS 1. A bachelor’s degree from a regionally accredited IN ART THERAPY PROGRAM college or university; The Marylhurst Art Therapy Program helps students 2. Proficiency in the visual arts as demonstrated by a arrive at an understanding of the therapeutic application portfolio of work in painting, drawing, and of the creative process, and the informed use of psycho- sculpture. Minimum credits required to be logical theories and counseling practices. The program is considered for admission are 27, with the preferred designed to prepare art therapists to work as team mem- distribution being: Painting, 9 credits; Drawing, 9 bers in facilities that provide therapeutic/counseling credits; Sculpture, 9 credits. services, for example, community mental health centers, 3. Courses in psychology (a minimum of 18 credits) psychiatric hospitals, therapeutic schools, day and resi- including the following: 6 credits in general dential treatment programs. psychology that can be taken at the lower-division Marylhurst University offers the only graduate pro- level. The following courses are to be taken at the gram leading to a Master of Arts (M.A.) in Art Therapy upper-division level: Psychology of Personality, within the Northwest region of the country. Developmental Psychology, Abnormal Psychology, The Master of Arts in Art Therapy Degree at and Counseling Theories/Strategies. Letter grades Marylhurst University is approved by the American Art are requested. Students who believe they have Therapy Association and is accredited by the Northwest equivalent coursework are encouraged to consult an Association of Schools and Colleges. advisor within the Art Therapy Program; The program can be completed in six quarters (two 4. Evidence of ability to do graduate work as indicated academic years). The first three quarters consist of se- by: a) minimum of 3.00 cumulative grade point quential study in art therapy, counseling and psycho- average on applicant’s undergraduate transcripts, therapy. Studies in the areas of human development, b) acceptable scores on the Miller Analogies Test or psychopathology, and counseling are an integral part of the Graduate Record Exam. course content. Fieldwork is required during the first 5. Supervised experience working with people, year. The last three quarters are primarily devoted to preferably in a human services agency. Volunteer practicum in art therapy. The student completes a mini- work is acceptable. mum of 240 hours of practicum work each quarter in a Credits are calculated on the quarter system. One se- clinical setting. mester credit equals 1.5 quarter credits. Applicants Practicum opportunities are available in a variety of who have not met the prerequisites at the time of ap- clinical settings serving children, adolescents, and adults. plication must express the intention of meeting the Practicum can, under some circumstances, be arranged prerequisites prior to entrance into the program. outside the region. The master’s program can be completed on a part- time basis. Students may take up to five years to complete the program; however, a two- or three-year plan is recommended. The final three terms of the program, 146 the practicum, requires a full-time commitment. Master of Arts in Art Therapy PREPARATORY TRACKS AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, Marylhurst University offers prospective art therapy Pre-Practicum & Seminar ...... 3 crs. graduate students several pre-professional tracks. AT 520 Group Dynamics, Processes, Counseling & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 524 Cross-Cultural Counseling Bachelor of Arts in Art & Art Therapy ...... 2 crs. • 80 crs. in art, including at least 9 crs. in each of the AT 531 Professional & Clinical Practices in Art Therapy . 3 crs. following: painting, drawing, sculpture. AT 532 Adult Development, Psychopathology, • 18 crs. in psychology including PSY 334 Personality & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. Theory, PSY 336 Abnormal Psychology, PSY 328 AT 594-1 Practicum/Seminar-1 ...... 6 crs. Developmental Psychology, & PSY 362 Counseling AT 594-2 Practicum/Seminar-2 ...... 6 crs. Strategies, plus 6 crs. of general psychology. AT 594-3 Practicum/Seminar-3 ...... 6 crs. • 5 crs. in Art Therapy elective classes, including TOTAL: 54 crs. Introduction to Art Therapy Workshop, 1 cr. POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE Bachelor of Arts in Psychology IN COUNSELING/ART THERAPY Art therapists who received their M.A. in Art Therapy • 61 crs. in psychology, including PSY 334 Personality degrees under standards in effect prior to 2001 may Theory, PSY 336 Abnormal Psychology, PSY 328 Developmental Psychology, & PSY 362 Counseling enroll in these classes. Upon successful completion of Strategies these 15 credits, they will be awarded the Postgraduate • 27 crs. in art, including 9 crs. in painting, 9 crs. in drawing, Certificate in Counseling. & 9 crs. in sculpture. • 5 crs. in Art Therapy elective classes, including Course Requirements for Introduction to Art Therapy Workshop, 1 cr. Postgraduate Certificate in Counseling AT 501 Theories of Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies AT 503 Social & Cultural Foundations Students in this program focus their studies in the areas of art of Counseling ...... 3 crs. and psychology. They complete: AT 504 Appraisal of Individuals ...... 3 crs. • a minimum of 27 crs. in art, including a majority of studio AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... 3 crs. classes in painting, drawing, and sculpture AT 507 Research Methods, Development, • 18 crs. in psychology, including PSY 334 Personality & Evaluation ...... 3 crs. Theory, PSY 336 Abnormal Psychology, PSY 328 TOTAL: 15 crs. Developmental Psychology, & PSY 362 Counseling Strategies LEARNING OPPORTUNITIES • 5 crs. in Art Therapy elective classes, including Introduction to Art Therapy Workshop, 1 cr. FOR NON-ADMITTED STUDENTS The Marylhurst Art Therapy Program offers classes and CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS IN ART THERAPY workshops in art therapy that are open to students who are not formally admitted to the M.A. program. Art therapy training can benefit counselors, teachers, occu- POSTGRADUATE CERTIFICATE IN ART THERAPY pational and recreational therapists, psychologists, This is designed for applicants with a master’s or doc- nurses, and others in the human services professions. toral degree in a related field who are not seeking a Individuals with an art and psychology background may second master’s degree. Learning outcomes, admission take elective classes. A few core courses are open to procedures, and prerequisite courses are the same for such students (post-baccalaureate) with approval of the certificate and master’s degree applicants. Certificate instructor and department chair. If the student is admit- students take all core art therapy courses (54 credits). ted to the program, up to 12 art therapy credits may be The practicum requires 720 hours. applied to the M.A. degree. The certificate program provides all coursework necessary for pursuing registration as an art therapist. CONTINUING EDUCATION CREDITS An art therapy program advisor assists the certificate The Marylhurst University Art Therapy Program student to develop a program plan, and in some cases is recognized by the National Board for Certified credits may be transferred and applied towards the Counselors (NBCC) to offer continuing education for certificate. counselors. Marylhurst adheres to NBCC Continuing Education Guidelines. Course Requirements for Postgraduate Certificate in Art Therapy ADVANCEMENT TO CANDIDACY AT 510 Introduction to Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. The student is eligible to apply for advancement to AT 511 The Helping Relationship: candidacy upon successful completion of all the core Art Therapy Technique ...... 4 crs. courses that the full-time student takes during fall and AT 512 Child Development, Psychopathology, winter terms. These are the required classes: AT 501, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 503, AT 510, AT 511, AT 512, AT 513, AT 530, AT 513 Psychopathology ...... 3 crs. AT 530 Clinical Assessment by Graphic Means ...... 3 crs. AT 521, AT 522, AT 539 (winter term portion). AT 521 Art Therapy in Clinical Practice: The advancement to candidacy process includes a com- Counseling Skills ...... 3 crs. prehensive written examination, a videotape, and a self- AT 522 Adolescent & Young Adult Development, evaluation. Other material that is considered includes Psychopathology, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. reviews of the student’s grades and written reports by 147 instructors, and the student’s fieldwork supervisor. The PROGRAM PLANS FOR M.A. IN ART THERAPY Advancement to Candidacy Committee, consisting of art therapists, reviews the student’s application for advancement to candidacy. In order to continue in the M.A. IN ART THERAPY: Two-Year Program Plan program, a student’s work must be found acceptable by FIRST YEAR the committee. The student incurs a fee for participat- Fall ing in the advancement to candidacy process. AT 501 Theories of Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. AT 510 Introduction to Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. PROBATION STATEMENT AT 511 The Helping Relationship: Art Therapy Technique ...... 4 crs. A student whose cumulative GPA falls below a 3.00 AT 512 Child Development, Psychopathology, is placed on probation and must raise the GPA to a & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. 3.00 after having taken no more than 9 credits. If this AT 513 Psychopathology ...... 3 crs. does not occur, the student may not continue in the AT Elective(s) program. Winter AT 530 Clinical Assessment by Graphic Means ...... 3 crs. AT 521 Art Therapy in Clinical Practice: ART THERAPY CURRICULUM Counseling Skills ...... 3 crs.

Master of Arts in Art Therapy The two-year Marylhurst M.A. in Art Therapy Program AT 522 Adolescent & Young Adult Development, has a 76-credit curriculum comprising one year of Psychopathology, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. coursework and a second year that includes 720 hours AT 503 Social & Cultural Foundations of of art therapy practicum in clinical settings. Fieldwork Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, is required during the first year. Fieldwork and practi- Pre-Practicum Seminar ...... 3 crs. cum are not done within the same clinical program. AT Elective(s) Seventy-two credits are obtained from core courses and Spring the practicum. Four credits are elective. The Art Thera- AT 520 Group Dynamics, Processes, py Program may be completed on a part-time schedule. Counseling, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. Elective courses and workshops are offered during AT 524 Cross-Cultural Counseling & Art Therapy ...... 2 crs. evenings and weekends. AT 531 Professional & Clinical Practices in Art Therapy . 3 crs. AT 532 Adult Development, Psychopathology, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. Course Requirements for the AT 504 Appraisal of Individuals ...... 3 crs. Master of Arts in Art Therapy AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, AT 501 Theories of Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. Pre-Practicum Seminar ...... (in progress) AT 510 Introduction to Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT Elective(s) AT 511 The Helping Relationship: Summer Art Therapy Technique ...... 4 crs. AT electives are offered each summer. AT 512 Child Development, Psychopathology, SECOND YEAR & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 513 Psychopathology ...... 3 crs. Fall AT 530 Clinical Assessment by Graphic Means ...... 3 crs. AT 594-1 Practicum/Seminar 1 ...... 6 crs. AT 521 Art Therapy in Clinical Practice: AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... 3 crs. Counseling Skills ...... 3 crs. AT 507 Research Methods, Development, & Evaluation . 3 crs. AT 522 Adolescent & Young Adult Development, AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... 3 crs. Psychopathology, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT Elective(s) AT 503 Social & Cultural Foundations Winter of Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. AT 594-2 Practicum/Seminar 2 ...... 6 crs. AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... (in progress) Pre-Practicum Seminar ...... 3 crs. AT 507 Research Methods, Development, AT 520 Group Dynamics, Processes, & Evaluation ...... (in progress) Counseling, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... (in progress) AT 524 Cross-Cultural Counseling AT Elective(s) & Art Therapy ...... 2 crs. Spring AT 531 Professional & Clinical Practices AT 594-3 Practicum/Seminar 3 ...... 6 crs. in Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... (in progress) AT 532 Adult Development, Psychopathology, AT 507 Research Methods, Development, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. & Evaluation ...... (in progress) AT 504 Appraisal of Individuals ...... 3 crs. AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... (in progress) AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... 3 crs. AT Elective(s) AT 507 Research Methods, Development, & Evaluation ...... 3 crs. AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... 3 crs. M.A. IN ART THERAPY: Three-Year Program Plan AT 594-1 Practicum/Seminar-1 ...... 6 crs. AT 594-2 Practicum/Seminar-2 ...... 6 crs. FIRST YEAR AT 594-3 Practicum/Seminar-3 ...... 6 crs. Fall AT Electives ...... 4 crs. AT 501 Theories of Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. TOTAL: 76 crs. AT 510 Introduction to Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 512 Child Development, Psychopathology, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. 148 AT Elective(s) Winter Spring Master of Arts in Art Therapy AT 522 Adolescent & Young Adult Development, AT 524 Cross-Cultural Counseling & Art Therapy ...... 2 crs. Psychopathology, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 520 Group Dynamics, Processes, & Art Therapy...... 3 crs. AT 521 Art Therapy in Clinical Practice: AT Elective(s) Counseling Skills ...... 3 crs. Summer AT 503 Social & Cultural Foundations AT electives are offered each summer. of Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. AT Elective(s) SECOND YEAR Spring Fall AT 524 Cross-Cultural Counseling & Art Therapy ...... 2 crs. AT 512 Child Development, Psychopathology, AT 532 Adult Development, Psychopathology & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 511 The Helping Relationship: Art Therapy Technique ... 4 crs. AT 520 Group Dynamics, Processes, AT 513 Psychopathology ...... 3 crs. Counseling & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT Elective(s) AT Elective(s) Winter Summer AT 522 Adolescent & Young Adult Development, AT electives are offered each summer. Psychopathology, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 530 Clinical Assessment by Graphic Means ...... 3 crs. SECOND YEAR AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, Fall Pre-Practicum Seminar 1...... 3 crs. AT 511 The Helping Relationship: At Elective(s) Art Therapy Technique ...... 4 crs. Spring AT 513 Psychopathology ...... 3 crs. AT 532 Adult Development, Psychopathology, AT Elective(s) & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. Winter AT 521 Art Therapy in Clinical Practice: AT 530 Clinical Assessment by Graphic Means ...... 3 crs. Counseling Skills ...... 3 crs. AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, AT 504 Appraisal of Individuals ...... 3 crs. Pre-Practicum Seminar ...... 3 crs. AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, AT Elective(s) Pre-Practicum Seminar ...... (in progress) Spring AT Elective(s) AT 521 Professional & Clinical Practices in Art Therapy . 3 crs. Summer AT 404 Appraisal of Individuals ...... 3 crs. AT electives are offered each summer. AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, THIRD YEAR Pre-Practicum Seminar ...... (in progress) AT Elective(s) Fall AT 594-1 Practicum/Seminar 1 ...... 6 crs. Summer AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... 3 crs. AT electives are offered each summer. AT 507 Research Methods, Development, & Evaluation . 3 crs. THIRD YEAR AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... 3 crs. Fall AT Elective(s) AT 594-1 Practicum/Seminar 1 ...... 6 crs. Winter AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... 3 crs. AT 594-2 Practicum/Seminar 2 ...... 6 crs. AT 507 Research Methods, Development, & Evaluation . 3 crs. AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... (in progress) AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... 3 crs. AT 507 Research Methods, Dev., & Evaluation ... (in progress) AT Elective(s) AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... (in progress) Winter AT Elective(s) AT 594-2 Practicum/Seminar 2 ...... 6 crs. Spring AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... (in progress) AT 594-3 Practicum/Seminar 3 ...... 6 crs. AT 507 Research Methods, Dev., & Evaluation ... (in progress) AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... (in progress) AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... (in progress) AT 507 Research Methods, Dev., & Evaluation ... (in progress) AT Elective(s) AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... (in progress) Spring AT Elective(s) AT 594-3 Practicum/Seminar 3 ...... 6 crs. AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... (in progress) AT 507 Research Methods, Dev., & Evaluation ... (in progress) M.A. IN ART THERAPY: Four--Year Program Plan AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... (in progress) FIRST YEAR AT Elective(s) Fall AT 501 Theories of Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. M.A. IN ART THERAPY: Alternative Three-Year AT 510 Introduction to Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. Program Plan AT Elective(s) FIRST YEAR Winter Fall AT 521 Art Therapy in Clinical Practice: AT 501 Theories of Counseling& Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. Counseling Skills ...... 3 crs. AT 510 Introduction to Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 503 Social & Cultural Foundations AT Elective(s) of Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. AT Elective(s) Winter AT 521 Art Therapy in Clinical Practice: Counseling Skills . 3crs. Spring AT 503 Social & Cultural Foundations AT 524 Cross-Cultural Counseling & Art Therapy ...... 2 crs. of Counseling & Psychotherapy ...... 3 crs. AT 520 Group Dynamics, Processes, & Art Therapy...... 3 crs. AT Elective(s) AT Elective(s) 149 Summer CORE COURSES AT electives are offered each summer SECOND YEAR AT 501 THEORIES OF COUNSELING Fall AND PSYCHOTHERAPY AT 512 Child Development, Psychopathology, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. Theories, principles, and techniques of counseling and AT Elective(s) psychotherapy and their applications in professional settings. 3 crs. Winter AT 522 Adolescent & Young Adult Development, Psychopathology, & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. AT 503 SOCIAL AND CULTURAL AT Elective(s) FOUNDATIONS OF COUNSELING Spring Societal changes and trends affecting human roles, AT 532 Adult Development, Psychopathology, mores, and patterns of interaction are considered in & Art Therapy ...... 3 crs. relation to the counselor’s work. Multicultural and AT Elective(s) pluralistic trends, societal subgroups, and differing life- Summer styles are discussed. Major societal concerns such as AT electives are offered each summer. person abuse, substance abuse, and discrimination are Master of Arts in Art Therapy THIRD YEAR addressed, as are current approaches to alleviating these Fall concerns. Prerequisites: AT 501. 3 crs. AT 511 The Helping Relationship: Art Therapy Technique ...... 4 crs. AT 504 APPRAISAL OF INDIVIDUALS AT 513 Psychopathology ...... 3 crs. Group and individual educational and psychometric AT Elective(s) theories and approaches to appraisal; data and informa- Winter tion-gathering methods; psychometric statistics; factors AT 530 Clinical Assessment by Graphic Means ...... 3 crs. influencing appraisals; and use of appraisal results in AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, helping processes. The ability to administer and inter- Pre-Practicum Seminar ...... 3 crs. AT Elective(s) pret tests and inventories is developed. Prerequisite: AT 530. M.A. students and post-M.A. students only. 3 crs. Spring AT 531 Professional & Clinical Practices in Art Therapy..... 3 crs. AT 539 Professional Orientation & Ethics, AT 505 LIFESTYLE AND CAREER DEVELOPMENT Pre-Practicum ...... (in progress) This three-term class includes career development theo- AT 504 Appraisal of Individuals ...... 3 crs. ries; occupational and educational information sources AT Elective(s) and systems; career and leisure counseling, guidance and Summer education; lifestyle and career decision making; and AT electives are offered each summer. career development program planning, resources, and FOURTH YEAR evaluation. Prerequisite: AT 501. M.A. and post-M.A. Fall students only. 3 crs. AT 594-1 Practicum/Seminar 1 ...... 6 crs. AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... 3 crs. AT 507 RESEARCH METHODS, AT 507 Research Methods, Development, & Evaluation... 3 crs. DEVELOPMENT, AND EVALUATION AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... 3 crs. This three-term class includes types of research; basic AT Elective(s) statistics; research-report development; research imple- Winter mentation; program evaluation; needs assessment; pub- AT 594-2 Practicum/Seminar 2 ...... 6 crs. lication of research information; and ethical and legal AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... (in progress) AT 507 Research Methods, Dev., & Evaluation ... (in progress) consideration. The material presented is closely tied to AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... (in progress) the student’s work in the community, and results in a AT Elective(s) written project. Prerequisite: taken concurrently with Spring practicum classes, or post-M.A. For M.A. students and AT 594-3 Practicum/Seminar 3 ...... 6 crs. post-M.A. certificate students only. 3 crs. AT 505 Lifestyle & Career Development ...... (in progress) AT 507 Research Methods, Dev., & Evaluation ... (in progress) AT 510 INTRODUCTION TO ART THERAPY AT 599 Practicum Studio ...... (in progress) An introductory overview of the history, development, AT Elective(s) major theories, and application of art therapy with various client populations. NOTE: This graduate class is a prerequisite for more advanced art therapy courses. 3 crs.

AT 511 THE HELPING RELATIONSHIP: ART THERAPY TECHNIQUE Art therapy and counseling theories and methods are explored, including basic and advanced helping skills and processes. The dynamics and complexities of the therapeutic relationship are emphasized, including the 150 importance of the therapist’s self-understanding and Master of Arts in Art Therapy development throughout the process of facilitating Art therapy methods for clients with mild to acute men- change in clients. The impact of the work on the self of tal and emotional disturbances are presented. Cultural/ the therapist is considered. Art media and art therapy familial contexts and treatment settings are taken into methods are experienced and discussed, relating the consideration. Prerequisites: AT 501, AT 510. Open to psychological properties of varied media and art making M.A. and certificate students only. 3 crs. processes to responsible clinical assessment and treatment, and the therapeutic relationship. Prerequisites: AT AT 524 CROSS-CULTURAL 501, AT 510, AT 512, AT 513 (may be taken concur- COUNSELING AND ART THERAPY rently). M.A. and certificate students only. 4 crs. This course provides information on diversified cultures, art therapy assessment, and art therapy intervention. It AT 512 CHILD DEVELOPMENT, addresses culturally sensitive issues, acculturation, coun- PSYCHOPATHOLOGY, AND ART THERAPY tertransference issues, and personal ethnicity. Students The nature and needs of individuals during this period in are encouraged to become more aware of their cultural the lifespan are considered from a developmental per- background as a tool to better understand how diversity spective. Theories of cognitive, emotional, physical, and cultural values can affect communication, counsel- psychosocial, and artistic development and treatment for ing, and art therapy. Prerequisites: AT 501, AT 510. children from infancy to age 12 are studied. Normal and 2 crs. abnormal personality growth and development in children are considered in relation to assessment and treat- AT 530 CLINICAL ASSESSMENT ment planning. Art therapy methods for children with BY GRAPHIC MEANS mild to acute mental and emotional disturbances are Examination and analysis of art in relation to personality presented, with consideration of familial/cultural con- and psychopathology. Evaluation of form and content of texts and treatment settings. Prerequisite: AT 501, AT pictorial and sculptural work in relation to DSM. Skills 510 (may be taken concurrently). Open to M.A. and are developed in integrating evidence of developmental certificate students only. 3 crs. level, perceptual capacities, psychodynamic processes, and environmental stimuli in art work and behavior. AT 513 PSYCHOPATHOLOGY Prerequisites: AT 511, AT 513. Open to M.A. and cer- Studies of the descriptions, causes, and treatment of tificate students only. 3 crs. behaviors considered abnormal by this society. This course integrates and extends previous study in abnor- AT 531 PROFESSIONAL AND mal psychology. Students develop familiarity with the CLINICAL PRACTICES IN ART THERAPY uses of DSM in clinical practice. Prerequisite: AT 511 Topics include assessment; standards and methods of may be taken concurrently. Open to M.A. and certificate documentation; treatment planning; treatment team students only. 3 crs. reports, oral and written; case presentations; ethics. Lecture, discussion, experiential work. Prerequisites: all AT 520 GROUP DYNAMICS, PROCESSES, preceding fall and winter core courses. Open to M.A. COUNSELING, AND ART THERAPY and certificate students only. 3 crs. Methods of facilitating group art therapy with varied populations are presented in relation to current theories AT 532 ADULT DEVELOPMENT, of group therapy. Skills in clinical observation and group PSYCHOPATHOLOGY, AND ART THERAPY leadership are developed. Prerequisites: AT 501, AT Art therapy for adults with mild to acute mental/emo- 510, AT 503, AT 524 may be taken concurrently. Open tional disturbances is presented. Assessment and treat- to M.A. and certificate students only. 3 crs. ment methods are introduced in relation to the developmental stages of adult life and various treatment AT 521 ART THERAPY IN CLINICAL PRACTICE: settings. Prerequisite: AT 501, AT 510. Open to M.A. COUNSELING SKILLS and certificate students only. 3 crs. Development of practical clinical skills. Skills and knowledge are developed in counseling, therapeutic interven- AT 539 PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION tion strategies, treatment planning and ethics. AND ETHICS, PRE-PRACTICUM SEMINAR Prerequisites: AT 510 & AT 501. Open to M.A. and This two-term class includes exploration of clinical roles certificate students only. 3 crs. within various treatment settings. The function of individuals within the disciplines of art therapy, counseling, AT 522 ADOLESCENT AND YOUNG ADULT social work, and related fields are discussed. Professional DEVELOPMENT, PSYCHOPATHOLOGY, AND organizations and associations; preparation standards and ART THERAPY credentialing, history and trends, ethical and legal stan- The nature and needs of individuals during this period in dards and supervision are addressed. Students consider the lifespan are considered from a developmental per- options for a practicum setting as they function within spective. Theories of cognitive, emotional, physical, teams exploring different types of treatment facilities. psychosocial, and creative development and treatment Students clarify the role of the practicum student, devel- throughout the adolescent and young adult lifespan are op proposals for practicum job descriptions, and finalize studied. Normal and abnormal personality growth and plans for practicum. Prerequisites: Open to M.A. stu- development in adolescence and adulthood are consid- dents preparing to begin art therapy practicum during ered in relation to assessment and treatment planning. the following September. 3 crs. 151 PRACTICUM cents who are dealing with chemical dependency issues NOTE: Practicum students have the option, within the and dual diagnoses. Specific issues in working with first two weeks of class, of choosing Pass/No Pass over a adolescents, in contrast to adults, will be explored, letter grade. Students must, however, obtain the equiv- including assessment, appropriate treatment planning, alent of a B grade according to a point system in practi- family involvement, and methodology. Students will be cum/seminar classes in order to proceed through the able to identify how art therapy can be particularly practicum portions of the program. effective with this population and will develop applicable art therapy directives. 1 cr. AT 599 PRACTICUM STUDIO Using varied art media students pursue independent AT 416/516 ART THERAPY creative work relating to the practicum experience. A IN ADDICTION TREATMENT weekly meeting for three terms addresses the role of This course will provide counselors and art therapists creativity and art making in stress management, thera- with a general introduction to addiction treatment pist’s self-care, and professional development. Open to issues and strategies, with a focus on creativity and the practicum students only. 3 crs. use of art therapy in the healing process. 1 cr.

Master of Arts in Art Therapy AT 594-1 PRACTICUM/SEMINAR 1 AT 433/533 GRANT WRITING Twenty-four hours weekly (minimum over 10 weeks) FOR HUMAN SERVICES PRACTITIONERS providing art therapy services in a clinical community A workshop focusing on writing human and social setting. Weekly supervision seminar including case service federal grant application proposals. Students are studies in art therapy and discussion of case material to guided through the process. 1 cr. further develop students’ clinical skills relevant to practicum experience. Discussion of theoretical, ethi- AT 435/535 RECLAIMING SOMA cal, and practical issues of concern to practicum stu- In this workshop, students explore body awareness as a dents. Students develop proposals for final project. unifying force in the body-mind-spirit paradigm. Partic- Prerequisites: successful completion of all core courses. ipants will engage in body awareness exercises, kinetic Open only to M.A. and certificate students. 6 crs. imagery, and meditative movement. This class will be of interest to participants seeking to replenish personal AT 594-2 PRACTICUM/SEMINAR 2 resources and to learn movement methods which can Twenty-four hours weekly (minimum over 10 weeks) be shared with students and clients for stress reduction providing art therapy services in a clinical community and centering purposes. 1 cr. setting. Weekly seminar including case studies in art therapy. Continuation of AT 594-1. Development of AT 447/547 THERAPEUTIC APPROACHES clinical, ethical, and practical skills relevant to practi- TO STORYTELLING: THE NARRATIVE cum experience. Supervision, discussion, consultation. STRATEGIES OF THE ARTFUL PRACTITIONER Prerequisite: satisfactory completion of AT 594-1. This class introduces students to the therapeutic uses of Open only to M.A. and certificate students. 6 crs. storytelling. The class includes a survey of current uses of storytelling in therapeutic settings and their respec- AT 594-3 PRACTICUM/SEMINAR 3 tive theoretical frameworks. Storytelling demonstra- Twenty-four hours weekly (minimum over 10 weeks) tions illustrate the concepts and principles of this providing art therapy services in a clinical community healing art. 1 cr. setting. Weekly seminar including case studies in art therapy. Continuation of AT 594-2. Development of AT 459/559 THE DANCE OF RELATIONSHIP clinical, ethical, and practical skills relevant to practi- The nonverbal aspects of relationship and communica- cum experience. Supervision, discussion, consultation. tion are examined. Dance movement therapy concepts Community presentation on art therapy integrating that have application to interpersonal relationship will portions of final project. Prerequisite: satisfactory com- be introduced. Participants will study the meaning of pletion of AT 594-2. Open only to M.A. and certificate movement in human interaction and explore styles of students. 6 crs. relating in a safe and non-judgmental atmosphere. 1 cr.

AT 466/566 SAND TRAY THERAPEUTIC METHODS ELECTIVES Innovative sand tray techniques are demonstrated for effective use with family of origin work, couples thera- AT 408/508 ART THERAPY: py, and personal mythology. The class focuses on the EXPLORING THE PROFESSION use of symbols as healing metaphors and on increasing An overview of the profession, its development, and the skills of the therapist in introducing and using the the various roles contemporary art therapists play in the sand tray with clients including adults, children, and worlds of mental health, medical treatment, education, families. 1 cr. and less traditional settings. 1 cr. AT 467/567 MASK MAKING: AT 415/515 ART THERAPY MULTIMEDIA METHODS WITH CHEMICALLY DEPENDENT ADOLESCENTS This workshop offers participants the opportunity to This course will teach students how to integrate art learn several methods used in theatrical costume de- 152 therapy media and techniques in working with adoles- signing. Sessions include making masks and experiment- Master of Arts in Art Therapy ing with communication while wearing self-made AT 418/518 BEREAVEMENT AND ART THERAPY masks. These methods of mask making and interaction This course will introduce art therapy as in intervention can enhance creativity and communication in the class- to help bereaved children, adolescents, and their fami- room and the therapeutic environment. 2 crs. lies. Participants will review various developmental issues, a variety of theoretical models, and the role of AT 475/575 INTRODUCTION ritual in bereavement. How a school district and a Hos- TO ART THERAPY WORKSHOP pice partnership addresses the role of grief will ad- An introduction to art therapy. Theory is presented in dressed through case presentations. Participants will relation to workshop experiences. History and develop- explore their own beliefs around grief and death. 3 crs. ment of the profession is discussed. Slide lectures, experiential. 1 cr. AT 456/556 INTRODUCTION TO PLAY THERAPY An introduction to theoretical frameworks for play AT 478/578 ART THERAPY MEDIA therapy. In this class students explore methodology and AND METHODS technique through participation in role-playing activi- Through hands-on exploration, discussion, and lectures, ties and through the instructor’s case presentations. students are introduced to the structural and psycholog- This course is recommended for therapists, school ical properties of varied art media. The implications of counselors, and other human services workers wishing this information are discussed in relation to using art to enhance their understanding and skills in working media in therapeutic settings. Art therapy methods with children. 1 cr. with individuals and groups are discussed within this context. 1 cr. AT 462/562 CREATIVE MOVEMENT FOR CHILDREN This class explores specific movement techniques that AT 480/580 INTRODUCTION address self-image, impulse control, emotional expres- TO DANCE MOVEMENT THERAPY sion, and behavior modification. This course will be This workshop will be of interest to those who wish to helpful to teachers, therapists, and caregivers who wish understand the potential applications of dance move- to incorporate meaningful movement into the lives of ment therapy. The course includes an overview of the children. 1 cr. profession, treatment approaches with different ages and populations, assessment strategies, and research. AT 482/582 INTRODUCTION TO Participants learn how dance movement therapy fosters CHILD ART THERAPY: THE PROCESS growth and awareness by participating in a movement This workshop presents an introduction to the princi- experience, reading, lecture, and discussion. 1 cr. ples of child art therapy. The course focuses on ways to “set the stage,” evoke and facilitate expression, look and AT 537 FAMILY ART THERAPY reflect upon the child’s expression, and encourage This class provides an introduction to family art therapy children to learn about themselves and others from art and family systems theory. Students examine the uses experiences and products. 1 cr. of art therapy in assessments and ongoing family work, within clinical teams and community-based agencies. AT 551 APPROACHES TO CHILD ART THERAPY 2 crs. This advanced course offers practitioners and graduate- level students an introduction to the technique, prac- AT 561 STUDY OF PROFESSIONAL PRACTICES tice, and theory of art therapy with children. Entering the field as a professional is the focus of this Participants will learn about artistic development in course. It includes job search skills, résumé writing, children as well as practical applications which stimu- presentation of self, job interviewing, and exploring late artistic creativity within the therapeutic process. how art therapy jobs are developed and maintained. The learning experience emphasizes the use of art ther- 1 cr. apy as a way to foster emotional and behavioral improvement in children with mild to severe emotional, FOCUSING ON CHILDREN cognitive, and behavioral disorders. Lecture, discussion, case presentation, videotaped vignettes, experiential art activities, and slide presentation are included. 2 crs. AT 417/517 ART THERAPY WITH CHILDREN: ASSESSMENT AND TREATMENT This course provides an introduction to and an overview of the theory and practice of child art therapy. Master of Arts • Art Therapy Program Marylhurst University The emphasis is on facilitating and understanding thera- P.O. Box 261 peutic art expression with children. Specific content 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) areas include child artistic development, therapeutic Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 use of art media, stages of treatment, and art therapy Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 technique. Experiential art activities, video excerpts, Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 and case presentations are included. 3 crs. FAX: 503.636.9526 Email: [email protected] Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

153 Program of ing what has already been done, and at the same time MASTER OF ARTS • propose new perspectives based on the contributions INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES of earlier scholars. Chair: Debrah Bokowski, Ph.D. THE PURPOSE OF GRADUATE INTERDISCIPLINARY STUDIES The Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies The purpose of the academic program leading to a Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies is to help (MAIS) Program at Marylhurst University is students develop a scholarly interdisciplinary perspec- designed for individuals interested in exploring the tive, coupled with the insights and methods of a selec- human condition outside the bounds of a single tion of major disciplines, in order to experience discipline. The purpose and structure of this personal intellectual growth and enhanced professional master’s program is consistent with the long- competence. The MAIS program is designed to pro- standing tradition of graduate liberal studies vide students with the opportunity to complete a programs that integrate broad, classical study for master’s degree while still employed. In most cases personal growth with concentrated areas of courses are offered one evening a week, with occasion- professional study. The program is proud to be a al afternoon offerings. member of the Association for Graduate Liberal Studies Programs (AGLSP), a national organization GRADUATE CONCENTRATIONS: • GERONTOLOGY, emphasizing holistic that oversees the development and implementation understanding of adult development and aging of graduate programs in the liberal arts. Students • LIBERAL ARTS, allows students to formulate their who do well in graduate liberal studies programs own liberal arts curriculum Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies typically enjoy the broad, interdisciplinary nature • ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION, of the degree and find such an approach less emphasizing integration of personal development, limiting than discipline-bound degree programs. systems analysis, and study of conflict and change • SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS & ETHICS, AN INTEGRATED CURRICULUM emphasizing the foundations of ethical thought and The MAIS curriculum is interdisciplinary in content action, and the cultural and scriptural roots of and teaching methodology. Moreover, teaching occurs spirituality in the context of a learning community where students and faculty with diverse experience and training col- Requirements for the laborate, allowing learning to occur across disciplinary Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies lines. • A minimum of 48 graduate crs. (Upon approval, a All MAIS students take an interdisciplinary set of maximum of 6 graduate-level crs. can be transferred to foundation courses where contemporary topics and the MAIS program from other graduate programs.) points of view are addressed from an interdisciplinary • Completion of credit requirements in chosen perspective. Concurrent to taking the foundation concentration courses, students specialize in advanced studies in one • Participation in the integrating activities designed to support academic excellence and interdisciplinary of four areas of concentration: Gerontology, Liberal perspective Arts, Organizational Communication, or Spiritual • Completion of a master’s thesis of appropriate quality Traditions and Ethics. The interdisciplinary curriculum and depth instills an attitude of inquiry, discernment, and open- ness that is essential for meaningful and productive ADMISSION TO THE MAIS PROGRAM living in a rapidly changing world. The admissions process is concerned with the probable Furthermore, students develop the art of disci- academic success of the student and his or her fit with plined, lifelong learning through active engagement the objectives of the MAIS program. Program objec- with meaningful questions and extensive writing, cul- tives for the student include personal and professional minating in an academic thesis that represents the enrichment and intellectual growth, career advance- student’s unique contribution to a body of knowledge. ment, community involvement, and leadership. Stu- dent selection is based on academic potential without SCHOLARSHIP IN COMMUNITY regard to race, creed, color, gender, sexual orientation, In the MAIS scholarly community students relate to national origin, age, or physical handicap. A bachelor’s each other as learners/teachers, and mutual sources of degree granted by an accredited college or university is knowledge, support, and enlightenment. The learning required for admission but is not itself sufficient. With environment is highly interactive, the average class size permission of the program chair, students may take up is 8-12 students. Both faculty and students serve as to 6 credits of MAIS seminars before being admitted to sources of ideas and constructors of meaning. By think- the program. ing of themselves as facilitators, faculty members mini- The following elements are required for admission mize obstacles and inhibitions in the learning process. to the program: Established theories and principles presented in • application to Marylhurst University (with fee); course texts serve as the foundation of learning. Stu- • application to the MAIS program; 154 dents enter the academic conversation by understand- • cover letter and personal statement of goals; Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies • official transcripts from school granting the BA GENERAL LEARNING OUTCOMES degree and any graduate school transcripts; FOR FOUNDATION COURSES • two letters of reference; The interdisciplinary foundation courses are • writing sample (description sent upon application); designed to: and • help students appreciate the complexity of human • a personal interview (final candidates). organizations interacting with natural systems; Applications to the program are reviewed on two • appreciate the larger context of human needs and criteria: 1) applicant’s academic preparation and challenges and to see the interconnections between strength; and 2) the applicant’s degree of fit with the social, ecological, spiritual, economic, and historical MAIS program. Admissions decisions are made by a dimensions; committee composed of the Chair of MAIS and MAIS • develop appreciation for diverse responses to human faculty. Students are encouraged to contact the chair of needs and problems; MAIS to discuss the program, admission criteria, and • reflect on and evaluate the ethical dimensions of application process. technological change, social policy, and personal Please contact the Office of Admissions and Enroll- vision; ment Relations at 503.699.6268 or 800.634.9982, ext. • develop and practice communication skills for 6268, or email [email protected] for further collaborative team-building, as well as oral and information or to request an application packet. Ques- written presentations; tions concerning financial aid should be directed to the • practice skills in analysis, synthesis, and problem Financial Aid office at Marylhurst University. solving; Applications for admission are accepted each term. • develop personal perspective for understanding and Please plan accordingly so that your application may be resolving complex human problems; and processed by the term in which you wish to enroll. • consider personal responsibility for leadership and scholarship in the academic and civic community. THE ADMISSION DECISION Acceptance of applicants will occur after all applica- Foundation Course Requirements - 12 crs. tions have been reviewed. Newly admitted students will INT 500 is required of all MAIS students. be notified in writing. Students denied admission will INT 500 Introduction to Scholarly Inquiry ...... 3 crs. be notified in writing. Students choose 3 more of the following courses that, along with Introduction to Scholarly Inquiry, comprise the required 12 crs. of foundation courses...... 9 crs. THE GRADUATE COURSE OF STUDIES INT 501 Community: Commitment Students proceed through their course of graduate & Responsibility, 3 crs. studies by completing each of the following require- INT 502 Science, Ethics & Public Policy, 3 crs. ments: INT 503 Leadership, 3 crs. INT 504 Art & Cultural Transformation, 3 crs. • Be accepted into the MAIS program; INT 505 Ways of Knowing: Studies in • Take INT 500 and three other foundation courses; Literature & Spirituality, 3 crs. • Complete all seminars in chosen concentration; INT 507 Living & Questing: Studies in • Complete electives; Philosophy & Spirituality, 3 crs. • Complete Research Methods and Thesis courses; INT 508 Social Justice, 3 crs. and • Present the results of the thesis before a gathering of CONCENTRATION SEMINARS the MAIS community and interested public. In the Concentration seminars utilize the interdisciplinary spirit of the scholarly community, attendance at all perspective gained in the foundation courses to provide Thesis Presentation Days is encouraged. students with a level of professional competence in their area of study. By doing so, students are presented FOUNDATION COURSES with a broad and flexible way of encountering the is- Designed in the tradition of graduate liberal studies, sues and concerns present in their professional life. each foundation course addresses themes of human experience that have prevailed over time and across Gerontology Concentration Focus national and cultural boundaries. The courses involve The Gerontology Concentration represents a unique and inquiry and exploration into the synergy to be found in exciting approach to the academic field of gerontology. culture, human nature, history, language, literature, the The concentration is grounded in the liberal arts tradi- arts, science and technology, religious traditions and tion, a tradition that has long addressed the important spirituality, political theory, economics, psychology, issues of humankind. Throughout the United States, op- sociology, and communications. In summary, the foun- portunities for studying gerontology in the context of a dation courses are intended to overcome the gaps that graduate education in liberal studies are few. may exist between disciplinary specialties, and study The concentration is predicated upon a holistic the human condition in a way that transcends and approach to adult development and aging, integrating integrates traditional academic boundaries. mind-body-spirit, and recognizing the complex contexts in which individuals travel through the life course. The Gerontology Concentration combines traditional, rigorous scholarly inquiry in theory and research with the opportunity to explore and conceptualize aging in cre- 155 ative and new ways. As with all MAIS courses, tradi- municators and leaders in a variety of large and small tion, theory, and real-life experiences are integrated to organizations. Emphasis is placed upon the communica- produce a wholly new consideration of gerontology and tor as leader—a person with the values and vision to the aging process. sustain the organization in an era of rapid change, and with the ethical foundation to see and support individu- PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS als as vital participants in this process. Students who complete a concentration in gerontology This developmental approach to the discipline of are valuable in a variety of professional settings, includ- organizational communication places more stress on the ing advanced research, delivery of services, policy and personal characteristics of the leader than on interven- program development. Those with prior professional tional and technical skills. Emphasis on personal values, degrees, including nursing, social work, ministry, and imagination, and insight helps the professional suggest counseling who work with aging adults can also benefit and facilitate positive change in organizations. from advanced study in gerontology. This concentration builds upon appreciation of the theory and practice of communication as an essential human capacity. It explores the role of gender and Study Plan for Gerontology Concentration cultural difference in communication and the theory Foundation Courses ...... 12 crs. and process of transformation within and between Concentration Seminars ...... 18 crs. GER 530 Multidisciplinary Perspectives groups; the sources, management, and resolution of on Aging, 3 crs. interpersonal and group conflict; and the aspects of GER 531 Embodiment in Later Life, 3 crs. ethical judgment that sustain organizations for the long- GER 532 Psychosocial Aspects of Aging, 3 crs. term. GER 533 Theorizing & Researching Advanced seminars enable students to analyze com- in Gerontology, 3 crs. plex organizational systems with their formal and infor- GER 534 Social Systems in Later Life, 3 crs. mal networks in order to offer appropriate advice and Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies GER 536 Gerontology: Synthesis & Action, 3 crs. guidance for improved communication. Students will Electives ...... 9 crs. INT 598A Research Methods & Thesis I ...... 3 crs. gain insight into the issues of power and the manage- INT 598B Research Methods & Thesis II ...... 3 crs. ment or resolution of conflict and disputes between INT 598C Research Methods & Thesis III ...... 3 crs. persons and groups and within organizations. TOTAL: 48 crs. PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS The Organizational Communication Concentration is Liberal Arts Concentration Focus intended for professionals in any organization, large or Liberal arts is an academic tradition that recognizes the small, for-profit or not-for-profit. Commercial organiza- importance of inclusive perspectives and interdiscipli- tions, educational institutions, civic and political nary study. It is a customized degree option that is groups, service agencies, police, sheriff and military designed for students who desire a truly interdiscipli- organizations, community centers, churches and reli- nary graduate program. While less concerned with gious communities as well as communications consult- direct professional application, this concentration gives ing services are all appropriate settings for persons students the benefit of broad and flexible study. Many trained in organizational communication. students appreciate the ability to almost totally customize their course of study. Study Plan for Organizational Communication Concentration PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS A customized degree plan serves students with a variety Foundation Courses ...... 12 crs. of professional interests. Because of the broad nature of Concentration Seminars ...... 18 crs. INC 530 Organizational Communication, 3 crs. the plan, students capitalize on critical thinking ability, INC 531 Critical Contexts: Culture, Gender writing skills, and coursework that is carefully selected Values, Visions, 3 crs. to meet the student’s individual needs. Such broadly INC 532 Paradigms & Process prepared students are of high value to many career for Transformation, 3 crs. settings. INC 533 Organizational Systems & Function, 3 crs. INC 534 Power & Conflict, 3 crs. INC 535 Principles & Processes of Change Study Plan for Liberal Arts Concentration in Organizations, 3 crs. Foundation Courses ...... 12 crs. Electives ...... 9 crs. Selected MAIS Seminars ...... 18 crs. INT 598A Research Methods & Thesis I ...... 3 crs. Electives ...... 9 crs. INT 598B Research Methods & Thesis II ...... 3 crs. INT 598A Research Methods & Thesis I ...... 3 crs. INT 598C Research Methods & Thesis III ...... 3 crs. INT 598B Research Methods & Thesis II ...... 3 crs. TOTAL: 48 crs. INT 598C Research Methods & Thesis III ...... 3 crs. TOTAL: 48 crs. Spiritual Traditions & Ethics Concentration Focus Organizational Communication This concentration emphasizes inquiry into the founda- Concentration Focus tions of ethical thought and action, and the cultural and This concentration is designed to provide students with scriptural roots of the world’s spiritual traditions. His- 156 the knowledge and skills necessary to be effective com- torical, literary, anthropological, and other approaches Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies are encouraged. Sustained attention is given to the themselves and their “followers” and the context of origins, growth, oral traditions, literature, art, theolo- action and how to help align people with purpose and gies, ethical systems, personal spiritualities, and com- to achieve impact. 3 crs. munal worship services of six major religions: Judaism, Christianity, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Native INT 504 ART AND CULTURAL TRANSFORMATION American spiritualities. Through readings, research, discussions, debates, and projects students will explore the spiritual journey PROFESSIONAL APPLICATIONS toward higher creativity in one’s life work. Students The Spiritual Traditions and Ethics Concentration is will explore the work of Western Zen masters, study helpful to students who seek to discover and experience biographies of great artists, and attend art events de- the scriptural, liturgical, psychological, and philosophi- signed to generate group discussions. 3 crs. cal roots of human spirituality. Applications include religious education for children and adults, journalism, INT 505 WAYS OF KNOWING: STUDIES corporate ethics, and spiritual direction. IN LITERATURE AND SPIRITUALITY In this seminar students track the relationship between Study Plan for Spiritual Traditions & Ethics literature, philosophy, and spirituality by exploring the Concentration narrative elements of religious meaning in selected Foundation Courses ...... 12 crs. modern literary classics. The seminar will also provide a Concentration Seminars ...... 18 crs. philosophical framework for understanding the symbol- INE 531 Foundations of Spiritual Traditions, 3 crs. ic nature of the human. 3 crs. INE 532 Sacred Literature I, 3 crs. INE 533 Sacred Literature II, 3 crs. INT 507 LIVING AND QUESTING: STUDIES INE 534 Development of Spiritual Traditions, 3 crs. IN PHILOSOPHY AND SPIRITUALITY INE 535 Eastern & Western Spirituality, 3 crs. This course provides a foundation for the critical study INE 538 Studies in Applied Ethics, 3 crs. Electives ...... 9 crs. of philosophy and theology. In this class students will INT 598A Research Methods & Thesis I ...... 3 crs. examine their own philosophies of life and their own INT 598B Research Methods & Thesis II ...... 3 crs. spiritualities by comparing their convictions with the INT 598C Research Methods & Thesis III ...... 3 crs. reflections on spiritual traditions and ethics of some of TOTAL: 48 crs. the great philosophers and theologians. 3 crs.

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS INT 508 SOCIAL JUSTICE This class will take an interdisciplinary approach to the concept of justice in society. What are the crucial ele- FOUNDATION COURSES ments of a just society? On what grounds can those claims be made? Students examine how social justice INT 500 INTRODUCTION TO SCHOLARLY INQUIRY would apply to a variety of areas, including our local Taught by a team of MAIS faculty, this course is de- community. 3 crs. signed to prepare the student for graduate studies by providing tools for scholarly researching and writing. Required of all incoming MAIS students. 3 crs. GERONTOLOGY CONCENTRATION SEMINARS

INT 501 COMMUNITY: COMMITMENT, GER 530 MULTIDISCIPLINARY COMMUNICATION, AND RESPONSIBILITY PERSPECTIVES ON AGING This class explores the human need for community, This core course provides students with an introduction connection, and responsible commitment toward self to and comprehensive overview of the multidisciplinary and others. Students will participate in co-creating field of gerontology. Substantive, conceptual, and community both in class and in their day-to-day lives. methodological issues central to the study of adult In addition, students will study various examples of development and aging are explored through class community vision that have been realized by contem- discussions, presentations, ongoing reading and journal- porary visionaries. 3 crs. ing, and assigned learning-projects. 3 crs.

INT 502 SCIENCE, ETHICS, AND PUBLIC POLICY GER 531 EMBODIMENT IN LATER LIFE This course helps students identify current areas of This course focuses on the biological, physiological, and scientific and technological development that raise health aspects of the aging experience. Topics include: ethical and policy questions. Students explore major the bodily changes thought to be a normal part of ag- theories of ethical conduct and decision making from a ing, chronic illnesses and disabilities associated with diverse cultural perspective. They examine advances in (but not caused by) aging, and the meaning of biophysi- science and technology and ask whether and how pub- cal aging at the individual and socio-cultural level. 3 crs. lic policy should apply. 3 crs. GER 532 PSYCHO-SOCIAL ASPECTS OF AGING INT 503 LEADERSHIP Recognizing that aging is a dynamic, multidimensional This is a course for leaders and advisors to leaders. It process, this course addresses the complex interface explores personal, organizational, and community lead- between the psychological and social aspects of aging. ership. It examines what leaders need to know about Students will explore topics such as the relationship 157 between perceptions of control, self-efficacy, and course moves beyond tolerance of differences to an health; change and stability in personality characteris- understanding that a respect for and validation of these tics; and age-consciousness and identity. 3 crs. differences creates and sustains vibrant, progressive, and productive organizations. 3 crs. GER 533 THEORIZING AND RESEARCHING IN GERONTOLOGY INC 532 PARADIGMS AND PROCESS This course has a dual intent: 1) to engage students in a FOR TRANSFORMATION more sophisticated exploration and examination of This seminar provides an examination of the theories important and exemplary theorizing and researching in and assumptions underlying organizational systems and gerontology; and 2) to encourage students to formulate functions. Participants will examine the implications of a and pursue their own questions about adult develop- variety of organizational paradigms as they relate to the ment and aging, and thus participate in the ongoing functioning of an organization and its attempts to scholarly conversation in gerontology. 3 crs. change. 3 crs. INC 533 ORGANIZATIONAL SYSTEMS GER 534 SOCIAL SYSTEMS IN LATER LIFE AND FUNCTIONS This course focuses on the multilayered social context in This seminar helps students establish the connections which individuals age. Through the learning projects in between organizational communication and specific this course students become acquainted with each layer applications such as information exchange, communica- of the social system, including informal and formal tion climates, and organizational cultures. Students will social programs and agencies for older adults; aging- conduct organizational audits in a variety of environ- supportive living environments and neighborhoods; and ments. They will gain a deeper understanding of the interpersonal relationships with friends, family, and operation of theories as they relate to systems within pets. 3 crs. organizations. 3 crs.

Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies GER 536 GERONTOLOGY: SYNTHESIS AND ACTION INC 534 POWER AND CONFLICT By intent and design, this seminar offers students the This class examines micro- and macrosystems of organi- opportunity to: 1) reconsider and integrate all of their zational communication. Questions concerning personal coursework in gerontology into a dynamic whole; and 2) power, power arrangements within systems, and conflict explore ways to actualize their learning into action in a within and between social groups will be addressed. variety of contexts and surrounding key issues related to Special emphasis will be placed on the ethical dimen- adult development and aging. 3 crs. sions of conflict including the study of conflict, the facilitation of conflict resolution, and learning from GER 599 APPLIED PRACTICUM IN GERONTOLOGY conflictual situations. 3 crs. The purpose of the gerontology practicum is to provide INC 535 PRINCIPLES AND PROCESSES an opportunity for students to apply the knowledge and OF CHANGE IN ORGANIZATIONS understanding they have acquired from their formal This course considers ways in which planning and nego- coursework in new and challenging settings. Optimally, tiation within an organization can be successfully facili- practicum placements will provide students with expo- tated. Theory and applied strategies for such sure to a diversity of older persons, including those with organizational change and development will be ex- age-related disabilities and those who are well function- plored. 3 crs. ing. 3 crs. SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS AND ETHICS LIBERAL ARTS CONCENTRATION CONCENTRATION SEMINARS The courses in this concentration include the seminars in the other concentrations and any of those listed under MAIS Electives. INE 531 FOUNDATIONS OF SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS: ORIGINS AND HISTORIES Most spiritual traditions originated with a founding ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION person, or small group, who felt impelled by a Divine CONCENTRATION SEMINARS call to integrate knowledge of God and service of people. In this class students will retrace the origins and INC 530 ORGANIZATIONAL COMMUNICATION histories of six living spiritual traditions: Judaism, Chris- This course focuses on the development of the ability to tianity, Islam, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Native Ameri- understand barriers to, and the supports for, organiza- can spiritualities. 3 crs. tional communication. Drawing on academic, philosophical, and practical information, students will INE 532 SACRED LITERATURE: explore the structures and methods that promote the COMPARATIVE STUDIES I flow of communication, particularly in business. 3 crs. Writers and editors captured the oral traditions in sacred literature, telling posterity about the ways in which INC 531 CRITICAL CONTEXTS: foremothers and forefathers experienced the presence CULTURE, GENDER, VALUES, AND VISION and action of their God or gods. This course will com- An appreciation for and valuing of diversity enables us pare and contrast the sacred literature of Judaism, Chris- to create a vision of our organizations that could yield a tianity, and Islam, collectively referred to as the 158 tomorrow of harmony, creativity, and ingenuity. This Religions of the Book. 3 crs. Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies INE 533 SACRED LITERATURE: member who is not their RMT instructor to be a reader/ COMPARATIVE STUDIES II content advisor throughout the thesis process. Approval forms The oral stories about God’s relationship to human for the second reader will be available from the MAIS Chair. beings, preserved in the sacred literature of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Native Americans, evolved during thou- INT 599 APPLIED PRACTICUM sands of years. Themes which were contemporaneous Students must complete an arranged class form and get with those in Egyptian, Babylonian, and other Ancient permission from the MAIS Chair prior to registration. Near Eastern religious stories will be recognized by stu- Variable credit dents. Some texts continue to exist both as designated sacred scriptures and also as inspirational literature ELECTIVES which informs the lives of followers. 3 crs. MAIS electives can be any MAIS seminar that is not part of a student’s required courses. Students may also INE 534 DEVELOPMENT OF SPIRITUAL TRADITIONS: take or transfer up to 6 credits of electives from any THEOLOGIES AND CULTURES other graduate program. Some courses which are not a The question of whether cultures rise out of religious required part of any MAIS course of study include the traditions, or religious traditions rise out of cultures following: demonstrates the close relationship between culture and theological expressions about God or the Sacred. Stu- INT 511 GRADUATE WRITER’S FORUM dents will develop skills in discerning basic underlying This course is designed to give MAIS students the op- values and theological truths of several world traditions, portunity to further develop scholarship and writing so they can more readily separate these from their his- skills. The Graduate Writer’s Forum is ideal for students torical and cultural conditioning. 3 crs. wishing to improve their writing skills, prepare a paper for publication or presentation, or to work on a special INE 535 EASTERN AND WESTERN SPIRITUALITY: project that involves scholarly research and writing. 3 THE PERSONAL EXPERIENCE crs. This course moves beyond the knowledge of literature and theological statements about God to an internaliza- INT 515 MYSTERIES OF IDENTITY tion of the key values of Eastern and Western spiritual The search for identity is an age-long quest of human- traditions and their expressions. Students will learn the kind. This seminar utilizes the power of literature and meaning of acting mindfully, of proceeding in life from a spirituality to guide the search for identity. 3 crs. spirit of centeredness and integrity. 3 crs. INT 517 PSYCHOLOGY AND SOCIAL CHANGE INE 538 STUDIES IN APPLIED ETHICS This course builds upon a foundation in psychological This course will apply ethical values, norms, and think- theory to address contemporary problems in social ing to contemporary situations. Such issues as health psychology and community life. The initial focus will be care, business, law, racial diversity, sexual equality, stan- upon social cognition, the psychology of individuals in dards in art, international affairs, and service in religion groups, intergroup dynamics, and the formation and will be explored. 3 crs. change of attitudes. Attention will also be given to the understanding of social problems originating in individ- PRACTICUM, RESEARCH, AND THESIS ual and group psychology. 3 crs.

INT 598A RESEARCH METHODS AND THESIS I INT 518 WOMEN AND POLITICS This course is the first in a series of three courses leading This course examines the political status of women in the to the completion of the MAIS thesis. The course is United States and around the world. An emphasis will be designed to give the student the researching tools to placed on an interdisciplinary approach to understanding begin the thesis process. Learning projects and a collabo- the political situation of women. Topics include women’s rative atmosphere move the student through the process social movements, psychological gender differences in in a timely manner. This course is followed by INT 598B politics, the “gender gap” in voting, women candidates, & INT 598C where the student’s thesis development and women in elected office. 3 crs. continues. Prerequisite: approval of MAIS Chair. 3 crs. CERTIFICATE IN GERONTOLOGY INT 598B RESEARCH METHODS AND THESIS II MAIS also has a Certificate in Gerontology. Contact This course is the second in the required methods and Office of the Admissions and Enrollment Relations for thesis sequence. By the end of Research Methods II the details at 503.699.6268. student will have completed the research chapter(s) of the thesis. Prerequisite: completion of INT 598A. 3 crs. Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies Marylhurst University INT 598C RESEARCH METHODS AND THESIS III P.O. Box 261 This course is the third and final course in the required 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) MAIS methods and thesis sequence. Successful comple- Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 tion of the course is the completion of the master’s the- Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 sis. Prerequisite: Completion of INT 598B. 3 crs. Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 FAX: 503.636.9526 PLEASE NOTE: Students beginning the Research Methods and Email: [email protected] Thesis (RMT) sequence should choose a Marylhurst faculty Web site: www.marylhurst.edu 159 Program of 7. Synthesize business knowledge, skills and experience MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION in a practicum or project for real world application. 8. Create an individualized curriculum plan from Chair: Bert Desmond elective courses to meet learning goals.

Course Requirements for the Master of Business Administration Marylhurst University’s Master of Business Marylhurst offers a 45-credit MBA program. Admitted Administration (MBA) program meets the needs students should have an understanding of business through of working adults who want to earn an advanced work experience or previous coursework. Marylhurst provides degree in business. The student body is purposely a challenging learning environment where students are held to high standards in all courses. The program provides tight diverse in age and background. Three-quarters of structure with 33 required credits combined with flexibility in the students are working adults with an average 12 elective credits. All students must demonstrate competence age of 38 years. About the same number of women in writing and oral presentations. and men are enrolled. Approximately 25 percent of the students are international students. REQUIRED COURSES (33 crs.) We are a community of responsive instructors Core Courses ...... 18 crs. Six courses in marketing, finance, human resources, and responsible learners. Marylhurst instructors business research, business law, and statistics assure Master of Business Administration have a balanced background in business theory students are fluent in business operations and and practice; most have either a master’s or doctoral understand the important inter-relationships degree. Instructors play the role of learning between functions. Midpoint ...... 3 crs. facilitators and content experts. Courses are Students demonstrate their learning by developing a interactive where much of the learning comes from detailed business plan touching on the major concepts the dialogue between the instructor, working adults, of the core courses. Students must complete all core and international students. Class sizes are generally courses prior to taking the midpoint. Perspective Courses ...... 9 crs. small to allow for participative learning. Courses Three perspective courses reflect Marylhurst’s are offered on campus or online; on campus courses values, mission and liberal arts tradition. In Principled are offered weekday evenings and some are offered Decision Making, students develop an individual in weekend format. ethical framework for conducting business. In Career Management, students discover their strengths, desires and goals to take charge of their career and life. In Global Business students learn about the opportunities THE PURPOSE OF THE MBA DEGREE and complexities of global business. The Marylhurst MBA Program is designed for people Final Project or Practicum ...... 3 crs. who want to provide leadership in organizations by This is the final step in the MBA program where combining theory with effective business practices. students establish a link between their MBA studies Marylhurst MBA graduates are fluent in business fun- and their career after earning their degree. damentals; they understand successful business as an SUBTOTAL: 33 crs. interrelated process involving all business functions; CREDIT SUMMARY they are clear thinkers, speakers, and writers; they Required courses ...... 33 crs. have a career plan; an ethical framework; and an un- Electives courses ...... 12 crs. TOTAL: 45 crs. derstanding of the opportunities and complexities of global business. ADMISSION PROGRAM LEARNING OUTCOMES FOR MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION APPLYING FOR ADMISSION Students completing the Master of Business Adminis- The MBA curriculum is challenging and students are tration degree will be able to: held to high performance standards. Students must 1. Demonstrate knowledge in the core subject areas maintain a grade point average of 3.00 (B or better) of business: business research and statistics, business throughout the program. The admissions committee law, finance, human systems, and marketing. considers several factors when making the admissions 2. Demonstrate clear thinking, writing and speaking decision. These include relevant work experience, let- skills for business at an academic graduate level ters of recommendation, previous college courses and work. undergraduate grades, a personal statement of purpose, 3. Develop and apply an ethical framework for and an interview. decision making. For applicants with more than five years of relevant 4. Analyze the domestic and global business work experience, the admission decision is based more environment including consideration of the on letters of recommendation, personal statement of economic, legal, cultural, and ethical contexts. purpose, and the final interview than it is on the appli- 5. Analyze business strategies and plans through use cant’s undergraduate grades. of case studies and real world applications. For applicants with fewer than five years of relevant 6. Identify one’s professional capabilities and work experience, the admissions decision is based on 160 competencies, incorporating them into a career plan. the applicant’s ability to succeed in graduate-level Master of Business Administration courses as demonstrated with their undergraduate LETTER GRADES grades and/or performance in the GMAT. After the Students in the MBA program must receive a letter department receives all documentation, an interview is grade in each course with the exception of the practi- arranged. cum course that is awarded a Pass/No Pass grade. Applicants are usually notified of their admission status within two weeks of the interview. Students are PERFORMANCE STANDARDS to include in their application: Students must maintain a B (3.00) average. The depart- • Application and fee ment chair will review the student’s performance and • Résumé may recommend probation or suspension from the • Personal statement of professional goals (about two program. Consult the section on graduate Studies for typewritten pages) further detail. • Two letters of recommendation • Official transcripts of undergraduate and graduate coursework (sent directly from the originating Requirements for the institution) Master of Business Administration Course Courses ...... 18 crs. APPLYING FOR ADMISSION: MGT 521 Business Research, 3 crs. INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS FIN 513 Financial Management, 3 crs. The MBA curriculum requires English language fluency MGT 515 Business Law, 3 crs. MGT 522 Valuing Human Capital, 3 crs. in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. At a mini- MKT 540 Marketing Management, 3 crs. mum, non-native speakers of English must score 550 or MGT 518 Statistics for Managers, 3 crs. better on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) or demonstrate equivalent English proficien- Midpoint Assessment ...... 3 crs. MGT 519 Strategy & Business Planning, 3 crs. cy. In addition, they may have to complete additional courses to increase their English language proficiency Perspective Courses ...... 9 crs. for success in the MBA program. MGT 530 Principled Decision Making, 3 crs. Consult the Graduate Admission section for addi- MGT 531 Career Design tional University admissions requirements. OR MGT 532 Career Management, 3 crs. MGT 534 Global Business, 3 crs. Elective Courses ...... 12 crs. APPLICATION DEADLINES Finance Applications are accepted each term. Please consult the FIN 540 Strategic Business & Financial Moves, 3 crs. department for the most current deadlines. Send all FIN 541 Corporate Investment, 3 crs. materials to: Office of Admissions, Marylhurst Univer- FIN 544 Business Recovery, Restructuring, 3 crs. sity, P.O. Box 261, 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43), FIN 549 International Finance, 3 crs. Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261. Marketing & Sales MKT 520 Marketing Analysis, 3 crs. MKT 542 Advertising Management, 3 crs. TRANSFER CREDITS MKT 544 Consumer-Driven Marketing, 3 crs. Students may transfer up to 9 credits, or 20 percent of MKT 546 International Marketing, 3 crs. the 45 credits required in the MBA degree program. Organizational Effectiveness Students with graduate credits earned on the semester ORG 545 Developing Partnerships system should see an advisor to translate semester credit & Alliances, 3 crs. hours to quarter credit hours. Students must provide an ORG 553 Situational Leadership, 3 crs. ORG 563 Organizations of Continual official transcript of the graduate credits they complet- Learning, 3 crs. ed elsewhere. Students may need to submit a course ORG 565 Organizational Effectiveness syllabus as well. The awarding institution must be an in Turbulent Organizations, 3 crs. accredited college or university. The department evalu- International Management ates all transfer credits on an individual basis. FIN 549 International Finance (above), 3 crs. MGT 572 Strategy for Global Organizations, 3 crs. MKT 546 International Marketing (above), 3 crs. CLASSES PRIOR TO ADMISSION ORG 572 Cross-Cultural Aspects of Students who are uncertain if they want to pursue a Organizational Behavior, 3 crs. MBA may complete up to six credits of required cours- NOTE: MGT 565 Professional Development es only; to go further, they must apply formally and be Seminars, 1 cr. (3 crs. may apply towards electives) admitted to the program in order to continue taking Endpoint Assessment ...... 3 crs. classes. Students exercising this option need depart- MGT 590 Final Project mental approval prior to enrolling or they will not earn OR MGT 599 Practicum credit for the class. CREDIT SUMMARY Core Courses ...... 18 crs. NON-DEGREE-SEEKING STUDENTS Midpoint Assessment ...... 3 crs. Under some circumstances, the department will allow Perspective Courses ...... 9 crs. Electives ...... 12 crs. students to take selected classes even though they do Endpoint Assessment ...... 3 crs. not plan to complete a degree. Departmental approval TOTAL: 45 crs. must be obtained in advance. In some cases, continuing education credit can be documented and awarded. 161 CORE COURSES issues and techniques related to the planning, implementation, and control phases of the strategic market- FIN 513 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT ing process. Prerequisite: admitted MBA student or This course builds the baseline skills in finance required department permission. 3 crs. to make well-informed business decisions. Topics include financial analysis of accounting statements, time MIDPOINT ASSESSMENT value of money, risk and return, valuation, and capital budgeting. The purpose of the class is not to turn students into professional financial analysts; rather, it ex- MGT 519 STRATEGY AND BUSINESS PLANNING poses students to all the important concepts and terms Every business, not just the Fortune 500 or the start- used by financial analysts. Prerequisite: admitted MBA ups, needs a business plan. In this course students will student or department permission. 3 crs. integrate the skills and knowledge gained in core courses and put the pieces of the business puzzle together. MGT 515 BUSINESS LAW Each student will prepare and present a business plan, A practical survey of the legal aspects of business rela- either for a business unit, for a proposed business, or for tionships. Students will learn that successful manage- correcting problems in a business. Prerequisite: complement of business relationships rarely involves hiding tion of core courses and department permission. 3 crs. behind clever legal strategies. The benefits of pursuing even a strong legal case must be weighed against not

Master of Business Administration PERSPECTIVE COURSES only the risks and costs of litigation but also the resulting damage to such relationships. Prerequisite: admitted MBA student or department permission. 3 crs. MGT 530 PRINCIPLED DECISION MAKING Effective managers possess a clear ethical framework for MGT 518 STATISTICS FOR MANAGERS making decisions. This course prepares students to Managers use statistical tools to help make important understand the inevitable conflicts that arise when decisions in product development, marketing, person- individuals operate with different systems of values. It nel, and customer service. The assumption of this course also prepares students for leadership roles in their com- is that most managers are consumers rather than pro- pany and community, where they will be called upon to ducers of statistical research. Students will explore how help resolve conflicts over competing needs, attitudes, statistics can help solve management problems, focusing and values. Prerequisite: admitted MBA student or on issues drawn from their practical experience. Prereq- department permission. 3 crs. uisite: admitted MBA student or department permission. 3 crs. MGT 531 CAREER DESIGN Students at the “start point” of a career, students uncer- MGT 521 BUSINESS RESEARCH tain about a career field, or those considering a major Effective business research requires an understanding of career change are best suited for this course. A variety the vast array of business information resources avail- of exercises, tools, and challenges will provide students able, the ability to locate information that is relevant to opportunity to clarify what they have to bring to the solving a particular business problem, and the skill to world of work. Understanding today’s work world, present that information effectively. This course pro- exploring career possibilities, and building the bridge vides an understanding of business research methodolo- between who you ARE (self) and what you want to gy as well as an overview of information resources DO (career) are key to the course. Prerequisite: admit- available from the public and private sectors. Prerequi- ted MBA student or department permission. 3 crs. site: admitted MBA student or department permission. 3 crs. MGT 532 CAREER MANAGEMENT Students best suited for this course are those estab- MGT 522 VALUING HUMAN CAPITAL, lished in their careers and those who feel confident and A SYSTEMS PERSPECTIVE secure with their career choices. Today’s work world As the dominant metaphor for business shifts from the calls for a conscious and active involvement for maneu- machine to the ecology of business, companies are pay- vering one’s career path. A “stand alone” professional ing renewed attention to their most valuable asset, hu- identity coupled with “free agent” mentality and behav- man beings. Students will learn how to value today’s ior enhances one’s abilities to make sound short- and knowledge worker. Prerequisite: admitted MBA student long-term career decisions. Prerequisite: admitted MBA or department permission. 3 crs. student or department permission. 3 crs.

MKT 540 MARKETING MANAGEMENT MGT 534 GLOBAL BUSINESS Effective marketing is a customer-focused process that Global business activities involve the export of goods, pervades an organization. Students attain fluency in services, culture, and ideas. Global managers analyze marketing vocabulary and actions; learn how to create international trends and respond to the impact of cul- customer value and develop customer relationships; tural forces in international business dealings. This class identify market segments and effectively craft marketing involves an exploration of focused topics in the form of strategies to reach different target markets; understand general questions and answers, case analyses and cur- how to satisfy marketing opportunities using the four-Ps rent events discussions. Prerequisite: admitted MBA 162 product, price, place, and promotion; and understand student or department permission. 3 crs. Master of Business Administration ELECTIVE COURSES MKT 544 CONSUMER-DRIVEN MARKETING This course approaches marketing from the prospective FINANCE of the consumer or potential consumer. It covers buyer behavior, relationship marketing, and the role of marketing in the development of new products and servic- FIN 540 STRATEGIC BUSINESS es. The key topic in the course is creating value for the AND FINANCIAL MOVES consumer. Prerequisite: MKT 540. 3 Crs. This course deals with the issue of valuation and ways to increase a company’s economic value. Whether the setting is a family business, a start-up, or an established MKT 546 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING corporation, managers need to understand the strategic Understand how international marketing differs from growth and wealth-creating options and why the finan- marketing within the United States. Learn how to iden- cial strategy is the core driver over all business strategy. tify and analyze factors that differ from nation to na- Prerequisite: FIN 513. 3 crs. tion. Emphasis is on cross-national marketing decisions and management of multinational marketing efforts. Prerequisite: MKT 540. 3 crs. FIN 541 CORPORATE INVESTMENTS AND FORECASTING The fundamentals of investment theory and practice ORGANIZATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS will be broadly covered with emphasis on such widely traded instruments in the investor’s tool kit as stocks, MGT 524 LABOR AND EMPLOYMENT LAW bonds, mutual funds, and financial derivatives, such as Because of numerous and overlapping federal, state, options and futures. Basic concepts on how to maxi- and local laws governing employment, the modern mize returns and minimize risk will be presented, along workplace has become a legal minefield for employers with security analysis for valuation of stocks, bonds, and and employees alike. This course is designed to help other instruments of interest to the class. Special topics students learn to navigate through that minefield by in investment strategy will be covered, including social- providing an overview of the legal dos and don’ts of ly responsible investing, and resources on the World hiring, managing (rewarding, promoting, demoting, Wide Web. Prerequisite: FIN 513. 3 crs. disciplining), and firing employees. Students will gain familiarity with the U.S. legal system. Prerequisite: FIN 544 BUSINESS RECOVERY, MGT 515 or department permission. 3 crs. RESTRUCTURING, AND REVITALIZATION This course concentrates on the theory and practice of ORG 545 DEVELOPING ALLIANCES business turnarounds, workouts, and restructuring. AND PARTNERSHIPS Students learn to evaluate the level of adversity of a This course examines the new organizational realities distressed business, formulate an insolvency strategy, including dealing effectively with ambiguity, gaining or and negotiate and implement a turnaround plan. Pre- regaining personal power, and understanding the im- requisite: FIN 513. 3 crs. portance of partnering and relationships. Particular attention is paid to breaking out of currently limiting FIN 549 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE conceptual frameworks for understanding evolving This course introduces students to the financial aspects organizations and one’s role in them. Prerequisite: of doing business in a global economy. Topics covered MGT 522. 3 crs. include foreign capital markets, managing exchange rate risk, and financial control systems in a multinational ORG 553 SITUATIONAL LEADERSHIP firm. Prerequisite: FIN 513. 3 crs. AND ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR This course provides students with an overview of MARKETING organizational behavior and leadership from a manager’s perspective. Several different models of leadership, including situational leadership, are examined. Special MKT 520 MARKETING ANALYSIS/STRATEGY attention is given to leadership perspectives and the This course focuses on sustaining competitive advan- application of proven techniques suitable for all types tage. The student learns how to analyze and make rec- of organizations. Prerequisite: MGT 522. 3 crs. ommendations about the creation, distribution, and sale of goods and services. This course also covers demand analysis, consumer analysis, and strategic marketing ORG 563 ORGANIZATIONS planning. Prerequisite: MKT 540. 3 crs. OF CONTINUAL LEARNING The organizations that will truly excel in the future will be the organizations that discover how to tap people’s MKT 542 ADVERTISING MANAGEMENT commitment and capacity to learn at all levels in an Taught from the perspective of the user of advertising organization. The purpose of this course will be to such as a product manager, this course emphasizes explore characteristics of learning organizations, how coordinating advertising with other elements of market- they are built and rebuilt, and practical ideas for shifting and with the implementation of a well-defined ing organizations over time. Prerequisite: MGT 522. strategy. Prerequisite: MKT 540. 3 crs. 3 crs.

163 ORG 565 ORGANIZATIONAL EFFECTIVENESS ENDPOINT IN TURBULENT ORGANIZATIONS Organizations face change for a variety of reasons. MGT 590 FINAL PROJECT Periods of instability and turbulence are becoming The project is the final step in the completion of the standard in organizations. An organization’s capacity to MBA program. It is an opportunity for the student to withstand these often chaotic times is directly related to prove that the skills necessary to identify, analyze, and its people and its flexible organizational structures. This resolve significant field-based managerial and adminis- course will focus on the nature of change, leadership trative issues have been acquired. The purpose of the and management strategies to employ in organizations. project is to provide a transitional link between the Prerequisite: MGT 522. 3 crs. years of MBA study and future growth and development after the MBA. It should demonstrate both a INTERNATIONAL MANAGEMENT breadth of knowledge in the business and a depth of knowledge in the area of concentration. The student FIN 549 INTERNATIONAL FINANCE will be assigned a supervisor whose role is to act as a This course introduces students to the financial aspects mentor and advisor. Prerequisites: departmental per- of doing business in a global economy. Topics covered mission. 3 crs. include foreign capital markets, managing exchange rate risk, and financial control systems in a multinational MGT 599 GRADUATE PRACTICUM firm. Prerequisite: FIN 513. 3 crs. The practicum is the final step in the completion of the

Master of Business Administration MBA program. The practicum provides students with MGT 572 STRATEGY FOR GLOBAL the opportunity to apply the cumulative knowledge and ORGANIZATIONS skills learned in the MBA to the real-life work environ- Most companies lack an adequate global strategy. But ment; it is hands-on learning. The practicum involves the rapid changes creating more open world markets the following steps: 1) selecting an interesting, challeng- are rendering that approach inadequate and increasingly ing site; 2) developing a contract that ensures both obsolete. This class will teach students how to manage employer and student benefit; 3) fulfilling the contract companies on an integrated worldwide basis. A central activity; 4) preparing a written report that summarizes theme of this class is that almost all industries have a and critiques the learning experience. Prerequisite: global potential in some aspects. Students will learn a departmental permission. 3 crs. systematic framework for evaluating which elements of strategy to globalize and by how much. 3 crs. PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT SEMINARS MKT 546 INTERNATIONAL MARKETING In this course students will understand how internation- MGT 565 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT al marketing differs from marketing within the United SEMINARS States. Participants will learn how to identify and ana- Marylhurst University regularly offers one-credit Profes- lyze factors that differ from nation to nation. Emphasis sional Development Seminars on timely business topics. will be on cross-national marketing decisions and man- Up to three of these one-credit seminars may be used in agement of multinational marketing efforts. Prerequi- a student’s MBA program in lieu of one elective course. site: MKT 540. 3 crs. Consult quarterly Schedule of Courses for current Pro- fessional Development Seminars offerings. 1 cr. ORG 573 CROSS-CULTURAL ASPECTS OF ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR Managers no longer have the luxury of reducing global Graduate Study in Management Marylhurst University complexity to the simplicity of assumed universality. P.O. Box 261 This class is aimed at teaching students how the theory 17600 Pacific Highway (Hwy. 43) and insights of cultural differences can positively influ- Marylhurst, OR 97036-0261 ence the conduct of international business. Using these Portland Metro: 503.699.6268 insights, the students will learn how to break down the Outside Portland Metro: 1.800.634.9982, ext. 6268 conceptual, theoretical, and practical boundaries that FAX: 503.636.9526 limit our ability to understand and work with people Email: [email protected] from around the world. Prerequisite: MGT 522.3 crs. Web site: www.marylhurst.edu

164 Marylhurst Faculty General Listing of BAUER, MARLENE MARYLHURST UNIVERSITY FACULTY B.F.A., Pacific Northwest College of Art (ART) BAUSCHARD, LOUISE, B.A., Kent State University, Ohio; M.S.W., Washington H0ME DEPARTMENTS University, Missouri (RS) BAXTER, PATRICIA Undergraduate B.M., Marylhurst College; M.ME., Holy Names College, Oakland; (ART) Art M.A., University of Notre Dame (MUS) (BUS) Business & Management (CM) Communication Studies BAYER, JOHN (CHS) Cultural & Historical Studies B.E.D., University of Toledo; M.B.A., University of Southern (ELW) English Literature & Writing California (BUS) (HS) Human Sciences BEARDSLEY, KELCEY (INT) Interdisciplinary Studies B.A., University of Michigan; M.Arch., University of Oregon (PLA) Learning Assessment Center (ART) (LAC) Liberal Arts Core Program (MUS) Music BELLO, MARK (RE) Real Estate Studies B.A., Fordham University; M.P.A., Maxwell School, Syracuse (RS) Religious Studies University; Ph.D., Portland State University (HS) (SM) Science & Mathematics BENNETT, BARRY B.A., State University of New York at Albany; J.D., Harvard Law Graduate School (MBA) (RS) Master of Arts - Applied Theology (MAATx) Master of Arts - Art Therapy BERNAL, TONY (MAIS) Master of Arts - Interdisciplinary Studies B.A., San Francisco State University; M.A., University of (MBA) Master of Business Administration California, Davis (CM) (RS) Doctor of Ministry BERNERT, BEVERLEY B.S., M.S., Oregon College of Education (PLA) Web-Based Learning (WBL) Web-Based Learning BERNHARDT, TERRY B.S., University of Oregon; J.D., Lewis & Clark College (RE)

ADLER, HOWARD BILYEU, ELIZABETH B.S., New Jersey Institute of Technology; M.Ed., University of B.A., Wake Forest University; M.A., University of Leeds, England; Massachusetts, Amherst (SM) M.A., Washington University, Missouri (LAC)

ADREZIN, BRACHA BISHOP, ELLEN MORRIS B.A., Ph.D., University of Salzburg, Austria (RS) B.S., Dickinson College, Pennsylvania; M.S., Ph.D., Oregon State University (HS) ALBERTSON, RICHARD B.A., San Jose State University; M.A.I.S., Marylhurst University BISHOP-NELSON, KIMBERLY (RS) B.S., Park University, Missouri; M.S., Capella University, Minnesota (MBA) ALLEN, PATRICIA B.S., University of Oregon; M.S., Oregon State University (ART) BJORKLUND, KAREN B.A., University of Arizona; M.S., Marylhurst College (CM) AL-METEN, CATHERINE B.A., California State University, Dominguez Hills; M.A.I.S., BOARDMAN, ELLEN Marylhurst University (RS) B.B.A., University of Houston; M.B.A., Marylhurst University (MBA) AMORE HAND, PATRICIA B.S., William Paterson College, New Jersey (MUS) BOHN, THOMAS B.S., Concordia University, Oregon; M.B.A., Marylhurst ANDERSON, CHARLES University (BUS) B.A., Willamette University; M.S.M., Marylhurst University (BUS) BOHNAKER, WILLIAM ANDERSON, DONALD B.A., Western Oregon State College; M.A., University of Iowa B.S.Ed., M.S.Ed., Chadron State College, Nebraska (SM) (CHS)

ARAGON, R. PAUL BOKOWSKI, DEBRAH B.S., J.D., Willamette University (RE) B.A., University of Colorado; M.A., Ph.D., The Ohio State University (MAIS) ARMONTROUT, DAVID B.A., University of California; M.A., Portland State University BOTTERMAN, JOHN (CHS) B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Washington (ELW)

ARNOLD, DAVID BOYNTON, ELISA B.S., Oregon State University; Rel.M., School of Theology at M.A., Helsinki University (MUS) Claremont; M.A., University of Oregon; Ph.D., Graduate Institute of Liberal Arts, Emory University (MAIS) BRIDGE, ARTHUR B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz; M.A., Ph.D., BABIC, JOVAN Claremont Graduate School (MAIS) B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Belgrade University (MAIS) BRIGNOLA LEE, MARIA BAGLEY, ELAINE B.A., West Chester University, Pennsylvania; M.C.A.T., B.F.A., Phillips University, Oklahoma; M.A., Emporia State Hahnemann Graduate School, Philadelphia (MAATx) University; M.A., Antioch University. West, Seattle (MAATx), BRONFMAN, LOIS BALOGH, LAJOS B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Johns Hopkins University; B.M., Liszt Academy of Music; M.M., University of Oregon (MUS) Ph.D., University of Oregon (HS) 165 BROOK, SUSAN DELACY, P. BARTON B.A., University of Arizona; M.Ed., Goucher College, Maryland; B.A., Willamette University; M.U.P., Portland State University M.A., Loyola Marymount University (MAATx) (RE)

BROWN, EILEEN DEL BALZO, CARL B.A., Marylhurst College; M.S., University of Houston, Clear B.S., Cornell University; M.B.A., University of Portland (BUS) Lake; M.A., University of Portland (LAC) DENNY, DAVID BROWN, FRANCIS B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.A., Ph.D., Binghamton B.A., University of Oregon; M.P.I.A., Ph.D., University of University, New York (CHS) Pittsburgh (MBA) DESMOND, BERT BROWN, PAUL B.S., Michigan State University; M.B.A., Stanford University

B.M., University of Rochester; M.Ed., Boston College; Ph.D., (MBA) Marylhurst Faculty Marylhurst University of Portland (HS) DINSMORE, PATRICK BRUNKER, LESLIE B.A., Portland State University; M.Th., Ph.D., Drew University B.A., University of California, San Diego; M.A., City University, (RS) Bellevue, Washington (CM) DOCKENDORFF, LYLE BYRON, AMANDA B.A., University of Iowa; M.A., Arizona State University (MUS) B.A., Lewis & Clark College; M.A., SIT/World Learning, Vermont DODGE, TREVOR CARDER, PAULA B.A., The University of Idaho; M.A., Illinois State University B.S., West Virginia University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania (ELW) (MAIS) DOES, AMY CASSON, KATHY B.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., University of B.A., University of California, Los Angeles; M.A., San Francisco California, Davis (SM) State University (SM) DREYFUSS, SIMEON CENTER, GERALD B.A., Fairhaven College, Washington; M.A., New York University Certified by the U.S. Board of Spiritual Counselors, Bureau of (INT) Indian Affairs (CHS) DONKEL, DOUG CHALMERS, FAITH B.S., Portland State University; Ph.D., University of Oregon (RS) B.A., University of Minnesota; M.S., Minnesota State University (LAC) DUBIN, SANDY B.Arch., University of Oklahoma (ART) CHRISMAN, ROBERT B.S., Missouri Valley College; M.Ed., Heritage College, DUDDINGTON, WALT Washington (BUS) B.S., M.B.A., Marylhurst University (BUS)

COATS, VICTORIA DUVACK, RACHEL B.A., Whitman College; Oregon Teaching Certificate, Lewis & B.S., Portland State University; M.A., Marylhurst University (RS) Clark College (SM) EDWARDS, JEFFREY COLLINS, KRISTIN B.S., University of Oregon; M.B.A., Portland State University B.A., Willamette University; M.A., University of Oregon (ART) (BUS)

CORNELIUS, TRISTA EMERICK, MELODY B.A., Pacific University; M.A., Portland State University (ELW) B.Arch., University of Oregon (ART)

CORSON, KATHRYN EVANS-BAXTER, DIANA B.A., University of Texas; Ph.D., University of Minnesota (HS) B.S., State University College at Buffalo, New York; M.A.I.S., Marylhurst University (RS) CREAMER, PAULA A.B., Mt. Holyoke College, Massachusetts; M.M., University of FARR, LIBBY Southern California; D.M.A., University of Washington (MUS) B.A., University of Oregon; M.A.L.S., Reed College; Ph.D., University of Oregon (ART) CROSBY, GREG B.A., Indiana University; M.S., Ball State University (HS) FARRAR-WEGENER, LOUISE B.F.A. Interior Design, Marylhurst University (ART) CULLICOTT, JOHN B.S., M.S., Northwestern University (ELW) FELTON, JERILYN B.A., Seattle University; M.A.I.S., Marylhurst University (RS) CUNNINGHAM, DENNIS B.F.A., Museum Art School, Portland (ART) FETTERS, MARK DABROWSKI, JAN B.A., Kent State University; M.A., Portland State University B.A., University of Virginia; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh (SM) (MBA)

D’ARCHER, JEANNE FISHER, THOMAS M.A., Marylhurst University (MAATx) M.A., Ph.D., University at Buffalo, New York (ELW)

DAUER, JAMES, FITZGERALD, MICHAEL B.A., Marylhurst University; M.Div., University of Dubuque B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S.T., Portland State University Theological Seminary (RS) (SM)

DAVIDSON, LISA FLEENER, DENISE B.S., M.S., Portland State University (CM) B.Sc., San Diego State University (SM)

DeHART, DOUGLAS FORTIER, JAN MARIE B.A., Harvard University; M.S., Oregon State University; Ph.D., B.A., Portland State University; M.L.S., University of Oregon; 166 University of Washington (SM) M.A., Ph.D., Temple University (LAC) Marylhurst Faculty FOWLER, JACQUELINE HASTINGS, TOM B.S., Lewis & Clark College; M.A., Marylhurst University (PLA) B.A., Northland College, Minnesota; M.A., University of Wisconsin (CM) FOX, SUSAN B.A., University of Wisconsin-Madison; M.A., Ph.D., Binghamton HATCHER, DEWAYNE University, New York (CHS) B.S., Southern Oregon State College; M.B.A., City University, Washington (MBA) FRANKS, SUSAN B.A., University of Evansville, Indiana; M.A.I.S., Marylhurst HAYHURST, RONALD University (HS) B.A., Cornell University; M.B.A., University of Portland (MBA)

FRECH, LISA JO HEDBERG, JUDY B.S., Springfield College; M.Ed., Temple University (SM) B.A., Lewis & Clark College; M.A., University of Portland (MUS)

FRIESEN, WES HEHR, DEBRA B.S., George Fox University; M.B.A., University of Portland (MBA) B.S., Portland State University (CM)

FUCHS, CHARLES HENGERER, KATHERINE A.B., Ohio University; M.B.A., California State University, Los M.A., Portland State University (ELW) Angeles (MBA) HERMAN, GORDON FULLERTON, ANN B.M., California State University, Long Beach; M.M., University of B.S., Reed College; M.A., Ph.D., Peabody College of Vanderbilt Idaho (MUS) University (MAATx) HERRON, PATRICIA GADDY, JENNIFER B.A., Marylhurst College; M.A., Oregon State University (RS) B.A., The Evergreen State College; D.N.M., National College of Naturopathic Medicine, Portland (HS) HILL, ANN B.A., University of Montana, Missoula (SM) GARCIA-HARPER, ANGELA B.A., M.S.W., Portland State University (HS) HISS, NANCY B.F.A., Maryland Institute, College of Art; M.Arch., Syracuse GILBARG, PAUL University (ART) B.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn (MBA) HOCHENEDEL, HEIDI GOLDBERG, MARC B.A., University of Oregon; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane University (CHS) B.A., Clark University, Massachusetts; M.B.A., Portland State University (MBA) HOLLEY, DONNA B.A., Eastern Illinois University; M.Ed., Indiana University; GOLDHAMMER, JOHN M.S.W., Eastern Washington University (MBA) B.S., Metropolitan State College of Denver; M.A., Pacifica Graduate Institute, California (HS) HOMAN, JEFF B.M., University of Oregon (MUS) GOODE, MONA B.A., Foothill Junior College, California; M.B.A., M.A., University HOOVER, JOHN of Washington (HS) M.S., New Jersey Institute of Technology (MBA)

GRAY, GEORGE HOOVER, NANCY B.A., University of San Francisco; M.Div., Saint Vladimir’s B.A., Antioch College, Ohio; M.L.S., Pratt Institute, New York Seminary, New York; M.A., Mount Angel Seminary, Oregon (RS) (LAC)

GUNN PICH, VICTORIA HOPKINS, GREGORY B.M., Harvard University; M.M., The Julliard School, New York B.S., M.S.Ed., Boise State University (CM) (MUS) HOPKINS, TERRI GUPPY, MACY B.A., Oberlin College; M.A., University of Chicago (ART) B.S., University of Oregon; M.A., Antioch University (CM) HORNYAK, WILLIAM HAEK, JOHN B.A., Marquette University (CM) B.A., Portland State University; M.A., Washington State University (MUS) HOWARD, KIRK HAMMAR, LAWRENCE JAMES B.S., California State University, Sacramento; M.L.S., San Jose B.S., Lewis & Clark College; M.S., Columbia University; Ph.D., State University (LAC) City University of New York (HS) HUELSMAN, BERRY HAMMOND, VAL A.B., Miami University; M.S., Ohio State University (BUS) B.A., San Jose State University; M.A., M.A.T., Lewis & Clark College (HS) HULL, RHONDA B.S., M.S., Portland State University (SM) HANSEN, PHILIP B.M., University of Southern California; M.M., Boston School of HUUN, KATHLEEN Music (MUS) B.S., Old Dominion University; B.S., M.S., University of California, Davis; Ph.D., Florida State University (ART) HANSON, LARRY B.S., University of Washington; M.S., University of Alaska; Ph.D., IMIG, NANCY University of Washington (SM) B.A., M.S., University of Nebraska, Lincoln (SM)

HARDER, PHILIP ISAACS, FRED, B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; D.Rel., School of Theology at A.S., B.S., University of State of New York; B.A., Ball State Claremont, California (RS) University; J.D., University of Notre Dame Law School (MBA)

HARTZELL, DINA JENKINS, MARK B.A., Portland State University; M.A., Ph.D., Pacifica Graduate B.A., M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Institute (HS) California, San Diego (WBL) 167 JENNER, JOANNE LaCERTE, HENRI B.S., Penn State University; N.D., National College of B.A., Holy Cross College; S.T.B, S.T.L., St. Anselm’s Seminary, Naturopathic Medicine, Oregon (SM) Rome; M.Div., Mt. Angel Seminary; J.C.B, J.C.L, Ph.D., S.T.D, University of Ottawa; D.Min, San Francisco Theological Seminary JENSEN, J. CHRISTIAN (RS) B.A., University of California, Davis; M.A., American University, Washington, D.C.; M.Div., Princeton Theological Seminary (RS) LAMPERT, MARY KAY B.S., Marylhurst College; M.A., Portland State University; M.F.A., JOHNSON, JANICE University of Portland (ELW) B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music, New York (MUS) LARRABEE, MATTHEW JOST, GARRY B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.A., University of B.A., Tabor College, Kansas; B.A., Wichita State College; M.S., California, Los Angeles (RE)

Marylhurst Faculty Marylhurst University of Wisconsin, Madison; M.Div., Associated Mennonite Biblical Seminary (RS) LARSEN, MICHAEL B.S. Architecture, University of Utah (ART) KAHN, CUB B.A., University of Virginia; M.S., Louisiana State University; LAWRENCE, DENIS Ed.D., West Virginia University (SM) B.A., Whittier College, California; Th.M., School of Theology at Claremont, California; M.Ed., Lewis & Clark College (PLA) KALLEMEYN, MARIBETH B.Rel.Ed., Reformed Bible College, Michigan; B.A., Calvin LEE, GORDON College, Michigan; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.A., B.M., Indiana University; M.M., Portland State University (MUS) Ph.D., Fuller Theological Seminary, California (MAIS) LeROI NICKEL, NANCY KAPLAN, FRANCES B.M., Valparaiso University; M.M., University of Portland (MUS) B.A., Florida State University; M.P.S., Pratt Institute, New York; LEFEVER, FRANCES D.A., New York University (MAATx) B.Int.Arch., University of Oregon (ART)

KARELIUS, KAREN LIND-TOLEDO, PATTI B.A., Scripps College; M.A., University of California, Los Angeles; B.A., Boise State University; M.A., The Ohio State University M.A., California State University, Northridge; Ph.D., Michigan (CM) State University (HS) LINDNER, JENNY KARR, MARY B.M., Eastman School of Music, New York (MUS) B.S., M.S., Portland State University (CM) LIOY, DANIEL KATZ, DAVID B.S., University of Southern California; M.Th., Dallas Seminary; B.A., Portland State University; M.S., Western Washington Th.D., D.Min., Trinity Seminary, University of Liverpool, Indiana University; M.A., Ph.D., Adelphi University, New York (HS) (RS)

KEDDEM, ALIZA LONG, HERBERT B.S., Columbia University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon B.A., Stanford University; B.D., San Francisco Theological (HS) Seminary; Th.D., Harvard University (HS)

KHALILA HILL, SARA LOPEZ, KATHLEEN B.A., University of California, Santa Cruz; M.A., Leslie College, B.A., M.S., Portland State University (CM) Cambridge, Massachusetts (MAATx) MacISAAC, CLARE KHEIRABADI, MASOUD B.A., Marylhurst College; M.S., University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., B.S., University of Tehran; M.S., Texas A&I University; M.A., University of Oregon (SM) Ph.D., Unversity of Oregon (CHS) MADDEN, FRANCES KILLEEN, GERARD B.S., Marylhurst College; M.Ed., Marquette University; Ph.D., St. B.A., University College, Dublin (CHS) Louis University (RS)

KIM, HAE-JIN MAIERS, JOAN B.M., M.M., Eastman School of Music, New York (MUS) B.A., B.S., University of Washington (ELW)

KING, MARYLEE MALEK RAPP, SUZANNE B.S., Oregon State University; M.S., Indiana University (PLA) B.S., Indiana University; M.A., Portland State University (MBA)

KIRSHNER, CYNTHIA MANNO VERBECK, JOHNEEN B.S., Texas A&M University; M.A., University of Pennsylvania; B.A., California State University, Fullerton; M.A.I.S., Marylhurst M.B.A., The Wharton School (MBA) University (HS)

KLEIN, BERNARD MARGUERITE, DOMINIQUE B.A., California State University, Los Angeles; Ph.D., Walden B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon (HS) University, Minneapolis (HS) MARTIN, CHARLES B.S., University of Nebraska; M.A., Western Kentucky University; KNIGHT, RICK Ph.D., Indiana University (CHS) B.A., Macalester College, Minnesota; M.A., Washington State University of Social Work, New York (HS) MATHENY, KEVIN B.A., Santa Clara University; M.A., St. Mary’s University, KORB, CHRISTINE Minnesota (MBA) B.S., Mount Mary College, Wisconsin; M.M., Colorado State University; Registered music therapist; board-certified (AMTA) McCARTHY, BRIAN (MUS) B.A., M.B.A., University of Washington (ELW)

KREMERS, MICHELE MEJIA, EILEEN 168 B.F.A., Chaminade University, Hawaii (ART) B.A., M.A.I.S., Marylhurst University (CM) Marylhurst Faculty MEMORY, THARA PARKINSON, GERTRUDE B.A., Marylhurst University (MUS) B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.F.A., Arizona State University (ART) MILES, KARIN B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Marylhurst University (RS) PAUL, JOHN B.M., University of Texas, Austin; M.M., D.Mus., Indiana MILES, PAMELA University (MUS) B.A., University of the Pacific, California; M.A.T., Mt. Angel Seminary, Oregon (RS) PAVLOCK, PAUL B.A.Arch., Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University (ART) MILLS, FRANK B.A., John Brown University; M.Div., Gordon-Conwell Theological PFANSCHMIDT, MARTHA Seminary (CHS) B.A., Portland State University M.F.A., Vermont College of Norwich University (ART) MILLER, PAM B.A., Rosary College, Illinois; M.A., Seattle University (WBL) PIERCE, MARIAN B.A., M.F.A., University of Iowa (ELW) MILLER, GEORGE PINNOCK, SARAH B.S., University of Washington (SM) B.A., Marylhurst University (SM)

MINATO, LAURA PITTAM, MARY B.A., Western Oregon State College; M.A., Marylhurst University B.S., Oregon State University; M.B.A., Pennsylvania State (MAATx) University (MBA)

MINORE, ANNA PLOTKIN, DAVID B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, MN; M.A., Syracuse University; B.A., Oberlin College; M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Irvine Ph.D., The Catholic University of America (RS) (ELW)

MISRA, DIGAMBAR PLOTKIN, ELIZABETH B.A., Utkal University, India; M.S., John F. Kennedy University, B.A., M.A., University of Wisconsin, Madison (MAATx) California (RS) POLKOWSKI, JULIE MITCHELL, JAMES B.S. Interior Design, Trenton State College, New Jersey (ART) B.A., University of Portland (CM) PONTERI, JOSEPH MURROW, TOM B.A., Marquette University; M.A., New Mexico State University, E.E., B.S., Oregon State University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University of Las Cruces (ELW) Santa Clara (BUS) PORIS, VALERIE NEILSON, LOUISE B.M., Eastern Illinois University; M.M., University of Wisconsin B.S., Western Oregon College of Education; M.S., Buffalo State (MUS) College, New York (CM) RACZ, TIMOTHY NESBIT, SHERRY B.M., Baia Mare School of Music, Romania; M.M., DePaul B.Arch., University of Oregon (ART) University (MUS)

NICKEL, TIMOTHY RAPP, ANNA B.M., Valparaiso University; M.M., University of Illinois (MUS) B.M., California State University, San Francisco (MUS)

NOONAN, WILLIAM RANDOLPH, MICHAEL B.A., University of San Francisco; M.T.S., Harvard Divinity School; B.A., University of the Pacific, California; M.A., University of Ph.D., Graduate Theological Union, California (RS) California, Davis (WBL)

NOONE, SHARRON RANGER, CECILIA B.S., Portland State University; M.P.A., Lewis & Clark College; B.A., Marylhurst College; M.A., Immaculate Heart College, Los Ph.D., Oregon State University (MAIS) Angeles; Ph.D., Ecumenical Institute of St. Mary’s Seminary & University, Baltimore (RS) NOVA, DIANE B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Utah (MAIS) REGNER, STEPHEN B.S., M.S.W., L.C.S.W., Portland State University (HS) NOYES, THOMAS A.B., Dartmouth College; M.B.A., Amos Tuck School of Business RIVOIRE, CHARLES Administration, Dartmouth College (MBA) B.A., Dartmouth College; M.A., Portland State University (BUS)

OAKLEY, MYRNA ROBBINS, REBECCA B.A., M.S.T., Portland State University (CM) Certification, British Society of Teachers of Alexander Technique & North American Society of Alexander Technique. (MUS) OATES, DAVID B.A., Westmont College, California; Ph.D., Emory University, ROBILLARD, RENEE Georgia (SM) B.A., Boston University; M.A., University of British Columbia (ELW) O’CONNELL-ROUSSELL, SHEILA B.A., M.A., Loyola Marymount University; M.Div., D.Min., San ROBERTS, NANCY Francisco Theological Seminary (RS) B.S., Texas Christian University; M.B.A., University of Texas, Arlington; M.A.I.S., Oregon State University; Ph.D., University of OLSON-CHATALAS, NANCY Oregon (CHS) B.M., Baylor University; M.M., University of Texas (MUS) ROLLINS, RICHARD O’NEIL, JACK B.S., University of Vermont; M.F.A., Arizona State University B.A., University of California, Berkeley (CM) (ART)

OPPEDISANO, JOHN RONGNER, KRISTINA B.A., College of the Holy Cross, Massachusetts; M.A., Westfield B.A., University of Illinois; M.S.W., University of Chicago; M.A., State College, Massachusetts (PLA) Marylhurst University (MAATx) 169 ROSE, ANGELICA SHORE, ANNETTE B.S., California State University, Northridge (BUS) B.F.A., Alfred College of Art & Design, New York.; M.A., Lesley College Graduate School, Cambridge, Massachusetts (MAATx) ROSENBERG, HYLA B.A., School for International Training, Vermont; M.S., Portland SHUSTERICH, KURT State University (CM) B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara; Ed.M., Harvard University (MBA) ROSS, KENNETH B.S., Oregon State University; M.B.A., University of Southern SIBLEY, HAL California; J.D., Lewis & Clark College (RE) M.F.A., Portland State University; M.Arch., University of Utah (ART) ROSSI, DONATELLA B.S., International Linguistic Lyceum of Rome; M.A., University of SIGMUND, CHARLES Rome, Italy; Ph.D., University of Oslo, Norway (RS) Marylhurst Faculty Marylhurst B.S., Western Oregon State College; M.S., Oregon State University (LAC) ROUSSELL, JR., JEROID B.A., Bellarmine College, Kentucky; M.Div., Catholic Theological SILVIS, TERRI Union; D.Min., San Francisco Theological Seminary (RS) B.S., Auburn University; M.S., Georgia State University; Ph.D., Portland State University (RE) ROY, DENISE B.S., Southern Illinois University; M.U.P., M.Arch., University of SIMMONS, SANDRA Oregon (ART) B.S., Oregon State University; M.A.I.S., Marylhurst University (RS) SAKURAI, MICHELE LeDOUX B.S., M.Ed., Oregon State University; M.A., University of Portland SINGH, UJVALA (RS) B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison (ELW)

SALAHUB, ERIC SITTON, ROBERT B.A., Whitman College; M.A., Colorado State University (LAC) B.A., Wake Forest University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke University (CHS) SANDOZ, HELEN B.A., Marylhurst College (MUS) SLOVAK, MARGARET B.F.A., Cornish College of Arts (MUS) SASSER, JENNIFER B.S., Willamette University; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., SMITH, SUSAN Oregon State University (HS) B.A., Dartmouth College; M.M., San Francisco Conservatory of Music; D.M.A., Eastman School of Music (MUS) SAVICH, IRIS B.A., Hillsdale College, Michigan; M.A., University of Iowa SOLIDAY, JAMES (MAIS) B.T., Multnomah School of the Bible, Portland, Oregon; M.Div., Gordon Divinity School; M.T.S.D. Min., Andover-Newton SCANNELL, ALICE Theological School, Massachusetts; Clark College; Ph.D., Portland B.A., Smith College; M.R.Ed, Union Theological Seminary, State University (HS) Virginia; Ph.D., Portland State University (CM) SPANOVICH, GARY SCHAFF, LORETTA B.S., University of Florida; M.S., Florida State University (RS) B.M., Marylhurst College; M.A., Notre Dame University; D.Min., San Francisco Theological Seminary (RS) SPEARING, JOAN B.S., M.S., Villanova University; M.Div., Washington Theological SCHMITT, JAMES Union, Washington, D.C.; D.Min. Graduate Theological B.M., Drake University (MUS) Foundation, Indiana (RS)

SCHNEIDER, KAREN SPRINGMAN, EDWARD B.S., M.B.A., University of Wisconsin (MBA) B.A., Milligan College, Tennessee; M.Th., Southern California School of Theology (RS) SCHNEIDERMANN, CHERYL B.A., Portland State University; B.Int.Arch., University of Oregon STANEK, ELIZABETH (ART) B.A., Grinnell College, Iowa; M.A., San Francisco State University (ART) SCHRIVER, STEPHEN M.S., University of Oregon (MBA) STEELE, KIMBERLY B.A., University of Washington; M.S., University of Southern SCHROEDER, EUNICE California (MBA) B.A., Concordia Teachers College; M.A.I.S., M.A., Marylhurst University (RS) STEINDLER, SUSAN B.F.A., Kansas City Art Institute; B.F.A., Parsons School of Design; SCHULZ, BARBARA M.U.P., M.Arch., University of Oregon (ART) M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon (CHS) STEWART, RON SEELEY, ELAINE B.S., M.B.A., Marylhurst University (WBL) B.M., University of Southern California; M.F.A., California Institute of the Arts, Los Angeles (MUS) STRONG-RACZ, VICTORIA B.M., Western Michigan University; M.M. University of Nevada SHARP, KERRY (MUS) B.S., Michigan State University; M.B.A., Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration (MBA) STUCKEY, F. ROBERT B.A., M.S., San Jose State University; Ph.D., California School of SHIKINA, CHOSHO Professional Psychology (HS) B.A., Portland State University; B.A., University of Okinawa (CHS) SUTINEN, PAUL B.S., Portland State University (ART) SHIRLEY, MARGARET B.A., Reed College; B.F.A., Yale University; M.F.A., Portland State SUZIO, PEGGY 170 University (ART) B.Int.Arch., University of Oregon (ART) Marylhurst Faculty SUZUKI, LINDA WHEELER, TOM B.A., M.A., Marylhurst College (CM) B.S., University of Texas (ELW)

SWARTHOUT, JOHN WHITMORE, PETER B.A., Portland State University; M.A., Indiana University (HS) B.A., Marylhurst University; M.M., University of Victoria (MUS)

SWEENEY, JEFF WILLARD, MARSHA B.S., University of Oregon; M.S., Portland State University (CM) B.A., Mount Holyoke College; M.S., University of Oregon; Ph.D., University of Southern California (CM) TATUM, RON B.A., University of California, Berkeley; M.Div., San Francisco WILLIAMS, CHARLES Theological Seminary; M.A., Sonoma State University (CHS) B.A., University of Rochester; M.S., Northwestern University, Medill School of Journalism (CM) TAYLOR, DAVID B.A., Willamette University; M.A., University of Montana; Ph.D., WILLIS, PATRICK The Queen’s University, Belfast, Northern Ireland (HS) B.S., M.S., Portland State University (SM)

TENNYSON, KATHERINE WING, NATALIE A.B., Duke University; J.D., Lewis & Clark College (BUS) B.S., Cal State, Fresno; M.A., Louisiana Tech University; M.S., California State University (BUS) THENELL, JAN B.A., M.A., University of Oregon (CM) WINNWALKER, JODI B.A., West Texas State University; M.A., Portland State University THOMAS, TONI (MUS) B.A., University of New Hampshire; M.A., University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A., University of Oregon (HS) WITSCHARD, MARGARET B.A., Randolph Macon Woman’s College; M.A., University of TOMLIN GRALL, LISA Missouri (MUS) B.A., Marylhurst University (CM) WOLOSHIN, MARA TONGUE, CHRISTOPHER B.S., M.S., Humboldt State University (CM) B.S., Portland State University; M.A., Lewis & Clark College; Ph.D., University of Oregon (HS) WOOD, JEANETTE B.M., Holy Names Fort Wright College, Spokane; M.M., Holy TORREY, DANA Names College, Oakland (MUS) B.A., Marylhurst University; M.S.W., Portland State University (HS) WOODRUFF, LORI B.A., California State University; M.Div., San Francisco TURNER, CHRISTINE Theological Seminary (RS) M.S.T., Portland State University (MAATx) WRIGHT, JEAN UDELL, DONVIEVE B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.Ed., Lewis & Clark College M.F.A., Humboldt State University (MAATx) (MAATx)

UHLAND, ROBERTA YUDELSON, JERRY B.A., Saginaw Valley State University; M.Ed., Ed.D., The B.S., California Institute of Technology; M.S., Harvard University; Pennsylvania State University (MAIS) M.A., University of Oregon (MBA)

ULIANO, ANTHONY ZAFIRIS, MICHELLE B.S., University of New Haven; M.S., Hunter College (SM) B.A., University of California, Davis; M.B.A., Portland State USREY, PAULA University (BUS) B.A., M.S., Portland State University (CM) ZEISLER, LAURA VALLOR, HONOR B.F.A., University of Colorado, Boulder; M.A., Art Institute of B.S., M.A., Portland State University (ELW) Chicago; M.S.W., Portland State University (MAATx)

WARREN, REBECCA ZENGER, ARNOLD B.A., Willamette University; M.A., Portland State University (SM) B.A., St. Thomas Seminary College, Washington; B.A., S.T.B., M.A., Catholic University, Louvain, Belguim (RS) WASHBURN, WILLIAM B.A., Maryknoll College, Illinois; M.A., San Francisco State ZISA, PETER University (ART) B.A., M.M., California State University, Fullerton (MUS)

WATTS, MERRILL B.A., Brigham Young University; M.B.A., Harvard Business School (BUS)

WEIFORD, THOMAS B.S., University of Wisconsin; M.S., University of Idaho (HS)

WEISS, DOROTHY B.A., Bethel College & Seminary, Minnesota (ELW)

WEIZER, KENNETH B.F.A, Emerson College, North Dakota; School of Naturopathic Medicine (CM)

WELTMAN, MITCHELL B.A., University of Kansas; M.A., Lindenwood College, Missouri; M.A., School for International Training, Vermont; M.B.A., Southeastern University, Washington, D.C. (BUS)

WILKINS, NANCY B.F.A., Marylhurst University (ART) 171 Listing of HECK, STEPHEN B.A., M.P.A., Portland State University; M.S.W., University of PRIOR LEARNING ASSESSMENT Washington EVALUATORS HELFRICH, SHANNON B.S., Dickinson State University, North Dakota; M.S., University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee BRELJE, H. WILLIAM B.S., University of Oregon; M.Ed., Lewis & Clark College; M.A., California State University, Northridge; Ed.D., University of JUVE, JERRY Portland B.A., Willamette University; M.S.W., Portland State University

BRICKLEY, ALAN LOCKWOOD, ROBERT M.B.A., University of Oregon; J.D., Northwestern School of Law, B.A., Kalamazoo College, Michigan; M.A., University of Michigan; Lewis & Clark College J.D., University of Oregon School of Law

CHESSE, BRUCE PATTON, JUDY B.A., M.A., San Francisco State College B.A., University of California, Santa Barbara; M.A.L.S., Reed College

COATES-MARKLE, LINDA J. PRESSMAN, COREY B.S., M.S., University of Guelph, Ontario, Canada B.A., State University of New York, College of Oneonta; M.A., Washington State University DAOUST, ROBERT B.S., California State University, Long Beach; M.B.A., Pepperdine REDING, MICHAEL

Prior Learning Assessment Evaluators Assessment Learning Prior University; M.S.M., Marylhurst College B.A., Gonzaga University; M.S., Eastern Washington University

FEENEY, SUZANNE SEAMAN, LYNN B.A., Oregon State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of B.S., Ed.M., Oregon State University Washington

SORENSEN, MARTIN FOSTER, ANNE B.B.A., M.B.A., University of Portland B.S., Oregon State College; M.S., Oregon State University

STAMPFER, JOSHUA FULTON, ELEANOR ANN B.S., University of Chicago; M.S., University of Akron; M.H.L., B.S., Portland State University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Jewish Theological Seminary; D.H.L., University of Judaism Wisconsin, Madison

STARR, IRWIN GAINES, MICHELE B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Rackham School of Graduate B.A., Marylhurst University Studies, University of Michigan

GASTON, NANCY WALTHER, SANDRA B.A., Eastern Michigan University; B.Th., McGill University, A.A., Sinclair Community College; B.S., University of Dayton Montreal, Canada

WEHBRING, KURT GREGORIO, PAUL B.A., Dartmouth College; M.U.P., Columbia University; M.A., B.S., University of the Redlands, California; M.A., San Francisco Lewis and Clark College State University; M.L.S., University of Washington

HARPER, JUNE B.A., The Evergreen State College; M.A., Portland State University

172 Board of Trustees Marylhurst University FRED D. MILLER Executive Vice President, Retail & Distribution Services, BOARD OF TRUSTEES Portland General Electric Co.

CLARE MURPHY, SNJM ’41 OFFICERS: Educator, Administrator

Chairperson: SUSAN F. NAUMES STEVEN N. SPENCE Secretary-Treasurer, Naumes of Oregon Senior Vice President, PaineWebber PATRICIA NIZIC, SNJM ’61 Vice Chairperson: Educator, Administrator BRUCE R. DEBOLT Senior Vice President and CFO, Northwest Natural ROBERT H. NOYES, JR. Chairperson, Rono Corporation Secretary: MARY OLDSHUE JUDY PEPPLER Principal, Arras Advisory Associates Oregon Vice President, Qwest

DR. CECILIA RANGER, SNJM ’55 MEMBERS: Executive Director, Interfaith Spiritual Center

AGATHA AICHER, SNJM ’47 LAWRENCE J. REMMERS Private Counselor and Consultant Senior Vice President, Wells Fargo Real Estate Group

DR. ROSE MARY BOCEK ’46 DR. JOAN SAALFELD, SNJM ’64 Educator, Researcher (ret.) Associate Professor of English, University of Portland

MARY P. BREILING, SNJM ’67, ’93 SAMUEL W. SHOEN, M.D. Leadership Council, Oregon Province, President, Katabasis International Sisters of the Holy Names LYNDA THOMPSON, SNJM ’65 EILEEN BROWN, SNJM ’55 Leadership Council, Oregon Province, Mary’s Woods, Management Committee, Sisters of the Holy Names Oregon Province, Sisters of the Holy Names EDWARD J. VRANIZAN LARRY N. CHORUBY Vice President (ret.), Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Consultant DR. NANCY WILGENBUSCH MARY CLARK President, Marylhurst University Civic Leader HOMER G. WILLIAMS NELSON FARRIS President, HGW Inc. Director of Corporate Education, Nike, Inc. STEPHEN P. ZIMMER LINDA WEED FEALY ’97 Owner, Custom Decorators, Inc. Marylhurst University Alumni Board Representative

JOYCE FURMAN Civic Leader LIFE TRUSTEES Dr. Veronica Baxter, SNJM ’57, DR. BARBARA GFELLER, SNJM Director of Development, Holy Redeemer Area School Educator, Administrator Stewart M. Butler, Executive Vice President, SYLVIA GIUSTINA ’56 Rollins Hudig Hall of Idaho, Inc. Senior Professor Emerita, University of Oregon Imelda John Condon ’34, Marylhurst Alumna Dr. Verne Duncan, Retired Educator JOAN HANSEN, SNJM ’56 Assistant to the Executive Director, Mary’s Woods at Marylhurst, Marylhurst, Oregon UNIVERSITY OFFICERS JANE M. HIBBARD, SNJM ’69 Dr. Nancy Wilgenbusch, President Leadership Council, Oregon Province, Sisters of the Holy Names Dr. David Plotkin, Vice President for Academic Administration Michael Lammers, Vice President for Finance and Facilities WANDA M. JORDAN, SNJM ’52 Janet Williams, Vice President for Human Resources Supervisor of Student Teachers, University of Portland Joan Neice, Vice President for Institutional Advancement

HEATHER KILLOUGH Civic Leader

GARY R. MAFFEI Vice President, Harry A. Merlo Foundation, Inc.

173 Maps

L M K N

I H E

F A G D

C B

A B.P. John Admin. Bldg. H Flavia Hall B Villa Maria I St. Catherine Hall C St. Anne's Chapel J Marian Hall D Shoen Library K Davignon Hall E Clark Commons L O‘Hara Hall F Mayer Art Bldg. M Baxter Hall G Education Hall N Thompson Hall

Columbia Willamette River River I-5

NORTH Airport I-84

I-405

26 I-205

PORTLAND M a ca BEAVERTON d a m MILWAUKIE 217 P a

I-5 i LAKE f MARYLHURST i MARYLHURST

TIGARD c OSWEGO H UNIVERSITY

WEST LINN

174 Index Academic Calendar 3 Credit by Examination 12, 26 Academic Honesty 15 Cultural and Historical Studies 61 Academic Overload 14 Bachelor of Arts in Cultural and Historical Studies 62 Academic Policies 12, 131 Courses 62 Academic Progress 13, 131 Minor 63 Accreditation 5 Disabilities Services 22 Admission Procedures 8, 129 Doctor of Ministry Cooperative Program 144 Advising 10, 129 English Literature and Writing 69 Affiliations 5 Bachelor of Arts in English Literature & Writing 69 Art 34 Courses 71 Bachelor of Arts in Art 35 Minor 71 Bachelor of Fine Arts in Art 34 Equal Opportunity Statement 5 Courses 36 ESL (English as a Second Language) 124 Exhibitions 43 Admissions 9 Interior Design Program 40 Courses 124 Bachelor of Arts in Interior Design 40 Evaluators (PLA Program) 172 Bachelor of Fine Arts in Interior Design 40 Faculty 165 Interior Design Certificate 41 Financial Aid 17 Minors 35 Academic Progress Requirements 19 Art Therapy 146 Academic Standing 19 Admission to Program 146 Applying for Financial Aid 18 Certificate Programs 147 Withdrawal and Repayment 20 Core Courses 150 Gerontology 155 Master of Arts in Art Therapy 148 Certificate 159 Preparatory Tracks 147 Governance 5 Assessment Testing 10, 126 Grade Reports 12, 131 Board of Trustees 173 Grading System 14 Business and Management 44, 160 Graduate Studies Bachelor of Science in Management 44 Academic Policies 131 Certificate 49 Admission Procedures 129 Courses 45 Registration Procedures 130 Master of Business Administration 160 Graduate Programs Admission 160 Doctor of Ministry 144 Courses 162 Master of Arts in Applied Theology 133 Campus Ministry 23 Master of Arts in Art Therapy 146 Campus Security 22 Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies 154 Career Services 10 Master of Business Administration 160 Charter 5 Graduation 15, 132 Center for Campus Events and Student Life 21 Grants 17 College Articulation Agreements 11, 49 Greivances 22 Communication Studies Department 50 High School Students 12 Bachelor of Arts in Communication 51 Housing 21 Bachelor of Arts in Organizational Communication 52 How to Use This Catalog 7 Certificate Programs 53 Human Sciences 77 Course Offerings 54 Bachelor of Arts in Human Studies 78 Minors 53 Bachelor of Arts in Psychology 82 Computer Labs 24 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences 81 Conduct Code 22 Human Studies 77 Cooperative Credit 12 Bachelor of Arts in Human Studies 78 Cooperative Programs Courses 78 Northwest Film Center 43 Incomplete Grades 14, 132 San Francisco Theological Seminary 144 Interdisciplinary Studies (Undergraduate Program) 91 Course Challenge 12 Bachelor of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies 90 Course Numbering System 13, 131 Undergraduate Courses 91 175 Interdisciplinary Studies (Graduate Program) 154 Real Estate Studies 104 Master of Arts in Interdisciplinary Studies 154 Bachelor of Science in Real Estate 105

Admission to MAIS Program 154 Courses 105 Index Graduate Courses 155 Refund Procedures 12, 130 Integrated Learning Modules 33 Registration Procedures 12, 130 Interior Design 40 Religious Studies 107 Bachelor of Arts in Interior Design 40 Bachelor of Arts in Religious Studies 108 Bachelor of Fine Arts in Interior Design 40 Certificate 1134 Certificate 41 Courses 108 Courses 41 Doctor of Ministry 144 International Student Admissions 9, 129 Master of Arts in Applied Theology 133 Language Foundation Program 9, 124 Master of Divinity Equivalency 138 Languages Courses 68 Scholarships 17 Learning Assessment Center 25 Science and Mathematics 115 Assessment Testing 26 Bachelor of Arts in Science 115 Credit by Examination 26 Courses Prior Learning Assessment Program 25 Mathematics 121 Liberal Arts Core Program 27 Natural Sciences 116 Integrated Learning Modules 33 Shoen Library 24 Learning Outcomes 28 Social Sciences 80 Required Seminars 32 Bachelor of Arts in Social Sciences 81 Requirement Detail 31 Courses 82 Library Services 24 Special Programs 124 Loans 17 English as a Second Language 124 Management, Graduate Department of 160 Online Degree Completion 127 Applying for Admission 1161 Web-Based Learning 125 Courses 162 Student Classifications 13, 118 Master of Business Administration 161 Student Conduct Code 22 Mathematics 121 Student Handbook 22 Maps Student ID 10, 131 of Campus 174 Student Insurance 22 of Routes to Campus 174 Student Organizations 21 Military Service School Credit 11 Student Records Policy 15 Mission Statement 5 Student Rights 22 Music 93 Support Organizations 5 Bachelor of Arts in Music 93 Theology, Master of Arts in Applied 133 Bachelor of Music Therapy 94 Transcripts 11, 131 Certificate Programs 95 Transfer of Credit 11, 130 Courses 97 Transfer Student 8 Minor 95 Tuition and Fees 12, 130 Music Therapy 94 Undergraduate Studies Non-Degree Students (Lifelong Learner) 8 Academic Policies 13 Online BA/BS Degree Completion Program 127 Admission Procedures 8 Admissions 128 Registration Procedures 12 Curriculum 127 University Officers 173 Organizational Communication 52 Veterans Benefits 18 Pacific International Academy 124 Vocational/Technical School Credit 11 President’s Message 2 Web-Based Learning 125 Prior Learning Assessment Program 25 Web Site 3 Programs of Study 6 Work Opportunities 18 Psychology 81 Writing 74 Bachelor of Arts in Psychology 82 Writing Center 23 Courses 83 Public Relations 59 176